02-03 Catalog.indb

WELCOME TO

MT. HOOD

COMMUNITY COLLEGE

26000 SE STARK STREET 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS GRESHAM, OREGON 97030

GENERAL INFORMATION ................................................. 2-28

Located in the shadow of majestic

EDUCATIONAL OFFERINGS .................................................29

Mount Hood, MHCC enrolls over

Transfer Information ............................................................... 30-31 30,000 people annually. Classes

Transfer Curriculums ............................................................. 32-52 are offered on the 200-acre main

Professional-Technical Programs ....................................53-119 campus in Gresham, Oregon, as well

as satellite campuses throughout the

Special Studies ......................................................................120-124 district.

The MHCC district comprises an area

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ...........................................125-242 of about 950 square miles with a

STUDENT INFORMATION........................................243-247

population of more than 216,000.

Executive Staff & College Board ................................248-249

Professional Staff .................................................................250-258

Index ..........................................................................................259-261









VISIT US ON THE INTERNET

For a world of information about Mt. Hood Community

College, visit our home page on the World Wide Web:

www.mhcc.edu

2 Equal Opportunity

It is the policy of MHCC to provide equal educational and employ- The information provided in this catalog is available in alternative

ment opportunities and to provide service benefits to all students format for persons with disabilities. For information call 503-491-6923

and employees without regard to race, color, religion, national origin, (503-491-7670 TDD).

sex, age, disability or any other status or characteristic protected by

While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of the informa-

applicable state or federal law. This policy is in accordance with the

tion in this catalog, Mt. Hood Community College has the right to

laws enforced by the Department of Education and Department of

make changes at any time without prior notice. This catalog is not

Labor, including Presidential Executive Order 11246, as amended, Title

a contract between Mt. Hood Community College and current or

VI and Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act as amended by the Civil

prospective students.

Rights Act of 1991, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972,

the Veteran’s Readjustment Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Acts Some policies and procedure are subject to change. See quarterly

of 1974-75. the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and Oregon schedules for details.

Revised Statute 659.030. Inquiries regarding application of these and

other regulations should be directed to either the college’s Human

Resources Office 503-491-7200, the office of the Vice President of

Student Development and Services 503-491-7317, or TDD 503-491-

7202; the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Education Office,

Seattle, Washington; or to the office of Federal Contract Compliance

Programs, Department of Labor, San Francisco, CA.

The College

Accreditation

Mt. Hood Community College is accredited

Vision

The College is dedicated to:

MHCC Philosophy of

General Education 3

by the Northwest Association of Schools Mt. Hood Community College holds that

and Colleges and is approved as a veterans · Student learning as the most important

outcome. general education should accomplish two

training institution by the Veterans Admin- major objectives. One of these objectives

istration. Accreditation documentation is · Being a comprehensive community is to provide students with knowledge that

available in the President’s Office. college with initiatives in information, will help them attain their full potential

engineering, biomedical and biological as informed and responsible members of

In addition, these Professional Technical technologies. society. General education courses offer

programs are accredited by the following

knowledge that enables students to com-

accrediting associations: · Seamless transfer opportunities to col- municate effectively, to explain relationships

leges, universities and career.

Automotive: NATEF (National Automotive among societies, to articulate what it is to

Technician Education Foundation) · Continued, directly applicable, learning be human, to develop artistic expression,

at all stages of career and life. to analyze the natural world, and to make

Aviation Professional Pilot : Training informed decisions about physical and

approved by Federal Aviation Administra- · Striving to meet learning needs when and mental health. A second purpose of general

tion where students prefer. education is to equip students with the

mental skills they must possess if they are

· Providing learner support.

Dental Hygiene: Commission on Dental Ac- to learn independently. Mental skills such

creditation, American Dental Association as listening, speaking, writing, computing,

Values analyzing, synthesizing and deliberating

Early Childhood Education: National Acad- The core values statements are as fol- logically will enable students to learn on

emy of Early Childhood Programs lows: their own throughout their lives.



Funeral Service Education: American Board Integrity: infusing high standard into all A core of general education instruction per-

of Funeral Service Education MHCC efforts. meates each of the college’s three degrees

(AAS, AGS, AA-OT) and all certificates,

Respect: showing thoughtful consideration

Medical Assistant: American Association of offering students many opportunities to

for all MHCC community members.

Medical Assistants acquire the knowledge and mental skills they

Innovation: promoting creativity and must possess to become lifelong learners

Nursing: National League for Nursing flexibility in all aspects of the MHCC and responsible citizens. The core of general

experience. education instruction falls into the following

Occupational Therapy Assistant: Accredi- Service: enhancing opportunities for stu- five major categories:

tation Council of Occupational Therapy dent achievement and success. COMMUNICATION: Communication

Education courses develop the student’s ability to read,

Physical Therapy Assistant: Commission write, listen and speak effectively in formal

on Accreditation in Physical Therapy College Goals and informal situations, in the workplace

Education and at home. They develop, furthermore,

Goal #1. Knowledge-Based Work-

the student’s ability to analyze and interpret

f o r c e . P r ov i d e k n o w l e d g e - b a s e d

Surgical Technology: Accreditation Re- spoken and written discourse.

educational offerings to meet student and

view Committee on Education in Surgical community needs, with a complementary HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCA-

Technology set of student and community support TION: Health and Physical Education

services. courses are designed to enable students

Respiratory Care: Joint Review Committee to enjoy the personal benefits of physical

for Respiratory Therapy Education Goal # 2 . Access and Diversity.

activity and healthy life-styles. Activity

Provide affordable and attractive options

classes develop foundation skills for lifelong

Welding: AWS (American Welding So- for members of the community seeking a

participation in physical activities. Health

ciety) post-secondary education and/or careers,

classes equip students to make healthful

including the creation of an environment in

living choices.

Mission which diversity thrives.



A Commitment to the Community Goal #3. Requirements of Economic

Development. Develop programs in

Mt. Hood Community College affords all emerging technologies with emphasis on

people a knowledge-based education, giv- information, engineering, biomedical and

ing them the ability to make life choices; biological technologies.

adapt to change; build strong communities;

contribute to and derive benefit from the Goal #4. Transitions. Provide seamless

new economy; and become part of a skilled transfer opportunities to colleges, universi-

workforce. ties and careers.

Goal #5. Student Success. Provide in-

frastructure and support services to ensure

student success.

The College, continued



4 THE HUMANITIES: Studying the hu- Flexible Curriculum. MHCCD will

History

Mt. Hood Community College opened

manities instills in students the ability to maintain a curriculum responsive to the in 1966 and now enrolls nearly 30,000

articulate what it is to be human. Students changing educational needs of its district students each year. Classes are offered at

learn to recognize, for example, funda- residents. The learning experiences pro- the 200-acre main campus in Gresham, the

mental characteristics of humankind and vided will include consideration of theory MHCC Maywood Park Campus, Thompson

to articulate enduring human concerns. and practical application. Center and evening education centers at

Humanities courses at MHCC include district public schools.

Open- Door Admission. MHCCD

philosophy, languages, literature, and the

learning opportunities will be open to all The college is financed by local property

visual and performing arts.

who seek to benefit from the experience, tax funds, state reimbursement funds and

MATHEMATICS; SCIENCE; COM- although entrance to some programs is student tuition. Local voters established the

PUTER SCIENCE: These courses enable limited by academic qualifications. college tax base in 1968 and approved tax

students to explore, describe and apply base increases in 1970 and 1980. The college

Student Services. MHCCD will provide

the different types of functions, processes, has developed an ongoing partnership with

opportunities outside of the classroom for

natural laws and relationships that exist in business and industry to meet the needs of

students to become aware of their needs,

the world. Mathematics, life sciences, physi- a current and future workforce.

interests and potential as well as to gain

cal sciences and computer sciences fall into

experience in democratic living, self-deter- Board members are elected to four-year

this category.

mination, cooperative endeavor, economic terms, meet the second Wednesday night

THE SOCIAL SCIENCES: The social realities and leadership. of each month and serve without pay. The

sciences help equip students to interact first president of the college was Dr. Earl

Community Services. MHCCD will offer

effectively in relationships with others, Klapstein. He served until 1976 and was

a comprehensive program of community

understand an individual’s role in a given followed by Dr. R. Stephen Nicholson until

services including cultural, recreational and

society, and analyze and explain the rela- November 1985. Dr. Paul E. Kreider served

civic activities which are in response to the

tionship of one society to another, past as president from February 1986 to June

expressed needs of district residents.

and present. The social sciences also en- 1996. Dr. Joel E. Vela became the college’s

able students to comprehend and describe Well-Served Public. MHCCD will strive fourth president in 1996 and served through

the significant forces and factors that have to provide learning opportunities to serve September of 2000. The college is cur-

helped shape the many facets of human its public, both in the percentage of district rently under the direction of Dr. Robert

history and contemporary society. residents served and in the quality and ef- Silverman.

fectiveness of its education systems.

Mt. Hood Community College intends that

students who complete general education

classes in the various categories listed above MHCCD Foundation

shall possess the kinds of knowledge and the

District The Mt. Hood Community College District

kinds of mental skills essential if they are to The district comprises an area of approxi- Foundation is a non-profi t organization

develop their potential as individuals and as mately 950 square miles with a population established in 1969 to receive, hold and

citizens. General education requirements of over 216,000. The district lies adjacent disburse private funds in support of the

are aimed at conveying to students the to the eastern boundary of the city of educational programs and students of the

knowledge that each person is valuable and Portland and is bounded on the north by the college. The direction of the Foundation is

that communities of people are valuable. Columbia River. It includes all of Multnomah vested in its board of directors, composed

They are designed to prepare students to County east of Portland School District of citizens from a broad spectrum of the

promote their own personal well-being and Number 1, the area of Sandy Union High community. Working in small groups and

that of society. School District and Gresham Union High committees, Foundation members assist

Quality with Diversity. MHCCD will School District in Clackamas County and in forming, developing and promoting a

strive to maintain effective, quality edu- the area of the Port of Cascade Locks in number of worthwhile objectives, such

cation within a comprehensive range of Hood River County. The majority of the as scholarships, equipment purchases and

learning experiences to include traditional population in the district is concentrated support for faculty development projects.

and non-traditional offerings. in the western portion. For more information, call the Foundation

office at 503-491-7206.

Admissions and Registration

Who Can Enroll

1. Graduates of accredited high schools * A regular student is defined as a student who Limited and Restricted Entry Programs 5

who can benefit from the instruction is beyond the age of compulsory high school

may be admitted as regular* students. attendance or has the recognized equivalent These programs have additional steps for

of a high school diploma or GED and enrolled students to take before they are considered

2 . Applicants who have received the GED for admission. Please see the catalog sec-

certificate prior to their first term at in coursework for the purpose of obtaining a

recognized degree or certificate offered by tion entitled Limited and Restricted Entry

MHCC, and who can benefit from the Enrollment.

instruction, may be admitted as regular* MHCC.

students. International Student Admission. To Students with Disabilites

3. Non-high school graduates 18 years of be considered for admission to Mt. Hood

If you need academic adjustments or aux-

age and over whose high school class Community College the following must be

iliary aids, contact the Disability Services

has been graduated, and who can benefit submitted to the admissions office:

Office at 503-491-6923 or 503-491-7670

from the instruction, may be admitted as 1. An International Student Application TDD.

regular* students. Form and application fee.

4. High school students who have com- 2. Official transcripts of all secondary and Placement Testing and Orientation

pleted their high school requirements post-secondary schools attended. The New students enrolling in six or more

and not yet received their diplomas as of level of previous schooling must be credits are required to take the College

the seventh semester (if four-year high comparable to American high school Placement Test (CPT). The CPT enables

school), and who can benefit from the graduation.

instruction, may be admitted as regular* students and their advisers to assess the

students. 3. A Declaration of Finances Form, referred students’ academic readiness. The results of

to as an Affidavit of Support. the CPT will help students choose classes

5. Students 16 and 17 years of age who have that will fit their present skill level in reading,

not completed high school, whose class 4. Proof of college-level English ability. Mini-

mum TOEFL score of 450 (paper based) writing and mathematics.

has not yet been graduated and who are

not currently enrolled in high school or 133 (computerized) is required for New student advising and registration ses-

must secure a release from compulsory admission to degree seeking programs. sion information is available through the

attendance from their high school. The 5. Students who score the minimums on the Academic Advising and Transfer Center. For

students that can benefit from instruc- TOEFL must take the College Placement more information concerning new student

tion may be admitted as students. Test - Levels of Proficiency in English, in advising and registration workshops, call

6. Students 16 years and older who have not order to take English as a Non-Native 503-491-7315. For CPT information call

graduated or who have not been released Language (ENL) courses at MHCC dur- 503-491-7678. Picture ID is required for the

from compulsory attendance, and who ing their first year. These students will CPT test and to register for classes. CPT

can benefit from the instruction, may be eligible to take ENL courses, only. testing is offered in room AC 2335.

take classes with written authorization 6. Documentation of Immunization and

from their high school. Tuberculosis testing. Students enrolling in an English composition

course, WR101 or WR102, a mathematics

7. Students under the age of 16 years Note: All international students (F-1 Visa) course, certain chemistry courses or a

who are still enrolled in school will be must have health and accident insurance reading class are required to take the CPT

required to request permission for before being enrolled at Mt. Hood Community regardless of credit hours.

admission through the Vice President College.

of Student Development and Services. Testing for non-native English speak-

Requests must be filed seven (7) working How to Enroll ers. If English is not the first language you

days in advance of the beginning of classes learned, you will take the College Placement

for the term of desired enrollment. Most programs involve three basic steps: Test—Levels of English Proficiency. Call

8. Students who are currently being home- 1. Student Admissions/Data Sheet Form - 503-491-7678 for testing information.

schooled and can benefit from the each student must complete this form. It

is available on our web site at www.mhcc. Guided Studies. Guided Studies is a

instruction will follow one of the specific program designed for students who need

procedures as previously outlined. They edu or in the Admissions and Records

Office. additional academic preparation for suc-

will be required to submit documenta-

cess in college-level studies. The program

tion of home schooling as needed by the 2 College Placement Test - each student

Vice President of Student Development must have their skill sin reading, writing is tailored to students according to their

and Services (if under the age of 16) or and math assessed to ensure they regis- educational needs. Guided Studies students

by the Dean of Career Development ter for the appropriate classes. The test are required to take the appropriate pre-

Services (age 16 and older). is non-timed, free, and scores are avail- paratory courses and are restricted from

able upon completion of the test. Call other courses until their preparation is

9. Students who are citizens of other

503-491-7678 for testing center hours completed. Guided Studies students have

countries, and who can benefit from

the instruction, will be asked to meet and further details. two terms to complete these preparatory

certain federal immigration and college 3 Advising - once the first two steps have classes. To continue at Mt. Hood beyond

requirements before being admitted into been taken students are ready to meet this time requires students to petition,

the college. The Admissions and Records with an academic adviser to plan their through the appeal procedure, the Dean

Office has special application materials class schedule. Registration workshops of Enrollment Services.

for international students. Please see are offered to help students select

International Student Admission below. classes and become oriented in how to

register. Call 503-491-7315 for further

details.

Admissions and

Registration, cont.



6 How to Register

Registration instructions and dates are pub- Auditing students (no credit or grade) pay

Reciprocity

Washington, California, Idaho and Nevada

lished each term in the term class schedule in accordance with the fee schedule above. state residents may attend Mt. Hood Com-

which is available upon request. The quarterly tuition includes both tuition munity College and pay in-state tuition (see

and student service fees. Residency section).

Registration is available at the Gresham

campus and the MHCC Maywood campus Special Fees. Certain classes require

tools, uniforms, equipment, lab fees, in-

Your Financial

and by touch-tone telephone. Mail-in regis-

tration is available for Continuing Education surance, etc., which are not covered by Responsibilities

classes only. tuition. By enrolling or having enrolled as a student

at Mt. Hood Community College, you agree

Tuition and Residency Student Service Fees. Student service

to be responsible for all charges on your

funds are disbursed on a comprehensive

Tuition. Tuition is set by the MHCCD program basis for student government student account and abide by college poli-

Board of Education and may be changed activities and for intercollegiate sports. The cies as described herein, as well as in the

at any time. Please check the quar- statement of philosophy of this financial sup- current or applicable catalogs, brochures,

terly schedule for current tuition port can be found in the Appendix of Board and schedules. Non-attendance or non-pay-

and fees. Policy and College Regulations. ment does not remove charges from your

account. To have tuition charges removed,

12 credit hours constitute full-time Residency. Determination of residence you must process a drop or withdrawal

status. for admission and other purposes will be form through the Admissions and Records

Loads over 20 credit hours require ap- made according to the following definitions: Office during the refund period (see Refund

proval of The Academic Advising and Residence is defined as a person’s domicile, section). Full payment is dues by the first day

Transfer Center or the Dean of Enrollment his/her true fixed and permanent home and of each term. If you register after the term

Services. place of habitation. It is the place where begins, you must pay the same day. Failure

one intends to remain, and to which one to pay by the payment due date may result

In-State Tuition and Fees expects to return when one leaves with- in late payment penalties, denial of future

1-15 Credits: out intending to establish a new domicile registrations, withholding of transcripts

Tuition, per credit hour $45.00 elsewhere. Domicile is not established by and/or grades, denial or cancellation of

Student fee, per credit hour $1.50 mere attendance at the college. credit arrangements, impairment of credit

($22.50 maximum) A valid Oregon driver’s license, permit or history and additional assessment of collec-

Technology fee, per credit hour $2.00 ID card is required for in-state tuition rates tion costs and attorney’s fees.

($30.00 maximum) except for residents of California, Idaho, · You are responsible for full payment of all

Total cost per credit hour $48.50 Washington & Nevada. See Reciprocity charges on your account by the payment

section on this page. due date, even if your account is being

Additional Credits over 15: paid by another party.

16-18 credits, per credit hour $45.00 In-District Student : An American

citizen or immigrant who has maintained · Receipt of a billing statement is not a

Over 18 credits, per credit hour $22.50 residence in the Mt. Hood Community prerequisite for payment of an outstand-

Out-of-State Tuition and Fees College district 90 days prior to the begin- ing balance on your account. It is your

1-15 Credits: ning of classes. responsibility to notify the Admissions

Tuition, per credit hour $154.00 and Records Office of any change in

Out-Of-District Student: An American

your mailing address or name. Failure

Student fee, per credit hour $1.50 citizen or immigrant who has maintained to receive a billing statement will not

($22.50 maximum) a residence in Oregon for at least 90 dismiss your obligation to pay on time.

Technology fee, per credit hour $2.00 days prior to the beginning of classes but

($30.00 maximum) not in the Mt. Hood Community College · If you are under 18 years of age, you

district. will be held liable for all charges on your

Total cost per credit hour $157.50 account under Oregon Revised Statutes

In-State Student: An American citizen

Over 15 credits, (ORS 348-105).

per credit hour: $154.00 or immigrant who has established residency

in Oregon 90 days prior to the beginning · You are responsible for all late payment

International Tuition and Fees of classes. fees. A $10 late fee is assessed on past

Tuition per credit hour $175.00 Out-Of-State Student: An American due charges every 30 days past due with

Student fee, per credit hour $1.50 citizen or immigrant who has not estab- a maximum of $30 per term. Delinquent

($22.50 maximum) accounts 90 days past due may be turned

lished residency in Oregon 90 days prior

over to a collection agency. You are re-

Technology fee, per credit hour $2.00 to the beginning of classes. sponsible for reasonable collection costs,

($30.00 maximum) attorney’s fees and Oregon Department

International Student: A citizen of

Total cost per credit hour $178.50 another country here on a visa other than of Revenue charges related to the collec-

Over 15 credits, an immigrant visa. tion of all delinquent debts owed to the

per credit hour: $175.00 college. Your social security number may

be used for internal and external credit

reporting and collection purposes for all

delinquent charges incurred.

Adding or Dropping Classes

Payment Options

Mt. Hood Community College accepts cash

(U.S. only), checks, VISA and MasterCard.

Attendance

See class schedules, course descriptions and

specific course syllabus. Students should be

Waiting Lists

Waiting lists are available only until a course

begins. After classes begin, students must

7

Third party payment arrangements are also aware that mandatory attendance the first obtain an instructor’s signature for all

accepted. These include agency or company week of classes is required for some classes. closed courses. If, while on a waiting list,

payment authorizations, financial aid and Failure to attend may result in the student a seat becomes available, the student will

scholarships. For additional details refer to being removed from the class roster. It is officially be added to the class; therefore,

the class quarterly schedule. still the student’s responsibility to process the student is responsible for knowing

a drop or withdrawal in the Admissions and his/her position on the waiting list or

Payment due dates are explained in each

Records Office for classes they do not want. class list. If added to a class, students are

class quarterly schedule. All charges on a

Please see No-Show Drop Procedure. responsible for any additional tuition and/or

student’s account must be paid in full before

fees. Students will not be added to the class

you can register for another term. No-Show Drop Procedure if it creates a schedule conflict or if the stu-

An installment payment note is available to Effective Summer 2002, MHCC has changed dent is already registered in another section

students who qualify. This allows students its No-Show Drop Procedure. Students of the same course. If on multiple waiting

to pay their tuition and fee charges in up who do not attend class may be lists for the same class, the student will be

to three installment payments. The class dropped at the discretion of the in- added to the first opening and dropped

quarterly schedule outlines the qualifica- structor during the first four weeks from all other waiting lists. Students must

tions and instructions. of class (or the equivalent for non- notify the Admissions and Records Office

standard length courses). immediately if they no longer want to be

Golden Age Program on the waiting list.

Mt. Hood Community College offers Gold- IMPORTANT: It is still the student’s re-

en Age program privileges to in-district sponsibility to process a drop or withdraw from Only officially registered students may

residents who are 62 years old or older. classes they do not attend. Non-attendance attend classes. Students whose names

Residents are entitled to reduced rates for does not guarantee that you will be dropped do not appear on the instructor’s class

college classes. Service and material fees from your classes. A failing grade may result list are not officially registered and will

indicated in the Fee-A and B columns must based on non-attendance. not receive credit or grades.

still be paid. Adding a Class Open Entry/Open Exit. All registration

All Golden Age members receive student Adding a class is a formal change made by for open entry/open exit classes closes two

rates for college activities and events, and the student in the Admissions and Records weeks prior to the end of the term. At that

may use the swimming pool and hydro- Office. time registration for open entry/open exit

therapy pools at a discount. classes will be recorded for the following

The last day to register or add a standard term.

For more information, call the MCC admis- term-length class is normally the first Friday

sions Office at 503-491-7393. of instruction for classes that are open. The Dropping a Class

instructor’s signature is required after the Standard term-length classes dropped within

Refunds first class has met for those classes that are the first two weeks will not appear on the

Refunds are calculated when your account closed. Mathematics, English composition, transcript. If a student drops or withdraws

has a credit balance resulting from an over- some chemistry, developmental education after the two-week period, a “W” grade will

payment or from charges being removed and computer classes require instructor’s be assigned. Non-attendance is not a basis

which were previously paid. Charges are signature during the first week. To register for a refund or nonpayment of tuition. Reg-

only removed when a drop or withdrawal or add during the second week of instruc- istration constitutes liability unless a formal

form is processed through the Admissions tion, the instructor’s signature is required drop or withdrawal is processed within the

and Records Office during the refund for open and closed classes. Check with the refund period through the Admissions and

period. The refund date for each class Admissions and Records Office for further Records Office. The refund date for each

is printed on the student class schedule. clarification and the last day to register or class is printed on the student class schedule.

Refunds are applied to unpaid charges on add a non-standard term-length class. Please note: The refund date for single

a student’s account or other institutional weekend computer courses is the

debt, even if payment is not yet due. Late Caution: Students should be aware that regis-

tering for classes after instruction has begun is Wednesday before the course begins.

registration or class additions may result

in little or no refund. Refunds involving a detrimental to their learning. Also, any student A student may drop any standard-length

check payment are held two weeks from entering a course late will be held responsible class through the Friday of the seventh week

the date of the original payment. Credit for all materials previously covered. Students are of instruction. Check with the Admissions

balances resulting from payments made by not guaranteed make-up privileges. and Records Office for the last day to drop

third party sponsors, financial aid or schol- Late add or registration may result in little nonstandard-length classes.

arships will be returned to the originator. or no refund period. After the last official day to drop a course,

Refer to the class quarterly schedule for students may file a written appeal with the

more information. with the Dean of Enrollment Services in the

Admissions & Records Office for extenuating

Cancellations circumstances only.

Course cancellation by the college will

result in a 100 percent refund providing a Students signing a deferment of funds are

refund is due. still liable even if the aid is denied unless they

withdraw in writing in the Admissions and

Records Office within the refund period.

Adding or Dropping Limited & Restricted

Classes cont. Entry Enrollment

8 Withdrawing From College

Limited and Restricted En-

try Programs

Formal withdrawal from the college is Admission of all students is centralized in Students must apply within the time period

defined as dropping ALL classes and must the Admissions and Records Office. prescribed annually by the Admissions and

be processed through the Admissions and Records Office. Upon notice of acceptance

The course requirements for MHCC into the program by the Admissions and

Records Office.

programs are subject to change each aca- Records Office, the applicant must indicate

The student has the option to totally with- demic year. For MHCC certificate/degree his/her intention to enroll by complet-

draw from college through the last day of requirements, a student must follow the ing registration prior to an established

instruction but before final exams. program requirements either for the year deadline.

Students finding it necessary to withdraw the student is officially admitted to the pro-

from college should obtain a withdrawal gram or the year the student is completing Restricted-Entry Programs

form from the Admissions and Records Of- the program. Applicants for a restricted-entry program

fice. Upon presentation of this form to the Applications are for one academic year must complete the admissions application

Admissions and Records Office, the student only. You must reapply each year if not procedures and meet program criteria be-

is granted honorable dismissal. Refunds and selected. Admission to the college does fore being considered for acceptance into

grades are determined according to regula- not guarantee admission to a special pro- the program. The following programs have

tions printed in the schedule. gram. Applicants to professional-technical restricted-entry:

Students unable to withdraw in person must programs with college-approved criteria for · Cosmetology

notify the Admissions and Records Office selection will be required to complete all

prescribed application materials and meet · Dental Hygiene

in writing or by telephone, 503-491-7393,

by the last day of instruction but before the minimum selection criteria for their

· Ford ASSET Automotive Technology

final exams. chosen program.

All applicants for professional-technical · Funeral Service Education

If a student withdraws from college within

programs that do not have a limited or

the first two weeks of the term or the · Graphic Design

equivalent, the classes will not appear on restricted entry will be admitted on the

the transcript. same basis as lower division collegiate ap- · Nursing

plicants; first-come, first-served on a space

If a student withdraws from college after available basis. · Occupational Therapy Assistant

the second week of the term, the classes

with a grade of “W” will appear on the Limited-Entry Programs · Professional Photography

transcript. However, any grade earned to These programs generally begin once a year · Physical Therapist Assistant

date in nonstandard term-length or mini- in the fall term. Applicants are admitted

term classes will remain, and the “W” on a space available basis after academic · Radio Broadcasting

grade will be assigned only to classes not criteria has been met. Application packets

yet completed. for these programs are available on our web · Respiratory Care

Students who merely stop attending classes site at www.mhcc.edu or in the Admissions

· Television Production

without formally withdrawing will receive and Records Office. The following profes-

the grades assigned by their instructors sional-technical programs are considered

and will not receive a refund of tuition “limited entry”:

and fees. · Architectural Engineering Technology

Please note: The refund date for · Civil Engineering Technology

single weekend computer courses is · Chrysler CAP – Automotive Technol-

the Wednesday before the course ogy

begins.

· Electronics Technology

Students are advised to consult their in-

structors prior to withdrawal. · Fisheries Technology

Students receiving veterans’ benefits also · Forest Resources Technology

must notify the veterans’ clerk of intention · Import – Automotive Technology

to withdraw. Failure to do so may result in

overpayment which will need to be returned · Instructional Assistant

to the Veterans Administration. · Integrated Natural Resource Technol-

Students receiving financial aid also must ogy

notify the financial aid office of their inten- · Machine Tool Technology

tion to withdraw.

· Mechanical Engineering Technology

· Mental Health/Human Service

· Surgical Technology

· Welding Technology

Limited & Restricted

Academic

Entry Enrollment cont. Regulations

Application packets for these programs are

Student Progress

Students in these programs are expected to

Credit for Coursework

The regular college year is divided into

9

available on the web site at www.mhcc.edu complete the curriculum within the normal three quarters of approximately 11 weeks

or in the Admissions and Records Office. two-year period. However, a program may each. One credit is generally allowed for

These packets include the information be extended given permission from the each discussion or laboratory period per

and forms necessary for applicants to program faculty advisor. Because of enroll- week. The discussion period consists of

apply for the program in which they are ment limitations, extending a program 50 minutes of lecture or discussion; the

interested. The packet must be completed beyond two years must be on a space laboratory period may consist of two or

accurately and returned. Only completed available basis. more clock hours.

packets meeting minimum criteria will be

considered. The deadline for submitting a If the student’s studies are interrupted by Summer terms usually include terms of 12,

completed packet varies for each program, two or more years, or if the course of study 10, eight and five weeks, with class periods

so it is important to check the specified extends beyond five years, degree require- proportionately extended.

deadline date for each program. The return ments for graduation may have changed For each period of lecture or discussion,

of an admission packet does not guarantee and the student may be asked to complete students are expected to spend at least two

that the applicant has satisfied minimum current requirements in order to earn the hours on outside preparation.

criteria. certificate or degree.

An average course load of 15 credits per

The Admissions and Records Office will Students who are unable to maintain satis- quarter will normally give a student suf-

notify applicants of their status within 30 factory progress may, through a process of ficient hours of credit to graduate in two

days after the completion of the selection review, be removed from a program. This is years. These hours should be chosen ac-

process. especially true in regard to clinical education cording to an organized curriculum.

in which patient safety is involved.

Selection Process No student may take more than 20 hours

Program personnel and a selection commit-

Advanced Standing per quarter without approval of an overload

tee will review applicants who have satisfied Students with previous training may be committee. (See Academic Advising and

the minimum selection criteria. admitted to programs with advanced stand- Transfer Center for petition form prior to

ing. This may be possible where students registration.)

Applicants will be selected for program

admission or as alternates by one or more

have partially completed similar programs

at other institutions or where related one-

Course Numbering System

of the following methods. COURSES NUMBERED 1-4 (not section

year certificates have been completed.

· Residency for admissions purposes Examples of this are Licensed Practical numbers) do not carry grades or credit.

Nurse or Certified Respiratory Therapist Tuition is charged per clock hour.

First priority consideration is given to programs. The nursing program offers a

applicants who reside in the MHCC COURSES NUMBERED 5-9 may be graded

special assessment for LPN applicants wish- (letter grade) or ungraded (pass/fail) or

district. ing to be given advanced standing toward an audit only. These courses may be credit

Second priority is given to applicants associate degree. Application materials for or noncredit. Courses numbered 5-9 may

who reside in the State of Oregon where advanced placement consideration are avail- not be applied toward a MHCC degree or

there is no similar program offered. able in the Admissions and Records Office. certificate unless stated in specific AAS

Acceptance is on a space-available basis. curriculums.

Third priority is given to applicants who

reside in the State of Oregon where COURSES NUMBERED 1-49 that do not

similar programs are offered. carry credit cannot be applied to any degree

Fourth priority is given to out of state or certificate.

applicants where no similar program is COURSES NUMBERED 10-99 may be

offered. graded or ungraded and may carry credit ap-

Other Factors: plicable to a MHCC professional/technical

degree or certificate. Professional/technical

· College placement test scores

certificate/degree programs provide up to

· High school coursework two years of specialized education designed

to prepare the student for career entry.

· College coursework Exception: Please see Developmental

Education Courses.

· Related job experience

COURSES NUMBERED 100-299 are ac-

· Orientation/interview ceptable for a MHCC degree or certificate

and may or may not be eligible for transfer

· Prior application to the program to four-year institutions. However, students

· Employment opportunities should be aware the course or courses may

be accepted as elective credit only or not at

Most core classes in the limited and re- all if the credits do not fit in the student’s

stricted entry programs are offered during major discipline or major. Transfer accept-

the day. Some classes (electives), however, ability is at the discretion of the receiving

may be offered during the evenings or institution.

weekends.

Academic Regulations cont.



10 Courses identified by the following course

alpha prefixes do not normally transfer to

a four-year institution. However, specific

Developmental Education

Courses

Transfer course work from foreign insti-

tutions will be evaluated in accordance

with the institutions and policies listed in

transfer articulation agreements may exist. The following are all Developmental Educa- Transfer Credit Practices. Coursework must

The interested student should consult with tion classes and are not acceptable for any be considered to be at a post-secondary

the appropriate staff at the four-year institu- MHCC degree or certificate: level, have comparable MHCC accreditation

tion. Up to 12 credits may be used as All DE prefix courses status and be parallel in content to MHCC

elective credit toward the Associate coursework.

of Arts Oregon Transfer degree. ESL 91, 92, 93, 94

HD90 Credit may be granted for military courses

The following identify professional-technical based upon The Guide to the Evaluation of

RD 9, 10, 90 (formerly RD11), and RD95

alpha prefixes currently used at Mt. Hood Educational Experiences in the Armed Services

MTH 8 and 10 (formerly MTH 9)

Community College. Please check prior and if the courses apply to the student’s

SKH 20, 30, 35

catalogs for additional prefixes or call 503- MHCC major. Two (2) credit hours of

491-7384 for more information. WR 9, 10, 20 and 90 (formerly WR10) PE185 credit may be granted toward an

AC Accounting Technology Course Number Change Associate Degree at Mt. Hood for comple-

tion of military basic training. A copy of the

AH Allied Health-General In the event a course number has been DD214 form is required.

AM/AMF Automotive Technologies changed from a professional/technical num-

ber to a transfer level number, the transfer Under a cooperative agreement with the

AV/AVH Aviation University of Portland, MHCC students

level number will appear on the permanent

BT Business Technology record only for those who took the class may participate in the Air Force Reserve

DH Dental Hygiene after the change was approved. Officers Training Corps (AFROTC) pro-

gram offered on the University of Portland

ECE Early Childhood Education When available, an equivalent night class campus. The purpose of the program, which

ET Architectural Engineering may be taken in lieu of a day class. Equiva- is administered by the Aerospace Studies

Civil Engineering lency is determined by the division dean. faculty at the University of Portland, is

Mechanical Engineering Advisers and other college employees are to select and train students to serve as

available to help, but students have final re- officers in the United States Air Force.

EET Electronic Systems Technology

sponsibility for satisfying degree/certificate AFROTC is available to men and women

EMT Emergency Medical Technology requirements for graduation. with a minimum of two years of college

EHS Environmental Health and Safety remaining. Scholarships are available on a

FI Fisheries Technology

Transfer Credits competitive basis for those who qualify.

Transferring from MHCC. Transfer stu- Students who qualify may elect to pursue

FSE Funeral Service Education

dents are responsible for determining the either, and credits earned are accepted

FT Forest Resources Technology requirements of the institution and program as transfer credits to meet MHCC’s total

GD Graphic Design to which they plan to transfer. credit requirements for graduation. For

HOR Horticulture more information, check out the web site at

Transferring to MHCC. Mt. Hood Com-

munity College accepts college-level credits www.up.edu/academics/special_program/

HS Mental Health/Human Services

earned in academic certificate and degree air_force_rotc and contact the Program

HT Hospitality and Tourism Counselor at airforce@up.edu or 503

Management programs from colleges and universities ac-

credited by regional accrediting associations 943-7216.

INR Integrated Natural Resources

LA Business Technology (Legal

and with an “AG” symbol for credit accep-

tance as indicated in Transfer Credit Practices

Non-Traditional Credit

Administrative Assistant) of Selected Educational Institutions. A maximum of 45 non-traditional

MFG Machine Tool Technology credits can be applied toward an

Students must request a transcript evalu- MHCC degree.

NUR Nursing ation from the Admissions and Records

PHO Professional Photography Office if transfer courses are to be applied The college provides a number of ways a

PTA Physical Therapist Assistant toward an MHCC certificate or degree. student may earn credit toward a degree

This evaluation will not be done until the or certificate in addition to classroom

RB Radio Broadcasting experience: CHALLENGE, CLEP (Col-

student has enrolled at Mt. Hood Com-

RT Respiratory Care munity College and is not official until a lege Level Examination Program), and

SMT Sheet Metal Technology graduation application has been processed. APP (Advanced Placement Program). A

ST Surgical Technology Upon completion of the certificate or de- maximum of 45 non-traditional credits can

gree program, the transfer credits applied be applied toward an MHCC degree. The

TV Television Production will be recorded on the MHCC student office of Admissions and Records and the

WLD Welding Technology transcript. Academic Advising and Transfer Center

A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses Students should send official transcripts to can provide interested students with pro-

may be applied toward the AGS or AAS the Admissions and Records Office. cedures as follows:

degree. A maximum of 15 credits of the

highest level of ENL courses may be ap-

plied as electives only toward the AA-OT

degree.

Academic Regulations cont.

College Level Examination Program

(CLEP). MHCCD is an official CLEP test-

ing center. Students enrolled at MHCC may

to examinations. MCC awards credit to

students who receive a five or higher on

any Higher Level IB exam. College credit

penalized for missing the class or the field

trip, whichever the case may be. Students

whose absences are due to participation

11

receive credit for certain college courses can be earned in English Composition, first in intercollegiate functions and other co-

by submitting official scores from the Col- and second year foreign language, history, curricular trips arranged by the college will

lege Level Entrance Examination Program economics, geography, psychology, biology, be excused from class attendance but not

(CLEP). School policy currently allows physics, chemistry, theatre arts and general from the responsibility to the work that

credits to be granted based on scores of electives. A complete list of MHCC courses they may miss during their absence for

500 and above for the humanities, social satisfied by international baccalaureate ex- approved functions. A veteran’s failure to

sciences and natural sciences general exams. aminations is available from the Admissions attend classes may result in reduction or

Minimum scores of 46-54 are accepted on and Records Office. Students must indicate termination of benefits.

certain subject area exams. CLEP credit is that they would like official IB test scores

not given for general exams of English and sent to MHCC Admissions and Records President’s Honor Roll

math. Credit may be granted only after the Office. Credit may be granted only after Students who achieve a grade point aver-

student has earned 12 or more credit hours the student has earned 12 or more credit age of 3.85 or above with a minimum of 12

at MHCCD. Successful CLEP exam results hours at MHCC. credit hours will be listed on the President’s

in grade and credit on the MHCC perma- Honor Roll for that quarter.

nent record identified as CLEP. The office of High School Plus—Jump

Admissions and Records and the Academic Start College Vice President’s Honor Roll

Advising and Transfer Center can provide Students who achieve a grade point average

Mt. Hood Community College, in coopera-

interested students with procedures. of 3.65 to 3.84 inclusive with a minimum of

tion with MHCC district high schools, offers

Challenge. Students who believe that they high school students the opportunity to 12 credit hours will be listed on the Vice

have the knowledge and skills from life ex- earn MHCC college credit while enrolled President’s Honor Roll for that quarter.

perience, industry training or professional in high school. Credits can be earned

certification, may request to challenge a in both lower-division college transfer

Phi Theta Kappa

course by petition or by an examination courses and professional-technical courses. Phi Theta Kappa is the international honor

in lieu of class attendance. (Laboratory The procedure for earning credit may be society for two year colleges. Rho Theta is

classes may be challenged with the approval through credit by examination, completion the Mt. Hood Community College chapter

of the Division Dean.) Successful challenge of course standards as approved by MHCC of Phi Theta Kappa. To enter Rho Theta,

results in grade and credit on the MHCC instructional staff or as detailed in program a student must have achieved at least a 3.5

permanent record identified as credit for articulation agreements. Earned credit will term GPA while taking six or more credits

challenge. Credit may be granted only after be transcripted on the MHCC permanent toward an associate’s degree and have

the student has earned 12 or more credit record. Earning MHCC credit at district accumulated a total of 12 credits at Mt.

hours at MHCCD. The office of Admissions high schools does not automatically enroll Hood. You must also maintain at least a 3.0

and Records and the Academic Advising and a person in a MHCC certificate or degree accumulative GPA. Additional information

Transfer Center can provide interested stu- program. MHCC admissions procedures and application forms are available at the

dents with procedures. A student may not and requirements must still be met. College Center desk.

drop or withdraw from a challenge.

A list of courses approved to earn MHCC Transcripts

Financial aid recipients CANNOT use finan- credit during high school is available in

cial aid dollars to “challenge” classes. Please each high school’s counseling office or the It is the student’s responsibility to arrange

check with the Office of Financial Aid. MHCC High School Plus office. The list of for correcting any errors in the MHCC

High School Plus approved courses varies transcript record within four academic

Advanced Placement Program (APP). terms (including summer).

High school seniors who participate in the among high schools.

A MHCC transcript will be released upon

College Entrance Examination Board’s Absences written request of the student. Requests

Advanced Placement Program may seek

advanced placement in a variety of disci- Students are responsible for their at- and payments for transcripts are made in

plines. An entering freshman who has taken tendance in courses for which they are the Admissions and Records Office. Please

the APP tests should have the results sent enrolled. Absence due to serious illness allow up to five business days for process-

to the Admissions and Records Office. Ad- may be excused. However, students who ing faxes or mailed requests. A student’s

vanced placement and/or college credit may miss classes lose some of the content of the academic transcript may be held for any

be granted upon recommendation of the course. Being excused in no way excuses indebtedness to the college.

appropriate Division Dean. Credit may be students from the work covered during Program advisers may obtain MHCC advis-

granted only after the student has earned 12 absences. ing transcripts for their advisees.

or more credit hours at MHCCD. The office Students are not automatically excused

of Admissions and Records and Academic Document Replacement Fee. There

from other classes to attend field trips or will be a fee charged for a request to replace

Advising and Transfer Center can provide intercollegiate functions. When schedule

interested students with procedures. or duplicate an MHCC document such as a

conflicts occur because of field trips, stu- previously awarded degree, certificate, or

International Baccalaureate Diploma dents should notify instructors of classes recognition of completion.

Program. The International Baccalaure- to be missed and, in cooperation with

ate (IB) Diploma Program is a demanding that instructor, make arrangements for For information on the release of student

pre-college course of study that leads completing the work missed. In case of an records refer to pages 246-247.

unsolvable conflict, students will not be

Academic Regulations cont.



12 Grade Point Average

A Excellent: 4 points for each credit

objectives but did not advance far enough

to receive credit for completion. This grade

designation is limited to developmental edu-

tion. For GPA adjustments processed on

courses transcripted prior to SU96, both

the term and cumulative GPA is adjusted.

hour For GPA adjustments process on courses

cation courses and to open entry/open exit

B Above Average: 3 points for each courses (where the student is permitted transcripted SU96 or after, only the cumu-

credit hour to proceed at one’s own pace). A student lative GPA is adjusted. Since some colleges

C Average: 2 points for each credit who receives a “K” grade must reregister, count all grades in computing the GPA, a

hour repay, and pass the class satisfactorily to student should be aware that this possibility

receive credit. The K grade remains on the exists should the student transfer. See the

D Below Average: 1 point for each credit Admissions and Records Office for more

hour transcript. A student completing a develop-

mental education course may receive a “K’ information.

F Failing: 0 points for each credit hour

U Unsatisfactory: 0 points per credit

grade up to two times for the same course

and may only take the course a third time

Catalog Exception

hour with the recommendation of the develop- Under certain circumstances, a student

mental education instructor and the Dean is allowed to deviate from a prescribed

Following are not included in GPA calcula-

of Enrollment Services. Note: Students at- curriculum and still meet graduation re-

tions:

tempting a course for a third time who are quirements. A student who wishes to waive

S Satisfactory: 0 points per credit receiving financial aid, veterans’ benefits or a required course may petition the Dean of

hour athletic eligibility must reregister for these Enrollment Services via a recommendation

I Incomplete: 0 points per credit hour credits above and beyond the hours neces- for catalog exception form.

K Continuing Progress: 0 points per sary to maintain benefits. Students are advised to discuss the pro-

credit hour Pass/Fail Option. Certain courses offer posed exception with their academic

X Audit: 0 points per credit hour the student an option to receive a grade adviser. If the adviser and instructional dean

of S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory) approve the recommendation, the student

W Withdrawal: 0 points per credit is responsible for securing a second dean’s

hour instead of letter grade (A, B, C, D, or F).

This option must be exercised at the time signature if the course is in an area other

NR Not received from instructor of registration or no later than the end of than the major.

Grades are assigned based on work com- the seventh week of instruction for stan- All approvals necessary for a catalog excep-

pleted at the end of the scheduled class dard term-length classes. Check with the tion must be completed prior to the term

time. Additional work or make-up after Admissions and Records Office for last day the required course or replacement course

the ending date of the class is not justified to change grading status for nonstandard is offered.

unless an Incomplete was assigned. term-length classes.

Students admitted to a degree program are

Grades and/or records found to be fraudu- S Grade. For evaluation and transferability expected to complete the curriculum within

lent will be changed. purposes, the S grade is equivalent to a a two-year period. If the student’s studies

grade of C or better. are interrupted by two years or more, or

Incompletes. A student may be assigned

an “I” (Incomplete) when insufficient work Audit Option. Students electing to audit if the course of study extends beyond five

to justify a grade has been done by the a class (no grade, no credit) must choose years, degree requirements for graduation

student due to excusable reasons. Though this option at the time of registration or no may have changed and the student may be

individual circumstances may warrant later than the end of the seventh week of in- asked to complete current requirements in

unique decisions, it is commonly expected struction for standard term-length classes. order to earn the certificate or degree.

that the student will have completed at least Check with the Admissions and Records Advisers and other college employees are

75 percent of the course requirements. Office for last day to change grading status available to help, but students have final re-

for nonstandard term-length classes. Au- sponsibility for satisfying degree/certificate

Incompletes are to be made up prior to diting students pay in accordance with the

the end of the following term unless the requirements for graduation.

tuition schedule and participate to a degree

student is no longer enrolled. Under these determined by them and the instructor. NOTE: The course requirements for profes-

circumstances, the work must be made sional-technical programs are subject to change

up in the term of the return with only a Grade Point Average Adjustment. each academic year. For MHCC certificate/de-

four-quarter maximum (including A student may petition for a grade point gree requirements, a student must follow the

summer) permitted. Incompletes not average adjustment when a course has been program requirements the year the student

made up within these timelines do not auto- repeated for a higher grade. Both courses is OFFICIALLY ADMITTED to the program

matically revert to a grade. They remain an must have been taken at Mt. Hood Com- or the year the student is COMPLETING the

“I,” unless changed by the instructor. munity College and the initial course must program.

have been completed spring term 1985 or

K Grade. A “K” (continuing progress) indi- later. Only one petition per course will be For Standards of Academic Progress,

cates that a student was registered for the accepted. A course previously passed, when please see page 244.

course, was in attendance, met some of the repeated, does not count toward gradua-

Degree Requirements

Associate of Applied

Science

an AAS degree.

General Education (College Level Examination Program,

Advanced Placement Program, Chal-

13

(Professional-Technical Programs) Courses must be selected from an ap- lenge, Experience-Based Credit) does

proved list. not satisfy this requirement.

The Associate of Applied Science Degree

will be awarded to students who satisfy the A. Health/Physical Education If extenuating circumstances prevent a

following requirements: A minimum of three credits in Physical student from being in attendance the

1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable Education (PE) or in Health Education last term, the student may petition to

credit hours. (Some programs may re- (HE/HPE). take the remaining credits (maximum of

quire more than 90 credit hours.) nine) at a regionally accredited college

B. Communications

or university.

2. Successfully complete all required courses Three quarter credit hours at a level

in a professional-technical curriculum equivalent to WR101 or WR121 This request must be in writing and

as listed in the catalog. Progression of indicate the school at which the courses

C. Social Science/Humanities (Arts will be completed. It is the student’s

classes must be vertical. That is, once a and Letters)

course has been successfully completed, responsibility to obtain written approval

Three quarter credit hours in the social from MHCC of course acceptance prior

a lower level course may not be taken for

sciences and/or humanities. to enrollment and to send an official

credit.

D. Science/Mathematics/Computer transcript to MHCC upon completion

3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of the coursework.

of 2.00 or higher. Science

Three quarter credit hours of science, 7. Complete the application process and

4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being mathematics (MTH20 or higher) and/or pay a nonrefundable graduation ap-

applied toward the degree and maintain a computer science. plication fee two quarters prior to the

2.00 GPA in the candidate’s major classes quarter of completion (e.g., spring term

(e.g., course prefixes such as DH, EET, E. Distribution graduates must apply during fall term).

NUR, etc.) Six additional quarter credit hours from

any of the following areas: Social Sci- Note: A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses

5. Successfully complete required general may be applied toward the AAS degree.

education courses. ence/Humanities (Arts and Letters),

Science/Mathematics/Computer Science The following is a list of general education

Students who are pursuing an MHCC and Communications. (Maximum of three courses that are currently offered at Mt.

Associate of Applied Science (AAS) credit hours in skill-oriented classes, Hood Community College. For additional ap-

degree at MHCC who have earned a including humanities catagory .) proved general education courses no longer

baccalaureate degree or higher from an offered, please check the master list available

accredited institution of higher education 6. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24

hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community in Admissions and Records, Academic Advising

will have satisfied the general education and Transfer Center, or from your program

requirements for the AAS degree. How- College and be in attendance at MHCC

the term in which the degree/certificate adviser.

ever, students must complete or have

completed course requirements within is completed. Non-traditional credit







A. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3 credits) ENG104, ENG105, ENG106, ENG107, ENG108,

HE202, HE204, HE205, HE206, HE207, HE208, ENG109, ENG112, ENG113, ENG201, ENG202,

HE250, HE252, HE253, HE255, HE261, HE265, ENG203, ENG204, ENG205, ENG206, ENG212,

HPE291, HPE295, PE185, PE194, PE285OL, ENG214, ENG218, ENG221, ENG222, ENG250,

PE292SWT, PE294 ENG253, ENG254, ENG255, ENG263, ENG275,

ENL201R, ENL201S, ENL201W

B. COMMUNICATIONS (3 credits)

BA205, RD117, SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115,

FA257, FA258, FA266

SP218, WR101, WR102, WR121, WR122, WR123

FR101, FR102, FR103, FR111, FR112, FR113, FR150,

C. SOCIAL SCIENCE/HUMANITIES (3 credits) FR151, FR201, FR202, FR203, FR211, FR212, FR213

(ARTS AND LETTERS)

Humanities (Arts and Letters) GER101, GER102, GER103, GER111, GER112, GER113,

ART115, ART116, ART117, ART197, ART201, ART202, GER201, GER202, GER203

ART203, ART211, ART212, ART213,*ART214,

*ART219, *ART225, *ART226, *ART227, ART231, HUM100, HUM106, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112,

ART232, ART233, *ART234, *ART240, *ART241, HUM202, HUM210

*ART254, *ART255, *ART256, *ART257, *ART258,

*ART259, *ART257B, *ART258B, *ART259B, JPN101, JPN102, JPN103, JPN111, JPN112, JPN113,

*ART261, *ART262, *ART263, *ART264, *ART265, JPN201, JPN202, JPN203, JPN211, JPN212, JPN213

*ART266, *ART271, *ART272, *ART273, ART281,

*ART288, *ART289, *ART291, *ART292, *ART293,

*ART294, *ART295, *ART296,



ASL101, ASL102, ASL103

AAS Degree Requirements cont.



14 Humanities (Arts and Letters) Continued

SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213,

*MUP101, *MUP105, *MUP114, *MUP115, *MUP121,

*MUP123, *MUP125, *MUP131, *MUP146, *MUP171- SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223, SOC225,

192, *MUP201, *MUP205, *MUP214, *MUP215, SOC232,SOC291

*MUP221, *MUP225, *MUP231, *MUP246, *MUP271-

292, MUS101, MUS104, MUS105, MUS111, MUS112, D. SCIENCE/MATHEMATICS/COMPUTER SCIENCE (3

MUS113, *MUS114, *MUS115, *MUS116, *MUS117, credits)

*MUS118, *MUS119, *MUS124, *MUS125, *MUS126,

AC110, AC120

*MUS131, *MUS132, *MUS133, *MUS137, *MUS138,

*MUS139, *MUS147, *MUS148, *MUS149, *MUS161, AH11

*MUS162, *MUS163, *MUS191, MUS205, MUS208, BA211, BA212, BA213, BA231

MUS211, MUS212, MUS213, *MUS214, *MUS215, BI101, BI102, BI103, BI121, BI122, BI132, BI145, BI188,

*MUS224, MUS261, MUS262, MUS263, *MUS265, BI211, BI212, BI213, BI231, BI232, BI233, BI234, BI235,

*MUS292, *MUS297 BI240, BI273



PHL201, PHL202, PHL203, PHL208, BOT203



R210, R211, R212 BT103



CH104, CH105, CH106, CH151, CH170, CH221,

RD117

CH222, CH223, CH241, CH242, CH243

RUS111, RUS112, RUS113 *CS105/L, *CS106, CS133JA, CS133PF, CS133PS,

CS133SQL, CS133VB, CS133XML, CS140, CS144,

SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP130, SP218, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA,

SP229, SP262 CS234VB, CS244, CS260



SPAN101, SPAN102, SPAN103, SPAN111, SPAN112, ENGR201, ENGR202, ENGR211, ENGR212,

SPAN113, SPAN150, SPAN151, SPAN201, SPAN202, ENGR213

SPAN203,

F240

TA101, TA106, TA107, TA109, TA141, TA142, TA143,

TA144, TA148, TA241 FN225



WR226, WR241, WR242, WR244, WR245, WR246, FW251, FW252, FW253, FW254, FW255

*WR247, WR248

G148, G165, G201, G202, G203

*Skill oriented class

GE101, GE102, GE115

Social Sciences

ANTH101, ANTH102, ANTH103, ANTH180, GS104, GS105, GS106, GS107, GS142, GS145, GS146,

ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213, ANTH215, GS147, GS150, GS153, GS198

ANTH231, ANTH232

MTH20, MTH33**, MTH34**, MTH35**, MTH60,

EC115, EC201, EC202, EC203, EC204 MTH65, MTH80, MTH85, MTH95, MTH105, MTH111,

MTH112, MTH211, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231,

GEOG105, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG206, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252,

GEOG214, GEOG290 MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261



HST104, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST195, HST201, PH109B/C, PH121, PH122, PH123, PH127, PH201,

HST202, HST203, HST204, HST211, HST212, HST213, PH202, PH203, PH211, PH212, PH213

HST225, HST237, HST240, HST264, HST270,

HST271, HST272, HST292, HST293, HST294 * See 1994 Catalog Course Description



INTL110, IS210, IS211, IS212 ** These classes are accepted as meeting the science/math-

ematics/computer science and distribution requirement for

J211 the Automotive, Machine Tool Technology, Welding and

Apprenticeship AAS degrees only.

PS104, PS105, PS200, PS201, PS203, PS204, PS205,

PS217, PS220, PS225, PS232, PS241, PS242, PS297 E. Distribution (6 credits)

Six credits from any of the following areas:

PSY101, PSY151, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214, Communications

PSY216, PSY231, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237, PSY239 Social Science/Humanities

Science/Mathematics/Computer Science

Degree Requirements cont.



Associate of Arts

2. Successfully complete all required

courses. Progression of classes must be

vertical. That is, once a course has been

language may be included, but not the

first year. American Sign Language is

considered a foreign language.

15

Oregon Transfer Degree successfully completed, a lower level

course may not be taken for credit. 2. Social Sciences: A minimum of 15

The Oregon Transfer Degree (Associate credits, chosen from at least two

of Arts) is a program of study that com- 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average disciplines, with no more than nine

munity college students can follow to fulfill of 2.00 or higher and maintain a 2.00 credits from one discipline.

all their lower division general education GPA for all courses being applied toward

requirements for a bachelor’s degree. It is the degree. 3. Sciences/Math/Computer Science:

an agreement between the Oregon State A minimum of 15 credits (including

System of Higher Education and Oregon’s 4. Successfully complete the following:

Courses (except for elective credits) at least 12 credits in biological or

community colleges to provide transfer physical sciences with laboratories)

must be selected from the list of ap-

of community college coursework to an proved general education courses. The chosen from at least two disci-

Oregon state four-year institution. list is available on the following pages and plines.

Completion of the Oregon Transfer Degree in the Admissions and Records Office, * Each course must be at least three

can lead to junior standing, for registration the Academic Advising and Transfer

credits.

purposes, for any student admitted to a Center or from the program adviser.

college or university in the Oregon State 5. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24

System of Higher Education: University of General Requirements hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community

A. Computer Literacy/Proficien- College and be in attendance at MHCC

Oregon, Oregon State University, Portland

cy the term in which the degree/certificate

State University, Western Oregon Univer- is completed. Non-traditional credit

sity, Southern Oregon University, Oregon One quarter credit hour of college (College Level Examination Program, Ad-

Institute of Technology and Eastern Oregon level computer-based coursework. vanced Placement Program, Challenge)

University. However, some school, depart- B. Health and Physical Education does not satisfy this requirement.

ment or major requirements with regard to A minimum of three credits which

courses or grade point average may not be If extenuating circumstances prevent a

must include at least one class in

student from being in attendance the

fulfilled by this program. Students consid- Physical Education (PE) and one class

last term, the student may petition to

ering transfer to private and out-of-state in Health Education (HE). Other

take the remaining credits (maximum of

institutions will find the Oregon Transfer options: HPE295 Health and Fitness

nine) at a regionally accredited college

Degree to be excellent preparation for for Life or HPE291 Lifeguard Training

or university.

upper division study. or PE285OL (3 credit) satisfies the

total HPE requirement. PE285OL This request must be in writing and

A similar transfer agreement also exists Wilderness Survival for two credits indicate the school at which the courses

between Mt. Hood Community College may satisfy the HPE requirement by will be completed. It is the student’s

and Warner Pacific College. completing one additional credit in responsibility to obtain written approval

Upon enrolling at Mt. Hood Community either health or physical education. from MHCC of course acceptance prior

College, you need to be ready for college- C. Mathematics to enrollment and to send an official

level mathematics, writing and science in Four quarter credit hours of college transcript to MHCC upon completion of

order to complete the Oregon Transfer De- level mathematics with a grade of C the coursework.

gree in two years. If you lack the necessary or better (any mathematics course

that has MTH95 or intermediate 6. Complete elective courses to reach a

skills, MHCC offers excellent preparatory total of 90 credits. The courses must

courses and tutorial assistance to help you algebra or a higher course as a pre-

requisite, except MTH211). be numbered 100 or above. However,

get on track quickly. only up to 12 credit hours of profes-

D. Oral Communication/Rhetoric

This represents the Oregon Transfer sional/technical courses numbered 100

Three quarter credit hours of a or above may be applied as electives to-

Degree which Oregon University System speech course with a grade of C or

institutions will accept as meeting insti- ward this degree. Professional/technical

better. courses offered at community colleges

tutional lower-division general education E. Writing

requirements but not necessarily school, in Oregon are identified by specific

Nine quarter credit hours at a level alpha prefixes. Please see page 10 for a

department or major requirements with equivalent to WR121, 122, 123, or list of the professional-technical alpha

regard to courses or GPA. Please refer to 227 with grades of C or better in prefixes offered at Mt. Hood Community

pages 9-10, “Courses Numbered 100-299,” each course. College.

for more information. F. Distribution Requirements*

The Associate of Arts Degree will be 7. Complete the application process and

1. Humanities (Arts and Letters): pay a non-refundable graduation ap-

awarded to students who satisfy the fol- A minimum of 12 credits chosen plication fee two quarters prior to the

lowing requirements: from at least two disciplines, with quarter of completion (i.e., spring term

1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable no more than nine credits from graduates must apply during fall term).

credit hours. See #6 for an explanation one discipline. Only six credits

(Some majors may require more than 90 of skill-oriented classes can

credit hours.) be used to meet humanities

requirements. NOTE: In Arts and

Letters, a second year of a foreign

AA-OT Degree Requirements cont.



16 Note: A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses may

be applied as electives only toward the AA-OT Degree.

*MUS124, *MUS125, *MUS126, MUS205, MUS208,

MUS211, MUS212, MUS213, MUS261, MUS262,

MUS263

The following is a list of general education courses that are currently of-

PHL201, PHL202, PHL203, PHL208

fered at Mt. Hood Community College. For additional approved general

R210, R211, R212

education courses no longer offered, please check the master list available

RD117

in Admissions and Records, Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from

your program adviser. SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP130, SP218,

SP229, SP262

A. COMPUTER LITERACY (1 credit) SPAN201, SPAN202, SPAN203

ART214, ART225, ART226, ART227 TA101, TA106, TA107, TA109, TA141, TA142, TA143,

BA231 TA241

BT210 WR226, WR241, WR242, WR244, WR245, WR246,

*CS105, CS105L, *CS106, CS125, CS133JA, WR248

CS133SQL, CS133VB, CS133XML, CS140, CS144, *Skill Oriented Class

CS145, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, Social Sciences (15 credits)

CS234VB, CS244, CS260 ANTH101, ANTH102, ANTH103, ANTH180,

GE102 ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213, ANTH215,

*See 1994 Catalog Course Description ANTH231, ANTH232

EC115, EC201, EC202, EC203, EC204

B. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3 credits) GEOG105, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG206,

HE202, HE204, HE205, HE206, HE207, HE208, GEOG214, GEOG290

HE250, HE252, HE253, HE255, HE261, HE265, HST104, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST195, HST201,

HPE291, HPE295 HST202, HST203, HST204, HST211, HST212, HST213,

PE185, PE285OL, PE292SWT HST225, HST237, HST240, HST264, HST270,

HST271, HST272, HST292, HST293, HST294

INTL110, IS210 (3 - 6 credits only), IS211 (3 - 6 credits

C. MATHEMATICS (4 credits) only), IS212 (3 - 6 credits only)

MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH212, MTH213, J211

MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, PS104, PS105, PS200, PS201, PS203, PS204, PS205,

MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, PS217, PS220, PS225, PS241, PS242, PS297

MTH261 PSY101, PSY151, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214,

PSY216, PSY231, PSY232, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237,

D. ORAL COMMUNICATION / RHETORIC (3 credits) PSY239

SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218 SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214,

SOC215, SOC216, SOC223, SOC225, SOC232,

SOC291

E. WRITING (9 credits)

Science/Mathematics (15 credits, 12 being lab science)

WR121, WR122, WR123, WR227

BI101, BI102, BI103, BI121, BI122, BI132, BI145, BI188C,

BI211, BI212, BI213, BI231, BI232, BI233, BI234, BI235,

F. DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS BI240, BI273

Humanities (Arts and Letters) (12 credits) BOT203

ART115, ART116, ART117, ART197, ART201, ART202, CH104, CH105, CH106, CH151, CH170, CH221,

ART203, ART211, ART212, ART213, *ART225, CH222, CH223, CH241, CH242, CH243

*ART226, *ART227, ART231, ART232, ART233, *CS105/L, *CS106, CS133JA, CS133SQL, CS133XML,

*ART234, *ART240, *ART241, *ART254, *ART255, CS133VB, CS140, CS144, CS16l, CS162, CS233JA,

*ART256, *ART257, *ART258, *ART259, *ART261, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260

*ART262, *ART263, *ART264, *ART265, *ART266, ENGR201, ENGR202, ENGR211, ENGR212,

*ART271, *ART272, *ART273, ART281, *ART288, ENGR213

*ART289, *ART291, *ART292, *ART293, *ART294, F240

*ART296 FN225

ENG104, ENG105, ENG106, ENG107, ENG108, FW251, FW252, FW253, FW254

ENG109, ENG112, ENG113, ENG201, ENG202,

G148C, G165, G201, G202, G203

ENG203, ENG204, ENG205, ENG206, ENG212,

ENG214, ENG218, ENG221, ENG222, ENG250C, GE101, GE102, GE115

ENG253, ENG254, ENG255, ENG263, ENG275 GS104, GS105, GS106, GS107, GS142, GS145, GS146,

FA257, FA258, FA266 GS147, GS150, GS153, GSl98C

FR201, FR202, FR203 MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH212, MTH213,

MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251,

GER201, GER202, GER203

MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256,

HUM100, HUM106, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, MTH261

HUM202, HUM210

PH109C, PH121, PH122, PH123, PH127, PH201,

JPN201, JPN202, JPN203 PH202, PH203, PH211, PH212, PH213

MUS101, MUS105, MUS111, MUS112, MUS113, *See 1994 Catalog Course Description

AGS Degree Requirements cont.



Associate of General

Studies Degree

A. Health and Physical Education

A minimum of three credits which

must include at least one class in

4. Maintain a 2. 00 GPA for all courses being

applied toward the degree and maintain

a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements.

17

The purpose of the degree in general studies Physical Education (PE) and one class

in Health Education (HE). Other 5. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24

is to provide the student an opportunity to hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community

pursue a broad general education during the options: HPE295 Health and Fitness

for Life or HPE291 Lifeguard Train- College and be in attendance at MHCC

two years at a community college. It is intended the term in which the degree/certificate

as a flexible program for the student who is not ing or PE285OL Wilderness Survival

(3 credit) satisfies the total HPE is completed. Non-traditional credit

pursuing a specified curriculum in the lower (College Level Examination Program, Ad-

requirement. PE285OL Wilderness

division transfer or professional-technical area. vanced Placement Program, Challenge)

Survival for two credits may satisfy

The general studies degree may, in addition to the HPE requirement by completing does not satisfy this requirement.

including the number of hours in the divisional one additional credit in either health

areas as listed below, include courses in lower or physical education. If extenuating circumstances prevent a

division collegiate transfer, occupational edu- student from being in attendance the last

B. Communications

cation, professional-technical education and term, the student may petition to take

Six quarter hours at a level equivalent the remaining credits (maximum of

general education. Because of the flexibility to WR101 and WR102; or WR121

and broad approach of this degree, a student nine) at a regionally accredited college

and WR122; or three credits in writ-

may find that it may not fulfill all of the require- ing and three credits in speech; or or university.

ments of full junior standing when transferred three credits in writing and RD117; or This request must be in writing and indicate

to a four-year institution. The transferable three credits in writing and BA205. the school at which the courses will be

credits generally include only those courses C. Humanities (Arts and Letters) completed. It is the student’s responsibility

numbered 100 or above. Please refer to pages 12 credit hours in humanities (arts to obtain written approval from MHCC of

9-10, “Courses Numbered 100-299,” for more and letters) (maximum of six credit course acceptance prior to enrollment

information. hours in skill oriented classes). and to send an official transcript to MHCC

The Associate of General Studies Degree D. Social Sciences upon completion of the coursework.

will be awarded to students who satisfy the 12 credit hours in social science. 6. Complete the application process and

following requirements: E. Science / Mathematics / Com- pay a non-refundable graduation ap-

1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable puter Science plication fee two quarters prior to the

credit hours. 12 credit hours in mathematics or quarter of completion (i.e., spring term

science. (MTH20 and MTH40 are graduates must apply during fall term).

2. Successfully complete all required excluded and will not meet this re-

courses in the general studies curriculum quirement.) The following is a list of general education courses

as follows. Progression of classes must be F. Complete the above require- that are currently offered at Mt. Hood Community

vertical. That is, once a course has been ments plus elective courses (no College. For additional approved general educa-

successfully completed, a lower level more than 25 credits of one tion courses no longer offered, please check the

course may not be taken for credit. discipline may apply as electives) master list available in Admissions and Records,

to total 90 applicable credit Academic Advising and Transfer Center, or from

Courses (except for electives) must be your program adviser.

selected from a list of approved general hours.

education courses. The list is available in A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses

the Admissions and Records Office, the may be applied toward the AGS degree.

Academic Advising and Transfer Center 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average

or from the program adviser. of 2.00 or higher.





A. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3 credits) *ART259, *ART257B, *ART263, *ART264, *ART265,

HE202, HE204, HE205, HE206, HE207, HE208, *ART266, *ART271, *ART272, *ART273, ART281,

HE250, HE252, HE253, HE255, HE261, HE265, *ART288, *ART289, *ART291, *ART292, *ART293,

HPE291, HPE295, PE185, PE194, PE285OL, *ART294, *ART295, *ART296,

PE292SWT, PE294

ASL101, ASL102, ASL103

B. COMMUNICATIONS (3 credits)

BA205, RD117, SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115,

ENG104, ENG105, ENG106, ENG107, ENG108,

SP218, WR101, WR102, WR121, WR122, WR123

ENG109, ENG112, ENG113, ENG201, ENG202,

ENG203, ENG204, ENG205, ENG206, ENG212,

C. SOCIAL SCIENCE/HUMANITIES (3 credits) ENG214, ENG218, ENG221, ENG222, ENG250,

(ARTS AND LETTERS) ENG253, ENG254, ENG255, ENG263, ENG275,

Humanities (Arts and Letters) ENL201R, ENL201S, ENL201W

ART115, ART116, ART117, ART197, ART201, ART202,

ART203, ART211, ART212, ART213,*ART214, FA257, FA258, FA266

*ART219, *ART225, *ART226, *ART227, ART231,

ART232, ART233, *ART234, *ART240, *ART241, FR101, FR102, FR103, FR111, FR112, FR113, FR150,

*ART254, *ART255, *ART256, *ART257, *ART258, FR151, FR201, FR202, FR203, FR211, FR212, FR213

AGS Degree Requirements cont.



18 Humanities (Arts and Letters) Continued

GER101, GER102, GER103, GER111, GER112, GER113,

INTL110, IS210, IS211, IS212



GER201, GER202, GER203 J211



HUM100, HUM106, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, PS104, PS105, PS200, PS201, PS203, PS204, PS205,

HUM202, HUM210 PS217, PS220, PS225, PS241, PS242, PS297



JPN101, JPN102, JPN103, JPN111, JPN112, JPN113, PSY101, PSY151, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214,

JPN201, JPN202, JPN203, JPN211, JPN212, JPN213 PSY216, PSY231, PSY232, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237,

*MUP101, *MUP105, *MUP114, *MUP115, *MUP121, PSY239

*MUP123, *MUP125, *MUP131, *MUP146, *MUP171-

192, *MUP201, *MUP205, *MUP214, *MUP215, SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213,

*MUP221, *MUP225, *MUP231, *MUP246, *MUP271- SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223, SOC225,

292, MUS101, MUS104, MUS105, MUS111, MUS112, SOC232,SOC291

MUS113, *MUS114, *MUS115, *MUS116, *MUS117,

*MUS118, *MUS119, *MUS124, *MUS125, *MUS126,

D. SCIENCE/MATHEMATICS/COMPUTER

*MUS131, *MUS132, *MUS133, *MUS137, *MUS138,

*MUS139, *MUS147, *MUS148, *MUS149, *MUS161, SCIENCE (3 credits)

*MUS162, *MUS163, *MUS191, MUS205, MUS208, AH11

MUS211, MUS212, MUS213, *MUS214, *MUS215, BA231

*MUS224, MUS261, MUS262, MUS263, *MUS265, BI101, BI102, BI103, BI121, BI122, BI132, BI145, BI188,

*MUS292, *MUS297 BI211, BI212, BI213, BI231, BI232, BI233, BI234, BI235,

BI240, BI273

PHL201, PHL202, PHL203, PHL208,

BOT203

R210, R211, R212

BT103

RD117

CH104, CH105, CH106, CH151, CH170, CH221,

RUS111, RUS112, RUS113 CH222, CH223, CH241, CH242, CH243



SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP130, SP218, *CS105/L, *CS106, *CS107, CS133JA, CS133PF,

SP229, SP262 CS133PS, CS133SQL, CS133VB, CS133XML, CS140,

CS144, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA,

SPAN101, SPAN102, SPAN103, SPAN111, SPAN112, CS234VB, CS244, CS260

SPAN113, SPAN150, SPAN151, SPAN201, SPAN202,

SPAN203, ENGR201, ENGR202, ENGR211, ENGR212,

ENGR213

TA101, TA106, TA107, TA109, TA141, TA142, TA143,

TA148, TA241 F240



WR226, WR241, WR242, WR244, WR245, WR246, FN225

*WR247, WR248

FW251, FW252, FW253, FW254, FW255

*Skill oriented class

Social Sciences G148, G165, G201, G202, G203

ANTH101, ANTH102, ANTH103, ANTH180,

ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213, ANTH215, GE101, GE102, GE115

ANTH231, ANTH232

GS104, GS105, GS106, GS107, GS142, GS145, GS146,

EC115, EC201, EC202, EC203, EC204 GS147, GS150, GS153, GS198



GEOG105, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG206, MTH60, MTH65, MTH80, MTH85, MTH95, MTH105,

GEOG214, GEOG290 MTH111, MTH112, MTH211, MTH212, MTH213,

MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251,

MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256,

HST104, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST195, HST201, MTH261

HST202, HST203, HST204, HST211, HST212, HST213,

HST225, HST237, HST240, HST264, HST270,

HST271, HST272, HST292, HST293, HST294 PH109B/C, PH121, PH122, PH123, PH127, PH201,

PH202, PH203, PH211, PH212, PH213



*See 1994 Catalog Course Description

Degree Requirements cont.

Certificate Requirements

The one-year certificate will be awarded Degree and Certificate Notes: Repeated

normal two-year period. If the student’s

studies are interrupted by two years or

19

to students who satisfy the following re- courses may be counted only once toward more, or if the course of study extends

quirements: graduation unless specified in the course beyond five years, degree requirements

1. Successfully complete all required description or unless specifically required in a for graduation may have changed and

courses in a one-year certificate program program curriculum. the student may be asked to complete

as listed in the catalog. Progression of A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may current requirements in order to earn

classes must be vertical. That is, once a be applied toward the AGS or AAS degree. A the certificate or degree or have prior

course has been successfully completed, maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of approval or equivalent coursework sub-

a lower level course may not be taken for stitutions.

ENL courses may be applied as electives only

credit. toward the AA-OT degree. 3. Students should secure their graduation

2. All programs of study of an academic year Please refer to the Course Numbering System application forms from the Admissions

or more in length for which certificates and Developmental Education courses with and Records Office, complete the ap-

are granted require a recognizable body regard to courses not applicable toward a plication and return the application to

of instruction in program-related areas the Admissions and Records Office two

Mt. Hood Community College degree or

of 1) communication, 2) computation, academic terms prior to the anticipated

certificate. completion of their degree.

and 3) human relations. Refer to the indi-

vidual program for the specific courses. Incomplete applications for graduation will

remain in the Admissions and Records Office 4. The graduation application fee should be

Students who are pursuing an MHCC for a period of one year from the last term of paid in the business office and a copy of

certificate at MHCC who have earned a attendance or one year from date of applica- the receipt attached to the graduation

baccalaureate degree or higher from an application.

tion. After that time, your application will be

accredited institution of higher education destroyed and you will need to re-apply for

will have satisfied the general education 5. Credits from accredited colleges or

graduation. universities previously attended that

requirements for the certificate. How-

are to apply toward a MHCC degree or

ever, students must complete or have Graduation Process certificate must be submitted via official

completed the program specific general

education course requirements within a 1. Students desiring to earn a degree or transcripts and be on file in the Admis-

certificate. certificate from Mt. Hood Community sions and Records Office.

College must process the graduation

3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average application with the Admissions and 6. The Admissions and Records Office

of 2.00 or higher. Records Office two quarters prior to will evaluate the application and notify

the quarter of completion (e.g., spring the student by mail with an evaluation

4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses be- term graduates must apply during fall of progress (part II of the graduation

ing applied toward the certificate and term). Spring and summer graduates application). Students should complete

maintain a 2.00 GPA in the candidate’s not participating in commencement part II of the graduation application with

major classes. ceremonies must notify the Admissions their adviser and return the application

and Records Office in writing on the to the Admissions and Records Office.

5. Satisfactorily earn 24 hours of credit at graduation application in order to receive The student will be notified by mail of

Mt. Hood Community College and be in their degree cover in the mail. This also any deficiencies.

attendance at MHCC the term in which allows seat planning arrangements to

the certificate is completed. Non-tradi- be made more efficiently. Fall term and 7. Final approval of the application for a

tional credit (College Level Examination winter term graduates may participate degree or certificate is given only after

Program, Advanced Placement Program, in the following commencement if they grades have been posted for the last

Challenge) does not satisfy this require- wish and are requested to so indicate on quarter’s work. Degrees or certificates

ment. the graduation application. are mailed to the student following this

process.

6. Complete the application process and 2. Students have their choice of following

pay a non-refundable graduation ap- the curriculum in either the catalog of Advisers and other college employees

plication fee two quarters prior to the the year they began the program or the are available to help, but students have

quarter of completion (e.g., spring term year they are ending the program but final responsibility for satisfying degree/

graduates must apply during fall term). NOT a combination. Students admit- certificate requirements for gradua-

ted to a degree program are expected tion.

to complete the curriculum within the

Career Development Services

20 Graduation from Mt. Hood Community

College makes one an automatic alumnus

and eligible for membership in the alumni

Career Planning and

Counseling Center

Business and Industry – The Career Center

also assists business and industry in student

recruitment for part-time, temporary,

association. 503-491-7432; room AC 2162; www.mhcc. summer, Cooperative Education/Internship

edu positions, and for full-time employment.

The Academic Advising and Employers are encouraged to contact the

Transfer Center Career Decisions center for assistance in recruiting students.

If you are looking for help in making career Recruitment activities range from posting

The Mt. Hood Community College Aca-

decisions or in changing careers, you may opportunities to setting up information

demic Advising and Transfer Center

want to visit the Career Planning and Coun- tables to arranging interviews on campus

provides a variety of services including test

seling Center. Career professionals are for students.

information, academic advising, and transfer

available to assist you in choosing the most

information. You are welcome to stop by;

appropriate service(s) to help you make Testing

however, drop-in visits may be time-limited.

The best time to receive extended services career choices and effectively reach your Testing services include the administration

is during non-registration periods, when goals. The services we have available are of the College Placement Test (CPT), GED,

appointments are available. For information career development and planning courses and CLEP. Other types of assessments to

call 503-491-7315. (in the quarterly schedule under Human assist students with career exploration and

Development), career counseling (please personal concerns are also available to stu-

Academic Advising call for an appointment), career informa- dents working with a counselor or through

Through academic advising, students learn tion workshops (call for more information), the Career Planning & Counseling Center.

to set educational goals and the strategies and the resources of the Career Center For CPT and GED testing information and

to achieve them. Professional Academic (below). scheduling, call 503-491-7678. If you are

Advisers and Counselors provide guidance disabled and require special testing accom-

to new students and are the ongoing advis- Personal Counseling modation, contact the Disability Services

ers for students still exploring options for If you have a personal issue that affects your Office at 503-491-6923 or 503-491-7670

careers and majors, and students prepar- ability to do well in college, you may receive TDD.

ing to enter limited- and restricted-entry

programs. They assist students with infor-

short-term, solution-focused counseling

from a trained, professional counselor.

Disability Services

mation about program options, educational Typical problems for college students may The Disability Services Office (DSO)

planning, degree and major requirements, include family and relationship issues, test strives to empower students to reach their

college policies and procedures, and selec- anxiety, depression, chemical dependency, potential and fosters independence of the

tion of courses. Students with declared eating disorders and other addictions, ad- individual. The DSO coordinates auxiliary

majors are assigned a faculty program ad- justments to having a disability, and general aids/accommodations/services for persons

viser who guides them through their major transition issues. To see a counselor, please with disabilities at Mt. Hood Community

requirements. call for an appointment. Students in crisis College. These services may include in-

will be accommodated on a drop-in basis. terpreters for deaf students, note taking

While MHCC advisers provide help and

assistance, readers, taping of textbooks, lab

information to students working toward Career Center modification, enlarging material, testing ac-

degree requirements, students must take The Career Center assists students with commodation, etc. The Disability Services

the responsibility for satisfying those re- ongoing career development and the ac- Office operates and provides training in

quirements. complishment of career goals. The center our Access Technology Lab on personal

Transfer Center houses resources to aid in selecting careers computers with a wide range of adaptive

Located in the Academic Advising and and finding employment. Resources include equipment. Study aids are also available to

Transfer Center, the MHCC Transfer a career resources library, computerized ca- assist students in exploring new methods

Center provides easy access to transfer reer assessments, web resources for career of learning and modifying study habits.

information for students. This includes development, employment listings, materi- Counseling and advising assistance is also

transfer advising guides for popular majors, als to assist in resume writing, interviewing, available.

college catalogs, college reference guides, and the job search, and a series of career

Students are required to apply for services

college and university videos and CD- placement courses (in the quarterly sched-

through DSO and submit documentation

ROMS, transfer admissions information, ule under Human Development). There is

verifying their disability. Students requesting

and Internet access to college and university no charge for the use of our services.

accommodations must contact DSO a mini-

Web sites. The Career Center’s list of employment op- mum of two weeks prior to the beginning

The Transfer Center sponsors a quarterly portunities includes part-time, temporary of the term to guarantee the availability oft

Transfer Day bringing college and university and summer employment, Cooperative he services for each term.

representatives to campus. In addition, Education/Internship positions, and full-

admission representatives from area uni- time career placement opportunities.

versities regularly offer transfer information

sessions in the Transfer Center.

Career Development Services cont. Financial Aid

MHCC is an accessible campus. Ample

disabled parking is available on campus

and disabled parking permits are obtained

International Student

Services

Financial Aid

(503-491-7262, FAX 503-491-7379,

21

through the Oregon Department of Mo- Application processing, orientation, cross- Room 1152)

tor Vehicles. Elevators are located in the cultural counseling, and other services for The Office of Financial Aid administers a va-

lobby of the Library, the College Center, international students are also available at riety of local, state and federal aid programs

and the Allied Health wing of the Academic Mt. Hood Community College. For new in the form of scholarships, grants, loans and

Center. Disability Services does not provide student orientation assessment and place- part-time employment to eligible students

transportation to the school or between ment, prospective students should contact who need money to attend college.

buildings at the campus; however, DSO has the Academic Advising and Transfer Cen-

information available on access to public ter, 503-491-7315. For other information, Federal/State Student Aid

transportation. please contact the following: Programs (Title IV)

For additional information concerning Applications ...............................503-491-7165 General Information: MHCC will accept

services or requests for accommodations, all financial aid applications but students

contact the Disability Services Office at Advising .......................................503-491-7315

who plan to attend here should complete

503-491-6923 or 503-491-7670 TDD. Study Abroad the Free Application for Federal Student

Health and Wellness Center The college offers a variety of study abroad Aid (FAFSA). Returning students may either

options. Choose from two Spanish immer- complete the “Renewal Application” (which

Health Services sion programs in San Miguel de Allende, usually will come to them by mail before

Health services are available to everyone on Mexico--an eight-week program during January 1) or file a new FAFSA.

campus at the Health and Wellness Center spring term and a two-week program dur- The FAFSA is available in the Office of

and are provided without charge. The office ing summer session. We also offer a French Financial Aid as early as mid-December.

is staffed by a registered nurse, acting un- immersion program in Quebec, Canada, The FAFSA is also in electronic format

der the direction of a consulting physician. during the summer. In addition, we offer on the Internet at www.fafsa.ed.gov. You

Services include first aid and illness care, a spring study abroad program in England, and your parents (if you are dependent)

some immunizations, appropriate referrals, “The London Quarter” and a fall program must get a Personal Identification Number

health insurance information, prevention in Italy, “The Florence Quarter.” For (PIN) before filing an electronic FAFSA. If

education and wellness activities. Equip- information on San Miguel/Quebec, call you do not, you must be sure to click on

ment is also available for women who are 503-491-7290 and London/Florence, call the “submit” button and print out AND

breastfeeding to express breast milk while 503-491-7488. submit a “signature page.” If no printer is

they are away from their babies. Visit the

Health and Wellness Center (Room AC Transitions/Transiciones available, the processor will send you a form

to sign. All required documentation must be

2161) for evaluation information or counsel- Program received before April 1 to assure priority

ing about any health concern or problem, If you are a single parent or a displaced processing for the following academic year.

or for referral to community and private homemaker the Transitions program may Allow eight weeks for processing. Bank

health care facilities. be for you. The program provides free loans are separate applications (available in

classes that help participants plan a career the financial aid office after loan counseling

Student Health Insurance and prepare for school. Topics include life attendance) that require an additional two

Students at MHCC are responsible for transitions, self-esteem, and communica- to three weeks for processing.

their own medical coverage. This is not tion skills, as well as career planning and The need for student aid is based on ex-

included in student fees. Health insurance college success skills. Transitions also offers pected family contribution (as determined

brochures, including information on the financial assistance to qualifying individuals, through the Congressionally mandated

Oregon Health Plan are available. A student as well as counseling, advising and support need analysis process) and average educa-

health insurance plan can be purchased on a from mentors. Contact Transitions at tional and living cost estimates for MHCC.

term-by-term basis for students registered 503-491-7680. Upon completion of the application review

for six or more credit hours. Those need- process, awards depend on eligibility for

The Transiciones program serves single

ing care for a minor illness or injury, or and availability of funds. Bank loans can help

parents and displaced homemakers who are

referral, please contact the College Health make up for a lack of grant, work or Perkins

native Spanish speakers. Students receive

Coordinator, 503-491-7600. loan federal financial aid.

bilingual career development classes and

services, financial assistance for English Official grade transcripts are required from

classes, and help transitioning into college every school a student has attended, even if

programs. For information, please class they did not apply for financial aid. Records

503-491-6972. of prior financial aid at prior colleges are

collected electronically.

Financial Aid cont.



22 Students must be at least 16 years old, a U.

S. citizen or eligible noncitizen with a high

school diploma or GED and be in pursuit of

MHCC deadlines for bank loan applications

are approximately the eighth week of each

term. Specific dates are available in the Of-

Receiving Awarded Funds

Notification Procedure: An “Offer of Finan-

a degree or certificate in an eligible program. fice of Financial Aid. Students must repay cial Aid” is mailed to each eligible student

Men 18 years or older must be registered loans regardless of satisfaction with the when their awarding process is completed.

with selective service. Students at least 18 educational services of MHCC. Students not eligible for grants, FWS or

years old without a high school diploma or Perkins/Nursing loans are notified of bank

Federal Perkins/Nursing Loan: A 5 loan eligibility. Offer letters must be signed

GED must have an adequate college place-

percent interest federal loan(s) through the and returned by the due date or offers of aid

ment test score for financial aid eligibility.

school, to be repaid beginning nine months are withdrawn.

MHCC does offer training programs that after enrollment drops below half-time.

are not aid eligible. Eligible short-term cer- Students are eligible based on need. Payment of Awards: Awards are di-

tificate programs must be at least 24 credits vided into each term attended. Students

Federal Subsidized / Unsubsidized may charge tuition and fees to the aid they

or six months long. One-year certificate

Stafford Loan: Loans through a bank (or have been awarded (except bank loans) when

programs must require at least 36 credits.

other lender), to be repaid at a variable inter- they preregister. Beginning the first day of

Occupational extension programs are not aid

est rate no higher than 8.25%. Repayment of the term, a check for the unused portion of

eligible. Students should talk to the Office of

the Federal Stafford Loan begins six months the funds is released in the Business Office;

Financial Aid and/or consult the term class

after enrollment drops below half-time. The picture ID and an “Attendance Verification”

schedule if there is any question regarding

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan requires form are required. These funds are to be

the aid eligibility of their education program.

students to pay all of the interest that ac- used to help offset additional educational-

(SEE INELIGIBLE PROGRAMS)

cumulates during their time of enrollment, related expenses. Checks may be picked up

Grants (Funds that do not their grace period, and periods of repayment after normal business hours if the Business

and deferment. The Subsidized Federal Staf-

need to be repaid) ford Loan does not accrue interest until the

Office is contacted and can agree to a time.

Grant and loan checks are not mailed. Stu-

Oregon State Opportunity Grant: repayment date. dents cannot pick up funds if they are not

A state grant available to full-time under- Federal Parents’ Loan for Undergradu- enrolled for the minimum number of credits

graduate Oregon residents based on income. ate Students (PLUS): A loan through for which their aid was awarded. Checks not

Twelve months in Oregon prior to the start a bank (or other lender) to a student’s picked up are cancelled.

of school constitutes residency. parent, to be repaid while the student is in Attendance Verification: All students

Federal Pell Grants: A federal grant of- school. Parents of dependent undergraduate awarded Federal or State funds are required

fered to undergraduates enrolled in at least students can apply for funds to assist with to attend class. Students pick up an “At-

one college credit and based on income. educational costs regardless of college cal- tendance Verification” form in the Business

culated need, but are limited to the amount Office or the Office of Financial Aid and

Federal Supplemental Education

of the student’s budget. Neither the parent take it to be completed and signed by one

Opportunity Grant (SEOG): A federal

or student may owe a refund or be in default of their instructors each time a check is

grant through the school, based on need and

on past educational grants or loans. picked up. They then take the completed

offered to undergraduates who will receive

a maximum Pell Grant (and attending at Note: MHCC academic transcripts will form to the Business Office to pick up their

least 6 credits.) not be released for students who owe an check. Even aid recipients with no funds to

overpayment on federal aid programs or be picked up or who receive only FWS must

Loans (Funds that must be who default on educational loans through turn in an Attendance Verification form. The

repaid) MHCC. form is only valid for seven days from the

signature date.

Loans are financial aid. All students wanting Employment

loans must attend a loan counseling class or Satisfactory Academic Progress

a computerized session prior to obtaining Federal Work Study Program (FWS): (SAP): Financial aid recipients are required

their first MHCC bank loan application. A part-time employment program in which to maintain “satisfactory progress” each

Students with loans from prior colleges funds are paid as monthly pay checks. FWS is term and to understand what that means.

must also attend. Later loans do not have awarded based on need and student request. Basically, the following applies: SAP is mea-

this requirement. Students must contact the Awarded students must contact the Office sured by completed credits and GPA on a

Office of Financial Aid to sign up for one of of Financial Aid at 503-491-7424 to make term-by-term basis. Students must complete

the sessions. Exit counseling is required for an appointment for a student employment their “contracted credits” at a minimum 2.00

all loans (except PLUS) through the Business orientation, which is required before begin- GPA to make SAP. Contracted credits means

Office the term prior to leaving MHCC. ning work. the number of credits the student agreed to

attend based on the signed “Offer of Financial

Undergraduate students who have not de- Student Aide: A non-financial aid part- Aid.” Full-time is 12 or more credits, three-

faulted on prior educational loans may apply time employment program in most college quarter-time is 9 - 11, half-time is 6 - 8 and

for these loans based on need and/or the departments for MHCC students enrolled less than half-time is 1 - 5. These are noted on

cost of education. First time borrowers at at least six credits per term. the “offer” as 12, 9, 6 or 3 respectively.

MHCC must complete 30 days of that term

before bank loan funds can be released. Students with pre-financial aid credits must

have a 2.00 cumulative GPA and have com-

pleted two-thirds of their attempted credits

to be considered for aid.

Veterans’

Financial Aid cont.

Services

Eligible students are aid eligible automatically

up to 108 credits; all prior credits attempted

at any postsecondary institutions attended,

Additional Assistance

SCHOLARSHIPS (Funds that do

Veterans’ Services

The Office of Veterans’ Services, located in

23

regardless of the degree or certificate pur- not need to be repaid): Awards offered the Admissions and Records Office on the

sued, are counted in this total. The Office through private donors as well as MHCC main campus, provides a one-stop, centrally

of Financial Aid will require academic tran- may reduce the amount of financial aid located area for the student to deal with

scripts from all prior schools to be submitted that has been or will be awarded. (Pell and veteran-related problems.

to them as a part of the application process. Oregon State Opportunity grants will not The office handles VA educational pa-

An appeal must be submitted to (or to be reduced.) Application information is avail- perwork, changes in program, address,

continue to) receive financial aid. All credits able in the Office of Financial Aid. Individual dependency status and problems with

will be evaluated, in relation to their major, applications are required. Eligibility (both late or inappropriate benefit checks. The

when the student awardee’s credits approach initial and continuing) is dependent on the office also can refer students to agencies

the 108 credit hour level. A successful appeal requirements of the donor. specializing in discharge upgrading, military-

will state a specific academic path to follow Private Scholarships: Announcements related problems and psychological and drug

to continue to receive financial aid. of competitive scholarships through private counseling. Eligible students should contact

Transfer students must be making grade SAP sources are posted throughout the academic the veterans’ clerk for certification. The

at the time they come to MHCC. The 108 year as the Office of Financial Aid is notified Veterans Administration Regional Office

credit limit applies. of availability. keeps a central file on each person receiving

benefits and all enrollment information must

A maximum of 12 credits for Cooperative Recognition Awards: Tuition waivers are

first be processed by the college before any

Work Experience will be allowed for financial offered by the MHCCD Board of Education

award is made.

aid purposes unless more are REQUIRED for several categories of students. These are

in the program. offered the third week of each term for use The veterans’ office continually audits the

the following term. transcripts of each student receiving VA

SAP Appeal Process: If students in an aid benefits to ensure that the veteran’s work

denied status want to be considered for aid Talent Grants: Tuition waivers awarded by

leads toward the stated degree. Any class

or if they want to get funds reinstated, they MHCC to students who have demonstrated

or grade which does not lead toward that

must file an official appeal form with the outstanding ability and achievement in such

degree will not apply to VA benefits.

Office of Financial Aid. areas as athletics, performing arts or student

government. Contact the adviser, coach, or Veterans registering for classes which meet

Note: A complete copy of our SAP rules and instructor most directly related to your skills for less than the standard 10-11 week session

the financial aid appeal process is mailed with for application information. will be certified by the number of credits for

each first award offer. Student responsibili- the class and paid accordingly.

ties are extensive, so it is important to read MHCCD Foundation Scholarships:

that document and ask questions if items or Scholarships are offered at various times Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be

terms are not understood. throughout the year. Additional information granted toward an Associate degree at Mt.

is available at the Office of Financial Aid. Hood for completion of military basic train-

Revising Enrollment Status ing. A copy of the DD214 form is required.

Ineligible Programs

Adding/Dropping Classes: Students

should make all changes to finalize their Students receiving financial aid must first be

Other Veterans’ Services

enrollment status (file a “Revision form” pursuing a degree or certificate program and, Deferred Tuition. Initiating VA educational

at the Office of Financial Aid) BEFORE secondly, that program must be an ELIGIBLE benefit checks generally takes six to eight

picking up financial aid unless their only aid PROGRAM. Not all college programs are aid weeks. Because of this, many veterans are

is from private sources. Checks that arrive eligible. If students are pursuing INELIGIBLE unable to pay tuition at the time of registra-

late in the term may not be released if the PROGRAMS while receiving financial aid, tion. A note deferring tuition must be signed

student is not enrolled for enough credits they jeopardize future aid opportunities and by the veterans’ clerk stating that the veteran

(see SAP policy.) will have to pay back any aid they received. will be receiving benefits. This note is an I. O.

U. between the individual and the Business

Withdrawing From College: Students’ Financial aid applicants are required by the

Office to register for and attend classes, and

remaining financial aid for the academic year Office of Financial Aid to clearly state, in

pay tuition once the VA check comes.

will be cancelled when they completely with- writing, the degree or certificate they are

draw from college after receiving financial pursuing and their major. If the program Tutorial Assistance. Veterans and depen-

aid for the term. (See “SAP Appeal Process” is ELIGIBLE, the student is expected to dents needing extra help with class work,

above.) Students must officially withdraw pursue that declared and specific program and unable to receive tutoring through the

through the Office of Admissions and Re- as it appears in the current college catalog Independent Study Center, may have the cost

cords within the full refund period or they and not take classes outside that specific of hiring a tutor reimbursed by the VA.

will be required to pay for the classes. curriculum.

Veterans’ Satisfactory

Refund and Repayment All financial aid recipients are encouraged

to read the financial aid section in each of

Progress Standards

Policy the quarterly schedule of classes carefully

MHCC’s formal policy for tuition refund and pay attention to various class messages

for students who withdraw from school is as they register for classes each term. The

published in the MHCC catalog and quar- financial aid office does provide consider-

terly schedules. The refund policy regarding able student consumer information in these

recipients of Title IV financial aid funds is quarterly schedules that, if followed, could

available in the Office of Financial Aid (see eliminate challenges for aid recipients.

SAP policy, also).

Veterans Services cont. Student Services

24 1. All veterans or other eligible persons

who receive veterans’ benefits must

demonstrate satisfactory progress to-

7. A veteran student who fails all classes is

deemed not to be making satisfactory

progress.

Student Government,

Student Clubs, and

ward their educational degree/certificate

8. MHCCD will make available to the VA

Co-curricular Activities

goals to remain eligible to receive such

benefits. records that will substantiate whether The activities of student government com-

the student is progressing satisfactorily mittees, departmental interest groups,

2. Students should enroll for and success- at the rate for which he is certified. and other student organizations provide

fully earn credit for only those credit exciting and interesting opportunities that

hours for which they have been certified 9. Within restrictions imposed by the VA, are an important part of student life at

to the Veterans Administration. A 2.00 students may be allowed to enroll in and MHCC. There are many reasons why stu-

GPA must be maintained. receive benefits for a given deficiency dents participate in activities. For students

course for a period not to exceed one interested in leadership, there are dozens of

Full-time........................................12 credits

academic term including summer ses- roles with student-managed organizations

3/4 time .................................... 9-11 credits sion. Exceptions may be allowed when

1/2 time .................................... 6-8 credits

that provide direct leadership experiences.

the course instructor recommends in Many students participate in student-man-

Less than 1/2 time ......... under 6 credits writing that the student repeat. aged organizations and events because they

Full-time equivalency is defined as are an enjoyable break from their academic

regularly enrolled for 12 or more credit 10. All students covered by this regulation

will be apprised of the MHCCD Satisfac- pursuits. Other students create or join

hours. Students certified for less than groups out of a desire to provide service

full-time will have their eligibility pro- tory Progress Standards at the time of

their initial certification for benefits. to their community. Involvement offers

portionately extended. students unique opportunities for reward-

11. All veteran students who drop or with- ing personal and social growth that are an

3. Eligible students who fail to make satis- integral part of the educational experience

factory progress will be so notified. They draw from any class after the fourth

week and their credit-clock hour load offered at MHCC.

will be granted one term of probation

unless notified to the contrary. Students is reduced to a lesser category (three- The range of activities offered at MHCC

not achieving satisfactory progress quarter time, quarter-time, etc.) than the is impressive. Students initiate whitewater

during the probationary term will be one for which they were certified will be rafting trips, sponsor Halloween pumpkin

reported to the Veterans Administra- liable for repayment of funds.

carving contests, organize environmental

tion at the end of said term except in 12. Extenuating Circumstances. Veteran stu- conferences, and make decisions as student

the case of extenuating circumstances. dents who fail to meet the Satisfactory representatives on important institutional

Students placed on probation may have Progress Standards may be partially or planning committees. Each year the student

their certification extended beyond one totally excused by filing documentation government prepares a sizable budget

term due to extenuating circumstances. for one of the following reasons: providing funding for numerous student

See No. 12. projects. The student government supports

a. Death in the immediate family. the operations of the forensics team pro-

4. Students transferring to MHCC from any viding students competitive opportunities

post secondary educational institution, b. Serious illness extending over a period

of three weeks or more must be docu- in debate and speech tournaments. The

or who have otherwise been granted Gallery and Performance Program Commit-

college credit, must submit a transcript mented by physician’s statement.

tee brings musical groups and performers

of all prior credit records for evaluation c. Clerical error determined by the to the campus along with a series of art

and determination of prior credit granted Dean of Enrollment Services to be an

as substitutions for MHCCD curriculum shows displayed in the College Center. Club

institutional error. sports, political groups, and organizations

requirements prior to the end of the first

term in residence. Appropriate reduc- d. Student improperly placed according promoting cultural awareness provide

tion in the time allowed for completion to placement and/or diagnostic test- numerous other activities each year. New

of the student’s educational objectives ing. groups are created each year to meet the

will be noted on the transfer transcript changing needs of students at MHCC.

13. The Dean of Enrollment Services will

evaluation. review and make disposition of any The office of Student Life in the College

appeal for reinstatement or modification Center can provide information on the full

5. Since the permanent record must reflect array of opportunities available.

a withdrawal and re-enrollment in any of benefit reduction.

course for which there was a withdrawal, 14. Students and the VA Regional Office Child Care

this mark will not be replaced by a sub- will be notified in writing within 30 days

sequent grade. A Subsequent grade will As a practicum and observation site for a

of the date unsatisfactory progress has number of MHCC instructional programs,

be entered on the transcript at the time been determined.

the grade is achieved. A “W” grade may primarily Early Childhood Education, the

not be changed or erased for any reason. 15. Students are expected to maintain a center offers child care for children ages

The date of receipt of this non-punitive cumulative 2.00 grade point average 10 months to five years of age. MHCC

grade will be reported to the VA Regional to meet graduation requirements for students have first priority for child care

Office. degrees and certificates. spaces. The center offers a developmentally

appropriate educational programs for each

6. A written statement signed by both the NOTE: Veterans must notify the VA clerk of age group. Planned curriculum in each class

student and the instructor must be on any changes in their enrollment status (adds, offers a balance of individual and group

file with the veterans’ clerk in order for drops, etc.) in addition to processing through the experiences designed to promote creativ-

the student to repeat a course. ity, self-esteem, language development,

registration office. Failure to do so may result

in overpayment of benefits. cognitive skills, fine and gross motor skills,

Student Services cont.

physical fitness, environmental awareness

and social skills. Center professional staff

is assisted by Early Childhood Education

“Scrooge Lives” is an annual craft fair held

in the building during the holiday season.

Seasonal activities include Welcome Week,

Publications

The student publications program at MHCC

25

students, college work study placements, Women’s History Month, Winter Celebra- provides excellent opportunities for stu-

and student aids. tion, Black History Month, spring awards dents to express their opinions and gain

banquet and many other annual events. experience in the development of a campus

The Child Development Center is a state newspaper (The Advocate), student news

certified, and nationally accredited child

care facility and operates year round Mon-

Library Resource Center magazine (Venture), and a campus literary

publication (Perceptions). These three

day - Friday from 7:00am - 6:00pm. The The Mt. Hood Community College Li-

formats provide writers with a diverse and

center is closed on legal holidays and any brary is located on the upper level of the

challenging set of writing venues. Students

day when MHCC does not hold classes. Academic Center (see the map provided

write the material and manage the orga-

Enrollment and fees are scheduled by the in the catalog) and is used by a quarter of

nizations that produce these publications.

school term. a million people each year. The Library is

Contact the College Center Information

open Monday through Thursday from 7:30

For additional information, fees, and applica- Desk for information on how to be involved

am to 7:00 pm; Friday from 7:30 am to 5:00

tions, please call 503-491-7169. with these groups.

pm; and Saturday from 10:30 am to 6:30 pm

Campus Store during the regular academic year. For cur- Sports

rent information on Library hours, including

The campus store is designed to serve the summer, break and holiday schedules call Mt. Hood’s intercollegiate athletic programs

MHCC campus’ needs in course-related 503-491-7161. Students may obtain a library include volleyball, men’s and women’s cross

materials, supplies and services. In addition card at the circulation desk in the Library; country, men’s and women’s basketball,

the store carries a wide variety of other the card is valid as long as the student is baseball, softball and men’s and women’s

items to enhance your academic life. Some enrolled. The MHCC Library also provides track and field. The Saint’s athletic teams

of these items are academically priced com- services to eligible community members compete in the Southern Region of the

puter software, reference materials and art and local high school students. However, NWAACC (Northwest Athletic Associa-

supplies. The store also has a wide variety college regulations and federal law require tion of Community Colleges). A diversified

of greeting cards, magazines, snacks and all persons under 18, who are not enrolled intramural program consisting of over 15

insignia clothing. Among the services the in a College course, to be accompanied activities is available to all students.

store provides are Tri-Met tickets/passes,

postage stamps and prepaid phone cards.

by a parent. Library resources consist of

more than 56,000 books, 475 periodicals

Aquatic Center

The store also offers “Grab-n-Go” pre- and 3,206 media titles. On-line databases The Mt. Hood Aquatic Center is a four-

wrapped sandwiches, juice and water after and eBooks give access to thousands of pool complex open to the public as well as

the food service facilities have closed for the journals and electronic books. Access to students. There are three indoor pools; a

day. M & K Caffe’, located in the store, offers the library’s collection is through an on- six lane 25-yard pool, a warm water therapy

an outstanding array of espresso drinks and line catalog available in the Library or via pool and a hot tub. The outdoor 50-meter

Italian sodas. the Web. Other services in the Library by 25-yard pool is open in the summer

season. The Aquatic Center offers a full

College Center include Internet access, media listening and

viewing facilities, microform reader/print- range of programs from children’s lessons

The College Center serves as a primary ers, photocopiers, interlibrary loan, and to adult exercise. For more information or

location for students, faculty and staff to eight Internet workstations for accessing to obtain a complete schedule please call

gather for meetings, special events, and for email. Word processing is only available in a 503-491-7243.

informal social interactions. The Fireplace separate computer lab. This lab is located in

Lounge is often considered the living room the library facility and the hours are posted Mt. Hood Rock Wall

of the campus. A variety of services are on the lab doors. Faculty librarians provide Introduce yourself to the exciting sport

based in the College Center including reference assistance, give library tours, of rock climbing in a safe, controlled envi-

food services, housing information bul- and teach information literacy classes. The ronment. The indoor wall features 1,800

letin boards, vending machines, an open Library also publishes a number of guides square feet of climbing area, thousands of

computer lab, a FAX machine, a poster to assist library users. The MHCC Library handholds and a variety of terrain to chal-

making machine, copy services, lockers, augments its own resources by coopera- lenge you. The rock wall is located inside

recreational games and access to public tion with other libraries in a fifteen library the Aquatic Center and is open to students,

telephones. The building houses the offices consortium called PORTALS. Access to the staff and the general public.

of the Associated Student Government, the catalogs of the PORTALS libraries catalogs

Student Activities Board, student clubs and is available through MHCC’s Library catalog Tri-Met

other student groups. Friendly staff mem- and information about obtaining recipro- In cooperation with Tri-Met, your student

bers answer questions all day at the campus cal borrowing privileges is available at the association encourages you to POOL-IT.

information desk. Tri-Met bus schedules are circulation desk. For more information and a list of people

available there as well.

Planetarium who are interested in car pooling, you may

contact Carpool, 520 SW Yamhill Street,

The College Center is the location where

many student activities and public forums MHCC planetarium shows, demonstra- Portland, OR 97204.

are organized. Speakers on environmental, tions and tours for the public are offered

on a regular basis. Call 503-491-7297 for Located at the main focal point of the

political and religious topics are common campus, the Office of College Information

along with musical performances and information.

functions as MHCC’s information office.

cultural arts programs. Art exhibits are a Persons arriving on campus seeking direc-

regular feature of the College Center, and tions and those seeking specific information

in person or by telephone are served by

this office.

College

and Visitor Extended

Adult Basic

Information Learning cont. Skills

26 Located at the main focal point of the

campus, the Office functions as MHCC’s

information office. Persons arriving on

Education Program offerings, please refer to

the current term schedule under “Learning

at a Distance”. For additional information,

Adult Basic Skills (ABS)

Free Adult Basic Skills classes are available

to any adult, age 16 or over, who wants to

campus seeking directions and those seek- please contact the Extended Learning and improve basic skills. Those under age 18 must

ing specific information in person or by Instructional Technology staff at 503-491- be released from the high school of legal resi-

telephone are served by this office. 6995 or email dep@mhcc.edu. dence. A volunteer literacy project provides

Learn computers at your own pace and con- tutoring for those who need to improve basic

venience at the Self-Paced Learning Center! reading, writing and spelling skills. For more



Extended Self-paced computer courses are designed

to be done in the lab, at home, or on the job.

information call 503-491-7333.





Learning and Classes range from beginning to advanced

General Educational Development (GED)

levels, and can be taken for credit or non- The General Educational Development



Instructional

credit. Courses are designed to meet the program offers classes, in both English and

most current job market needs. Spanish, designed to develop the skills needed

in reading, math, science, social studies, and



Technology

• Open seven days a week, including some

writing to pass the GED tests. Adults age 16

evenings.

or older are eligible to enroll. Those under

• Register any time throughout the term, age 18 must be released from the high school

The Extended Learning and Instructional begin immediately, and take up to ten

of legal residence. Classes are offered on the

Technology division is comprised of the weeks to complete a course.

MHCC Gresham and Maywood campuses at

Distance Education Program, Instructional • Instructors available on site to help guide various times during the day and evening. For

Technology, and the Self-Paced Learning you through your course.

more information call 503-491-7333.

Center. For additional information, please contact

the Self-Paced Learning Center staff at GED testing is available on campus. Call

The Distance Education Program offers 503-491-7678 for scheduling. There is a fee

courses to students who are separated by 503-491-6122.

for GED testing.

time and/or space from the instructor. The

program increases student flexibility and English As A Second Language (ESL)

provides them with alternative methods of Community Use of College Non-Credit

access to the educational offerings of the Facilities English as a Second Language classes include

college. Courses are offered in a variety of speaking, listening, reading and writing. There

modalities including: Community groups and organizations

are invited to use college facilities when are beginning, intermediate and advanced

Telecourses: A telecourse is a learning space is not being used for instruction or classes held on the MHCC Gresham and

system based on a series of television student activities. Facilities are available Maywood campuses and at several community

programs. These programs may be viewed for meetings, banquets, workshops, and locations. Students are required to buy books.

through the local cablecast company for presentations. Catering is available through For more information call 503-491-7366.

students residing with the MHCC perim- the college food service vendor. Community English As A Second Language (ESL)

eter. If you do not subscribe to AT&T cable, groups are frequent users of the Town and

live West of I-205 or in Clackamas County,

Credit

Gown Room, the Vista Dining Center,

you can view these programs in the MHCC theatres, classrooms and tiered lecture Credit ESL courses provide skills in reading,

Library or have the option of renting the rooms. Priority is given to groups within writing and speaking to help them transition

tapes from an outside company. Telecourses the MHCC District. For further information from non-credit to credit courses. Students

are supplemented by printed material and about fees and availability, contact MHCC are required to pay tuition and buy books for

may have on-campus meetings. at 503-491-7107. credit ESL courses.

Telecourse with a Web Wrap Around: English As A Non-Native Language (ENL)

This is a series of television programming English as a Non-native Language classes are

supplemented by printed material and the for non-native English speakers and are offered

use of the Web. These courses required for students who want to improve their Eng-

access to a computer, Internet service, web lish reading, writing and speaking skills. ENL is

browser, and email. an intensive multi-level program designed to

On-line Courses: Many courses are offered develop the students’ competence in English

over the Internet. These courses require language skills at the college level. These

access to a computer, Internet service, web classes are offered at the MHCC Gresham

browser, and email. Testing may be done campus for credit. Students are required to

on-line or through the use of a proctor. For pay tuition and buy books. Financial aid may

additional information, please visit our web help with these costs. For more information

site at http://classes.mhcc.edu. call 503-491-7415 or 503-491-6912.

Distance Learning students have a full range

of student services available to them includ-

ing financial aid, phone registration, library,

advising, and the bookstore which are now

available on-line. For term by term Distance

Developmental The Center for Community

Education and Workforce Development

Citizenship

Citizenship is a free class that prepares stu-

dents to apply for and pass the United States

The Center for Community and Workforce De-

velopment is designed to establish and maintain

meaningful and lasting partnerships between

Continuing Education

Continuing Education offerings are primarily

non-credit classes and workshops located at

27

Citizenship Test. For more information call Mt. Hood Community College and local busi- various sites including eight area high schools,

503-491-7366. nesses, industries, professional organizations, churches and community centers. The major-

community groups, local school districts and ity of classes are evening and weekends with

Developmental Education individual residents. The primary purpose of flexible scheduling ranging from one day to

The Language and Literature Division offers Community and Workforce Development is 10 weeks.

students an opportunity to build specific to meet the needs of its students/clients by

academic skills, develop learning strategies providing quality educational offerings, training Special interest courses include work and

and, therefore, strengthen self-confidence. activities and lifelong learning opportunities. The family issues, art, music, physical exercise,

Students are encouraged to enroll in these Center offers over 800 courses per year and personal growth, and professional supple-

success-oriented, skill-building courses. De- serves over 12,000 students/clients. Courses mental education.

velopmental Education courses below the 100 and training activities are offered on a regular Tuition and fees vary according to the type and

level do not count toward graduation. basis in 27 different off-campus sites. length of each class. Call 503-491-7428.

Reading Center Programs Professional Development

Reading classes at all levels are available. Business Development Center Professional Development offerings provide

Placement is made according to test scores or career improvement and professional upgrad-

Provides free counseling, affordable work-

individual classroom testing. Instruction may ing. They include workshops, short courses

shops and up-to-date resources to help

include lecture and/or practice in the Learning and seminars specifically designed to meet

business owners solve problems and imple-

Assistance Center. For more information call the needs of the professional. Tuition and

ment profitable business strategies.

503-491-7366. fees vary according to the length and type

Starting a Business Confidently of each class. Most offerings are non-credit

Study Skills but do provide continuing education hours

A free, two-hour consulting workshop is held

Study Skills courses improve students’ learning required by professional licensing agencies.

bi-weekly to get your new business off to a

efficiency. Tips for time management, effec- Call 503-491-7394.

good start.

tive note taking and test taking skills improve

academic performance. Memory and learning Workshops For Busy Business The Microelectronics Training Center

styles units are also included. Owners The Microelectronics Training Center (MTC)

Nominally priced short-term workshops to is the result of continuing partnerships with

Spelling and Vocabulary Improvement LSI Logic Corporation; area school districts;

These lab courses are for students who want conveniently develop specific skills.

Multnomah County; and MHCC. The purpose

to improve their basic spelling and vocabulary. Business Resource Center of the MTC is to provide quality training for

Instructor permission is required. An extensive library of small business books, east Multnomah County residents that will

directories, video and audio tapes and free lead to stable employment in family wage

Developmental Writing jobs.

Students needing review or preparation in access to a hands-on computer lab.

writing are required to take WR90, a four- Small Business Management Mt. Hood Regional Education

credit course. Students study and apply Program Consortium

grammar, usage, punctuation and composition The Mt. Hood Regional Education Consor-

This 10-month series places a small business

skills needed for college-level writing. RD90 tium is an education partnership between

professional at your business location every

or above is a co-requisite. Mt. Hood Community College and the

month to develop over a year’s time the

financial, marketing and management tools eight high schools within the MHCC ser-

Tutorial Services

needed to oversee a stable business. Call vice district. The focus of the Consortium

The MHCC Learning Assistance Center is to provide area high school students

(LAC) provides free tutoring to students in 503-491-7658.

with various program links from their high

many academic subjects. Qualified tutors are Training and Employee Development school to MHCC programs and beyond to

available at scheduled hours, which are posted university.

The Training and Employee Development

in the center. Study groups may be arranged

program is designed to meet the increas-

by contacting the LAC coordinator. For more

ing demand for training opportunities and

information call 503-491-7108.

state-of-the-art information necessary for

Computer Access Instruction organizations to operate effectively. The

Under the auspices of the Disabilities Services program assists clients in developing and

Office, students with disabilities are evaluated delivering individualized training programs for

for appropriate computer access devices. their employees, offering flexible times, dates

Basic computer applications are taught using and locations, custom-designed curriculum,

recommended adaptives. For information call high quality and affordable costs. Services

503-491-6923 or 503-491-7670 TDD. offered include: group training activities,

custom-designed training, professional up-

grading, industry-based training and employee

development opportunities, cooperative

workshops and seminars with hospitals, busi-

nesses and professional associations.

MHCC Maywood Park Campus

28 MHCC Maywood Park

Campus

Workforce Connections

Looking for a job or preparing for a career

The Self-Paced Learning

Center

change? Workforce Connections could be Learn computers at your own pace and

10100 NE Prescott, the resource you are looking for.

Portland, Oregon 97220 convenience!

Workforce Connections is a federally Self-paced computer courses are designed

Telephone: 503-491-6100 funded re-employment program. Our to be done in the lab, at home or on the job.

The MHCC Maywood Park Campus of- Resource Center is available weekdays & Classes range from beginning to advanced

fers a variety of education services for the Tuesday evenings to the public. Certain levels, and can be taken for credit or non-

community. services require meeting eligibility and credit. Courses are designed to meet the

• Registration services program guidelines. most current job market needs.

• Business Office Services include... • Open seven days a week, including some

• Bookstore to purchase books and sup- evenings.

• One Stop Employment Services

plies for classes offered at the Maywood • Register any time throughout the term,

Park Campus • Full-service resource center

• Job search workshops begin immediately, and take up to ten

• Academic advising weeks to complete a course.

• Financial aid assistance • Labor market information

• Instructors available on site to help guide

• Scholarship application assistance • Career and skill assessment

you through your course.

• Career exploration services • Career counseling

Other course offerings include, Medical

• College Placement Testing • Computer classes and computer lab

Vocabulary, Electronic Calculator, key-

• Child care referral • Vocational training and skills updating boarding, basic mathematics, reading, and

• Social services referral • English as a Second Language classes writing.

Maywood Park Campus courses provide Call 503-252-0758 for information.

Call 503-491-6122 for more information.

opportunities for:

• Personal enrichment English as a Second Steps to Success

• Vocational studies Language 1415 SE 122nd

• Job and career training • Non-native English speakers learn to Portland, Or 97233

• Skills upgrading speak, read, write and understand Eng-

• Cultural awareness lish. 503-256-0432

• Leisure time activities The Steps to Success program, currently in

its 14th year of operation, provides compre-

• Self-Paced learning Child Development and hensive educational, social and employment

Family Support Program services to AFS clientele to enable them to

Adult Basic Education/GED • Head Start/Oregon Head Start gain the skills and qualifications necessary

• ABE-GED courses serve individuals at all Pre-kindergarten Program: Com- to obtain permanent jobs which will lead

levels prehensive preschool program including to economic self-sufficiency. The program,

• Upgrade existing skills health, social services and parent involve- administered by MHCC through a contract

• Set learning goals ment opportunities located at sites with Oregon Adult and Family Services Divi-

throughout the community. sion (AFS), is funded by federal and state

• Assistance in attaining the General

Educational Development (GED) Cer- • Even Start: Family Literacy Program dollars. Steps to Success offers participants

tificate providing GED classes for parents and skills and aptitude assessments, counseling,

on-site preschool for children. basic education, GED preparation, job skills

• GED taught in Spanish available

• Parents as Teacher Program: Home training, work experience, job placement

visit and weekly group experience for assistance, and a range of support services

parents with children ages 0-5. (such as help with child care, transporta-

• Community Placements Program: tion, and clothing costs) to enable each

Head Start services in family child care student to be successful. To be eligible

homes and child care centers for working for Steps to Success, participants must be

families needing full-day/full-year child referred by their AFS case manager.

care services.

• Services are available to low income

families and families with special needs

residing in East County outside the

Portland Public School District.

• Administrative Offices located at May-

wood Park Campus.

• Call 503-491-6111 for further informa-

tion.

29









EDUCATIONAL

OFFERINGS









• Transfer Information

• Professional/

Technical Programs

• Special Studies

Transfer

Information

30 Transfer Information

Mt. Hood Community College is an excel-

The Academic Advising and

Transfer Center ............503-491-7315

· Undecided and/or exploring majors

·

·

·

Optometry (pre-professional)

Pharmacy (pre-professional)

Physical Therapy (pre-professional)

lent starting place for students who wish · Physics

to pursue a bachelor’s degree. MHCC Business and

Computer Technology ...503-491-7196 · Veterinary Medicine (pre-professional)

students can complete all or most of the

· Business Administration · Zoology

general education requirements for both

public and private colleges and universi- · Business Education Social Science ...............503-491-7480

ties. In addition, MHCC’s transfer subject · Health Care Administration · Anthropology

areas allow students to begin work on the · Hotel, Restaurant, and Tourism · Criminal Justice Administration

requirements of their chosen majors. The Management · Economics

advantages of starting a four-year program · Education

at MHCC include smaller classes, lower Communication Arts ......503-491-7410

· Journalism · General Social Science

costs, instructors’ focus on teaching excel-

· Speech · Geography

lence, and the availability of courses for

improvement of skills in reading, writing Health and Physical · History

and mathematics. · Peace Studies

Education .....................503-491-7452

· Philosophy

Planning for Transfer · Health and Health Education

· Political Science

· Physical Education

Different colleges and universities have · Psychology

different general education and graduation Industrial Technology......503-491-7470 · Religious Studies

requirements. Therefore, it is vital to plan · Industrial Management · Sociology

ahead for transfer by reviewing catalogs · Manufacturing Technology

and transfer advising guides for the various

Visual Arts ....................503-491-7309

Language & Literature ......503-491-7290 · Fine Arts

transfer schools.The MHCC Academic Ad- · English

vising and Transfer Center has information · Art Education

· Foreign Languages · Art History

on colleges and universities and the degrees

that they offer. · International Studies

Academic Advising and Transfer Center

Planning for transfer is an important part of Engineering, Computer Science Many resources can be used to research

one’s educational preparation. For example, and Mathematics ..........503-491-7292 potential transfer colleges, and to learn

some intended majors may require an early · Computer Science about their major programs and require-

start on mathematics, or other courses. · Engineering ments. MHCC’s Transfer Center offers a

Certain majors include essential course- · Engineering Technologies wealth of such resources for student use.

work at the sophomore level, so students The center’s resources include a library of

· Mathematics

may need to be attending their transfer college catalogs from all over the country,

schools after only one year at MHCC. Pro- Performing Arts .............503-491-6969 comprehensive college directories, and

fessional academic advisers, faculty advisers, · Music transfer advising guides for Oregon colleges

and counselors are available to help students · Theater and universities.View books and videos pro-

develop educational plans that will meet the duced by various colleges are also available

requirements of their chosen majors and

Science ..........................503-491-7364 for students to review.

transfer schools. · Agriculture

· Agri-Business Students may use the center’s computer to

Transfer Departments and · Biochemistry & Biophysics access Web pages for hundreds of colleges

and universities. They can pick up current

Advisers · Biology

applications for many of Oregon’s public

Students can prepare for more than 60 · Chemistry and private schools. Regular visits by transfer

transfer majors at MHCC! Those majors · Chemistry-Business college representatives also enable MHCC

may lead toward hundreds of potential · Chiropractic College (pre-professional) students to make personal inquiries related

careers.The subject areas for transfer study · Dental Hygiene to their transfer plans.

are listed below. · Dentistry (pre-professional)

· Entomology Transfer Days

Advisers in major areas are assigned to as- Each fall, winter and spring term, repre-

sist students with appropriate educational · Environmental Sciences

· Fisheries and Wildlife Science sentatives from colleges and universities

planning, selection of transfer schools, and visit MHCC for Transfer Days. These con-

keeping updated on changing requirements · Forest Resources (pre-professional)

veniently scheduled and located “fairs” give

and standards. Faculty advisers in the various · General Science students the opportunity to investigate sev-

major areas provide expertise to students · General Studies in Science eral colleges at one time. Personal contact

majoring in their fields. Lists of advisers for · Geology with college reps offers a chance to ask for

all majors are updated annually. Students · Medical Technology (pre-professional) detailed information about transfer subjects

may contact the Academic Advising and · Medicine (pre-professional) and procedures. For information on upcom-

Transfer Center or the college departments

· Microbiology ing Transfer Days, students may contact the

listed below for the names of advisers in Academic Advising and Transfer Center in

their chosen majors. · Nursing (pre-professional)

· Occupational Therapy (pre-professional) AC 2182, or call 503-491-7315.

Transfer Information cont.



Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer Degree

This is a degree designed for students

planning to complete an associate’s degree

Direct transfer students must meet the

transfer schools’ requirements for transfer

Successful Transfer

Success in the transfer process is largely

the result of careful planning and attention

31

before transferring into a bachelor’s degree credits and grade point averages. Students to the requirements of transfer colleges.

program at one of Oregon’s public universi- with fewer than the minimum number of Transfer success is a student’s individual

ties (University of Oregon and Oregon State transfer credits must apply as freshmen and responsibility. However, prudent use of

University; Eastern, Western, and Southern meet more stringent admissions require- available resources and advising can help

Oregon Universities; Portland State Univer- ments. Catalogs from transfer institutions to ensure smooth transition to a four-year

sity; Oregon Institute of Technology). All of contain information about credit-hour institution. Students can benefit from follow-

these universities accept the AA-OT as a requirements and transfer application ing these tips for successful transfer:

“block transfer,” enabling a student to enter procedures.

· Plan Ahead: Enroll in HD100: College

as a junior with all of the transfer school’s The Associate of General Studies degree Success and/or contact an adviser during

lower division general education require- may be a useful alternative for direct transfer your first term at MHCC to develop an

ments met. The AA-OT offers students the students (see degree requirements on pages educational plan. If you need help with

flexibility to choose courses that interest 17-18).This flexible degree option enables a choosing a major or career, enroll in

them and still meet requirements at their student to complete an associate’s degree HD110 or HD208.

transfer schools (see the AA-OT degree that is tailored to the general education re-

requirements on pages 15-16). · Maintain Contact: Establish early contact

quirements of the transfer school. Students

with admissions representatives and

A limited number of private and out-of- must exercise caution in using the AGS major advisers at MHCC and transfer

state institutions also accept the AA-OT. option, as the degree does not guarantee colleges. Keep in touch with them in

These include Concordia University, Pacific transferability of courses completed. Educa- order to keep up to date on major and

University, Warner Pacific College George tional planning for the Associate of General transfer requirements.

Fox University and Marylhurst University Studies should be done with the help of an

in the Portland area, as well as Boise State adviser or counselor. · Know the Rules: Pay attention to GPA

University, Seattle Pacific University, and and transfer credit policies, application

It is each student’s responsibility to learn the deadlines and both general education and

Washington State University. Some of these program requirements of any prospective

schools have unique general education require- major course requirements of transfer

transfer school, and to keep up to date on schools.

ments that must also be met. Advisers and changes in those requirements. Therefore,

counselors can assist students planning for students should periodically contact the Aca- · Confirm Transferability of Courses: Not

those courses. demic Advising and Transfer Center and/or the all 100-200 level courses transfer to all

It is important to note that the AA-OT transfer schools for updates. four-year schools. Transfer colleges have

is not the best choice for all majors, even the “last say” on transferability.

when students are transferring to schools · Utilize Transfer Resources: This catalog,

that accept the degree (see below, “Direct the Transfer Center, quarterly Transfer

Transfer”). Also, lower division courses Days; and MHCC faculty advisers, aca-

required for admissions to specific programs demic advisers, and counselors are key

(e.g., Business Administration) are not au- sources of information and guidance.

tomatically met through completion of the

AA-OT. Students should consult advisers in · Ask for Help: Make sure you have cur-

their major areas for educational planning rent and complete information; ask for

related to required (or “tool”) courses in what you need to complete the transfer

their majors. process successfully.



Direct Transfer Transfer Hotline

Transfer without an AA-OT is also a viable If a student has a problem transferring

option for MHCC students. Students in classes to a college or university, the stu-

certain majors may need to transfer after dent should first try to resolve the problem

one year, in order to take advantage of criti- through contact with the transfer school.

cal major courses offered in the sophomore MHCC advisers and counselors may be of

year. Or, a student may select a major and assistance in such cases. However, if after

transfer school, then take only the specific some effort, such a problem cannot be

courses required for that major and/or resolved, the student may call the Transfer

college. When a student opts for direct Problem Hotline at the Oregon Department

transfer, MHCC courses are evaluated and of Education for help. The hotline number is

accepted on a course-by-course basis by 503-378-8609, ext 367.

the transfer school.

Biology, Botany, General Science, Zoology

(Transfer Curriculum)





32 Biology is a tremendously diverse field of study devoted to examining

life processes. Courses offered by the Department of Life Science

are tailored to allow graduating students to function as informed

Sixth Quarter

CH243

PH203

Organic Chemistry II2 ..................................................... 5

General Physics III ........................................................... 5

citizens or to move on to careers as practicing scientists, educators

Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............... 3

and health professionals.

Social Science Requirement1 ......................................... 3

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require- Humanities Requirement1 .............................................. 3

ments for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC

and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in 19

the Biological Sciences at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State

University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, 1

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) require-

or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a ments.

baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These 2

This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry require-

institutions may require different courses within the various areas of ment at colleges and universities. With an acceptable score on the

General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring ACS National Exam and a minimum of a C” or better in each course,

to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits of 300-level coursework

the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of to all OUS schools.

Advising and Counseling.



MHCC Advisers: (Division of Science and Industrial Technol-

First Quarter ogy)

BI211 Biology I ............................................................................. 5 Lee Mitchell, 503-491-7441, Room AC 2595

CH221 General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 mitchell@mhcc.edu

MTH251 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4

WR121 English Composition ....................................................... 3 MHCC Program Web Links:

17 http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/

transfers/transfer_programs/biology.htm

Second Quarter

BI212 Biology II ............................................................................ 5

Transfer Schools’ Web Links

CH222 General Chemistry II ...................................................... 5

Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/%7Ejrinehar/

MTH252 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4

biodept.htm

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3

Portland State University - http://www.bio.pdx.edu/

Computer Literacy requirement1 ................................ 1

Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/majors.

18 html

Third Quarter University of Oregon - http://biology.uoregon.edu/

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/Biology.shtml

BI213 Biology III ........................................................................... 5

CH223 General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5

WR123 English Comp./Research ................................................. 3 Disclaimer

Humanities Requirement1 .............................................. 3 This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

Social Sciences Requirement1 ....................................... 3 intending to major in Biological Sciences. Specific requirements for

19 transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsi-

bility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific

Fourth Quarter requirements of the transfer school.

CH241 Organic Chemistry I2 ...................................................... 5

PH201 General Physics I.............................................................. 5

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3

Humanities Requirement1 .............................................. 3

Social Science Requirement1 ......................................... 3

19

Fifth Quarter

CH242 Organic Chemistry II2 ..................................................... 5

PH202 General Physics II ............................................................ 5

Humanities Requirement1 .............................................. 3

Social Science Requirements1 ....................................... 6

19

Business

(Transfer Curriculum)



If your goal is to earn a four-year degree in Business, start that

degree at MHCC. 33

Mt. Hood Community College courses in Business offer tremendous

opportunities to the student who might be interested in transferring

to a four-year degree school. Students can do the first two years

of course work at MHCC and transfer their college credits to the

4-year institution.

The objective of this degree is to satisfy all or most of the lower

division requirements of the 4-year school, and/or the school of

Business within that college or university.The following is an outline

of the coursework that will prepare the student for direct transfer

to a four-year school.

CS105/L Computing Fundamentals and Lab .............................. 4

EC201 Principles of Economics (Micro) .................................. 3

EC202 Principles of Economics (Macro) ................................. 3

WR121 English Composition ....................................................... 3

PSY201 General Psychology......................................................... 3

BA101 Introduction to Business ................................................ 4

BA205 Business Communications ............................................. 4

BA206 Management Fundamentals ........................................... 3

BA211 Principles of Accounting I .............................................. 4

BA212 Principles of Accounting II ............................................. 3

BA213 Principles of Accounting III ............................................ 4



Students should see a Business program adviser for guidance regard-

ing specific courses and requirements.





MHCC Advisers: (Business, Computer Technology and Media

Arts Division)

Susan Smith McClaren 503-491-7126 - Room AC 2661

smiths@mhcc.edu

Lola Lackey 503-491-7313 - Room AC 2688

lackeyl@mhcc.edu

David Garlington 503-491-7467 - Room AC 2687

garlingd@mhcc.edu



MHCC Program Web Links

www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/trans-

fers/transfer_programs/business/main.htm

Transfer Schools’ Web Links

Portland State University - http://www.sba.pdx.edu

Oregon State University - http:/www.bus.orst.edu/Prospective_Stu-

dents/index.htm

University of Oregon - http://lcb.uoregon.edu/

Eastern Oregon University (Portland) - http://redtail.eou.edu/sebp/

Business/offcampus.html

Concordia University - http:www.cu-portland.edu/admissions/ma-

jors/BusinessAdmin.cfm

Marylhurst University - http://www.marylhurst.edu/attend/under-

grad/asns-management.html



Disclaimer

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

intending to major in Business Administration. Specific requirements

for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s re-

sponsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the

specific requirements of the transfer school.

Business - Accounting

(Transfer Curriculum)



34 Accounting has often been characterized as the language of business.

As such, a solid foundation in accounting allows a myriad of choices

in business career paths. Examples are Chief Financial Officers,

Sixth Quarter

BA206 Business Communications ............................................. 4

BI103 General Biology III........................................................... 4

Controllers, and Finance VP’s.To enhance their career options, many

EC203 Principles of Economics III............................................. 3

students combine accounting with other majors or minors such as

Finance or Information Technology. PHL201 Introduction to Philosophy............................................ 3

PSY201 General Psychology......................................................... 3

MHCC students have transferred to many four-year coleges. Ex-

amples include PSU, Eastern Oregon University, and University of

Portland. The following curriculum is designed for the PSU School MHCC Advisers: (Business, Computer Technology and Media

of Business Administration transfer. Students who wish to transer to Arts Division)

other schools must contact that school for course advising. Jerry Kohler 503-491-7408 Room AC 2682

kohlerJ @mhcc.edu

First Quarter

Jim Arnold 503-491-7468 Room AC2686

BA101 Introduction to Business ................................................ 4

arnoldj@mhcc.edu

BA211 Principles of Accounting I .............................................. 4

MTH241 Calculus.............................................................................. 4

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 MHCC Program Web Links

WR121 English Composition ....................................................... 3 http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/

18 bctma/bhtc/accounting/main.htm



Second Quarter

BA212 Principles of Accounting II ............................................. 3 Transfer Schools’ Web Links

CS105 Computing Fundamentals .............................................. 3 Portland State University - http://www.sba.pdx.edu

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab ...................................... 1 Oregon State University - http://www.bus.orst.edu/Prospective_Stu-

MTH243 Probability and Statistics I .............................................. 4 dents/index.htm

PHL202 Fundamental Ethics ......................................................... 3 University of Oregon - http://lcb.uoregon.edu/

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Eastern Oregon University (Portland) - http://redtail.eou.edu/sebp/

17 Business/offcampus.html

Concordia University - http://www.cu-portland.edu/admissions/ma-

Third Quarter jors/BusinessAdmin.cfm

BA213 Principles of Accounting III ............................................ 4 Marylhurst Universitsy - http://www.marylhurst.edu/attend/under-

BA231 Information Technology in Business ............................ 4 grad/asns-management.html

MTH244 Statistics II ......................................................................... 4

PHL203 Elementary Logic ............................................................. 3 Disclaimer

WR123 English Composition: Research .................................... 3

This information is meant to searve as a general guide for students

18 intending to major in Business Administration. Specific requirements

Fourth Quarter for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s re-

sponsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the

BA226 Introduction to Business Law ....................................... 3 specific requirements of the transfer school.

BI101 General Biology I ............................................................. 4

EC201 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ................................ 3

MTH251 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4

PS200 Introduction to Political Science .................................. 3

17

Fifth Quarter

BI102 General Biology II ............................................................ 4

EC202 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .............................. 3

MTH252 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4

PS201 American Government .................................................. 3

SP112 Persuasive Speech ............................................................ 3

17

Chemistry/Biochemistry

(Transfer Curriculum)



The science of chemistry deals with the composition, analysis,

structure, and properties of matter and the various transformations

matter may undergo. Chemical processes are the foundation of

Sixth Quarter

CH243 Organic Chemistry II2 ................................................... 5 35

PH213 General Physics with Calculus III ................................. 5

many diverse systems that are of great interest to mankind, including

Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............. 3

biological functions, the natural and polluted environment, industrial

processes, food and agriculture, etc. Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................. 1

Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require-

ments for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC 17

and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in

1

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) require-

Chemistry/Biochemistry at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State ments.

University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, 2

This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry require-

University of Oregon or Western Oregon University. However, stu- ment at colleges and universities. With an acceptable score on the

dents from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer ACS National Exam and a minimum of a C” or better in each course,

to other institutions.These institutions may require different courses this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits of 300-level coursework to

within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students all OUS schools. Check with your transfer institution to determine

interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after any additional Organic Chemistry requirmenets.

MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending

and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.



First Quarter

MHCC Adviser: (Science and Industrial Technology Division)

CH221 General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5

MTH251 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 Michael Russell 503-491-7348 Room AC 2596

WR121 English Composition ....................................................... 3 russellm@mhcc.edu

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3 MHCC Program Web Links

18 http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/

Second Quarter transfers/transfer_programs/chemistry.htm

CH222 General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5

MTH252 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 Transfer Schools’ Web Links

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/chem/

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Portland State University - http://chem.pdx.edu/

Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3 Oregon State University - http://www.chem.orst.edu/ or http://or-

18 egonstate.edu/dept/biochem/

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/chem.shtml

Third Quarter University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~chem/

CH223 General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/physci//chem.

MTH253 Calculus III ......................................................................... 4 html

WR123 English Composition: Research or

WR227 Technical Report Writing ........................... 3

Disclaimer

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3 This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

intending to major in Chemistry/Biochemistry. Specific requirements

18 for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s re-

Fourth Quarter sponsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the

CH241 Organic Chemistry I2 .................................................... 5 specific requirements of the transfer school.

MTH254 Vector Calculus I.............................................................. 4

PH211 General Physics with Calculus I ................................... 5

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

17

Fifth Quarter

CH242 Organic Chemistry II2 ................................................... 5

PH212 General Physics with Calculus II .................................. 5

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

Social Science Requirements1 ..................................... 3

16

Computer Science

(Transfer Curriculum)



36 The Computer Science Transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood

Community College provides a solid foundation for the student

who wishes to earn a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science at

Third Quarter

CS260 Data Structures ............................................................... 4

MTH253 Calculus III ........................................................................ 4

a four-hear institution. A bachelor’s degree in Computer Science

PH213 General Physics with Calculus III ............................... 5

prepares a student for careers in the computing industry or for

graduate school. A computer Science graduate might work for a WR227 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

software development firm, a research organization, or a com- 16

mercial or manufacturing firm. A graduate might be involved in Total 48

designing and writing commercial application programs, company-

proprietary applications, or projects such as operating systems,

compilers, computer architecture, artificial intelligence, or data- Other General Curriculum related to AAOT degree:

base management systems. This is not a MHCC Associate Degree Other General Education courses:

program. It is intended to lead the student to graduate from MHCC

with the AAOT degree. SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

The curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College is Health and Physical Education requirement1 .......... 3

designed to closely follow the lower division Computer Science Humanities1 .................................................................... 12

program at Oregon State University and to meet the eligibility Social Sciences1 .............................................................. 15

requirements of Portland State University’s School of Engineering Electives (such as):

and Applied Science - Computer Science, and of other professional BI211, CH221, MTH254, CS133VB, CS233VB

Computer Science schools. This in intended, specifically, for Com-

CS234VB

puter Science and Computer Engineering majors. In all cases, the

transfer student must make application to the transfer institution Total Other Credits 45+

AND also the College (School) of Computer Science. 1

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) require-

The MHCC curriculum has entry-level expectations of the student ments.

for skills in reading, writing, and mathematics. The recommended No more than 108 credits are generally transferable to four-year

high school preparation is four years of mathematics, science institutions; minimum 90 required for AAOT degree and junior

and English. High school programming or computer applications standing.

courses should not be taken in place of other college prepara-

Notes

tory courses.

1. General education requirements vary from institu-

Prior to fall term registration, it is highly recommended that you

tion to institution. Student should consult with the

consult the MHCC Computer Science transfer program adviser

four-year school to which they plan to transfer for

or The Academic Advising and Counseling Center (see below).

specific general education requirements.

You should also make early contact with an adviser at the institu-

tion to which you plan to transfer. It is especially important to 2. The curriculum shown above consists of all of

do so because the requirements at each institution may vary by MHCC’s Computer Science courses, and some of the

Computer Science specialty. In addition, you will need to keep other math and science courses available at MHCC

abreast of any current changes in the program of your choice. It that are required during the first two years of a typical

is your responsibility as a student to learn the program require- pre-Computer Science curriculum. Not every course

ments from the school that you plan to attend. required by the various programs at different schools is

offered at MHCC.

The curriculum outline below consists of courses available for 3. Upon selection of a particular Computer science

students pursuing a typical baccalaureate degree in Computer discipline and a four-year Computer science school,

Science. Specific classes outside the major that are part of the students should review their planned curriculum with

associate degree are the responsibility of the student to select. the MHCC Computer Science adviser and an adviser at

It is highly recommended that you meet with the program their four-year school. This will ensure smooth transfer.

adviser prior to beginning your first term.

MHCC Advisers: (Engineering, Computer Science and Math-

Computer Science-related Curriculum

ematics Division)

First quarter David Todd, Ph.D. 503-491-7198 - Room AC 2783

CS161 Computer Science I ....................................................... 4 toddd@mhcc.edu

MTH251 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 The Academic Advising and Transfer Center 503-491-7315

PH211 General Physics with Calculus .................................... 5

WR121 English Composition ...................................................... 3

Disclaimer

16

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

Second Quarter intending to major in Computer Science. Specific requirements

CS162 Computer Science II ...................................................... 4 for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s

MTH252 Calculus II ......................................................................... 4 responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn

PH212 General Physics with Calculus II ................................ 5 the specific requirements of the transfer school.

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking .................... 3

16

Criminal Justice Administration

(Transfer Curriculum)



This curriculum is recommended for students interested in study-

ing criminal justice at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts-Or-

egon Transfer Degree, and transferring to a four-year college or

Fifth Quarter

GEOG106 World Regional Geography ......................................... 3 37

BI102 General Biology II ........................................................... 4

university to work toward a bachelor’s degree. Courses provide

CJA214 Introduction to Criminal Investigation ..................... 3

students with knowledge about the nature and causes of crime and

delinquency, law and the legal system in American society, and the PHL202 Fundamental Ethics ........................................................ 3

decision processes of criminal justice agencies. A criminal justice PSY239 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology ..................... 3

major is broadly educated and also provided with courses that 16

directly apply to careers in law and the justice system.

Sixth Quarter

Students from MHCC frequently transfer to Western Oregon

BI103 General Biology III ......................................................... 4

University to work toward a bachelor of arts degree in criminal

justice. The courses listed below have been selected in accor- CJA219 Introduction. to Community Policing ....................... 3

dance with an established articulation agreement with Western CJA123 Contemporary Issues In Criminal Justice ................ 3

Oregon University. WR227 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

PE185 Physical Education .......................................................... 1

However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree

may also transfer to other institutions, including Portland State PS201 American Government ................................................. 3

University. These institutions may require different courses within 17

the various areas of General Education requirements. Students MHCC Adviser: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts

interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after Division)

MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending

Chris Gorsek 503-491-7321 - Room AC 2675

and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

gorsekc@mhcc.edu

First Quarter

CJA111 Introduction to Criminal Justice: MHCC Program Web Link

Law Enforcement ....................................................... 3

http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_pro-

MTH111 Pre-Calculus I .................................................................. 4 grams_c/transfers/transfer_programs/criminal_justice/crimi-

MUS101 Music Fundamentals ....................................................... 3 nal_justice.htm

SOC204 General Sociology .......................................................... 3

WR121 English Composition ...................................................... 3

Transfer Schools’ Web Links

16

Portland State University - http://www.upa.pdx.edu/AJ/

Second Quarter Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/

CJA112 Intro. to Criminal Justice: The Court System ........ 3 criminaljusticedept.htm

SOC213 Race Relations in the U.S. ............................................ 3

ENG105 Introduction to Literature: Drama............................ 3 Disclaimer

MTH112 Pre-Calculus II ................................................................. 4

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking .................... 3 intending to major in Criminal Justice Administration. Specific

16 requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the

student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school

Third Quarter to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

ART115 Basic Design I ................................................................... 3

CJA113 Introduction to Criminal Justice:

The Corrections System ......................................... 3

GEOG107 Introduction to Cultural Geography......................... 3

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

TA106 Introduction to Theatre I ............................................. 3

PE185_ Physical Education .......................................................... 1

16

Fourth Quarter

BI101 General Biology I ............................................................ 4

CJA230 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process..... 3

HPE295 Health and Wellness for Life ....................................... 3

PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

CS161 Computer Science I ....................................................... 4

17

Education

Elementary/Secondary Education

(Transfer Curriculum)



38 The education transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Commu-

nity College is designed to closely follow the lower division educa-

tional requirements of the universities educational program.

MTH105 Intro to Contemporary Mathematics,

or above (for Secondary Education

Social Science, and Humanities majors) .............. 4

The courses listed fulfill both the AAOT associate degree as well MTH211, 212, 213 Fundamentals of Elementary Math I, II, III

as lower division course requirements or the baccalaureate degree (for Elementary Education majors) ...................... 9

in elementary or secondary education. MTH251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, II (for Secondary Education

Some colleges and universities have specific requirements beyond Mathematics majors) ............................................. 12

the list of recommended classes. Contact the education advisor at

Mt. Hood Community College for more detailed information. *** In terms of the AAOT degree, MTH211 is an elective

For information on elementary and secondary education at Mt. only and not eligible as a general education math distri-

Hood Community College, please call 503-491-7480. bution.



Education

Composition

ED200 Introduction to Education ............................................ 3

WR121, 122, 123 English Composition............................................ 9 ED209A/B Education Theory and Practicum (both) ................. 3

ED230 Educational Psychology ................................................. 3

Humanities ED260 Instructional Strategies ................................................. 3

ENG104, 105, 106 Literature .............................................................. 9

PHL201 Introduction to Philosophy ................................. 3 Computers

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 CS105 Computing Fundamentals or above....................... 1-4



Fine Arts

Transfer electives (see adviser)**** ...................... 0-5

ART115 Basic Design ..................................................................... 3

MUS101 Music Fundamentals or MUS105 Music

Total Credits ....................................................................................... 94-97

Appreciation ............................................................... 3

TA101 Appreciating Theatre..................................................... 3

**** The number of transfer electives needed to complete

the AAOT requirements vary because of the different

Health and Fitness curriculum requirements of each transfer major. Please

HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 see your adviser.

PE185 Physical Education Activity .......................................... 2

MHCC Adviser: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts)

Social Science Dave Shields 503-491-6965 - Room AC 2671

GEOG107 Intro to Cultural Geography or shieldsd.mhcc.edu

PS201 American Government or

SOC204 General Sociology ................................... 3 Disclaimer

HST110, 111, 112 World Civilizations or

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

HST201, 202, 203 History of the

intending to major in Education. Specific requirements for transfer

United States .............................................................. 9 will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility

PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific

PSY231 Human Development .................................................... 4 requirements of the transfer school.



Science*

BI101, 102 General Biology I, II ....................................................... 8

BI103 General Biology III (optional**) ................................. 4

GS104 Physical Science-Physics or

GS105 Physical Science-Chemistry or

GS106 Physical Science-Geology .......................... 4



* Science majors must take 200 level science sequence

classes.

** In terms of the AAOT degree, BI103 is optional for only

Elementary Education and Secondary Education - Math

majors.

Math***

Engineering

(Transfer Curriculum)



The Engineering Transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Com-

munity College is designed to closely follow the pre-engineering

program at Oregon State University and to meet the eligibility

Fourth Quarter

ENGR201 Electrical Fundamentals I .............................................. 5 39

ENGR211 Statics ................................................................................. 4

requirements of Portland State University’s School of Engineering

MTH254 Vector Calculus I ............................................................ 4

and other professional engineering schools. This is intended, spe-

cifically, for Civil, Electrical and Mechanical engineering majors. In PH211 General Physics with Calculus I .................................. 5

all cases, the transfer student must make application to the transfer 18

institution AND also the College (School) of Engineering. This is

not a MHCC Associate Degree program. Fifth Quarter

The MHCC curriculum has entry-level expectations of the student ENGR202 Electrical Fundamentals II............................................. 4

for skills in reading, writing, and mathematics. Prior to fall term ENGR213 Strength of Materials ..................................................... 4

registration, it is highly recommended that you consult the MHCC MTH256 Differential Equations .................................................... 4

engineering transfer program adviser or The Academic Advising PH212 General Physics with Calculus II ................................ 5

and Transfer Center (see below. You should also make early con- 17

tact with an advisor at the institution to which you plan to transfer.

It is especially important to do so, because the requirements at Sixth Quarter

each institution may very by engineering fired. In addition, you will ENGR212 Dynamics........................................................................... 4

need to keep abreast of any current changes in the program of your PH213 General Physics with Calculus III ............................... 5

choice. It is your responsibility as a student to learn the program

General Education Requirements .......................... 6-9

requirements from the school that you plan to attend.

The curriculum outline below consists of courses available for 15-18

students pursuing a typical baccalaureate degree in Engineering. A Total 101-104

bachelor’s degree in engineering prepares a student to plan, design,

and build projects in both private industry and the public sector, (Necessary to meet four-year college general education require-

with high income earning potential. The Associate of Arts Oregon ments.)

Transfer Degree is not recommended for this major. Additional

classes other than those listed below will be required to acquire Notes

an associate degree. 1. General education requirements vary from institution to

It is highly recommended that you meet with the MHCC institution. Student should consult with the four-year

program adviser prior to beginning your first term. school to which they plan to transfer for specific gen-

eral education requirements.

General Curriculum 2. The curriculum shown above consists of all of MHCC’s

Computer Science courses, and some of the other math

First Quarter Cr and science courses available at MHCC that are re-

GE101 Engineering Orientation ............................................... 4 quired during the first two years of a typical pre-Com-

puter Science curriculum. Not every course required by

MTH251 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4

the various programs at different schools is offered at

CH221 General Chemistry I ...................................................... 6 MHCC.

WR121 English Composition ...................................................... 3 3. Upon selection of a particular Computer science

16 discipline and a four-year Computer science school,

students should review their planned curriculum with

Second Quarter the MHCC Computer Science adviser and an adviser at

GE102 Engineering Computations........................................... 3 their four-year school. This will ensure smooth transfer.

MTH252 Calculus II ......................................................................... 4

CH222 General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5 MHCC Advisers: (Engineering, Computer Science and Math-

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 4 ematics Division)

General Education Requirements .............................. 3

Nikolene Schulz 503-491-7463 - Room AC 2581 or AC 2459

19 schulzn@mhcc.edu

Third Quarter For additional information:

GE115 Engineering Graphics ..................................................... 3 Engineering, Computer Science and Mathematics Division 503-

MTH253 Calculus III ........................................................................ 4 491-7292

General Education Requirements .............................. 9 The Academic Advising and Transfer Center 503-491-7315

16

Disclaimer

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

intending to major in Engineering. Specific requirements for trans-

fer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility

to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific

requirements of the transfer school.

Environmental Science

(Transfer Curriculum)



40 Environmental Science is designed to equip students with a general

understanding of the environmental challenges facing our world. It

is as interdisciplinary science that prepares students for positions

Sixth Quarter

BI213 Biology III ........................................................................... 5

EC203 Prnciples of Economics III.............................................. 3

in a variety of fields including environmental policy, natural resource

Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............ 3

management, pollution control, conservation, lobbying, environmental

education, and environmental communication. Humanities Requirement1 .......................................... 3

Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the re-

quirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from 17

MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science

in Environmental Science at Oregon Institute of Technology, Oregon 1

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) require-

State University, or University of Oregon. However, students from ments.

MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other

institutions. These institutions may require different courses within

the various areas of General Education requirements. Students MHCC Adviser: ( Science and Industrial Technology Division)

interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after

MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending Javid Mohtasham 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571

and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling. mohtashj@mhcc.edu



First Quarter MHCC Program Web Links

CH221 General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5

http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/

G201 Principles of Geology...................................................... 4

transfers/transfer_programs/enviro_science.htm

MTH251 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4

WR121 English Composition ....................................................... 3

16 Transfer Schools’ Web Links



Second Quarter Oregon Institute of Technology - http://www.oit.edu/index.

html?method=aes

CH222 General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5

Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/ES/

MTH252 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4

University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~ecostudy/

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3

Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................. 1

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Disclaimer

16 This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

intending to major in Environmental Studies. Specific requirements

Third Quarter for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s re-

CH223 General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 sponsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the

WR123 English Compositin: Research or specific requirements of the transfer school.

WR227 Technical Report Writing ........................... 3

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 6

Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3

17

Fourth Quarter

BI211 Biology I ............................................................................. 5

EC201 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ................................ 3

MTH243 Probability and Statistics I .............................................. 4

PH201 General Physics I.............................................................. 5

17

Fifth Quarter

BI212 Biology II ............................................................................ 5

EC202 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .............................. 3

MTH244 Statistics II ......................................................................... 4

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

15

Fine Arts

(Transfer Curriculum)



The Mt. Hood Community College Fine Arts Department prepares

students for entrance into Visual Arts programs at four-year colleges,

universities, and art institutes for the completion of a Bachelors of

MHCC Advisers: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts

Division) 41

Mary Girsch 503-491-7416 - Room VA 30

Arts/Fine Arts. MHCC art courses are designed to fulfill typical

girschm@mhcc.edu

humanities elective requirements of such schools, and as major

requirements for the art major transfer degrees. The University of Stephen Mickey 503-491-7149 - Room VA 30

Oregon, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern mickeys@mhcc.edu

Oregon University, Marylhurst University, Pacific Northwest College Howard Neufeld 503-491-6967 - Room VA 30

of Art, Oregon College of Arts and Crafts are typical schools to which neufeldh@mhcc.edu

many interested students transfer. Tamsie Ringler 503-491-6968 - Room VA 30

Students interested in completing a fine arts degree, are encouraged ringlert@mhcc.edu

to work toward a transfer degree or emphasize a direct transfer of Georganne Watters 503-491-6947 - Room VA 30

credits from MHCC. MHCC Visual Arts courses generally transfer wattersg@mhcc.edu

to most Oregon four-year educational institutions. However, it is

highly recommended that students contact their transfer institution

Transfer Schools’ Web Links

of choice immediately to begin the process of degree planning and

to fulfill requirements for application and acceptance. MHCC art Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/arts/

faculty and advising staff will assist students in communicating with Portland State University - http://www.art.pdx.edu/

transfer institutions and assessing methods for meeting the school’s Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/art.shtml

requirements. University of Oregon - http://art-uo.uoregon.edu/

Marylhurst University - http://www.marylhurst.edu/attend/under-

DIRECT TRANSFER grad/fna-art.html

First year Pacific Northwest College of Art - http://www.pnca.edu/bfa/index.

Foundation courses php

Oregon College of Arts and Crafts - http://www.ocac.edu

(27 credits)

Basic Design ART115, ART116, ART117

Art History ART201, ART202, ART203 Disclaimer

Drawing ART231, ART232, ART233 This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

intending to major in Fine Arts. Specific requirements for transfer

will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to

Elective courses

contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific require-

Choose 6-9 credits of the following courses: ments of the transfer school.

Digital Art ART225, ART226, ART227

Drawing: Cartooning ART240, ART241

Ceramics I, II, III ART254, ART255, ART256

Jewelrymaking I, II, III ART257, ART258, ART259

Printmaking I, II, III ART271, ART272, ART273

Painting I, II, III ART281, ART282, ART283

Sculpture: Beginning ART288, ART291

Watercolor I, II, III ART294, ART295, ART199WC





Second year

Foundation courses

(9 credits)

Life Drawing ART234, ART235, ART236



Elective courses

Choose 18-24 credits of the following courses:

Ceramics I, II, III ART254, ART255, ART256

Jewelrymaking I, II, III ART257, ART258, ART259

Printmaking I, II, III ART271, ART272, ART273

Painting I, II, III ART281, ART282, ART283

Sculpture: Beginning ART288, ART291

Watercolor I, II, III ART294, ART295, ART199WC

Fish and Wildlife Science

(Transfer Curriculum)



42 Fish and Wildlife Science is a diverse field of study devoted to ex-

amining our natural resources and the effect of human impact. It

provides individuals with the knowledge necessary to address issues

Fifth Quarter

BI212 Biology II ............................................................................ 5

CH242 Organic Chemistry I ....................................................... 5

of conservation, sustainable use and ecosystem restoration.

FW255 Wildlife Techniques .......................................................... 2

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require- G202 Principles of Geology...................................................... 4

ments for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in Fish

and Wildlife Science at Oregon State University. However, students 19

from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to Sixth Quarter

other institutions. These institutions may require different courses

BI213 Biology III ........................................................................... 5

within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students

interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MTH244 Statistics II ......................................................................... 4

MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending G203 Principles of Geology...................................................... 4

and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling. Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

First Quarter 19

CH104 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry I

or CH221 General Chemistry I .............................. 5

MTH251 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4

1

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) require-

ments.

WR121 English Composition ....................................................... 3

Social Sciences Requirements1 ................................... 6

18 MHCC Advisers: (Science and Industrial Technology Division)

Second Quarter Fisheries:

CH105 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry II Tom Worcester 503-491-7330 Room AC 2570

or CH222 General Chemistry II............................. 5 worcestt@mhcc.edu

FW251 Principles of Wildlife Conservation ............................. 3 Todd Hanna 503-491-7163 - Room AC 2588

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 hannat@mhcc.edu

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Wildlife:

Social Science Requirement1 ...................................... 3 Dr. Walter Shriner 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591

17 shrinerw@mhcc.edu

Third Quarter

CH106 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry III MHCC Program Web Links

or CH223 General Chemistry III ........................... 5 http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/

WR123 English Composition: Research .................................... 3 transfers/transfer_programs/fisheries.htm

Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................. 1

Health and Physical Education Requirement1 .......... 3

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Transfer Schools’ Web Links

Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3 Oregon State University - http://fw.oregonstate.edu

18

(Optional Summer Quarter) Disclaimer

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

3 intending to major in Fish and Wildlife Science. Specific require-

ments for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s

Fourth Quarter responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the

BI211 Biology I ............................................................................. 5 specific requirements of the transfer school.

CH241 Organic Chemistry I ....................................................... 5

G201 Principles of Geology...................................................... 4

MTH243 Probability and Statistics I .............................................. 4

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking............................... (3)

18-21

Forest Resources

(Transfer curriculum)



Opportunities to study Forest Management, Forest Engineering,

Forest Recreation, Natural Resources or Forest Products exist at

many universities throughout the United States and Canada. Specific

43

requirements for transfer will vary from institution to institution,

but in general, most programs require a year of Biology, a year of

Chemistry and Mathematics through Calculus. In addition, most

programs offer a Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree, so taking only

those courses that transfer is usually more cost and time efficient

than pursing an Associate of Arts degree.



The following is a transfer guide for Forest Management at Oregon

State University

F111 Introduction to Natural Resources1 .......................... 3

F112 Computer Applications in Forestry2 ......................... 3

F141 Tree and Shrub Identification3 .................................... 3

F240 Forest Biology and Ecology4 ........................................ 4

FT122 Forest Measurements I5 ............................................... 3

FT222 Forest Measurements II5 ............................................... 4

FT220 Aerial Photointerpretation5 ......................................... 3

FT235 Outdoor Recreation6 .................................................... 3

FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems7 .. 3

BI211 Biology I8 .......................................................................... 5

BI212 Biology II8 ......................................................................... 5

BI213 Biology III8 ....................................................................... 5

CH104, General, Organic and

Biological Chemistry I9 ............................................ 5

CH105 General, Organic and

Biological Chemistry II9 ............................................ 5

CH106 General, Organic and

Biological Chemistry III9 ........................................ 5



Equivalent to OSU Requirements as follows for the Forest Manage-

ment degree.

1

FOR111 Introduction to Forestry

2

FOR112 Forestry Computer Applications

3

FOR141 Tree and Shrub Identification

4

FOR240 Forest Biology

5

FOR220 Aerial Photointerpretation & Forest Measurements (in

combination)

6

GEO265 Geographic Information Systems

7

FOR251 Recreation Resource Management

8

BI211, 212, 213 Principles of Biology I, II, III

9

CH121, 122, 123 General Chemistry





MHCC Adviser: (Science and Industrial Technology Division)

Joan Caldwell 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569

caldwelj@mhcc.edu



Disclaimer

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students.

Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is

the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school

to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

Geography

(Transfer Curriculum)



44 This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying

geography at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts – Oregon Transfer

Degree and transferring to a four-year college or university to work

Sixth Quarter

BI103 General Biology III........................................................... 4

HST112 World Civilizations: 1800 AD to Present ................... 3

towards a bachelor’s degree. Courses provide students with general

PE185 Physical Education ........................................................... 1

theoretical knowledge of the field of geography, as well as the ability

to work as a field researcher or a computer map technician (using PS205 International Relations ................................................... 3

GIS – a Geographic Information System). WR227 Technical Report Writing ............................................... 3

Many of our students transfer to such schools as Portland State 14

University, the University of Oregon and Oregon State University.

However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree MHCC Adviser: (Social Sciences, Performing and Visual Arts)

may also transfer to other institutions of their choosing. These

institutions may require different courses within the various General Chris Gorsek 503-491-7321 - Room AC 2675

Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to any gorsekc@mhcc.edu

four-year college or university after attending MHCC should consult

with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office MHCC Program Web Links

of Advising and Counseling.

http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/

First Quarter transfers/transfer_programs/geography/geography.htm

ART201 Introduction to the History of Art .............................. 3

GEOG105 Introduction to Physical Geography ............................ 3

Professional Association and Transfer Schools’ Web Links

MTH111 Pre-Calculus I ................................................................... 4

SOC204 General Sociology ........................................................... 3 Association of American Geographers - http://www.aag.org/

WR121 English Composition ....................................................... 3 Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/geography.

html

16 Portland State University - http://geogres.pdx.edu/

Second Quarter University of Oregon - http://geography.uoregon.edu/

ART202 Introduction to the History of Art .............................. 3

CS105/L Computing Fundamentals .............................................. 4 Disclaimer

GEOG106 Introduction to World Regional Geography ............ 3

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

MTH112 Pre-Calculus II .................................................................. 4 intending to major in Geography. Specific requirements for transfer

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to

17 contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific require-

ments of the transfer school.

Third Quarter

ART203 Introduction to the History of Art .............................. 3

ART261 Photography I ................................................................... 3

GEOG107 Introduction to Cultural Geography .......................... 3

GEOG180 Map Reading and Interpretation................................... 3

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3

15

Fourth Quarter

BI101 General Biology I ............................................................. 4

FT226 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping ............................ 3

GEOG206 Geography of Oregon .................................................... 3

HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life............................................. 3

HST 110 World Civilizations: Ancient World – 1000 AD ....... 3

16

Fifth Quarter

BI102 General Biology II ............................................................ 4

FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ... 3

GEOG214 Geography of Mexico and Central America .............. 3

GEOG290 Environmental Problems ................................................ 3

HST111 World Civilizations: 1000 AD – 1800 AD .................. 3

16

Geology

(Transfer Curriculum)



Geology is the science discipline that seeks to describe, classify and

analyze the earth’s physical and chemical characteristics and catalog

the history of earth and its life forms. It is deeply concerned with

Sixth Quarter

G203 Principles of Geology...................................................... 4 45

PH203 General Physics III or

the ties between the nature of our physical environment and the

PH213 General Physics with Calculus III .............. 5

quality of human life.

Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............. 3

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require- Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

ments for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in

Geology at Oregon State University, Portland State University, South- 18

ern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students

from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to 1

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) require-

other institutions. These institutions may require different courses ments.

within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students

interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after

MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending MHCC Adviser: (Science and Industrial Technology Division)

and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

Rick Bolesta 503-491-7361 - Room AC 2564

First Quarter bolestar@mhcc.edu

CH221 General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5

MTH251 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 MHCC Program Web Links

WR121 English Composition ....................................................... 3 http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 transfers/transfer_programs/geology.htm

Social Science Requirement1 ........................................ 3

18 Transfer Schools’ Web Links

Second Quarter Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/geosci-

CH222 General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5 ences/

MTH252 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 Portland State University - -http://www.geol.pdx.edu/

WR22 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/geology.shtml

Social Science Requirements1 ..................................... 3 University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~dogsci/

15

Third Quarter Disclaimer

CH223 General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

MTH253 Calculus III ......................................................................... 4 intending to major in Geology. Specific requirements for transfer

WR123 English Composition: Research or will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to

contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific require-

WR227 Technical Report Writing ........................... 3

ments of the transfer school.

Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

18

Fourth Quarter

G201 Principles of Geology...................................................... 4

MTH254 Vector Calculus I.............................................................. 4

PH201 General Physics I or

PH211 General Physics with Calculus I................. 5

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3

Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................... 1

17

Fifth Quarter

G202 Principles of Geology...................................................... 4

PH202 General Physics II or

PH212 General Physics with Calculus II ............... 5

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

Social Science Requirements1 ...................................... 3

15

Hospitality and Tourism Management

(Transfer Curriculum)



46 The Mt. Hood Community College Hospitality and Tourism Pro-

gram offers tremendous opportunities to the student who might

be interested in a 4-year degree transfer program. Students have

Sixth Quarter (Winter)

HT160 Hotel/Resort Operations Management...................... 3

HT170 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Controls ................. 3

transferred to numerous colleges and universities in programs rang-

BA212 Principles of Accounting II ............................................. 3

ing from Hotel/Resort Management, Restaurant and Foodservice

Management,Travel and Tourism Operations, Convention and Meet- CS125HTF Beginning HTML .............................................................. 1

ings Management, and Recreation and Leisure Management. Active EC201 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ................................ 3

transfer agreements exist with the Portland State University School GEOG105 Introduction to Physical Geography ............................ 3

of Business, Southern Oregon State University, University of Nevada- 16

Las Vegas, United States International University - San Diego, Hawaii

Pacific University, and Sierra Nevada College in Lake Tahoe. Seventh Quarter (Spring)

HT230 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ........................................ 3

The following curriculum is designed for the PSU, School of Business BA205 Business Communications ............................................. 4

Administration transfer. BA213 Principles of Accounting III ............................................ 4

BA231 Information Technology in Business ............................ 4

First Quarter (Fall) EC202 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .............................. 3

HT104 Introduction to Travel and Tourism.............................. 3 18

HT106 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry .................... 3

HT140 Travel and Tourism Geography ..................................... 3 Eight Quarter (Summer)

MTH243 Probability and Statistics I .............................................. 4 WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ............................... 4

WR121 English Composition ....................................................... 3 EC203 Principles of Economics III (optional1) ........................ 3

16

1

Students may take course during the summer or wait and take an

Second Quarter (Winter) upper division course after transfer.

HT41 Customer Service Management ................................... 3

HT240 Convention and Meetings Management ..................... 3

MHCC Advisers: (Business, Computer Technology and Media

CS105 Computing Fundamentals .............................................. 3 Arts Division)

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab ...................................... 3

MTH244 Statistics II ......................................................................... 4 Court Carrier 503-491-7486 - Room AC 2665

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 carrierc.mhcc.edu

Larkin Franks 503-491-7666 - Room AC 2664

17

franksl.mhcc.edu

Third Quarter (Spring)

HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Disclaimer

Concepts to Customers ........................................... 3

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students.

HT181 Computer Applications for the Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school.

Hospitality Industry or It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer

HT180_ Airline Computer Reservations school to learn the specific requirements for the transfer school.

System Training ............................................................ 3

HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life............................................. 3

BA101 Introduction to Business ................................................ 4

PSY201 General Psychology......................................................... 3

16

Fourth Quarter (Summer)

WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ............................... 4

Fifth Quarter (Fall)

HT204 International Hospitality and Tourism ......................... 3

HT205 Travel and Tourism Marketing ....................................... 3

HT242 Supervisory Management for the

Hospitality Industry.................................................... 3

HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing ..................................... 3

BA211 Principles of Accounting I .............................................. 4

CSX30IN Beginning Internet ........................................................... 1

17

Journalism

(Transfer Curriculum)



This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying

journalism at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer

Degree, and transferring to a four-year college or university to work

Fifth Quarter

J215B Publications Lab ................................................................ 2 47

BI102 General Biology II ............................................................. 4

toward a bachelor’s degree in journalism. This is not a degree in

EC202 Principles of Economics II (Macro) ............................... 3

journalism.

HST202 History of the United States .......................................... 3

Students from MHCC most often transfer to the University of Or- WR248 Strategies for Revision: Advanced

egon to work toward a bachelor of arts/science degree in journalism. Professional Writing ................................................... 3

The courses listed below have been selected with the University of 15

Oregon program in mind as part of current articulation agreement

Sixth Quarter

discussions.

J202 Information Gathering ..................................................... 4

However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree in J215B Publications Lab ................................................................ 2

journalism, communications or new media also transfer to other

HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life .............................................. 3

institutions, including Southern Oregon University, University of

Portland, Oregon State University, Washington State University, SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking. .................................. 3

the University of Washington and Marylhurst University. These Lab Science Course2 ...................................................... 4

institutions may require different courses within the various areas of 16

General Education requirements. 1

The humanities literature course requirement may be satisfied with any

Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university of the following: FA257-258, ENG104-106, ENG107-109, ENG202-203,

after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending ENG204-206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG222, ENG253-255.

and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling. 2

The lab science course requirement may be satisfied with any of the

following: CH104-106, CH151, CH170, CH221-223, G143, G201-203,

Pre-Fall Quarter (First and Second Year) GS104-106, PH201-203, PH211-213.

J215B Publications Lab ................................................................ 2 Work Readiness Courses

This special session is required for journalism majors. It runs from 9

a.m. to 3 p.m. for 2 1/2 weeks just prior to the start of fall quarter. See This set of courses are for students who want to directly enter the

fall course schedule for exact dates. The course includes rientation workforce upon graduation from MHCC and do not intend to im-

sessions, skill-building drills and production of the first newspaper mediately transfer.

of the year. The following additional courses, when taken within the journalism

AAOT, are intended to provide the student with the complete skill set

First Quarter Cr necessary to work in a journalism field upon graduation from MHCC.

J211 Introduction to Mass Communication ......................... 3 They DO NOT SUBSTITUTE for the degree requirements listed

J215A Publications Lab ................................................................ 1 above but can be taken in addition to ensure work readiness. These

J216 Reporting I ......................................................................... 3 courses should be taken in the term indicated to ensure sequencing

J226 Introduction to Journalism Production ...................... 2 and course availability and will displace some of the general education

CS125QRK Quark XPress for Journalism ................................ 1 courses in the above curriculum. These general education courses

Humanities Literature course1 ...................................... 3 can be taken during a summer session as a seventh quarter option.

Students interested in pursuing these courses should consult with an

13 advisor to assist them with class scheduling.

Second Quarter

ART261 Photography I (Fall quarter, 1st year)..................................... 3

J215A Publications Lab ................................................................ 1

PHO146 Introduction to Photo Shop (Spring quarter, 1st year) .... 2

J217 Reporting II ........................................................................ 3

J134 Introduction to Photo Journalism (Fall quarter, 2nd year) ...... 3

PH122 General Astronomy ......................................................... 3

J205 Public Relations (Winter quarter, 2nd year ) .............................. 3

WR121 English Composition. ....................................................... 3

J225 Advertising (Winter quarter 1st year) ......................................... 3

Humanities Literature course1....................................... 3

13

MHCC Advisers: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts )

Third Quarter

J215A Publications Lab ................................................................ 1 Bob Watkins 503-491-7413 - Room AC 1383

J218 Copyediting ....................................................................... 3 watkinsb@mhcc.edu

MTH111 Pre Calculus I: Elementary Functions .......................... 4 Russ Kendall 503-491-7354 - Room AC 1384

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 kendallr@mhcc.edu

WR226 Creative Expository Writing ......................................... 3 MHCC Program Web Link

WR227 Technical Report Writing ............................................... 3 http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/catalog.programs/journl

17 Transfer Schools’ Web Links

Fourth Quarter University of Oregon - http://jcomm.uoregon.edu

J204 Visual Communication ................................................... 4 Disclaimer

J215B Publications Lab ............................................................... 2

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

BI101 General Biology I .............................................................. 4

intending to major in Journalism. Specific requirements for transfer

EC201 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ................................. 3 will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to

HST201 History of the United States .......................................... 3 contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific require-

16 ments of the transfer school.

Physics

(Transfer Curriculum)



48 Physics is the study of the structure and organization of the universe.

It encompasses the observation of forces and matter, of motion, of

cause and effect, and of the intrinsic properties of space and time.

Sixth Quarter

PH213 General Physics with Calculus III ................................. 5

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

Physics analyzes these concepts in detail and uses them to synthesize

Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............... 3

models of complex phenomena.

Humanities Requirement1 .............................................. 3

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require- Social Science Requirement1 ......................................... 3

ments for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC

and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in 17

Physics at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University,

Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University 1

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) require-

of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate ments.

degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions

may require different courses within the various areas of General

Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a MHCC Adviser: (Science and Industrial Technology Division)

four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with

the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of David Faust 503-491-7358 - Room AC 2568

Advising and Counseling. faustd@mhcc.edu



MHCC Program Web Links

First Quarter

http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/

CH221 General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5

transfers/transfer_programs/physics.htm

MTH251 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4

WR121 English Composition ....................................................... 3

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Transfer Schools’ Web Links

15 Eastern Oregon University - http://physics.eou.edu/

Oregon State University - http://www.physics.orst.edu/

Second Quarter Portland State University - http://physics.pdx.edu/

CH222 General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5 Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/physengineer.

MTH252 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 shtml

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 University of Oregon - http://physics.uoregon.edu/

Social Science Requirements1 ................................... 3

15

Third Quarter Disclaimer

CH223 General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

MTH253 Calculus III ......................................................................... 4 intending to major in Physics. Specific requirements for transfer will

WR123 English Composition: Research or vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact

their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements

WR227 Technical Report Writing ........................... 3

of the transfer school.

Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................. 1

Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

16

Fourth Quarter

MTH254 Vector Calculus I.............................................................. 4

PH211 General Physics with Calculus I ................................... 5

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3

15

Fifth Quarter

MTH256 Differential Equations ..................................................... 4

PH212 General Physics with Calculus II .................................. 5

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

Social Science Requirements1 ...................................... 3

15

Political Science

(Transfer Curriculum)



Many students think political science is “dry,” “boring”, and uninter-

esting. NOTHING could be further from the truth. Think of it this

way. If someone told you that your new neighbor has the power to

Fifth Quarter

BI101 General Biology I ............................................................. 4 49

PHL203 Elementary Logic ............................................................. 3

decide when you work, how much you are paid, what is in your food,

SP112 Persuasive Speech ............................................................ 3

the air you breath, the water you drink’ which music, films, books,

and magazines are available to you; whether or not the calories or PS203 State and Local Government ........................................ 3

ingredients are listed on what you consume; whether your fast food SOC206 General Sociology ........................................................... 3

burger has rat hair in it or not; with whom you are allowed to have 16

relations and where; what you can and can’t say; and what you can

and can’t do in which places at what time; and is able to tell you Sixth Quarter

to some degree where you can and can’t go, - wouldn’t you be GS106 Physical Science - Geology ............................................ 4

the least bit curious in meting this person? Add to that, the SP114 Argument and Critical Discourse ................................ 3

change not only to understand this neighbor, but learn what makes PS105 Global Issues ..................................................................... 3

this person tick, how to persuade this person, and how to learn to PS205 International Relations ................................................... 3

live with this person and you have only an inkling of what political Health and Physical Education Requirement2 .......... 3

science is like. HERE’S WHAT STUDENTS SAY: I feel more

powerful now knowing what I know; it changed my life; it was fun! Never 16

had a desire to skip (class).

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the re- 1

Elective requirements may be satisfied with any courses at a 100

quirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from level or above, but students should check with the four-year institu-

MHCC and prepares a student for pursuing a Bachelor of Arts in tion to ensure transferabiltiy. Other political science courses can

Political Science. also be taken: PS200 American Foreign Policy and World Order,

PS241 Political Terrorism, PS242 The U.S. Intelligence System, PS297

The following is ONLY A SUGGESTION. Students should contact Introduction to Environmental Politics. Majors should also take

their institution of transfer for the best classes to take. PS298 Political Science Research, a self-designed research project (1

First Quarter credit) OR WE280PSA Internship/Work Experience in a community

organization (3 credits).

MTH105 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics or

MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ... 4

2

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) require-

HST203 History of the United States ......................................... 3 ments.

PS200 Introduction to Political Science .................................. 3

WR121 English Composition ....................................................... 3 MHCC Adviser: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts Divi-

Elective1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 sion)

16 Janet Campbell 503-491-7430 - Room AC 2677

Second Quarter campbelj@mhcc.edu

ANTH103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ...................... 3

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 MHCC Program Web Link

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/

PS201 American Government .................................................. 3 ss_perform_va/social_science/poli_sci/main.htm

HST112 World Civilizations: Modern World ............................ 3

15 Transfer Schools’ Web Links

Third Quarter Portland State University - http://www.pdx.edu/

CS105/L Computing Fundamentals .............................................. 4 University of Oregon - http://www.law.uoregon.edu/

SOC204 General Sociology ........................................................... 3

WR123 English Composition: Research .................................... 3

PS104 Problems in American Politics ...................................... 3 Disclaimer

PHL201 Introduction to Philosophy............................................ 3 This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

16 intending to major in Political Science. Specific requirements for

transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsi-

Fourth Quarter bility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific

EC201 Principles of Economics (Micro) .................................. 3 requirements of the transfer school.

GS105 Physical Science - Chemistry ........................................ 4

SOC205 General Sociology ........................................................... 3

PS225 Political Ideologies or

PS204 Comparative Politics ..................................... 3

PSY201 General Psychology......................................................... 3

16

Pre-Law

(Transfer Curriculum)



50 This curriculum follows suggestions of the Association of American

Law Schools for students contemplating the study of law. The re-

quired skills include, language, critical thinking, and a broad liberal

Sixth Quarter

GS106

SP114

Physical Science-Geology ............................................... 4

Argument and Critical Discourse ................................ 3

arts background. In addition, completion of these courses fulfills

the degree requirements for the Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer Health and Physical Education Requirement3 ..........

3

degree which provides junior standing at all of the Oregon Uni- Language requirement2 ................................................. 3

versity System schools. However, students from MHCC seeking a

baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These Elective1 ............................................................................ 3

institutions may require different courses within the various areas of 16

General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring

to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with

the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of 1 Elective requirements may be satisfied with any of the following

Advising and Counseling. courses: BA211, BA226, CJA112, CJA211-213, EC202, ENG104-

First Quarter 106, ENG107-109, ENG201-203, ENG204-206, ENG212, ENG214,

HST203 History of the United States ......................................... 3 ENG222, ENG253-255, HST112, HST201-202, PHL208, PS201, PS203,

MTH105 Introduction to Contemporary Math or PS205, PS225, SOC206, SP221.

MTH111Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions .... 4 2

Language requirements may be satisfied with the following course

PS200 Introduction to Political Science .................................. 3 sequences: FR101-103, SPAN101-103.

WR121 English Composition ....................................................... 3 3

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree requirements.

Elective ............................................................................ 3

1





16

Second Quarter

MHCC Advisers: (Social Science, Performing and

Visual Arts)

PSY201 General Psychology......................................................... 3

Janet Campbell 503-491-7430 - Room AC 2677

SP111 Fundamentals of Publ ic Speaking ................................ 3

campbelj@mhcc.edu

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3

Sarah Boone 503-491-7228 - Academic Advising and Transfer

Electives1 ......................................................................... 6 Center

15 boones@mhcc.edu

Third Quarter

CS105 Computing Fundamentals .............................................. 4 MHCC Program Web Link

SOC204 General Sociology ........................................................... 3 http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/

WR123 English Comp./Research ................................................. 3 transfers/transfer_programs/law.htm

Electives1 .......................................................................... 6

16 Transfer Schools’ Web Links



Fourth Quarter University of Oregon - http://www.law.uoregon.edu/



EC201 Principles of Economics I ............................................... 3

GS105 Physical Science-Chemistry ........................................... 4 Disclaimer



PHL202 Fundamental Ethics ......................................................... 3 This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

intending to major in Pre-Law. Specific requirements for transfer

Language requirement2 .................... 3 will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to

Elective1 .......................................................................... 3 contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific require-

16 ments of the transfer school.



Fifth Quarter

BI101 General Biology I ............................................................. 4

PH203 Elementary Logic ............................................................. 3

SP112 Persuasive Speech ............................................................ 3

Language requirement2 ................................................. 3

Elective1 ........................................................................... 3

16

Pre-Professional (Medicine, Dentistry,

Pharmacy, Veterinary Medicine)

(Transfer Curriculum)



Many students plan to seek admission to health-related profes-

sional schools that provide advanced degrees in specialties such as

medicine, dentistry, pharmacy and veterinary medicine. The Division

Sixth Quarter

CH243 Organic Chemistry II2 ................................................. 5 51

PH203 General Physics III ........................................................... 5

of Science and Industrial Technology provides a complete array of

Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............. 3

courses that are required by professional schools for admittance.

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require- Social Science Requirement1 ..................................... 3

ments for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC

and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in 19

the Biological Sciences at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State

University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, 1

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) require-

or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a ments.

baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These

institutions may require different courses within the various areas of

2

This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry require-

General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring ment at colleges and universities. With an acceptable score on the

to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with ACS National Exam and a minimum of a C” or better in each course,

the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits of 300-level coursework

Advising and Counseling. to all OUS schools.



First Quarter

BI211 Biology I ............................................................................. 5 MHCC Advisers: (Science and Industrial Technology Division)

CH221 General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 Pre-Medicine: Susan Landesman 503-491-7335 - Room AC 2589

MTH251 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 landesms@mhcc.edu

WR121 English Composition ....................................................... 3 Pre-Veterinarian: Lee Mitchell 503-491-7441 - Room AC 2595

17 mitchell@mhcc.edu

Pre-Pharmacy: Dr. Joyce Sherpa 503-491-7443 - Room AC 2565

Second Quarter sherpaj@mhcc.edu

BI212 Biology II ............................................................................ 5 Pre-Dental: Ron Froelich 503 - 491-7439 - Room AC 2666

CH222 General Chemistry II ...................................................... 5 froelicr@mhcc.edu

MTH252 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3

MHCC Program Web Links

Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................. 1

Medicine: http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_

18

programs_c/transfers/transfer_programs/medicine/pre_med.htm

Third Quarter Dental: http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_pro-

BI213 Biology III ........................................................................... 5 grams_c/transfers/transfer_programs/dental.htm

CH223 General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 Pharmacy: http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_

WR123 English Composition: Research .................................... 3 programs_c/transfers/transfer_programs/pharmacy.htm

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

Veterinary Medicine: http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/

Social Sciences Requirement1 ...................................... 3

classes_programs_c/transfers/transfer_programs/vet_med.htm

19

Fourth Quarter Transfer Schools’ Web Links

CH241 Organic Chemistry I2 ..................................................... 5

PH201 General Physics I.............................................................. 5 Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/%7Ejrinehar/

biodept.htm

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3

Oregon Health and Science Univ. - http://www.ohsu.edu/aca-

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

demic/

Social Science Requirement1 ........................................ 3

Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/majors.

19 html

Fifth Quarter Portland State University - http://www.bio.pdx.edu/ and http://www.

pdx.edu/ugradlibarts.phtml

CH242 Organic Chemistry II2 ................................................... 5

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/biology.shtml

PH202 General Physics II ............................................................ 5

University of Oregon - http://biology.uoregon.edu/

Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

Social Science Requirement1 ........................................ 6

Disclaimer

19

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students in-

tending to major in Biological Sciences in pre-professional preparation.

Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is

the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school

to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

Psychology

(Transfer Curriculum)



52 The discipline of psychology encompasses the scientific study of

behavior and mental (cognitive) processes. Whereas psychology, as

all social science, is interdisciplinary, its primary focus is on individual

Sixth Quarter

BI103 General Biology III........................................................... 4

Health and Physical Education Requirement4............ 3

behavior and includes the study of both genetic and environmental

Humanities elective3........................................................ 3

influences.

Social Science electives2 ................................................. 6

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require-

16

ments for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC

and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Arts

in Psychology at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon Institute of 1

Language requirements may be satisfied with the following course

Technology, Oregon State University, Portland State University, sequences: FR101-103, GER101-103, JPN101-103, SPAN101-103

Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon or Western

Oregon University. However, students from MHCC seeking a

2

Social science elective requirements can be fulfilled by any of the

baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These following courses:ANTH101-103, PS200 or any PS course that fulfills

institutions may require different courses within the various areas of AAOT requirements, PSY101, PSY151, PSY214, PSY216, PSY237,

General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring PSY239, SOC204-206.

to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with 3

Humanities elective requirements can be fulfilled by any of the

the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of following courses: PHL201-203, SP112, SP114, R210, ENG104

Advising and Counseling. 4

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree requirements.





First Quarter MHCC Adviser: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab ...................................... 1 Division)e

PSY201 General Psychology......................................................... 3 Larry Wise 503-491-7308 - Room AC 2673

WR121 English Composition ....................................................... 3 wisel@mhcc.edu

Humanities elective3........................................................ 3

Language requirement1 ................................................... 3

Social science elective2 ................................................... 3 MHCC Program Web Link

16 http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/

transfers/transfer_programs/psychology/psychology.htm

Second Quarter

MTH105 Introduction to Contemporary Math or Transfer Schools’ Web Links

MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary

Functions ...................................................................... 4 Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/psych/

PSY202 General Psychology......................................................... 3 Oregon Institute of Technology - http://www.oit.edu/index.

html?method=psy

WR121 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3

Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/psychol-

Language requirement1 ................................................... 3

ogy/

Social Science elective2 ................................................... 3

Portland State University - http://www.psy.pdx.edu/

16 Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/psych.shtml

Third Quarter University of Oregon - http://psychweb.uoregon.edu/

PSY203 General Psychology......................................................... 3 Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/

psych/

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3

WR123 English Composition: Research .................................... 3

Language requirement2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Disclaimer

Social Science elective2 ................................................... 3 This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students

15 intending to major in psychology. Specific requirements for transfer

will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to

Fourth Quarter contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific require-

BI101 General Biology I ............................................................. 4 ments of the transfer school.

MTH243 Probability and Statistics I .............................................. 4

Humanities electives3 ...................................................... 6

14

Fifth Quarter

BI102 General Biology II ............................................................ 4

MTH244 Statistics II ......................................................................... 4

Social Science electives2 ................................................. 6

14

Professional-Technical Education

Program Description

Mt. Hood Community College offers selected professional technical

Occupational Extension Programs and Courses

In addition to the regular professional and technical associate degree 53

education curricula designed to prepare students for gainful employ- and certificate programs designed to prepare students for entry

ment. The professional-technical programs serve the community by into occupational careers, Mt. Hood Community College offers

providing business, industry and the trades with workers who have occupational extension programs. The purpose of these programs

learned basic skills and competencies. is to develop the abilities, skills and attitudes needed to achieve

The objectives of professional-technical education at Mt. Hood employment stability or advancement.

Community College are: Students enrolled in regular preparatory programs may apply oc-

• To provide pre-employment instruction in the development of cupational extension courses toward their major upon consent and

manipulative skills and technical knowledge, including emphasis approval of their program adviser. However, occupational extension

on health, safety, job orientation, business standards and eth- programs are not financial aid eligible.

ics, customer relations, human relations in industry, and the The following occupational extension programs and courses are

responsibilities of citizenship. offered:

• To assist those in need of retraining and readjustment by

providing professional-technical offerings to meet changing Central Service Tecnician ........................................ Call 503-491-7113

industrial conditions. Certified Travel Associate ........................................ Call 503-491-7666

• To provide apprenticeship and other skills, technical knowledge, Certified Travel Counselor ..................................... Call 503-491-7666

safety and employer-employee relations for those already Emergency Medical Technician (EMT)................... Call 503-491-7113

employed in industry. Nursing Assistant....................................................... Call 503-491-7113

• To provide professional-technical education students with the Phlebotomy ........................................................ Call 503-491-7506

opportunity to extend their educational achievements through

participation in a program leading to an associate degree. R.N. Surgical Orientation......................................... Call 503-491-7113

• To contribute to the welfare of the community by providing R.N./L.P.N. Refresher................................................. Call 503-491-7113

conscientious, productive, intelligent workers.

There are two basic types of professional-technical programs of- Apprenticeship

fered by MHCC: Mt. Hood Community College works in cooperation with the state

Apprenticeship Council and the following Apprenticeship Training

The ASSOCIATE of APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE program provides Committees:

two years of specialized education designed to prepare the student Brickmasons/Tilesetters

for career entry:

Cement Masons

The CERTIFICATE programs are occupation-oriented programs of Glaziers, Architectural Metal and Glass Workers

shorter duration than the associate degree program. IAM

Selected transfer courses may be substituted for general education Pacific Inside Electrical

requirements in many professional-technical associate degree or Plumbers/Fitters and Marine Metal Trades

certificate programs. All transfer course substitutions must be ap- Sheet Metal

proved by the appropriate associate dean.

Professional-technical programs that include general, For further information on apprenticeship programs, please call

related or approved electives as part of the curriculum re- the State Apprenticeship Council at 503-731-4072, located at 800

quire that the student obtain approval to take such courses NE Oregon Street, Portland, Oregon, or contact the Mt. Hood

PRIOR to registration. Community College Apprenticeship Program Coordinator at 503-

491-7401.



Recognition of Completion

Recognition of Completion is an award granted by Mt. Hood Com-

Alternative Credit

munity College to identify completion of a body of coursework in 2+2 TECH PREP. Students from high schools that have 2 + 2

specific areas. Tech Prep program articulation agreements with MHCC may earn

credit as outlined in the program agreements. The procedure for

Automotive Technology Medical Receptionist earning credit may be through credit by examination or as detailed

Hospitality/Tourism Outdoor Education in the program agreements. Earned credit will be transcripted on

Legal Administrative Assistant Phlebotomy the MHCC permanent record. Participation in 2 + 2 Tech Prep

Medical Claims Analyst Welding Technology does not automatically enroll a person in an MHCC certificate or

Medical Office Coding degree program. MHCC admissions procedures and requirements

must still be met. Your local high school can provide interested

students with procedures.

Professional Technical Education

Degrees, Certificates and Recognition of Completion*





54 Program Index

Accounting Technology – Degree........................................................ 55

Professional Photography – Degree .................................................112

Radio Broadcasting – Degree .............................................................113

Respiratory Care – Degree ................................................................114

Accounting Clerk – Certificate ........................................................... 56

Architectural Engineering Technology – Deg/Cert.......................... 73 Sheet Metal Technology - Degree .....................................................115

Automotive Technology – Chrysler CAP – Degree ....................... 57 Surgical Technology – Degree ............................................................116

Automotive Technology – Ford ASSET – Degree ............................ 58 Television Production Technology – Degree ...................................117

Automotive Technology – IMPORT – Degree .................................. 59 Trade and Industrial Technology – Degree ......................................118

Aviation-Professional Pilot Airplane – Degree ................................. 60 Welding Technology – Certificate, – Recognition ..........................119

Aviation-Professional Pilot Helicopter - Degree ............................. 61

Business/Industry-Based Education – Deg/Cert .............................. 62 * Recognition of completion is granted by Mt. Hood

Business/eBusiness Marketing and Management – Degree ........... 63 Community College to identify completion of a body of

coursework in specific areas.

Civil Engineering Technology – Degree .............................................. 74

Computer Applications Specialist – Deg/Cert ........................... 64-66

Note: To review course descriptions for specific courses in

Cosmetology-School of Hair Design – Degree ............................... 67

the professional technical programs refer to pages 125-242.

Dental Hygiene – Degree ..................................................................... 68

Early Childhood Education – Degree ................................................. 69

Early Childhood Education – Certificate ........................................... 70

Electronics Technology – Degree ........................................................ 72

Entrepreneurship and Small Business Mgmt – Degree................... 76

Entrepreneurship and Small Business Mgmt – Certificate ............ 77

Environmental Health and Safety – Degree ...................................... 78

Environmental Heatlh and Safety – Certificate ................................ 79

Fire Science Technology – Degree ...................................................... 80

Fire Science Technology – Certificate ................................................ 81

Fisheries Technology – Degree ............................................................ 82

Forest Resources Technology – Degree ............................................ 83

Funeral Service Education – Degree .................................................. 84

Gerontology – Certificate .................................................................... 85

Graphic Design – Degree ..................................................................... 86

Horticulture – Degree ..................................................................... 87-88

Horticulture – Certificate..................................................................... 88

Hospitality and Tourism Management – Degree .............................. 89

Hospitality and Tourism Management – Certificate ........................ 90

Instructional Assistant - Certificate .................................................... 71

Integrated Natural Resources Technology – Degree ...................... 91

Integrated Natural Resources Technology - Certificate ................ 92

Legal Administrative Assistant – Recognition .................................108

Machine Tool Technology – Degree .................................................... 93

Machine Tool Technology/Computer Numerical

Control – Recognition ...................................................................... 94

Mechanical Engineering Technology – Deg/Cert .............................. 75

Medical Assistant – Degree................................................................... 95

Medical Claims Analyst – Recognition................................................ 96

Medical Office Coding – Recognition ................................................ 97

Medical Office Specialist – Degree ..................................................... 98

Medical Office Specialist – Options .................................................... 99

Medical Receptionist – Recognition .................................................100

Medical Transcription – Degree .........................................................101

Mental Health/Human Service – Degree .........................................102

Mental Health/Human Service - Youth Worker – Certificate .....103

Nursing – Degree .................................................................................104

Occupational Therapy Assistant – Degree ......................................105

Office Assistant – Certificate ............................................................106

Office Management/Administrative Assistant – Degree ..... 107-108

Office Software Specialist – Certificate ...........................................109

Outdoor Education – Recognition ...................................................110

Physical Therapist Assistant – Degree ..............................................111

Accounting Technology

(Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



Do you want an accounting career but don’t have the time and/or Second Quarter (Winter) Cr

money to get a four-year business degree? As a graduate of MHCC’s

Accounting Technology program, you will be able to pass place-

BA101

BA212

Introduction to Business .............................................. 4

Principles of Accounting II ........................................... 3

55

ment agency accounting exams that will enable you to compete

BA231 Information Technology in Business .......................... 4

for positions as Accounting Manager, full charge bookkeeper, staff

accountant, accounts payable manager, etc. Although some com- CS125___ Software Applications (Spreadsheet)

panies still require a four-year degree, more and more employer’s or BT210___ Software Applications

are recognizing that MHCC’s Accounting Tech Students have the (Spreadsheet) ............................................................. 1

knowledge and skills to handle their accounting needs. WR121 English Composition* .................................................... 3

Upon successful completion of this Accounting Technology 15

Degree you will:

Third Quarter (Spring)

· have a solid foundation of accounting concepts BA205 Business Communications ........................................... 4

· have hands-on experience using a computerized commercial BA213 Principles of Accounting III .......................................... 4

accounting package and electronic spreadsheets

BT218 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3

· be able to process payroll, meeting all the needs of the

employer and the legal reporting requirements Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3

· be able to analyze financial statements and use accounting Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

information to assist management in becoming more 17

profitable and efficient.

Employment opportunities are available at every step in the Fourth Quarter (Fall)

Accounting Programs. Many students start to work either part-time AC38 Intermediate Accounting I ............................................ 3

or full-time before completing their studies and supplement their BA220 Tax Accounting ................................................................ 3

“on the job training” by continuing to take courses in the account- BA222 Finance .............................................................................. 3

ing programs. Most employers recognize the benefit that continued BA226 Introduction to Business Law ..................................... 3

accounting education will have on their employee’s ability to con- EC201 Principles of Economics I or

tribute on the job and support them in their effort to grow and EC115 Introduction to Economics ....................... 3

learn either financially or by providing flexible working hours.

15

The courses are scheduled to accommodate various work or

family schedule limitations by offering most of the first year courses Fifth Quarter (Winter)

both in the day and evening every quarter. The second year ac- AC39 Intermediate Accounting II .......................................... 3

counting courses are offered during the day one year and during BA206 Management Fundamentals .......................................... 3

the evening the next year to meet the needs of students with BA215 Cost Accounting I ........................................................... 3

restricted schedules. Students are also encouraged to earn credit WE280AC Cooperative Education Internship or

from their accounting work experience in a Cooperative Educa-

Related Electives .................................................... 3-4

tion Internship by accomplishing goals on the job that are benefi-

cial to the employer and provide the student with a growth op- Social Science or Humanities Requirement‡ ..... 3

portunity. 15-16

Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology and Media Sixth Quarter (Spring)

Arts Division) : BA177 Payroll Accounting and Payroll

Jerry Kohler 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682 Tax Filing Requirements* ........................................ 3

kohlerj@mhcc.edu BA228 Computer Accounting Applications ........................... 3

Jim Arnold 503-491-7468 - Room AC 2686 BA250 Small Business Management ........................................ 3

arnoldj@mhcc.edu BA271 Financial Statement Analysis ........................................ 3

Related Elective ............................................................... 3

First Quarter (Fall) Cr 15

BA211 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 * Prerequisite required that is not included in curriculum.

BT11S Keyboarding/Formatting* ............................................. 2 See course description in back of catalog.

BT110 Business Editing ............................................................... 3

BT103 Business Mathematics* .................................................. 3 Related Electives

CS105 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Any Business course(s) with the prefix BA, BUS, CS, BT116, BT210

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 (or other courses subject to instructor approval) may be used as

16 a related elective.

Students must earn a grade of “C” or better in all Accounting

classes in order to be awarded a degree in Accounting Technology

or an Accounting Clerk certificate.

‡See pages 13-14.

Accounting Clerk

(Certificate Program)



Do you want a career that will provide you continued opportuni- A career in accounting is for people with above-average math-

56 ties for growth and recognize your achievements every step of

the way? Start the Accounting Clerk program and you will receive

ematical and analytical skills who have good communication skills

and want to work in a business environment. Today, more than

a certificate of completion recognizing the employable skills you ever, the accountant/bookkeeper must be a team player. Interact-

have acquired at the end of each of the first and second quarters. ing and working in small groups is encouraged and developed in

After completing the third quarter you will receive the Account- many of the courses in the accounting programs. Computer skills

ing Clerk certificate documenting your completion of the one year are also developed throughout the programs and incorporated

program. into courses whenever appropriate.

Anyone with a limited amount of time or funds can get started in Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology, and Media

this practical, cost effective program. Recent high school gradu- Arts):

ates who need employable skills in a relatively short period of Jerry Kohler 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682

time, small business owners or prospective small business owners kohlerj@mhcc.edu

who need the accounting basics and business office skills, and re- Jim Arnold 503-491-7468 - Room AC 2686

turning students who want retraining into a career that provides arnoldj@mhcc.edu

continued opportunities for advancement all find this program at-

tractive. Many accounting students work part or full time.

LEVEL I Cr

Completion of the first quarter prepares you for an entry

level office job requiring word processing and data entry skills, use BA101 Introduction to Business .............................................. 4

and understanding of a basic accounting system, manual and/or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4

electronic organization and maintenance of office records, as well BT11S Keyboarding/Formatting*(**) ...................................... 2

as a general understanding of business terminology and business BT210__ Software Applications (Word Processing) or

math including the use of an electronic calculator. CS125__ Software Applications

Completion of the second quarter qualifies you to be among the (Word Processing)** ................................................ 1

few job applicants who are prepared to process payroll, meeting BT103 Business Mathematics* .................................................. 3

all the needs of the employer and the legal reporting require- 14

ments. In addition to learning the basic principles and applications

of computer technology you will be proficient in using computer LEVEL II

spreadsheets, the accountant’s most important computer tool. BA177 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax

Business communication skills and the ability to use electronic Filing Requirements* ................................................ 3

mail, electronic scheduling, and multi-line telephone systems will BT110 Business Editing ............................................................... 3

further strengthen your ability to make a contribution in any busi- BT116 Business Tools and Techniques .................................... 3

ness environment.

BT210___ Software Applications (Spreadsheet) or

Completion of the one year program will enable you to help CS125___Software Applications

managers use accounting information when making decisions. You (Spreadsheet) ......................................................... 2-3

will also gain experience trouble shooting how to record accounting CS105 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3

transactions which are encountered less frequently and make rec-

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

ommendations when there are reporting options. Your ability to

use a commercial accounting software package and apply elec- 15-16

tronic spreadsheets to various accounting situations will enable LEVEL III

you to be efficient as well as knowledgeable. BA213 Principles of Accounting III .......................................... 4

The longer you are able to stay in the program the more qualified BA228 Computer Accounting Applications ........................... 3

you will be to assume additional job responsibilities. It is an EASY BT244 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3

TRANSITION from the one year Accounting Clerk pro- PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3

gram to the two year Accounting Technology Degree pro- WR121 English Composition* .................................................... 3

gram. Many students start the accounting Clerk program and

then decide they want to expand their knowledge and skills and 16

be rewarded for performing even more challenging job responsi-

bilities by earning the two year Accounting Technology degree. All * Prerequisite required not included in curriculum: see

of the courses in the one year Accounting Clerk program can be course description in back of catalog.

applied to the two year Accounting Technology program. **BT121 may be substituted for BT11S and CS125 Word

If you plan to transfer to a four-year school you can enroll in Processing.

the accounting specialty of the Business Administration transfer

degree program. You will also have the opportunity to take addi- Note: Students must earn a grade of “C” or better in all Account-

tional advanced accounting courses to strengthen your prepara- ing classes in order to be awarded a degree in Accounting Tech-

tion for upper-division course work at a university. Consult a fac- nology or an Accounting Clerk certificate.

ulty adviser for assistance in identifying and selecting courses which

may be of most benefit to you.

Chrysler CAP – Automotive Technology

(Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)





The Chrysler Dealer Apprenticeship Program (CAP) provides stu- Second Quarter Cr

dents with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained

as service technicians for Chrysler Corporation dealerships

AM280 Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6

57

(Chrysler, Plymouth, Dodge, Jeep, and Eagle). The program is de-

signed as a two-year automotive curriculum to develop the tech- Third Quarter

nical competency and professionalism of the incoming dealership AM132 Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................... 2

technician. The CAP program is a two-part experience with train- AM133 Automotive Electronics I Lab ...................................... 1

ing taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and at the

AM136 Brake Systems Theory ................................................... 2

sponsoring Chrysler dealership. The curriculum leads to an asso-

ciate degree in Automotive Technology and a certificate of comple- AM137 Brake Systems Lab ......................................................... 1

tion from Chrysler Corporation CAP program. AM216 Engine Performance I Theory .................................... 3

Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the auto- AM217 Engine Performance I Lab ........................................... 2

motive industry, this program demands a commitment to both MTH34 Professional Technical Computation II or

work and study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring MTH60 Beginning Algebra I or

and summer terms both years. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Req‡ . 3

General Education Distribution requirement‡ ...... 3

The CAP Student

17

Chrysler dealerships see the students in this program as its “ser-

vice technicians of the future”. The instructional facilities are Fourth Quarter

equipped with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment avail- AM280 Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

able. CAP students have the assurance of industry support and 6

certain employment options for the future. Being accepted in the

CAP program means learning the latest automotive technology Fifth Quarter

and being paid for on-the-job experience. AM251 Engine Performance II Theory ..................................... 3

AM252 Engine Performance II Lab .......................................... 3

The Sponsoring Dealer AM253 Steering and Suspension Theory ................................ 2

Chrysler dealerships will screen qualified applications and select AM254 Steering and Suspension Lab ...................................... 1

those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he AM256 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2

or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during AM257 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ............................. 1

the two-year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3

technician to monitor student work, service uniforms and an hourly

wage. 15

Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis Sixth Quarter

for the class starting after they have met the selection criteria for AM280 Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

the program. 6

Entry into the program after the start of the first term may be Seventh Quarter

possible. For those students, AM100, Automotive Skill Building (1

AM152 Automatic Transmission Theory ................................. 3

credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and

skills required to enter the CAP program after the start of the AM153 Automatic Transmission Lab ........................................ 3

first term, but before the first day of the 3rd term. For further AM156 Power Train Theory ........................................................ 2

information, contact a program advisor. AM157 Power Train Lab .............................................................. 1

AM258 Automotive Electronics II Theory .............................. 2

Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department):

AM259 Automotive Electronics II Lab .................................... 1

Steve Michener 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52

General Education Distribution requirement‡ ...... 3

michenes@mhcc.edu

Steve Roberts 503-491-7111 - Room IT 53 15

robertss@mhcc.edu Eighth Quarter

AM280 Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

First Quarter Cr 6

AM110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3

AM111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ................................ 2 ‡See pages 13-14.

AM118 Electrical Systems Theory ............................................ 4

AM119 Electrical Systems Lab ................................................... 2

AM120 Minor Vehicle Services .................................................. 2

WR101 Workplace Communications I or

WR121 English Composition ................................. 3

Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 3

19

FORD ASSET – Automotive Technology

(Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The FORD ASSET Program First Quarter Cr

58 The Automotive Student Service Educational Training program

(Asset) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn in-

AMF110

AMF111

Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3

Internal Combustion Engine Lab ................................ 2

come while being trained as service technicians for Ford Motor AMF118 Electrical Systems Theory ............................................ 4

Company’s current and future vehicles. Designed as a two-year AMF119 Electrical Systems Lab ................................................... 2

automotive curriculum to upgrade the technical competency and AMF120 Minor Vehicle Services .................................................. 2

professional level of the incoming dealership technician, ASSET is

HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies or

a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood

Community College and at sponsoring Ford and Lincoln/Mercury HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ..................... 3

dealerships. The curriculum was developed by MHCC in conjunc- WR101 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3

tion with Ford Motor Company, and leads to an associate degree 19

in Ford Asset automotive technology.

Second Quarter

Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the auto- AMF280 Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6

motive industry, ASSET demands a commitment to both work and

study for a two-year period, including fall, winter, spring and sum- 6

mer terms both years. Third Quarter

AMF132 Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................... 2

The FORD ASSET Student AMF133 Automotive Electronics I Lab ...................................... 1

Ford Motor Company sees the students in ASSET programs across AMF136 Brake Systems Theory ................................................... 2

the nation as its “service technicians of the future.” The finest AMF137 Brake Systems Lab ......................................................... 1

technical schools have been selected as program sites, and all in-

AMF216 Engine Performance I Theory .................................... 3

structional facilities are equipped with the most up-to-date and

professional equipment available. ASSET students have not only AMF217 Engine Performance I Lab ........................................... 2

the reassurance that a major corporation is placing stock in them MTH34 Professional Technical Computation II or

by their selection for training, but they also have relatively certain MTH60 Beginning Algebra I or

employment options for the future. Being chosen for the ASSET Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Req‡ . 3

program means learning from Ford-certified instructors and be- PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3

ing paid for on-the-job experience. 17

The Sponsoring FORD ASSET Dealer Fourth Quarter

Ford and Lincoln/Mercury dealerships in the Portland metropoli- AMF280 Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6

tan area will screen qualified ASSET applicants and select those 6

they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she

will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the Fifth Quarter

two- year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced AMF251 Engine Performance II Theory ..................................... 3

technician to monitor student work, service uniforms, and an hourly AMF252 Engine Performance II Lab .......................................... 3

wage. AMF253 Steering and Suspension Theory ................................ 2

Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis AMF254 Steering and Suspension Lab ...................................... 1

after they have met the selection criteria for the program. AMF256 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2

AMF257 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ............................. 1

Entry into the program after the start of the first term may be

possible. For those students, AMF100, Automotive Skill Building (1 General Education Distribution Requirement‡ ..... 3

credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and 15

skills required to enter the ASSET program after the start of the Sixth Quarter

first term, but before the first day of the 3rd term. For further

information, contact a program advisor. AMF280 Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6

6

Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department):

Seventh Quarter

Jerry Lyons 503-491-7203 - Room IT 35

lyonsj@mhcc.edu AMF152 Automatic Transmission Theory ................................. 3

Mark Lambrecht 503-491-7130 - Room IT 51 AMF153 Automatic Transmission Lab ........................................ 3

lambrecm@mhcc.edu AMF156 Power Train Theory ........................................................ 2

AMF157 Power Train Lab .............................................................. 1

AMF258 Automotive Electronics II Theory .............................. 2

AMF259 Automotive Electronics II Lab .................................... 1

General Education Distribution Requirement‡ ..... 3

15

Eighth Quarter

AMF280 Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6

6

‡See pages 13-14.

IMPORT – Automotive Technology

(Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The Individualized Mechanical Program of Repair Technicians (IM- Second Quarter Cr

PORT) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn in-

come while being trained as service technicians for independent

AM280 Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6

59

and import manufacturers (Mazda, Nissan, BMW, VW, etc.). The

program is designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to de- Third Quarter

velop the technical competency and professionalism of the incoming

AM132 Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................... 2

dealership technician. The IMPORT program is a two-part experi-

ence with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community AM133 Automotive Electronics I Lab ...................................... 1

College and the sponsoring import dealership.The curriculum leads AM136 Brake Systems Theory ................................................... 2

to an associate degree in automotive technology and a certificate AM137 Brake Systems Lab ......................................................... 1

of completion in IMPORT auto repair. AM216 Engine Performance I Theory .................................... 3

Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the auto- AM217 Engine Performance I Lab ........................................... 2

motive industry, this program demands a commitment to both MTH34 Professional Technical Computation II or

work and study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring, MTH60 Beginning Algebra I or

and summer terms both years. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Req‡ . 3

General Education Distribution requirement‡ ...... 3

IMPORT Student 17

Import dealerships see the students in this program as its “Service

technicians of the future.” The instructional facilities are equipped Fourth Quarter

with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment available. IM- AM280 Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

PORT students have the assurance of industry support and cer- 6

tain employment options for the future. Being accepted in the

IMPORT program means learning the latest automotive technol- Fifth Quarter

ogy and being paid for on-the-job experience. AM251 Engine Performance II Theory ..................................... 3

The Sponsoring Dealer AM252 Engine Performance II Lab .......................................... 3

Independent and Import dealerships will screen qualified applica- AM253 Steering and Suspension Theory ................................ 2

tions and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has AM254 Steering and Suspension Lab ...................................... 1

been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alter- AM256 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2

nate terms during the two-year training process. Dealers will pro- AM257 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ............................. 1

vide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3

uniforms and an hourly wage. 15

Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis

for the class starting after they have met the selection criteria for

Sixth Quarter

the program. AM280 Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Entry into the program after the start of the first term may be 6

possible. For those students, AM100, Automotive Skill Building (1 Seventh Quarter

credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and

AM152 Automatic Transmission Theory ................................. 3

skills required to enter the IMPORT program after the start of

the first term, but before the first day of the 3rd term. For further AM153 Automatic Transmission Lab ........................................ 3

information, contact a program advisor. AM156 Power Train Theory ........................................................ 2

AM157 Power Train Lab .............................................................. 1

Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department):

AM258 Automotive Electronics II Theory .............................. 2

Steve Michener 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52

AM259 Automotive Electronics II Lab .................................... 1

michenes@mhcc.edu

General Education Distribution requirement‡ ...... 3

Steve Roberts 503-491-7111 - Room IT 53

robertss@mhcc.edu 15

Eighth Quarter

First Quarter Cr AM280 Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

AM110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 6

AM111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ................................ 2

AM118 Electrical Systems Theory ............................................ 4 ‡See pages 13-14.

AM119 Electrical Systems Lab ................................................... 2

AM120 Minor Vehicle Services .................................................. 2

WR101 Workplace Communications I or

WR121 English Composition ................................. 3

Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 3

19

Aviation - Professional Pilot Airplane

(Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The Aviation-Professional Airplane program is designed to Sixth Quarter Cr

60 prepare students with knowledge, skills, experience, and

certification necessary to enter careers including, but not

AV230

AV231

Multi-engine Pilot ........................................................... 3

Professional Pilot Flight Lab III .................................... 3

limited to, general aviation, business aviation, corporate aviation,

AV256 Certified Flight Instructor Ground School .............. 5

airlines, and military aviation.

Related Electives ............................................................. 4

Program entry requirements: Current FAA Class II Medical Cer-

tificate. 15

All courses must be passed with a letter grade of C or better in Additional Costs:

order to progress to the next course in the program. Each Aviation course includes lab fees to cover the cost of simula-

Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology and Media tor instruction in the Flight Training Device applicable to that

Arts Division) : course. In addition, all flight lab courses require payment to cover

cost of flight instruction and aircraft operations. Payment for flight

Amy L Hoover 503-491-7230 - Room IT 49

instruction must be made directly to the Flight school. The fee is

hoovera@mhcc.edu subject to change without notice due to fluctuations in operating

costs. Flight fees are based on the average flight time required to

First Quarter (Fall) Cr complete the course. Students may require additional instruction.

If additional instruction is required or desired, it is the responsi-

AV110 Private Pilot I ................................................................... 5 bility of the student to arrange payment with the flight school

AV111 Private Pilot Flight Lab I ................................................ 3 directly.

MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions or

Related Electives are intended to provide flexibility for students.

MTH95 Intermediate Algebra with Right

They must be selected to contribute to the individual’ program or

Triangle Trigonometry* ........................................ 4-5 continuing education and degree objectives. Related electives are

WR121 English Composition ...................................................... 3 suggested but not limited to AVX40,AV100, BA101, BA206, BA211,

15-16 EC201, EC202, EC203, GEOG180, PH211, PH212, PH213, PSY201,

Second Quarter PSY214, WR122, and WR227.

AV120 Private Pilot II .................................................................. 5 Acceptance of Transfer Credit:

AV121 Private Pilot Flight Lab II .............................................. 3 Transfer credit of FAA certification to meet course prerequisites

AV150 Aerodynamics .................................................................. 3 may be accepted providing the courses were taken at another

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 accredited collegiate institution, including MHCC. Approval for

Related Electives ............................................................. 3 credit does not mean that FAA Certification will automatically be

approved for course substitution. Course approval must be done

17 on an individual basis and approved by the Program Coordinator

Third Quarter or Dean.

AV104 Aircraft Systems .............................................................. 3 Credit for previous training and FAA certification will be assessed

AV108 Aviation Meteorology Theory ..................................... 4 on an individual basis. Students with previous training who wish to

AV200 Instrument/Commercial Pilot ..................................... 3 enter the program must complete a placement evaluation and exam,

CS105 Computer Fundamentals .............................................. 3 which will include oral and practical flight tests.

CS105L Computer Fundamentals Lab ...................................... 1 Transfer Students:

14 *Students transferring to Embry Riddle Aeronautical University

or the Oregon Institute of Technology four-year Aviation Empha-

Fourth Quarter

sis degree, and students planning to transfer to other four-year

AV208 Aviation Meteorology Applications ........................... 3 institutions should select MTH111. Students may choose to pur-

AV210 Instrument Pilot .............................................................. 5 sue an AAOT degree in conjunction with the AAS degree, and

AV211 Professional Pilot Flight Lab I ...................................... 3 should consult an advisor to implement that option.

HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or

Graduates receive:

HE250 Personal Health or

HE252 First Aid: RTE ................................................ 3 Associate of Applied Science in Aviation Degree

14 Private Pilot Certificate

Fifth Quarter Commercial Pilot Certificate

AV220 Commercial Pilot ............................................................ 5 Instrument Rating

AV221 Professional Pilot Flight Lab II ..................................... 3

Multi-Engine Rating

AV235 Human Factors in Aviation .......................................... 4

Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3 Certified Flight Instructor Rating

15 ‡See pages 13-14.

Aviaton - Professional Pilot Helicopter

(Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The Professional Pilot Helicopter program is designed to prepare Sixth Quarter Cr

students with knowledge, skills, experience, and certification nec-

essary to enter careers including, but not limited to, general avia-

AV220

AVH231

Commercial Pilot ............................................................ 5

Helicopter Flight Lab 7 or Related Elective ............ 3

61

tion, business aviation, corporate aviation, and military aviation. AV235 Human Factors in Aviation .......................................... 4

Program entry requirements: Current FAA Class II Medical Cer- HD209 Getting a Job or Related Elective ............................... 3

tificate 15

Graduates receive: Seventh Quarter

Associate of Applied Science Degree AV104 Aircraft Systems .............................................................. 3

Private Pilot Certificate AV230 Multi-engine Pilot or Related Elective ...................... 3

Commercial Pilot Certificate AV256 Certified Flight Instructor Ground School or

Instrument rating Related Elective or WE280AV Cooperative

Education Internship ............................................. 3-5

All courses must be passed with a letter grade of C or better in AVH256 Helicopter Flight Lab 8 or Related Elective ............ 3

order to progress to the next course in the program. 12-14

Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Additional Costs:

Amy L. Hoover 503-491-7230 - Room IT 49

hoovera@mhcc.edu Each Aviation course includes lab fees to cover the cost of simula-

tor instruction in the Flight Training Device applicable to that

course. In addition, all flight lab courses require payment to cover

First Quarter Cr cost of flight instruction and aircraft operations. Payment for flight

instruction must be made directly to the Flight school. The fee is

AV110 Private Pilot I ................................................................... 5 subject to change without notice due to fluctuations in operating

AVH111 Helicopter Flight Lab I .................................................. 3 costs. Flight fees are based on the average flight time required to

MTH95 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle complete the course. Students may require additional instruction.

Trigonometry* ............................................................ 5 If additional instruction is required or desired, it is the responsi-

WR121 English Composition or bility of the student to arrange payment with the flight school

WR101 Workplace Communications I* .............. 3 directly.

16 Related Electives are intended to provide flexibility for students,

they must be selected to contribute to the individual’s program or

Second Quarter continuing education and degree objectives. Related electives are

AV120 Private Pilot II .................................................................. 5 suggested but not limited to AV100, GEOG180, PH201, PH211, or

AV121 Helicopter Flight Lab 2 ................................................. 3 BA101.

MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ........................ 4 Acceptance of Transfer Credit

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking or

WR102 Workplace Communications II* ............ 3 Transfer credit for FAA certification to meet course prerequisites

may be accepted providing the courses were taken at another

15 accredited collegiate institution, including MHCC. Approval for

Third Quarter credit does not mean that FAA certification will automatically be

AV108 Aviation Meteorology Theory ..................................... 4 approved for course substitution. Course approval must be done

on an individual basis and approved by the Program Coordinator

AVH131 Helicopter Flight Lab 3 ................................................. 3

or Dean.

HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or

HE250 Personal Health or Credit for previous training and FAA certification will be assessed

HE252 First Aid: RTE ................................................ 3 on an individual basis. Students with previous training who wish to

CS105 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 enter the program must complete a placement evaluation and exam,

which will include oral and practical flight tests.

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1

14 Transfer Students:

*Students participating in the Oregon Institute of Technology four-

Fourth Quarter year Aviation Emphasis degree, and students planning to transfer

AVH200 Helicopter Flight Lab 4 ................................................. 4 to four-year institutions should select MTH111 and MTH112;

AVH211 Helicopter Flight Lab 5 ................................................. 3 WR121 and WR122.

7 ‡See pages 13-14.

Fifth Quarter

AV210 Instrument Pilot .............................................................. 5

AVH221 Helicopter Flight Lab 6 or Related Elective ............ 3

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

Social Science/Humanities Requirement .................. 3

14

Business/Industry-Based Education

(Certificate/Degree Program)



This associate degree program with a one-year certificate option INSTITUTIONAL AND GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS

62 is designed to meet the educational and training needs of employ-

ees of local business and industries. It represents a cooperative

All candidates for an associate of applied science degree must

complete 24 credit hours of Mt. Hood Community College

and collaborative business and education partnership designed to coursework. The required 24 hours of general education that is

promote and encourage preparing and maintaining a skilled and recommended to satisfy this requirement is specified below:

competitive work force. Business and industry training programs

and courses which have been reviewed and approved by the col- Degree Cert.

lege can be included in this business and industry-based program. Communications‡ .................................................. 3 ........................ 3

Employers interested in providing this educational incentive to Social Science/Humanities‡ ................................... 3 ........................ 3

their employees should contact the Center for Community and Math, Science and Computer Science‡ .............. 3 ........................ 3

Economic Development (503-491-7429). Health and Physical Education‡ ........................... 3

Students interested in this degree should contact their employer’s Approved General Education elective

training/development office. from above distribution areas‡ ................. 6

Current Degree Programs: TOTAL 18*

* Twelve hours of general education are required for the

Credit Union Management

45 credit hour certificate option.

Emergency Medical Services

Heavy Duty Bus Mechanic

Note: Minimum credit hours required for the

Microelectronics Technology associate of applied science degree. ................................................ 90

Printing Technology - Certificate Note: Minimum credit hours required for the

Printing Technology - Degree one-year certificate. ............................................................................. 45



Program Adviser (The Center, 503-491-7429): ‡See pages 13-14 (Degree) and page 19 (Certificate).

Barbara Updegraff 503-491-7242.

BUSINESS/INDUSTRY-BASED EDUCATION l - 72 credits

Up to 72 credits for approved business and industry-based educa-

tion may be applied toward the associate degree and up to 36

credits of approved coursework may be applied toward a one-

year certificate.

Approval is based upon review of the classes, coursework and

instructor qualifications by the Office of Instructional Services.

EXPERIENCE-BASED CREDIT l2 - l8 credits

Minimum of 12 to maximum of l8 credits for prior learning through

experience-based credit may be applied toward the 66 credits for

business/industry-based education.

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION INTERNSHIP 12 credits

Upon recommendation of the employee’s supervisor and approval

by the Office of Cooperative Education, the employee may regis-

ter for up to 12 credits of approved cooperative work experience

or internship. These credits may be applied toward the 66 credits

for business/industry-based education.

Business/eBusiness,

Marketing and Management

(Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



Today’s business environment is changing more rapidly and is more Third Quarter (Spring) Cr

competitive than ever; eBusiness, for example, is growing dramati-

cally between both business and consumer and business-to-busi-

BA205

BA206

Business Communications ........................................... 4

Management Fundamentals .......................................... 3

63

ness. In this environment, it is the business leaders’ skills, attitudes,

BA213 Principles of Accounting III* ........................................ 4

and leadership abilities that will determine which companies suc-

ceed and which fail. BA264 eBusiness .......................................................................... 3

BUS21 Active Communicating .................................................. 1

The Business/eBusiness, Marketing and Management Program will BUS22 Managing Conflict ........................................................... 1

prepare and train you to be the business leader who survives and

succeeds in this new environment.You will receive a “leading edge” 16

education in management and marketing with a hands-on approach. Fourth Quarter (Fall)

If you are already in business seeking to upgrade your skills, or if BA222 Finance .............................................................................. 3

you are a new entrant to the business world and you want to BA255 Supervisory Management ............................................. 3

become an effective business leader, then this program is for you. EC201 Principles of Economics I (Micro) .............................. 3

Learn to be effective in a wide variety of settings, large or small, in Related Electives ............................................................. 6

eBusiness, manufacturing, retail, service industries and/or govern-

ment agencies with the knowledge and skills you acquire in the 15

Business/eBusiness, Marketing and Management program. Fifth Quarter (Winter)

Professional business recognitions are available after completing BA226 Introduction to Business Law ..................................... 3

five to seven courses in specific business areas (contact the Busi- BA238 Sales ................................................................................... 3

ness, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division at 503-491- BA243 Introduction to Consumer Behavior ........................ 3

7196, or the advisers listed below for specific recognition certifi-

BA265 eManagement .................................................................. 3

cate requirements. ) Complete these courses and acquire a rec-

ognition of completion to show you have attained additional skill BUS23 Successful Negotiation .................................................. 1

and knowledge in eBusiness, marketing, supervision, management, Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3

small business management, computer applications, or finance. Pro- 16

fessional business recognition certificates provide you with evi- Sixth Quarter (Spring)

dence of increased knowledge for use on a resume or for improv-

BA224 Human Resources Management ................................. 3

ing chances of promotion.

BA267 eBusiness Project Management .................................. 3

Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology, and Media EC202 Principles of Economics II (Macro) ............................ 3

Arts): Related Electives ......................................................... 3-4

Susan Smith McClaren 503-491-7126 - Room AC 2661

12-13

smiths@mhcc.edu

Lola Lackey 503-491-7313 - Room AC 2688

lackeyl@mhcc.edu Related Electives

David Garlington 503-491-7467 - Room AC 2687 BA202 Customer Service and Employee Relations ............ 3

garlingd@mhcc.edu BA250 Small Business Management ........................................ 3

CS144 Problem Solving Methodologies ................................. 3

First Quarter (Fall) Cr HUM202 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ........... 3

BA101 Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 WE280BLA Cooperative Work Experience ................................... 3

BA211 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Any CS or BT software applications class

CS105 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 (word-processing, spreadsheet, database,

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 operations)

WR121 English Composition* .................................................... 3 Any web-related classes

15

* Prerequisite required not already included in curriculum;

Second Quarter (Winter) see course descriptions in back of catalog.

MTH105 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics* or

BT103 Business Mathematics I* ........................ 3-4

BA212 Principles of Accounting II ........................................... 3 ‡See pages 13-14.

BA223 Principles of Marketing ................................................. 3

BA231 Information Technology in Business .......................... 4

PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

16-17

Computer Applications Specialist

(Certificate/Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



Computer Applications Specialists work in business and industry Additional Core Courses (taken before concentration require-

64 to apply PC computer technology in such jobs as help desk opera-

tors, PC specialists, network specialists, software support, entry

ments, listed in recommended order of completion)

BA101 Introduction to Business or any

level data base applications developers and programmers, web mas-

entrepreneurship management courses .......... 3-4

ters and internet applications.

CS144 Problem Solving Methodologies ................................. 3

This program is also designed to help people become more pro- CSX30F Beginning Windows Operating Systems ................... 1

ductive in their existing jobs or professions. It adapts to the re- CSX20Z Computer Upgrading/Maintenance ........................... 1

quirements of the business world and responds to technological

CS125__ Beginning & Intermediate Word Processing

changes in the computer industry. Specific class offerings and/or

content will change over time. or BT210___ Beginning & Intermediate

Word Processing ....................................................... 2

Many of our students are already employed, and take classes to CS125__ Beginning & Intermediate Spreadsheet

improve their job skills. To help them, many of our classes are

or BT210___ Beginning & Intermediate

taught in the evening or on the weekend (Friday evening and all

day Saturday). With careful planning, an entire degree or certifi- Spreadsheet ................................................................ 2

cate can be earned this way. CS125__ Beginning & Intermediate Database

or BT210___ Beginning & Intermediate

If you already have a rewarding career, as a number of our stu-

Database .................................................................... 2

dents do, you may select from most of these classes to improve

your skills in specific areas. The program may be started at any CSX20JI Intermediate PC Operating Systems/Utilities ......... 1

time and you may take as few or as many classes as fit your sched- CS125WEF Beginning Web Publishing ............................................. 1

ule and goals. PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations

or PSY201 General Psychology ............................. 3

Program or specific class information: Phone: 503-491-7407

WR121 English Composition ...................................................... 3

To receive a certificate, you must complete the Core Require-

ments plus one of the Concentrations. Advanced Classes (generally taken after most of the concentra-

To receive a degree, you must also complete the General Educa- tion classes)

tion Requirements and related electives listed on the last page. If BA231 Information Technology in Business .......................... 4

you complete additional concentrations, you may request a “Let- CSX20B Hardware/Software Team Project .............................. 2

ter of Completion” issued by the Business, Computer Technology

WE280CSB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

and Media Arts Division.

40-41

If you feel that you already know a subject area, your advisor may

be able to waive that subject and substitute a course that is more Concentrations (see pages 55 - 56, select one)

challenging. Some of the following concentrations share courses. It is quite

Most courses may be taken individually and can be taken in any possible to tackle additional concentrations after you have com-

sequence as long as prerequisites are met. This allows you to cus- pleted one, without having to do as many credits as shown, if some

tomize your education but may not qualify you for a degree. of those classes have already been completed.



Computer Applications Specialist Associate Degree

Core Requirements Cr To earn the associate degree, students must complete the require-

(for Certificate or Associate Degree - all concentrations) ments for the certificate program plus required additional general

education courses and electives to reach a minimum of 90 credits

total for graduation. These credits must include as follows:

Completing the Core Requirements gives you a set of skills that

makes you a valuable employee in a computerized office. Our stu- General Education Requirements and Electives Cr

dents who take some or all of these classes are making sure that Communications: WR122 plus SP111: ..................................... 6

their job skills do not become obsolete and that they can com- Health and PE Requiremen‡: ...................................................... 3

pete effectively in the job market. Completing the Core Require- Mathematics/Science/Computer Science Elective‡ .............. 3

ments is required if you want to pursue any of the concentration Social Science or Humanities Electives‡: ................................ 3

areas that follow. Electives (including CS) ................................................... 11-22

In all schedule planning, it is important for the student to check 26-37

the course description for prerequisite information.

Take these asap: ‡See pages 13-14.

CS105 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1

CSX13 Writing Documentation ............................................... 1

CS140 Introduction to Operating Systems ........................... 3

Computer Applications Specialist, continued

(Certificate/Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



PC Support Specialist struction of a LAN (local area network) and configuration of rout-

Program Advisers:

Robert Buroker 503-491-6019 - Room AC 2685

ers. In today’s technological market, CISCO stands out as the leader

in Internetworking hardware. If you are looking for an opportu-

65

burokerb@mhcc.edu nity that is in high demand, you might want to consider a course

of study in network engineering. After completion, you will be

A PC Support Specialist helps others use computers effectively. prepared to seek a CCNA certification offered through many lo-

They may do so while having a regular job title, where these addi- cal-area testing centers.

tional skills make them more valuable, or they may do this full

time. Specific skills taught include “people skills”, the ins and outs In addition to the basic core requirements add: Cr

of operating systems and how to work with “help desk” software. CSX30NF Network Fundamentals: CISCO 1 ............................. 4

CSX30NFS Router Configuration: CISCO 2 ................................. 4

In addition to the core requirements add: Cr

CSX30NFT LAN Design: CISCO 3 .................................................. 4

BUS21 Active Communicating .................................................. 1

CSX30NFW WAN Design: CISCO 4 ................................................ 4

BUS22 Managing Conflicts ......................................................... 1

CSX30GS Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System ......... 1

CSX30H LAN - Local Area Networks ....................................... 1

CSX30HD Help Desk Software ...................................................... 1 17

Data Base and Application Programming Specialist

Select 9 credits from: Program Advisers:

CSX30GS Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System ......... 1

Michelle Heckman 503-491-7102 - Room AC 2778

CSX30GT Advanced UNIX/Linus Operating System ............... 1

heckmanm@mhcc.edu

CSX30HS Novell System Management ........................................ 2

CSX30SR Windows Server Operating System .......................... 4 Data Base Applications Specialists skills will allow you to stand

BT116 Business Tools and Techniques .................................... 3 out from the people who know how to do word processing and

CS145 Consulting and Recommending Systems ................. 3 spreadsheets. Much of corporate data needs to be processed and

stored in databases, and relatively few people know how to effec-

13 tively create and maintain them. Application Programming Special-

Network and Operating Systems Support Specialist ist is a highly skilled occupation. Our classes show you the up-to-

date theoretical base to get you off to a solid start. Select either

Program Advisers: Visual Basic, JAVA, or C++.

Gary DeRoest 503-491-7339 - Room AC 2684

deroestg@mhcc.edu In addition to the basic core requirements add: Cr

CS133SQL Introduction to SQL ...................................................... 3

Network and Operating Systems Support Specialists are needed

because most businesses depend on computer networks. While CS244 Introduction to Systems Analysis ............................... 3

some day they may become as simple to use as the phone, that CS125ACT Advanced Access ............................................................ 1

day is not even on the horizon. Companies are clamoring for net- CS125PDF Beginning Program Design ........................................... 1

work specialists. If you have been pressed into service to maintain CS133XML Introduction to XML ..................................................... 3

your company’s network, but are floundering, or if you are looking

for a position that is in high demand, consider becoming skilled in Choose one sequence:

this area. To become valuable, you need to also consider taking CS133JA JAVA Design and Programming ................................... 4

one of several network certification exams offered by vendors CS233JA JAVA: Advanced Topics for Programmers ................. 4

through special testing centers. Some of these require further study. CS234JA JAVA: Networking Topics for Programmers ............ 4

or:

In addition to the basic core requirements add: Cr

CS133VB Introduction to Microsoft Visual Basic

CS145 Consulting and Recommending Systems ................. 3

Programming or CS106 Computing

CSX20PH Telecommunications Overview .................................. 1

Fundamentals: Structured Programming ......... 3-4

CSX30HS Novell System Management ........................................ 2

CS233VB Intermediate Microsoft Visual Basic

CSX30NF Network Fundamentals: CISCO I .............................. 4

Programming .............................................................. 3

CSX30SR Windows Server Operating System .......................... 4

CS234VB Advanced Microsoft Visual Basic

CSX30GS Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System ........ 1

Programming .............................................................. 3

CSX30GT Advanced UNIX/Linux Operating System ............... 1

or C++ programming option:

16 CS161 Computer Science I ....................................................... 4

CS162 Computer Science II ...................................................... 4

Network Engineer Support Specialist CS260 Data Structures ............................................................... 4

Program Adviser: 20-23

Paul Morris 503-491-7303 - Room AC 2781

morrisp@mhcc.edu

Network Engineer Support Specialists are needed by companies

which are relying more and more on Intra- and Inter-networking.

As a specialist, you will be able to help in the planning and con-

Computer Applications Specialist, continued

(Certificate/Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)





Program Advisers: Related Web Master Electives chosen from: Cr

66 Robert Buroker 503-491-6019 - Room AC 2685 Site Development emphasis

CS125GWF Graphics for the Web .................................................... 1

burokerb@mhcc.edu

CS125JSS Intermediate JavaScript ................................................. 1

PC Business Application Support Specialists are needed by com-

panies to help other employees keep their equipment functioning. CS125PSF Beginning Photoshop ..................................................... 1

They also need people who can plan, who can determine what the CS125PSS Intermediate Photoshop ............................................... 1

next computer system, the next network, the next application CS125PST Advanced Photoshop .................................................... 1

software, should be. In some organizations this eventually becomes CS125DRF Beginning Dreamweaver ............................................... 1

a Systems Analyst position. In others, it becomes an added re- CS125DRS Intermediate Dreamweaver ......................................... 1

sponsibility for someone with a primary job in a completely differ- CS125DRT Advanced Dreamweaver .............................................. 1

ent area. In either case, the person with these skills is valuable. CS125UDF Beginning UltraDev ........................................................ 1

CS125FLF Beginning Flash ................................................................ 1

In addition to the core requirements add: Cr

CS125FLS Intermediate Flash .......................................................... 1

CS145 Consulting and Recommending Systems ................. 3 CS125FLT Advanced Flash ............................................................... 1

CS244 Introduction to Systems Analysis ............................... 3 CS125FLP ActionScripting in Flash ................................................ 1

CSX20PH Telecommunications Overview .................................. 1 CS125FWF Beginning Fireworks ...................................................... 1

BA264 eBusiness .......................................................................... 3 CS125FWS Intermediate Fireworks ................................................ 1

BA267 eBusiness Project Management .................................. 3 CS125FWT Advanced Fireworks ...................................................... 1

BUS21 Active Communicating .................................................. 1 CS125EPF E-Portfolio Development ............................................. 1

AC120 Accounting for Professional Services ........................ 3

17 Programming emphasis

Web Master CS125ACT Advanced Access ............................................................ 1

CS125JSS Intermediate JavaScript ................................................. 1

Program Advisers:

CS125VBF Beginning VB Script ........................................................ 2

Michelle Heckman 503-491-7102 - Room AC 2778 CS133JA JAVA Design and Programming ................................... 4

heckmanm@mhcc.edu CS133PS Intermediate CGI Programming with PERL ............ 2

The Web Master role continues to grow and shift as the World CS125UDF Beginning UltraDev ........................................................ 1

Wide Web is integrated into the business environment, and it has CS125DWF Web Pages and Databases ........................................... 4

become clear that there is a definite need for individuals who CS125WSU UNIX Web Servers* ...................................................... 1

possess the technical skills and expertise to design, develop and CS125WSN NT Web Servers ............................................................. 1

maintain web pages/sites. Several areas of emphasis are available: CS125EPF E-Portfolio Development ............................................. 1

Site development emphasis where the focus is on design and main-

CS125FLP Action Scripting in Flash ............................................... 1

tenance of actual web pages/sites, Programming emphasis where

the focus is on the supporting and underlying programs that sup-

port web activities, Network emphasis where the focus is on inter- Network emphasis

nal/external network requirements. CSX30H LAN - Local Area Network ......................................... 1

CSX30IS Internet Security ............................................................. 2

In addition to the core requirements add: Cr CSX30GS Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System ......... 1

CS125HTF/S/T Beginning, Interm & Advanced HTML .................. 3 CSX30GT Advanced UNIX/Linux Operating System ............... 1

CS125CSF Web Pages and CSS ....................................................... 1 CSX30HS Novell System Management ........................................ 2

CS125PDF Beginning Program Design ........................................... 1 CSX30IF Internet Firewalls* .......................................................... 2

CS125WBF Web Site Development ................................................. 2 CS125WSU UNIX Web Servers* ...................................................... 1

CS125WDF Web Page Design ........................................................... 1 CS125WSN NT Web Servers* ........................................................... 1

CS133PF Beginning CGI Programming with PERL .................. 2

CS125JSF Beginning JavaScript ....................................................... 2

Related Web Master Electives ..................................... 8

20

Cosmetology – School of Hair Design

(Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The cosmetology industry is an exciting, adventurous and creative Third Quarter (Spring) Cr

field full of color, fashion, and diversity.The instructors in the MHCC

cosmetology program pride themselves in helping students ac-

COS__

COS__

Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4

Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6

67

quire the knowledge and necessary skills to enter the field of hair

BA202 Customer Service & Employee Relations ................ 3

design, nail technology and facial technology.

Related Elective ............................................................... 3

Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfac- 16

tory completion of criteria. Candidates will be identified by Fall

term and will enter and begin the program that same academic Fourth Quarter (Summer)

year as space allows. Applications may be obtained from the Ad- COS__ Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4

missions and Records Office (503-491-7341 or 503-491-7165.) COS__ Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6

The cosmetology program at Mt. Hood Community College of- 10

fers in-depth instruction and hands-on training in hair design, fa-

cial technology (skin care) and nail technology (manicuring and Fifth Quarter (Fall)

sculptured nails.) Upon completion of the 2300-hour course con- COS__ Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4

sisting of lecture, lab, clinic time, general education and related COS__ Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6

elective classes, the student will be prepared to take the state PSY201 General Psychology or

board examination. After passing this examination, the student will

PSY 101 Psychology of Human Relations ........... 3

receive a certificate to practice in his/her new career.

Related Elective ............................................................... 3

The opportunities in the field of cosmetology are limitless. De-

16

pending upon the individual’s skills, self-confidence, attitude, knowl-

edge and creativity, certified cosmetologists can utilize their new Sixth Quarter (Winter)

skills in a variety of settings. COS__ Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4

What are the requirements of the job? COS__ Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6

The cosmetologist should possess a pleasing personality, be a good Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3

listener and enjoy working in a service industry. Coordination and Related Elective ............................................................... 3

finger dexterity as well as the ability to stand for long periods of 16

time are necessary. The cosmetologist must be able to learn new

techniques quickly and apply these in their own work. Seventh Quarter (Spring)

COS__ Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4

What are the requirements of the program?

COS__ Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6

The program consists of seven consecutive terms with an average Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡

of 30 clinic hours per week. After completing the application and (chosen from PSY, SOC or ART) ........................... 3

satisfying the placement criteria, the student is placed on the ad-

Related Elective ............................................................... 3

mission list.

16

Note: Enrollment in the Cosmetology program requires

attendance during the summer.

* COS10 and COS11 are offered only Fall and Spring

Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media

terms. COS12 - COS19 are offered all terms. COS10 -

Arts Division):

COS19 must be taken in sequence. COS20 and COS21

Lynn D’Angelo 503-491-7194 - Room AC 1127 are offered Summer term; COS22 and COS23 are

dangleol@mhcc.edu offered Winter term. COS20 - COS23 are not

Juanita Loveland 503-491-7499 - Room AC 1127 sequential and are taken in the term they are offered.

lovelanj@mhcc.edu Course placement is based on the term in which a

student begins and the student must see the program

First Quarter (Fall) Cr

adviser for placement.

COS__ Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4

COS__ Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6

WR121 English Composition or Related Electives

WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3 In selecting related courses, the student must consult with the

Related Elective ............................................................... 3 program adviser to determine whether a selection of courses

across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a spe-

16 cific division is more appropriate to the student’s goals. Examples

Second Quarter (Winter) of approved related electives are:

COS__ Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Business: BA223, BA224, BA238, BA239, BT103, CS144

COS__ Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 Entrepreneurship: Any class

AC120 Accounting for Professional Services ........................ 3 Performing/Visual Arts: ART115, ART116, ART117

SP218 Interpersonal Communication .................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship: WE28COA/B

16

‡See pages 13-14.

Dental Hygiene

(Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The Dental Hygiene program at Mt. Hood Community College is Second Quarter Cr

68 six quarters in length, leading to an associate degree. Academic

instruction in basic and dental sciences is integrated with instruc-

DH121

DH122

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory I ............................... 2

Dental Hygiene Clinic I ................................................. 3

tion in dental hygiene therapy, dental procedures, and work in clini-

DH123 Oral Histology/Embryology ......................................... 1

cal settings to provide a total learning experience for the dental

hygiene student. Having completed the program and passed Na- DH124 Oral Radiology I ............................................................. 3

tional and Regional Board examinations for dental hygienists the DH125 General Pathology .......................................................... 3

graduate can be licensed to practice. Some institutions and agen- BI122 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II .... 4

cies require a baccalaureate degree for employment. To this end, Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1

many courses in the Mt. Hood Community College dental hygiene 17

curriculum are transferable to four-year colleges and can be ap-

plied toward a bachelor’s degree. Third Quarter

Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfac- DH131 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory II .............................. 1

tory completion of criteria. Applications may be obtained from DH132 Dental Hygiene Clinic II ................................................ 3

the Admissions and Records Office. (503-491-7341 or 503-491- DH134 Oral Radiology II ............................................................ 2

7165) DH135 Oral Pathology ................................................................ 2

Employment Opportunities/Personal Aptitude DH136 Pharmacology .................................................................. 3

DH137 Head and Neck Anatomy ............................................. 4

Areas of employment open to dental hygienists include private SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or

dental offices or clinics, industrial dental programs, public health,

SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................... 3

etc. Salaries vary and are commensurate with experience and scope

of responsibilities. Opportunities for dental hygienists are excel- 18

lent, particularly in smaller communities outside of Portland. The

Fourth Quarter

personal requirements necessary to succeed as a dental hygienist

begin with a strong belief in the importance of good oral health DH211 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory III ............................. 1

and include an aptitude for the biological sciences. Of prime im- DH212 Dental Hygiene Clinic III .............................................. 5

portance are manual dexterity, high ethical standards, a genuine DH213 Expanded Functions ....................................................... 2

interest in science and an ability to work with people. DH214 Periodontology for Dental Hygienists I .................... 2

NOTE: Prior to entry into the Dental Hygiene program students DH215 Dental Materials ............................................................. 2

must satisfactorily complete CH104, CH105 and CH106, or the DH216 Community Dental Health .......................................... 2

equivalent, as well as selected high school level coursework. CH104 DH217 Local Anesthesia ............................................................. 2

must be completed prior to the application deadline. During the Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1

program students must maintain a “C” grade or better in all den- 17

tal hygiene courses to progress and to be recommended for den-

tal hygiene licensure examinations. Fifth Quarter

Although BI121 and BI122 is the anatomy and physiology sequence DH221 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory IV ............................ 1

currently required, students are encouraged to enroll in BI231, DH222 Dental Hygiene Clinic IV .............................................. 5

BI232 and BI233. This more advanced series fulfills the anatomy DH223 Public Health and Dental Research ........................... 2

and physiology requirement and provides a stronger foundation DH224 Periodontology for Dental Hygienists II .................. 2

for the science based dental hygiene curriculum. FN225 Nutrition ........................................................................... 4

All classes outside the core curriculum (those not preceded by PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

DH) except general pathology may be taken prior to admission to 17

the dental hygiene program.

Sixth Quarter

Program Adviser (Allied Health Department):

Teresa H. Tong 503-491-7691 - Room AC 2726 DH231 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory V .............................. 1

tongt@mhcc.edu DH232 Dental Hygiene Clinic V ................................................ 5

DH233 Ethics and Jurisprudence .............................................. 2

First Quarter Cr DH234 Practice Management and Dental

DH111 Introduction to Dental Hygiene ................................. 2 Hygiene Issues ............................................................ 2

DH112 Principles of Clinical Dental Hygiene ........................ 3 SOC204 General Sociology .......................................................... 3

DH113 Dental/Oral Anatomy .................................................... 2 WR123 English Composition: Research ................................... 3

BI121 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ..... 4 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1

BI234 Microbiology .................................................................... 4 17

WR121 English Composition ...................................................... 3

18 ‡See pages 13-14.

Early Childhood Education

(Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The Early Childhood Education program prepares students to work Third Quarter Cr

with children from birth through school age in both public and

private school settings. This program is designed for persons of all

ECE121 Curriculum Methods: Sensory Experiences

in Early Childhood .................................................... 2

69

ages and backgrounds, with special attention given to individual

ECE122 Curriculum Methods: Outside Activities

student needs and abilities. A two-year program leading to an as-

sociate degree is available. Graduates are trained to work in a in Early Childhood .................................................... 2

variety of educational and child-care settings, including nursery ECE131 Child Development ........................................................ 3

school, pre-school, day care, private kindergarten, and as para- ECE144 Observation of Young Children .................................. 3

professionals in the public schools. Course work and practical work ECE148 Toddler Curriculum ....................................................... 2

experience emphasize knowledge of normal growth and develop- Math/Science/Computer Science‡ ......................... 3-4

ment, guidance skills with young children, and the planning and 15-16

directing of activities for children which foster positive intellec-

tual, social, emotional and physical growth and development. Fourth Quarter

Enrollment in the early childhood classes is open to all interested ECE156 Cooperative Planning Seminar III* ............................. 1

students, whether attending school full- or part-time. However, ECE231 Child Development: Theory to Practice .................. 3

only a limited number of practicum opportunities are available ECE244 Observation for Curriculum Development ............ 3

and enrollment in this aspect of the program is available only upon ECE246 Parent/Family Relations ................................................ 2

consent of the program faculty. Many of the courses also are ex- ECE250 Curriculum: Physical/Motor ......................................... 3

cellent for parents and others who work with young children. WE280CDA Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3

With or without accommodation, students must fulfill the pro- 15

gram competencies for practicum experiences with young chil-

dren. The safety and well-being of children is always of primary Fifth Quarter

importance. Certificate and degree candidates should anticipate ECE156 Cooperative Planning Seminar IV* ............................ 1

practicum settings with physical, emotional and mental challenges. ECE224 Early Childhood Math and Science ............................ 2

Students with questions about the nature of the program should ECE245 Guiding Challenging Children ..................................... 2

arrange for an individual appointment with a program adviser. ECE251 Curriculum: Social-Emotional ...................................... 3

Early Childhood Education options include certificate and AAS pro- ECE253 Early Childhood Environments ................................... 2

grams. Consult ECE program advisers regarding your individual needs. WE280CDA Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3

Program Advisers (Social Sciences Department): Distribution requirement‡ ........................................... 3

Ellen White 503-491-6985 - Room EC 22 16

whitee@mhcc.edu

Sixth Quarter

Sally Skelding 503-491-7474 - Room EC 16

skeldins@mhcc.edu ECE156 Cooperative Planning Seminar V* .............................. 1

ECE252 Curriculum: Cognition .................................................. 3

ECE260 Values and Issues in Early Childhood Education .... 2

WE280CDA Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3

First Quarter Cr Distribution Requirement‡ .......................................... 3

ECE140 Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............ 2 Health & Physical Education Requirement‡ ............ 3

ECE145 Techniques of Positive Guidance ................................ 3

15

ECE156 Cooperative Planning Seminar I* ............................... 1

PSY235 Human Development: I: Infancy-Adolescence ......... 3

* ECE156 and WE280CDA must be taken concurrently.

WE280CDA Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3

Level I seminar and coop may be taken F or W term.

Communications Requirement‡ ................................. 3 Level II seminar and coop may be taken W or S term.

15

Second Quarter ‡ See pages 13-14.

ECE123 Early Childhood Literature and Language ............... 2 Students must successfully complete 1st year classes/certificate

ECE147 Infant/Toddler Caregiving ............................................. 3 coursework prior to admission to 2nd year classes. Program ad-

ECE150 Curriculum: Play .............................................................. 3 visers will determine individual eligibility.

ECE156 Cooperative Planning Seminar II* .............................. 1 MHCC has an articulation agreement with PSU. Consult ECE pro-

ECE170 Health, Safety, and Nutrition ........................................ 2 gram advisers.

WE280CDA Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3 Students who prefer the AA (transfer) degree must complete ad-

14 ditional coursework. See pages 15-16.

Early Childhood Education

(Certificate Program)



Successful completion of the curriculum for a one year certificate Special opportunities for teachers and caregivers - Learn

70 allows a student to move into the second year of the Associate of

Applied Science Degree (AAS). (Students must complete with a

while you earn!

Credit for prior learning can help you earn a degree or certificate

‘C’ grade average.) A one year certificate prepares a student to

while you’re working in early childhood education. You must have

enter the field of early childhood education as a teacher, or assis-

completed 12 credits at MHCC to be eligible.

tant teacher in child care centers and private preschools or as a

nanny. You may be able to gain college credits for your prior training and

current job experience. An ECE faculty adviser will work individu-

Program Advisers (Social Sciences Department):

ally with you to outline a degree path using a combination of tra-

Ellen White 503-491-6985 - Room EC 22 ditional classes, on-site evaluation of your teaching and caregiving

whitee@mhcc.edu experience and non-traditional credit for prior learning.

Sally Skelding 503-491-7474 - Room EC 16

· Get credit for what you know

skeldins@mhcc.edu · Cut the time required to earn your college degree

First Quarter Cr · Maintain your employment

ECE140 Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............ 2

ECE145 Techniques of Positive Guidance ................................ 3 CPL can provide the flexibility you need to make your dream of a

college degree a reality!

ECE156 Cooperative Planning Seminar I* ............................... 1

PSY235 Human Development: I: Infancy-Adolescence ......... 3 (All students must successfully complete coursework and practicum

WE280CDA Coooperative Education Internship* ........................ 3 competencies required for graduation. College and program re-

WR101 Workplace Communications I or quirements apply.)

WR121 English Composition ................................. 3

15

Second Quarter

ECE123 Early Childhood Literature and Language ............... 2

ECE147 Infant/Toddler Caregiving ............................................. 3

ECE150 Curriculum: Play .............................................................. 3

ECE156 Cooperative Planning Seminar II* .............................. 1

ECE170 Health, Safety, and Nutrition ........................................ 2

PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3

WE280CDA Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3

17

Third Quarter

ECE121 Curriculum Methods: Sensory Experiences

in Early Childhood .................................................... 2

ECE122 Curriculum Methods: Outside Activities

in Early Childhood .................................................... 2

ECE131 Child Development ........................................................ 3

ECE144 Observation of Young Children .................................. 3

ECE148 Toddler Curriculum ....................................................... 2

Math/Science/Computer Science‡ ......................... 3-4

15-16



* ECE156 and WE280CDA must be taken concurrently.

Level I seminar and coop may be taken F or W term.

Level II seminar and coop may be taken W or S term.



Special topic courses will be offered throughout the year. These

courses are designed for additional professional training. Please

check the quarterly schedule for selections.

Education

Instructional Assistant

(Limited Entry, Certificate Program)





The Instructional Assistant Program is designed to meet the pro-

fessional development needs of instructional assistants. 71

The program consists of 44-45 credits. Students who complete

the program will earn an Instructional Assistant Certificate. Most

credits will apply towards an Associate of Arts Degree and are

transferable if a student wishes to earn a Bachelor’s of Arts De-

gree and a teaching license. A program coordinator will be avail-

able to assist students as they move through their programs of

study.

Each course within this curriculum is designed to further the pro-

fessional development of instructional assistants. Education classes

are scheduled in the late afternoon or early evening to meet the

needs of students who are currently employed by school districts.

General education courses are scheduled across all time slots.

For additional information on the Instructional Assistant Program

at Mt. Hood Community College, please call 503-491-7480.

Program Adviser (Social Science Department):

Dave Shields 503-491-6965

shieldsd.mhcc.edu



Education Courses Cr

ED123 Classroom Techniques in Reading and Language ... 3

ED130 Classroom Management ............................................... 3

ED200 Introduction to Education ............................................ 3

ED209A/B Education Theory and Practicum* ............................. 3

ED230 Educational Psychology ................................................. 3

ED235 Instructional Technology ............................................... 3

ED260 Instructional Strategies ................................................. 3

ED258 Multi-cultural Education ............................................... 3

ED268 Education of Mildly/Severely Handicapped .............. 3

ED269 Overview of Students with Special Needs .............. 3



Math and Computer Science Courses

CS125___ Computer Applications (Word) ................................. 1

CS125___ Computer Applications (Excel) .................................. 1

MTH60 Beginning Algebra I or

MTH105 Introduction to Contemporary

Mathematics** or MTH211 Fundamentals of

Elementary Mathematics I ................................... 3-4



General Education Courses

PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

WR121 English Composition ...................................................... 3



44-45



* Both, ED209A and ED209B are required.

** MTH105 is approved as a general education course for

the AAOT degree.

Electronics Technology

(Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree/Certificate Program)



Join the growing field of electronics by becoming an electronics First Quarter Cr

72 technician. The Electronic Technology program at Mt. Hood Com-

munity College offers in-depth instruction and hand-on training

EET111

EET120

Introduction to Electronics Technology ................... 3

DC and AC Fundamentals ............................................ 8

necessary to become a professional electronics technician.

MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ........................ 4

The Electronics Technology Program’s mission (consistent with 15

the College’s mission) is to provide an avenue to prepare a knowl-

edge-based workforce of life-long learners who are adaptable to Second Quarter

the changes in the electronics industry. The program provides a EET140 Semiconductors .............................................................. 8

broad bas e of knowledge that allows students to be employable EET156 Functional Analysis ......................................................... 3

ina wide spectrum of opportunities where electronics are used. WR121 English Composition ...................................................... 3

The Electronics Technology Program concentrates on technical

fundamentals, proper methods of electronic circuit and system Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

assembly, use of standard measurement, test instruments and com- 17

puter tools, and problem solving.

Third Quarter

Electronics Technicians are employed in a wide range of industry EET160 Digital Electronics .......................................................... 8

segments including: EET163 Technical Visual Basic ..................................................... 3

• automotive & transportation PH201 General Physics I

• avionics or CH104 General, Organic and

• business electronics (finance, retail, legal, service) Biological Chemistry I ............................................. 5

• communications & telecommunications 16

• computer electronics

• consumer electronics Fourth - Sixth Quarters

• entertainment electronics WE280ESB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

• industrial & manufacturing electronics Communication Requirement‡ .................................. 3

• instrumentation electronics Health/PE Requirement‡ .............................................. 3

• medical electronics 10

• military electronics Select 33 credits from the core list below:

• power generation & distribution

EET214 Linear Integrated Circuits ............................................ 3

• semiconductor manufacturing

EET220 Microprocessors ............................................................. 8

Electronic technicians are needed to perform system installation,

EET232 Lasers and Fiber Optics .............................................. 3

maintenance, troubleshooting, repair, field service, quality control

testing, fabrication, and technical sales support of today’s electronic EET240 Electronic Communications ...................................... 8

equipment as well as being valuable team members of research and EET252 Programmable Controllers (PLCs) ........................... 3

development efforts for tomorrow’s systems. Electronic technicians EET260 Control Systems ........................................................... 8

are employed as: EET262 Semiconductor Processing I ........................................ 3

• applications engineering technician EET270 Semiconductor Equipment Overview ....................... 4

• calibration technician EET272 Semiconductor Processing II ....................................... 4

• equipment technician ‡See pages 13-17.

• field service and/or installation technician

• industrial control technician EVENING ELECTRONICS COURSES

• manufacturing technician Persons working a full time job during the day may find our evening

• product evaluation technician electronics program the solution for job enhancement or for begin-

• quality control technician ning a path that will lead to a certificate or degree. Each core

electronics course is presented during one weekly evening lec-

• research and development technician

ture session and another weekly evening is selected by the stu-

• software qualification and/or test technician

dent to complete the corresponding lab time. See the MHCC quar-

• tech support terly schedule for specifics. A typical evening sequence of courses

• technical writer and/or trainer could be:

Monday Tuesday

Choose between a one-year certificate in Electronics Technology

or a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree program.To earn Term 1 EET111 EET120A

the one-year certificate, successfully complete the first three terms Term 2 EET156 EET120B

of the two-year AAS degree. Term 3 EET163 EET140A

Term 4 EET214 EET140B

Term 5 EET232 EET160A

Program Adviser (Industrial Technology Department): Term 6 EET240A EET160B

Jack Fassel 503-491-7672 - Room AC 1274 Term 7 EET240B EET220A

fasselj@mhcc.edu Term 8 EET260A EET220B

Term 9 EET260B EET252

Engineering Technology

Architectural, Civil, or Mechanical…

(Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Programs)



Engineering Technology is a professional technical career that in- Second Quarter Cr

volves the practical application of science and mathematics along

with engineering knowledge, methods, and skills to support activi-

ET135

ET144

Practical Descriptive Geometry ................................. 3

Computer Applications in Engineering

73

ties in design, manufacturing and construction. Engineering techni-

cians provide a critical link between design professionals and Technology .................................................................. 3

craftspeople doing the work. Employment opportunities exist for ET154 Computer Aided Design I**** .................................... 3

men and women in this growing, fast-paced, and ever-evolving oc- MTH80 Technical Mathematics I** ............................................ 4

cupation. Mt. Hood Community College offers Associate in Ap- WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking*** ............... 3

plied Science degrees in three areas of specialization which are 16

Architectural, Civil, and Mechanical Engineering Technology.

Third Quarter

Emphasis is “hands on” experience with much of the coursework

focusing on common tasks that technicians actually will do in in- ET130 Architectural CAD Drawing ....................................... 3

dustry on a day-to-day basis. Skills and abilities expected of a tech- ET150 Plane Surveying ............................................................... 4

nician participating in engineering related fields include: computer MTH85 Technical Mathematics II** ........................................... 4

literacy, problem solving, critical thinking, communication, flexibil- WR227 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

ity, and the ability to work in teams.With the tremendous range of PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

jobs related to engineering technology, some employers may re- 17

quire only a few of these skills where others may need all of them

and more. Fourth Quarter

Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory comple- ET204 Computer Aided Design II**** ................................... 3

tion of placement criteria. It is recommended that prospective ET221 Statics ................................................................................ 4

students arrange for an interview with a program adviser before PH201 General Physics I or CH104 General,

registering to clarify the emphasis of the program. Organic, and Biological Chemistry I or

Listed below are the requirements for all three degrees offered. G201 Principles of Geology .............................. 4-5

Questions may be directed to the program adviser as listed for Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

each engineering degree. 14-15

Fifth Quarter

Architectural Engineering Technology Degree ET231 Basic Strengths of Materials ........................................ 4

(One-year certificate also available) ET234 Engineering Economics ................................................. 3

This degree focuses on engineering technology as it relates to the ET240 Project Design I .............................................................. 3

design and construction of buildings. Many opportunities exist in HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3

the construction industry which include; building design, construc-

tion management, inspection, quality control, materials sales, and

13

technical support. Architectural engineering technicians could find Sixth Quarter

employment with structural design firms, general and specialty ET250 Project Design II ............................................................. 3

contractors, and engineered component manufacturers. Job op-

ET263 Structures ......................................................................... 4

portunities also exist in various parts of federal, state and local

government. The AET program also offers a one-year certificate ET264 Soils and Concrete in Construction ......................... 3

for those successfully completing the first three terms of the two- ET265 Site Development ........................................................... 3

year AAS degree. Contact the AET adviser for more information. WE280ET Cooperative Education Internship or

Related Elective ......................................................... 4

AET Adviser (Engineering and Computer Science Department):

Mike Brayson 503-491-7118 - Room AC 2681 17

braysonm@mhcc.edu

* If a related elective is to be taken instead of ART115, it

First Quarter Cr

is suggested that HPE295 be taken in the first quarter

ET120 Architectural Drawing .................................................. 3 and the related elective be taken in the fifth quarter.

ET123 Introduction to Engineering Technology .................. 3 Related electives listed on page 66.

ART115 Basic Design I or Related Elective* ....................... 3-4 ** MTH95,111,112 may be substituted for MTH60, 80,85.

MTH60 Beginning Algebra I** ..................................................... 3 *** WR101 & 102 may be substituted for WR121 & 122.

WR121 English Composition*** ................................................ 3 **** ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163

15-16 and ET164; or ET175, ET176, ET177, and ET179 may be

substituted for ET204.



‡See pages 13-14.

Engineering Technology

Architectural, Civil, or Mechanical, continued

(Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Programs)



Civil Engineering Technology Degree Fifth Quarter Cr

74 The field of civil engineering is the most visible of the engineering

disciplines. The highways and streets we drive on; the airports,

ET222

ET231

Fluid Mechanics ............................................................... 3

Basic Strengths of Materials ........................................ 4

harbors, and railroads that connect our country; the water and ET234 Engineering Economics ................................................. 3

sewer systems that protect our health; and the dikes and dams FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information

that protect our property are all the product of the civil engineer- Systems ........................................................................ 3

ing team. The civil engineering team also supports the work of

Related Elective ............................................................... 3

architects by designing building sites, foundations and the struc-

tural framework on which the actual building is constructed. Typi- 16

cal job titles for this degree include civil engineering technician,

Sixth Quarter

survey technician, design drafter, construction inspector and ma-

terials technician. See page 65 for admissions criteria. ET232 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design ............................. 3

ET263 Structures ......................................................................... 4

CET Adviser (Engineering and Computer Science Department):

ET264 Soils and Concrete in Construction ......................... 3

Bill Kenney 503-491-7690 – Room AC 2667

ET265 Site Development ........................................................... 3

kenneyb@mhcc.edu

Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

First Quarter Cr 16

ET120 Architectural Drawing .................................................. 3

ET123 Introduction to Engineering Technology .................. 3

HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 * MTH95,111,112 may be substituted for MTH60, 80, 85.

MTH60 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 ** WR101 & 102 may be substituted for WR121 & 122.

WR121 English Composition** .................................................. 3 *** ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163 and

15 ET164; or ET175, ET176, ET177, and ET179 may be

substituted for ET204.

Second Quarter

ET144 Computer Applications in Engineering

Technology .................................................................. 3 ‡See pages 13-14.

ET154 Computer Aided Design I*** ...................................... 3

MTH80 Technical Mathematics I* .............................................. 4

PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking** ................. 3

16

Third Quarter

ET130 Architectural CAD Drawing ....................................... 3

ET150 Plane Surveying ............................................................... 4

MTH85 Technical Mathematics II* ............................................. 4

WR227 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

14

Fourth Quarter

ET200 Route Surveying .............................................................. 4

ET204 Computer Aided Design II *** or

FT226 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping .......... 3

ET221 Statics ................................................................................ 4

PH201 General Physics I or CH104 General,

Organic, and Biological Chemistry I or

G201 Principles of Geology ............................... 4-5

15-16

Engineering Technology

Architectural, Civil, or Mechanical, continued

(Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Programs)



Mechanical Engineering Technology Degree Fifth Quarter Cr

(One-year certificate also available) ET222 Fluid Mechanics or

PH202 General Physics II .................................... 3-5

75

This degree focuses on technicians for entry in various engineer-

ing support activities required by industry. These courses give stu- ET231 Basic Strengths of Materials ........................................ 4

dents experience in mechanical design at a technician level. Included ET234 Engineering Economics ................................................. 3

in the scope of many courses is the use of state of the art com- ET240 Project Design 1 ............................................................. 3

puter-aided design equipment (CAD). MET students could MFG212 CAM Concepts I ............................................................ 4

find employment in any type of manufacturing thus creating a wide 17-19

variety of job possibilities such as an engineering technician, drafter,

and CAD technician in light to heavy product design industries. Sixth Quarter

Typical employers would be manufacturers of material handling ET250 Project Design II ............................................................. 3

equipment, transportation equipment, medical equipment, recre- WE280ET Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

ation equipment and materials testing. The MET program also of-

Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

fers a one-year certificate for those successfully completing the

first three terms of the two-year AAS degree. Contact the MET Related Elective ............................................................... 6

adviser for more information. See page 65 for admissions criteria. 16

MET Adviser (Engineering and Computer Science Department):

Troy Donaldson 503-491-7681 - Room AC 2579 * MTH95,111,112 may be substitue for MTH60, 80, 85.

troy@mhcc.edu ** WR101 & 102 may be substituted for WR121 & 122.

*** ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163

and ET164; or ET175, ET176, ET177, and ET179 may be

First Quarter Cr substituted for ET204.

ET122 Engineering Drawing ...................................................... 3

ET123 Introduction to Engineering Engineering Technology Related Electives

Technology .................................................................. 3

Related electives must be approved by the program adviser for

HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3

the degree being sought. Electives are generally accepted only for

MTH60 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 the programs indicated.

WR121 English Composition** .................................................. 3 ART115 Basic Design I (MET)

15 CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I (all)

Second Quarter CH151 Basic Chemistry (MET)

ET135 Practical Descriptive Geometry ................................. 3 ESR271 Envr. Sci II: Intro to Envir. Engineering (CET)

ET144 Computer Applications in Engineering ET161 Beginning 2-D AutoCAD (all)

Technology .................................................................. 3 ET162 Intermediate 2-D AutoCAD (all)

ET154 Computer Aided Design I*** ...................................... 3 ET163 3-D AutoCAD (all)

MTH80 Technical Mathematics I* .............................................. 4 ET164 Menus and Lisp AutoCAD (all)

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking** ................. 3 ET170 AutoCAD 2000 Layouts, Features and Tools (all)

16 ET175 AutoCAD 3-D Views & Coordinate Systems (all)

ET176 AutoCAD 3-D Modeling I - Surfaces (all)

Third Quarter ET177 AutoCAD 3-D Modeling II - Solids (all)

ET132 Engineering CAD Drawing .......................................... 3 ET178 AutoCAD Rendering (all)

MTH85 Technical Math II* ........................................................... 4 ET179 AutoCAD Customization (all)

PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 ET222 Fluid Mechanics (AET, MET)

WR227 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3 ET232 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design (AET)

13 FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information

Fourth Quarter Systems (AET)

ET204 Computer Aided Design II*** ..................................... 3 G201 Principles of Geology (all)

ET221 Statics ................................................................................ 4 MFG134/MFG135 Metallurgy Theory and Lab

BA255 Supervisory Management ............................................. 3 (MET)

PH201 General Physics I ............................................................ 5 MTH241 Elementary Calculus (all)

WE280CE Cooperative Education Internship (CET)

15

Approved Computer Science courses



‡See pages 13-14.

Entrepreneurship and

Small Business Management

(Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



Have you ever thought of owning your own business or working Third Quarter (Spring) Cr

76 for a small business?

The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management program

BA200

HUM202

Marketing for Small Business ....................................... 3

Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ........... 3

will prepare you for self-employment and careers in small busi- CS125___ Software Applications or BT210__ Software

ness. The program will include instruction and training in evaluat- Applications ................................................................ 3

ing small business ideas and opportunities, developing skills and ICDP Electives* ............................................................... 8

understanding the resources necessary to go into business.

17

What are the opportunities in small business?

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

In the last seven years small businesses with fewer than 20 em-

BA202 Customer Service and Employee Relations ............ 3

ployees have been the major contributing factor to employment

growth in Oregon. In addition, almost 90 percent of the businesses BA238 Sales ................................................................................... 3

in Oregon and nationwide employ fewer than 20 people. What ICDP Electives* ........................................................... 6-8

this means is that small business is where the new and existing 12-14

jobs are, and small businesses hire people with the education,

knowledge and experience relating to the needs of their small Fifth Quarter (Winter)

business.This program is directly focused on the practical, hands-on BA208 Business Plan - Marketing ............................................. 3

aspects of small business. BA222 Finance .............................................................................. 3

What are the requirements needed in small business? Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3

ICDP Electives* ........................................................... 6-8

As you know, anyone can start a business. The problem, however,

is that many people don’t know what’s involved, don’t know the 15-17

risks and don’t have the skills to start and successfully operate a Sixth Quarter (Spring)

business or work for an already existing business. You will be able

BA230 Business Plan-Operating/Financial .............................. 3

to custom design your own program to fit your individual needs.

Specialized courses in your area of interest such as automotive, SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

graphic design, cosmetology and others may be applied toward ICDP Electives* ............................................................... 9

your entrepreneurship degree. At the completion of this program, 15

you will not only have a degree, but you also will have newly devel-

oped, practical skills to feel confident that you can start and suc- *Individual Custom Designed Program (ICDP) Electives

cessfully run a small business. The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management program

Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): allows for students to develop with their adviser an individual

Chuck Knocke 503-491-6971 - Room AC 2663 custom designed program that meets their small business needs

knockec@mhcc.edu and specific interests. The program allows students 28-32 credits

(about a third of the program) to specialize in a specific area relat-

First Quarter (Fall) Cr ing to their chosen field in small business. Upon entering the pro-

BA100 Introduction to Entrepreneurship ............................. 3 gram each student will meet with his/her adviser and mutually

BA150 Developing a Small Business ........................................ 3 develop an individual custom designed program that will provide

BT103 Business Mathematics .................................................... 3 them with the necessary expertise to be a successful entrepre-

PSY201 General Psychology or neur. A maximum of 12 credit hours of WE280, Cooperative Edu-

PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............ 3 cation Internship, may be applied toward the degree.

WR121 English Composition or

WR101 Workplace Communications I** ............ 3 ** Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122

15 or 2) WR101 and WR102.



Second Quarter (Winter) ‡See pages 13-14.

BA211 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4

BA250 Small Business Management ........................................ 3

CS105 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking or

WR102 Workplace Communications II** ........... 3

ICDP Electives* ............................................................... 2

16

Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Management

(Certificate Program)



The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management Program First Quarter (Fall) Cr

will help to prepare you to develop and successfully operate your

own business. Students learn how to find and evaluate business

Developing Entrepreneurial Opportunities

BA100 Introduction to Entrepreneurship ............................. 3

77

opportunities. They will learn the necessary steps in registering BA150 Developing a Small Business ........................................ 3

and forming a business, as well as how to successfully manage and

BA202 Customer Service & Employee Relations ................ 3

operate it. You will be able to answer these questions:

CS105 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3

· What is it like to own and operate your own CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1

business?

WR121 English Composition or

· Would you like to start and operate a business from your

own home? WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3

· How do you find and evaluate small business 16

opportunities? Second Quarter (Winter)

· Would you like to learn about franchising? Managing as an Entrepreneur

· Would you like to learn how to start and develop a business

of you own? BA208 Business Plan-Marketing ............................................... 3

· What is actually involved in operating a small business? BA211 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4

· What are the risks and rewards of being your own boss? BA222 Finance .............................................................................. 3

· What are the important skills involved in operating a BA250 Small Business Management ........................................ 3

successful small business of your own? CS125___ Software Applications or BT210__ Software

Applications ................................................................ 3

Students enrolling in the Certificate program are expected to be 16

interested in starting their own business within a short period of

time. They most likely would already have a set of skills or inter-

ests that they want to use to start and operate their own business Third Quarter (Spring)

or franchise. For those students who want more education or Planning as an Entrepreneur

training in a custom-designed program, they should investigate the BA200 Marketing for Small Business ....................................... 3

two-year associates degree in Entrepreneurship and Small Busi- BA230 Business Plan-Operating/Financial .............................. 3

ness Management. The two-year program allows students to cus- BA238 Sales ................................................................................... 3

tomize their own individual program of skill , development and HUM202 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ........... 3

training by choosing to take more elective courses. All of the

12

courses in the one-year certificate program are necessary in the

two-year degree program. Therefore, it is easy for a student who

gets a one-year certificate to decide to go on for a two-year de-

gree.

Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology):

Chuck Knocke 503-491-6971 – Room AC 2663

knockec@mhcc.edu

Environmental Health and Safety

(Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)





The Environmental Health and Safety program provides students Third Quarter Cr

78 a basic understanding of the environmental health and safety is-

sues. The technical nature of this field requires basic courses in

EHS171 Environmental Science I: Chemistry

of Hazardous Materials ............................................ 3

math and chemistry in order to understand and work more effec-

ESR285 Safety and Health Standards and Laws ..................... 3

tively in this field. The program includes lectures, class projects,

and an internship.The curriculum would be suitable for high school BI102 General Biology II*** ..................................................... 4

graduates, people now working in industry in the areas of occupa- CH170 Environmental Chemistry ............................................ 4

tional safety and health, or environmental management, and those WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

with no related job experience wanting to change careers. Per- 17

sons assigned new duties in this area may find individual courses

will fulfill their needs for continuing professional education. Stu-

Fourth Quarter

dents completing an Associate’s Degree in the EHS program may EHS221 Environmental Safety I: Emergency

transfer to several different four-year schools for the Bachelor of Response Planning ..................................................... 4

Science degree in different environmental fields. Interested stu- EHS225 Human & Environmental Toxicology ......................... 3

dents should contact the program adviser for additional informa- ESR271 Environmental Science II: Introduction to

tion. Environmental Engineering ..................................... 4

What are the Possibilities for Employment? CS105 Computing Fundamentals** ......................................... 3

The Environmental Health and Safety program prepares students CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab** ................................. 1

for well paid jobs in the growing fields of environmental health WR227 Technical Report Writing or

and safety. Small to large companies have the need for at least one WR123 English Composition: Research .............. 3

person responsible for environmental health and/or safety issues. 18

Employment in the environmental field include such jobs as pro-

gram managers, regulatory officers, auditors, field and lab techni- Fifth Quarter

cians, scientists, researchers, educators, and trainers. Employment EHS201 Environmental Health and Safety

in the health and safety field include such jobs as safety techni- Regulations II ............................................................. 3

cians, safety officers, accident investigators, industrial hygienists, EHS243 Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to

risk managers, program developers, and program managers. Instrumental Analysis ................................................ 4

Program Adviser (Physical Science Department): WE280EVB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

Dr. Javid Mohtasham 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3

mohtashj@mhcc.edu Approved Humanities/Social Science

First Quarter Cr Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3

EHS100 Introduction to Environmental Health 17

and Safety .................................................................... 2 Sixth Quarter

EHS101 Environmental Health and Safety EHS222 Environmental Safety II: Environmental

Regulations I .............................................................. 3 Auditing ........................................................................ 4

CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I* ....... 5 EHS230 Pollution Prevention (P2) ............................................. 3

MTH95 Intermediate Algebra with Right-Triangle WE280EVB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

Trigonometry or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Approved Humanities/Social Science

Elementary Functions** ......................................... 4-5 Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

14

17-18

* CH221 and CH222 may be substituted for CH104 and

Second Quarter CH105.

EHS143 Environmental Science Lab I: EPA ** Higher level Math or Computer Science course may be

Methodology Labs & Sampling ............................... 3 substituted.

ESR281 Elements of Industrial Hygiene ................................... 3 *** Any two 200 level biology courses may be substituted

BI101 General Biology I*** ...................................................... 4 for BI101 and BI102.

CH105 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry II* ...... 5

WR121 English Composition ...................................................... 3 Note: Students who are pursuing an AAS degree in the ESS Pro-

gram, are entitled to receive the certification for the 40-hour

18 HAZWOPER (EPA 165.1) training without additional cost.



‡See pages 13-14.

Environmental Health and Safety

(Certificate Program)



Students may earn a certificate in Environmental Health and Safety.

The curriculum would be suitable for people now working in in-

dustry in the areas of environmental management or occupational

79

safety and health, or anyone interested in entering this field. Stu-

dents may find this option a beginning point for the associate de-

gree program.

Program Adviser (Physical Science Department):

Dr. Javid Mohtasham 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571

mohtashj@mhcc.edu





Basic Course Requirements Cr

EHS100 Introduction to Environmental Health

and Safety .................................................................... 2

EHS101 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I ...... 3

EHS171 Environmental Science I: Chemistry

of Hazardous Materials ............................................ 3

ESR281 Elements of Industrial Hygiene ................................... 3

CS105 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ......... 5

CH170 Environmental Chemistry ............................................ 4

MTH95 Intermediate Algebra with Right-Triangle

Trigonometry or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I:

Elementary Functions** ......................................... 4-5

PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

WR121 English Composition ...................................................... 3



In addition to basic course requirements above, add:

Safety and Regulations Electives

(3 required)

EHS221 Environmental Safety I: Emergency

Response Planning ..................................................... 4

EHS225 Human and Environmental Toxicology ..................... 3

EHS201 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations II .... 3

EHS222 Environmental Safety II: Environmental

Auditing ....................................................................... 4

ESR285 Safety and Health Standards and Laws ..................... 3



Science and Technology Electives

(3 required)

EHS143 Environmental Science Lab I: EPA

Methodology Labs & Sampling ............................... 3

EHS230 Pollution Prevention (P2) ............................................. 3

EHS243 Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to

Instrumental Analysis ................................................ 4

ESR271 Environmental Science II: Introduction to

Environmental Engineering ..................................... 4



* Higher level Math or Computer Science course may be

substituted.

Fire Science Technology

(Restricted to professional and volunteer firefighters,

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

This program is designed for fire service agency employees and Fourth Quarter Cr

80 volunteer fire fighters. Courses are currently offered only on a

contracted basis with local fire service agencies and departments.

EMTX12 Emergency Medical Training Basic .............................. 5

General Education Requirements‡

No open enrollment classes are scheduled.

Related Electives

What is it? 17

This is a one-year certificate with an option for a two-year Asso- Fifth Quarter

ciate of Applied Science degree program in Fire Science Technol-

ogy with areas of specialization in Fire Prevention, Fire Suppres- EMTX13 Emergency Medical Training Basic .............................. 5

sion and Fire Management. MTH60 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3

General Education Requirements‡

Fire personnel may earn either a certificate or an associate de- Related Electives

gree in Fire Prevention, Fire Suppression or Fire Management. The

certificate or associate degree option is designed for experienced

17

fire service agency employees or volunteer firefighters who want Sixth Quarter

to earn a certificate or associate degree in Fire Science. Fire per- General Education Requirements‡

sonnel who want to earn an associate degree must complete a Related Electives

certificate in an area of specialization. 15

What are its objectives?

The primary objective of this program is to provide a career de- * Prerequisite MTH20 Applied Algebra & PreAlgebra or

velopment education and training system for local fire service agen- by placement examination.

cies.

Specific objectives include: Related Electives

Prior to selecting related electives the student must consult with

1. To upgrade agency employees in Fire Prevention, Fire an adviser to determine a selection of courses that is appropriate

Suppression, and Fire Management. to the area of specialization and to the student’s goals.

2. To allow agency employees to progress in their certifi- FF14 Fire Company Organization and Station Management

cation under the Oregon Fire Standards and Accredita-

FF18 Fire Service Rescue Practices

tion Board.

FF21 Building Construction for Fire Suppression

Who may participate? FF28 Natural Cover Fire Protection

Since this curriculum is approved as an occupational supplemen- FF29 Fire Department Communications

tary program and not occupational preparatory, we have designed FF31 Introduction to Building Codes

the courses for fire service agency employees or volunteer

FF36A Aircraft Fire Rescue

firefighters. The college also has developed a procedure whereby

fire service agencies may contract to have program courses pro- FF37 Industrial Fire Protection

vided at their own facilities and scheduled to fit their shift pat- FF38 Hazardous Materials for Inspectors

terns. FF39 Firefighters’ Law

FF40 Fire Prevention Inspection

Program Adviser (The Center, 503-491-7429):

FF44 Fire Insurance Fundamentals

Barbara Updegraff 503-491-7242.

FF48 Major Emergency Strategy and Tactics

FF50 Fire Codes and Ordinances II

Note: Fire Science courses are not being offered currently FF51 Advanced Detection and Protection Systems

as regularly scheduled classes. FF52 Fire Prevention Education Programs

First Quarter Cr FF53 Introduction to Emergency Services

FF54 Instructor I

Requirements in specific certificate program ..................... 15

Second Quarter

**FF10 Introduction to Fire Protection

Requirements in specific certificate program ..................... 15

**FF11 Firefighting Skills I

Third Quarter **FF13 Elementary Fire Science

Requirements in specific certificate program ..................... 15 **FF15 Firefighting Skills II

**FF17 Fundamentals of Fire Prevention



** These courses will not be offered by Mt. Hood

Community College. Credit may be acquired by

Experience-Based Credit procedures.



‡See pages 13-14.

Fire Science Technology

(Restricted to professional and volunteer firefighters, Certificate Program)



This program is designed for fire service agency employees and Second Quarter Cr

volunteer fire fighters. Courses are currently offered only on a

contracted basis with local fire service agencies and departments.

FF23

FF24

Hazardous Materials Technician I ............................... 3

Fire Protection Systems and

81

No open enrollment classes are scheduled.

Extinguishers .............................................................. 3

Fire personnel may earn a certificate in one of the following spe- FF30 Arson Investigation ........................................................ 3

cialized areas of instruction: fire prevention, fire suppression or FF46 Fire Department Leadership ....................................... 3

fire management. Students completing a certificate program may FFX25 Uniform Building Code ................................................. 3

apply these credits toward an associate degree in Fire Science

Technology. 15

Third Quarter

Fire Management FF33 Fire Codes and Ordinances I ...................................... 3

FF34 Public Relations for Fire Service ................................ 3

First Quarter Cr

FF35 Water Distribution Systems ........................................ 3

FF16 Fire Science I - Physics or

CJA212 Introduction to Criminal Law: Criminal

PH201 General Physics I ..................................... 3-5

Justice Procedure ...................................................... 3

FF41 Training Programs and Techniques ............................. 3

WR101 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3

FF46 Fire Department Leadership ....................................... 3

PS203 State and Local Governments ..................................... 3

15

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

15-17

Fire Suppression

First Quarter

Second Quarter

FF22 Fire Service Hydraulics ................................................. 3

FF25 Fire Investigation (Cause Determination) ............... 3

FF23 Hazardous Materials Technician I ............................... 3

FF27 Firefighting Strategy and Tactics .................................. 3

FF27 Firefighting Strategy and Tactics .................................. 3

FF43 Fire Officer Management Responsibility .................. 3

FF46 Fire Department Leadership ....................................... 3

FF45 Fire Planning and Research

WR101 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3

(Municipal Budgets) .................................................. 3

PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3 15

15 Second Quarter

Third Quarter FF16 Fire Science I - Physics or

PH201 General Physics I ...................................... 3-5

FF47 Fire Command I .............................................................. 3

FF21 Building Construction for Fire Suppression ............ 3

CJA212 Introduction to Criminal Law:

FF24 Fire Protection Systems and Extinguishers ............. 3

Criminal Justice Procedure ..................................... 3

FF26 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials ............................ 5

SDP204 Labor-Management Relations ...................................... 3

FF47 Fire Command I .............................................................. 3

WR101 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3

Computer Applications ................................................. 3 17-19

15 Third Quarter

FF12 Fire Apparatus, Pump Construction and

Fire Prevention Operation .................................................................... 3

FF25 Fire Investigation (Cause Determination) ............... 3

First Quarter

FF34 Public Relations for Fire Service ................................ 3

FF20 Fire Science II-Chemistry or

FF41 Training Programs and Techniques ............................. 3

CH104 General Chemistry or Computer Applications ................................................. 3

CH151 Basic Chemistry ...................................... 3-5

15

FF25 Fire Investigation (Cause Determination) ............... 3

PS203 State and Local Governments ..................................... 3 Note: See certificate requirements under the Degree Require-

ments section of catalog.

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

Computer Applications ................................................. 3

15-17

Fisheries Technology

(Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The purpose of the two-year Fisheries Technology AAS degree Fourth Quarter Cr

82 curriculum is to prepare students for successful careers with pri-

vate, federal or state agencies as a fish culturist and/or a fishery

FI201

FI205

Fish Husbandry I ............................................................. 6

Fisheries Lab Techniques ............................................... 2

technician. Over and above such required work as fish biology, fish

FI207 Data Collection Techniques ......................................... 3

husbandry and fishery techniques, a significant portion of the pro-

gram will provide hands-on experience through field and propaga- FI211 Field Projects I ................................................................ 2

tion projects, including operations in the campus fish hatchery. FI221 Building Maintenance and Repair ............................... 4

Chest waders and rain gear are required and must be purchased

17

by the student. Students completing the program will usually as- Fifth Quarter

sist in propagation and rearing of game and food fish. Because of FI202 Fish Husbandry II ............................................................ 6

the rigorous activity demanded by the work, good physical condi-

tion is a necessity. FI212 Field Projects II ............................................................... 2

FI222 Equipment Maintenance and Repair .......................... 4

Those students desiring entry into the Fisheries program are ad- FI231 Current Issues in Natural Resources ....................... 1

vised that admission will be on a first-come, first-served basis. HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ....................... 3

Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory comple-

tion of placement criteria. 16

Program Adviser (Life Science Department): Sixth Quarter

Tom Worcester 503-491-7330 - Room AC 2570 FI203 Fish Husbandry III .......................................................... 3

worcestt@mhcc.edu FI213 Field Projects III .............................................................. 2

Todd Hanna 503-491-7163 - Room HF 13 FI241 Stream Habitat Assessment and

hannat@mhcc.edu Improvement .............................................................. 2

First Quarter Cr PS297 Introduction to Environmental Politics .................... 3

SP100 Basic Speech Communications or

FI101 Fishery Techniques I ....................................................... 4

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking .............. 3

BI101 General Biology I ............................................................ 4

VT10FIA Special Projects*** ......................................................... 1

MTH20 Applied Arithmetic and Pre-algebra* ........................ 3

WR199FI Writing Capstone Projects for Fisheries ................. 2

WR101 Workplace Communications I or

WR121 English Composition** ............................. 3 16

14

* Students placing in MTH60 or MTH65 should begin

Second Quarter their mathematics sequence in the fall.

FI102 Fishery Techniques II ...................................................... 4 ** Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122

FI112 Fish Biology I ................................................................... 4 or 2) WR101 and WR102.

BT210__ Excel - Level I or CS equivalent ................................. 1 *** VT10FIA may be taken any quarter, including the

BT210__ Word - Level I or CS equivalent ................................ 1 summer.

MTH60 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3

WR102 Workplace Communications II or

WR122 English Composition** ............................. 3 ‡ See pages 13-14.

16

Third Quarter

FI103 Fishery Techniques III .................................................... 4

FI113 Fish Biology II .................................................................. 4

MTH65 Beginning Algebra II ........................................................ 3

PE185FSW Fisheries Swimming & Water Safety .......................... 1

WLD116 General Welding I ........................................................... 3

15

Forest Resources Technology

(Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The Forest Resources Technology program prepares students for Fourth Quarter Cr

positions of technical responsibility in natural resources manage-

ment and research. Forest technicians serve in a wide variety of

FT220

FT222

Aerial Photointerpretation .......................................... 3

Forest Measurements II ................................................ 4

83

capacities, and may work in such diverse areas as reforestation,

FT226 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping .......................... 3

mapping, vegetation inventory, outdoor recreation, timber appraisal,

land surveying, harvesting, stream surveying, wildlife habitat en- FT242 Watershed Processes .................................................... 3

hancement, and fire fighting. WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Good physical condition and the willingness to work in all kinds of

16

weather are important for those interested in outdoor field posi- Fifth Quarter

tions. There are also more limited opportunities for those who

FT212 Current Issues in Forest Resources .......................... 1

would prefer to stay indoors. These would include positions in

computerized mapping, aerial photointerpretation and database FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information

management. Systems ........................................................................ 3

FT244 Applied Silviculture I: Reforestation .......................... 3

Outdoor labs are an integral part of the coursework. Students FW251 Principles of Wildlife Conservation ........................... 3

learn field techniques that they will use on the job in local forests,

PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations or

parks and natural areas. The courses incorporate technologically

advanced equipment and software into the field data collection PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3

and analysis. In addition, each student completes a cooperative Related Elective ........................................................... 1-3

work internship, which gives college credit for on-the-job work 14-16

experience.

Sixth Quarter

Students desiring to enter the Forest Resources program are ad-

FT211 Forest Products .............................................................. 2

vised that admission is on a first-come, first-served basis after

satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Applications are ac- FT235 Outdoor Recreation ...................................................... 3

cepted year-round. Interested students should contact the Admis- FT238 Timber Harvesting ......................................................... 3

sions Office at 503-491-7342 for application materials. FT246 Applied Silviculture II: Forest Stand Dynamics ....... 3

WE280FT Cooperative Education Internship*** ....................... 3

Selected courses (up to 65 credits) may be transferred to several

four-year institutions in appropriate bachelor degree programs. WR227 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

Check with the program adviser for current information. 17

Program Adviser (LIfe Sciences Department):

Joan Caldwell 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569 * Optional mathematics sequence: MTH95, MTH111,

MTH112

caldwelj@mhcc.edu

** Optional communications sequence: WR101, WR102,

First Quarter Cr WR199FI

F111 Introduction to Natural Resources ........................... 3 *** Cooperative Education-Students are encouraged to

F141 Tree and Shrub Identification ...................................... 3 satisfy WE280FT during the summer between their first

FT160 Forest Fire Management and Ecology ....................... 3 and second years.

CS90 Computer Applications (optional) .......................... (1)

MTH60 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 Related Electives

PE285OL Wilderness Survival ....................................................... 3 The Related Elective is intended to provide enrichment in an area

of interest to the student. In selecting a related elective, students

15-16 should consult with their adviser to determine which course will

Second Quarter best meet their academic and professional goals.

F112 Computer Applications in Forestry ........................... 3 See adviser for baccalaureate curriculum.

FT122 Forest Measurements I ................................................. 3 ‡See pages 13-14.

FT144 Forest Insects and Diseases ........................................ 3

MTH80 Technical Mathematics I ................................................ 4

WR121 English Composition** .................................................. 3

16

Third Quarter

F200 Introduction to Forest Surveying ............................... 4

F240 Forest Biology & Ecology ............................................. 4

BOT203 Plant Taxonomy ............................................................... 4

MTH85 Technical Mathematics II ............................................... 4

16

Funeral Service Education

(Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The Funeral Service Education program at Mt. Hood Community Third Quarter Cr

84 College is a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree pro-

gram. Transfer credit from an accredited college or university may

FSE124

AC110

Funeral Service Law ....................................................... 3

General Accounting I or

apply against comparable courses offered in the curriculum. Each

BA211 Principles of Accounting I ......................... 4

transferred course must have a grade of C or higher.

PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

Objectives: SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

1. To educate students for positions and careers as funeral Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

directors and embalmers. 16

2. To enlarge the background knowledge of students about the

funeral service profession. Fourth Quarter**

3. To educate students in every phase of funeral service, and to FSE211 Embalming I ...................................................................... 4

help enable them to develop the proficiency and skills FSE219 Embalming Chemistry ................................................... 3

necessary of the profession.

FSE221 Funeral Home Management I ...................................... 3

4. To educate the students concerning the responsibilities of the

funeral service profession to the community at large. FSE225 Funeral Directing ............................................................ 3

5. To emphasize high standards of ethical conduct. FSE226 Funeral Service Psychology ......................................... 3

6. To provide curriculum at the post-secondary level of 16

instruction.

7. To encourage research in the field of funeral service. Fifth Quarter

8. To encourage advanced education among funeral service FSE212 Embalming II ..................................................................... 4

professionals. FSE214 Restorative Art ............................................................... 3

The degree offered by Mt. Hood Community College can be earned FSE216 Funeral Service Microbiology or

by following a prescribed course of instruction which requires six BI234 Microbiology ............................................... 3-4

quarters in residence. Transferring all non-FSE classes from ac- FSE222 Funeral Home Management II ..................................... 3

credited institutions may allow a student to complete his/her pro- FSE227 Funeral Service Counseling ......................................... 3

fessional course work in a three-quarter sequence, beginning each 16-17

fall quarter.

Applications may be obtained from Admissions and Records. The Sixth Quarter

deadline for completed applications is the end of February.The FSE213 Embalming III ................................................................... 3

criteria for student selection are described in the final paragrapah. FSE217 Funeral Service Pathology ............................................ 3

Program Adviser (Science): FSE240 Funeral Service Internship*** ..................................... 6

Bill Malcom 503-491-6941 - Room AC 1556 FSE245 Funeral Service Issues ................................................... 3

malcomw@mhcc.edu 15

Doug Ferrin 503-491-6940 - Room AC 1555

ferrind@mhcc.edu * Prerequisite is MTH65.

** Students must achieve a 2.0 or better grade point

First Quarter Cr

average for acceptance into fourth quarter.

FSE121 Funeral Service Orientation ........................................ 3 *** Students may elect to take the internship for 3 credits

AH11 Survey of Body Systems ............................................... 4 (FSE240A) in fall or winter and then again in spring for 3

AH12 Medical Vocabulary or credits.

MO14 Medical Terminology I ............................. 2-3

CS105/L Computing Fundamentals/Lab or

Note: While graduation from high school is not required for ad-

BA231 Information Technology in Business ...... 4 mission to the college, national accreditation standards require

WR121 English Composition .................................................... 3 that a high school diploma or the equivalent be on file before the

16-17 student can be admitted to the Funeral Service Education pro-

gram. These same standards also require that a recent health cer-

Second Quarter tificate be submitted to the college prior to acceptance in the

FSE122 Funeral Service Sociology ............................................ 3 program.

BA226 Introduction to Business Law I ................................... 3

The criteria for selecting students gives priority to those appli-

CH104 General, Organic, and Biological cants who have apprentice experience. Somewhat less priority is

Chemistry I* .............................................................. 5 given to those with related work experience. Another criteria,

HPE295 Health and Fitness For Life or gives priority to applicants from Oregon, then slightly less priority

HE250 Personal Health or for Washington, Idaho, and Montana applicants. All other states

HE252 First Aid: Responding to are treated equally. Students from California, Idaho, Montana, Ne-

Emergencies ................................................................ 3 vada and Washington automatically pay in-state tuition.

General Education Distribution Requirement‡ ..... 3 ‡See pages 13-14.

17

Gerontology

(Certificate Program)



The Gerontology Certificate Program is designed for a variety of Related Electives Cr

students and residents in the community including health care

professionals, elders and caregivers. Courses can be taken:

GRX20

GRX22

Mental Health and Elders ............................................. 3

Alzheimer’s Care ............................................................ 2

85

to increase ones understanding of aging GRX30 Chronic Disease ............................................................. 3

to promote excellence in providing care for elders GRX40 Public Policy and Elder Health Care ......................... 3

to complete a Gerontology Certificate GRX60 Essentials of Caregiving ................................................ 3

to use as a related elective VT10AHC Special Projects ........................................................... 1-4

Admission is open and the student may enter at any quarter. Classes

are offered through the Evening and Weekend College. Courses

may also be offered by request at individual clinical facilities. Co-

operative learning may be designed according to the student’s in-

dividual focus of study.The certificate by itself does not qualify the

recipient for employment.

The courses in this program emphasize a holistic approach in

working with elders. Aging is viewed as part of the life cycle and

elders are recognized as valuable contributors to society. Students

will be provided with a foundation to gain an understanding of the

aging progress and its impact on health and wellness.

Program Adviser (Allied Health Division):

Sue Byers 503-491-7436 - Room AC 2772

byerss@mhcc.edu





First Quarter Cr

GRX10 The Aging Process .......................................................... 3

AH12 Medical Vocabulary ......................................................... 2

HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3

Mathematics Requirement‡* ................................... 3-5

Related Gerontology Elective ..................................... 3

14-16

Second Quarter

GRX50 Fundamentals of Elder Care ........................................ 3

PSY237 Human Development .................................................... 4

SP100 Basic Speech Communication ..................................... 3

SOC232 Death and Dying ............................................................. 3

Related Gerontology Elective ..................................... 3

16

Third Quarter

GRX15 Concepts in Wellness and Disease Prevention ....... 3

HS111 Interviewing Skills I ........................................................ 2

WE280HSA Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 3

WR121 English Composition or

WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3

Related Gerontology Elective ..................................... 3

14



* MTH20 or higher

‡See page 19.

Graphic Design

(Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



Graphic Design is a creative process that utilizes art and technol- Second Quarter (Winter) Cr

86 ogy to communicate ideas. By orchestrating color, type, symbols,

and images, the graphic designer creates and manages the produc-

GD115

GD121

Digital Typography II ...................................................... 4

Graphic Design II ............................................................ 4

tion of pieces designed to interest, inform, sell or persuade a spe-

GD145 Digital Imaging ................................................................. 4

cific audience.

ART231 Drawing I .......................................................................... 3

While graphic design has traditionally meant the design of printed WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking or

material, it also includes signage and architectural graphics, and WR102 Workplace Communications II* ............ 3

with computer technology it encompasses film, television, video,

animation and interactivity. Packaging, bookcovers, newspapers and 18

magazines, posters, corporate logos, computer-based interactive Third Quarter (Spring)

multimedia presentations and web pages are just a few examples

of work created by graphic designers. GD116 Digital Typography III ..................................................... 4

GD122 Graphic Design III ........................................................... 4

As professionals, graphic designers combine aesthetic judgment GD146 Advanced Digital Imaging ............................................. 4

with project management skills to develop overall communica- ART203 Introduction to the History of Art ............................ 3

tions strategies for their clients.When a design concept is decided

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

upon graphic designers work with illustrators, photographers, pro-

ducers, editors and printers to complete a compelling design that 18

communicates the client’s message effectively.

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

Manual dexterity is essential. So is the ability to respond to visual GD232 Advanced Graphic Design I ......................................... 4

problems in a positive, creative and logical manner. Good oral and GD244 Digital Page Layout ......................................................... 4

written communication skills are important for understanding in-

GD249 Graphic Design Practicum or

structions and clearly communicating thoughts and concepts.

Macintosh computer skills and fluency in all kinds of graphics soft- WE280GDB Cooperative Education

ware are required at all levels of employment. Internship .................................................................... 4

ART167 History of Graphic Design ........................................... 3

MHCC offers a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree in

graphic design. It is a restricted-entry program with acceptance 15

only after admission criteria have been met and a portfolio review Fifth Quarter (Winter)

conducted by faculty. Because the core courses are sequential,

students may start in the fall term only. Transfer students may be GD233 Advanced Graphic Design II ........................................ 4

able to enter during winter and spring terms. Students interested GD235 HTML Programming for Graphic Designers ........... 4

in this program should contact the Graphic Design program di- GD246 Digital Publication Design ............................................ 4

rector to discuss curricula, employment opportunities, aptitude, Mathematics/Science/Computer Science

etc. Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3

Program Adviser (Computer Technology and Media Arts 15

Department): Sixth Quarter (Spring)

Christina Maier 503-491-6992 - Room VA 23 GD236 Portfolio ............................................................................ 4

maierc@mhcc.edu GD247 Interactive Media Design .............................................. 4

GD249 Graphic Design Practicum or

Graphic Design WE280GDB Cooperative Education

Internship .................................................................... 4

First Quarter (Fall) Cr

Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 3

GD113 Digital File Preparation ................................................. 4

GD114 Digital Typography I ........................................................ 4 15

GD120 Graphic Design I ............................................................. 4

WR121 English Composition or * Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122

WR101 Workplace Communications I* .............. 3 or 2) WR101 and WR102.

15

‡See pages 13-14.

Horticulture

(Associate of Applied Science Degree Program with Two Options/

Certificate Program)

Are you interested in ornamental plants or in improving the envi- First Quarter Cr

ronment through intelligent use of plants? Does growing, caring

for or marketing ornamental plants, equipment or supplies sound

HOR100

HOR101

Introduction to Horticulture** .................................. 4

Plant Identification I** ................................................... 3

87

exciting? Are you currently working in the industry and need to

HOR150 Pacific Northwest Horticulture Industry ................. 3

upgrade your skills or prepare for a license exam? If this sounds

exciting to you, then you should consider a career in the number- MTH65 Beginning Algebra II ........................................................ 3

one agronomic industry in Oregon: Horticulture. WR101 Workplace Communications I or

WR121 English Composition*** ........................... 3

The field of horticulture includes some of the most technical as-

pects of agriculture. Northwest growers use elementary principles 16

of mathematics, chemistry, biology, engineering, and electronics to Second Quarter

produce some of the best ornamental plants grown in the United HOR131 Plant Identification II** .................................................. 3

States. Oregon ranks third in the nation in wholesale sales of or- HOR132 Horticulture Business Practices ................................. 3

namental plants.

HOR133 Chemical Safety and Application*,** ......................... 3

Horticulture is an important business. Annual wholesale sales of CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ......... 5

ornamental plants in Oregon exceeded $642,000,000 in 2001. In- WR102 Workplace Communications II or WR121

clude Christmas trees and sales totaled over $782,000,000. Home English Composition: Critical Thinking*** .......... 3

owners and US industries spend large sums of money to beautify

their surroundings. Indoor and outdoor gardening continues to 17

increase as leisure time increases and individuals become more Third Quarter

aware of the environmental benefits of ornamental plants and flow- HOR151 Plant Identification III** ................................................. 3

ers. Even in difficult economic times this industry continues to

HOR152 Pest Identification and Control I*,** ......................... 3

grow.

HOR157 Landscape Management & Maintenance ................... 3

Employment Opportunities HOR160 Intro to Landscape Design and Construction ........ 3

Positions are available for horticultural graduates in the areas of HOR210 Soils and Plant Nutrition** .......................................... 4

production, marketing, research, pest management, landscape de- 16

sign and management, floriculture, teaching, government inspec-

tion, the health care industry, public gardens and many other re- Fourth Quarter

lated industries. Qualified students often find jobs prior to gradu- HOR203 Pest Identification & Control II*,** ............................ 3

ation. Part-time jobs are also available for students wishing to work HOR205 Landscape Design I ........................................................ 4

while continuing their studies. Starting salaries for horticulture HOR217 Turf Management ............................................................ 3

graduates compare favorably with other areas of agriculture. HOR261 Perennial and Native Plants I ....................................... 1

Program Outline HOR265 Horticulture Marketing and Customer Service ..... 3

A one-year certificate and a two-year Associate of Applied Sci- 14

ence Degree are offered to students in the MHCC Horticulture Fifth Quarter

Program. Students may select from two areas of interest: Green- HOR231 Arboriculture** ............................................................... 3

house and Nursery Management, and Landscape Design and Man-

HOR232 Interiorscape Management .......................................... 3

agement. Students in each of these areas complete studies in a

core curriculum. Individuals working and attending classes part-time HOR235 Landscape Design II ....................................................... 3

may complete their selected program over a period of several years. HOR237 Irrigation ........................................................................... 3

Individual classes are also open to any individual desiring to upgrade HOR262 Perennial and Native Plants II ..................................... 1

their skills or prepare for licensing examinations. CS105 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1

Additional Costs

17

Cost lists of hand tools, texts and miscellaneous items are avail-

able from the division office. In addition, foul weather gear is highly Sixth Quarter

recommended. HOR260 Advanced Landscape Design & Construction ........ 3

Program Adviser (Life Science Department): HOR263 Perennial and Native Plants III .................................... 1

Erric Ross 503-491-7402 or 503-7477 WE280HR Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

- Rooms AC 2590 and HF 14 HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ....................... 3

rosse@mhcc.edu; FAX 503-491-6096 PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations or

PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3

Landscape Design and Management Option: Students com-

14

pleting this option will be prepared to work as residential design- * HOR133, 152, 203 are approved by the Oregon

ers for garden centers, building contractors, or start their own Department of Agriculture for 15 Pesticide Licensing

design business. They will also be prepared to work in the area of Recertification credits each.

landscape management & maintenance (groundskeeping) or start ** Approved for CEU by ISA toward Certified Arborist

their own landscape maintenance and/or construction business. recertification.

***Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122 or

2) WR101 and WR102.

‡See pages 13-14.

Horticulture, continued

(Associate of Applied Science Degree Program with Two Options/

Certificate Program)

Greenhouse & Nursery Management Option: Students com- Horticulture Certificate

88 pleting this option will be prepared to work for a commercial

greenhouse or nursery or start their own wholesale/retail green-

Due to an increase in the minimum wage, many employers can no

longer afford to train new employees. The horticulture certificate

house or nursery business. option provides the basic training needed for individuals seeking

First Quarter Cr employment or wishing to expand their knowledge in the broad

field of horticulture. If additional training is needed, the certificate

HOR100 Introduction to Horticulture** .................................. 4

program design allows for easy expansion into the two-year Asso-

HOR101 Plant Identification I** ................................................... 3 ciate of Applied Science Degree.

HOR150 Pacific Northwest Horticulture Industry ................. 3

MTH65 Beginning Algebra II ........................................................ 3 First Quarter Cr

WR101 Workplace Communications I or HOR100 Introduction to Horticulture** .................................. 4

WR121 English Composition*** ........................... 3 HOR101 Plant Identification I** ................................................... 3

16 HOR103 Greenhouse Construction and Maintenance or

Related Elective ..................................................... 1-3

Second Quarter

HOR150 Pacific Northwest Horticulture Industry ................. 3

HOR131 Plant Identification II** .................................................. 3 MTH65 Beginning Algebra II ........................................................ 3

HOR132 Horticulture Business Practices ................................. 3

HOR133 Chemical Safety and Application*,** ......................... 3

14-16

CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ......... 5 Second Quarter

WR102 Workplace Communications II or WR121 HOR131 Plant Identification II** .................................................. 3

English Composition: Critical Thinking*** .......... 3 HOR132 Horticulture Business Practices ................................. 3

17 HOR133 Chemical Safety and Application*,** ......................... 3

CH104 General Chemistry I ...................................................... 5

Third Quarter

WR101 Communication Skills I ................................................. 3

HOR151 Plant Identification III** ................................................. 3

HOR152 Pest Identification and Control I*,** ......................... 3

17

HOR160 Intro to Landscape Design & Construction ............ 3 Third Quarter

HOR210 Soils and Plant Nutrition** .......................................... 4 HOR151 Plant Identification III** ................................................. 3

PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations or HOR152 Pest Identification and Control I*,** ......................... 3

PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3 HOR160 Introduction to Landscape Design

16 and Construction ...................................................... 3

HOR210 Soils and Plant Nutrition** .......................................... 4

Fourth Quarter

PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations or

HOR103 Greenhouse Construction & Maintenance ............. 3 PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3

HOR203 Pest Identification and Control II*,** ........................ 3

16

HOR204 Fall Greenhouse & Nursery Practice** .................... 5

HOR261 Perennial and Native Plants I ....................................... 1

HOR265 Horticulture Marketing and Customer Service ..... 3 * HOR133, 152, 203 are approved by the Oregon

15 Department of Agriculture for 15 Pesticide Licensing

Recertification credits each.

Fifth Quarter ** Approved for CEU by ISA toward Certified Arborist

HOR231 Aboriculture** ................................................................ 3 recertification.

HOR234 Winter Greenhouse & Nursery Practices** ........... 5 *** Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122

HOR237 Irrigation ........................................................................... 3 or 2) WR101 and WR102.

HOR262 Perennial and Native Plants II ..................................... 1 ‡See pages 13-14.

CS105 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 College Transfer

16 Individuals selecting this option should enroll in CH104, 105, 106;

Sixth Quarter PSY201, 202, 203; MTH111 and/or higher; and WR121, 122, 123 to

insure transfer of credit for these areas of study to institutions of

HOR254 Spring Greenhouse & Nursery Practices** ............. 5

higher education. Students will need to work with the horticul-

HOR263 Perennial and Native Plants III .................................... 1 ture program adviser to select appropriate horticulture courses

HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ....................... 3 for their area of interest to transfer to higher education institu-

WE280HR Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 tions.

Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16

Related Electives:

BT213, MTH80, SP115, WLD116

Hospitality and Tourism Management

(Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



Hospitality and Tourism Management is an associate degree pro- Fourth Quarter (Fall) Cr

gram designed to prepare students for careers in the hospitality

and tourism industry.The curriculum includes instruction and train-

HT204

HT242

International Hospitality and Tourism ....................... 3

Supervisory Management for the

89

ing in hotel, travel, recreation, tourism, food service, convention

Hospitality Industry .................................................. 3

and meeting planning and related service industries. In addition to

formal instruction, cooperative education internships are an inte- HT205 Travel & Tourism Marketing or

gral part of the program and allow for on- the-job experiences in HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing ................ 3

a wide variety of settings and occupations directly related to each WE280HTB Cooperative Work Experience or

student’s career objectives. HTX35 Culinary Arts - Food Prep I .................... 4

CS125_ Softward Applications or BT210_ Software

Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media

Arts Division): Applications (optional - requires adviser

Court Carrier 503-491-7486 – Room AC 2665 approval) ................................................................... (1)

carrierc@mhcc.edu Related Elective* ............................................................. 3

Larkin Franks 503-491-7666 – Room AC 2664 16-17

franksl@mhcc.edu Fifth Quarter (Winter)

HT180_ Airline Computer Reservations System

Training or HT160 Hotel/Resort

First Quarter (Fall) Cr

Operations Management ....................................... 3

HT104 Introduction to Travel and Tourism ............................ 3 HT47 Airlines, Cruises and Tours or HT170

HT106 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Controls .......... 3

HT140 Travel and Tourism Geography ................................... 3 HTX40C Destination Specialist or

BT103 Business Mathematics or AC110 GeneralAccounting I or

MTH60 Beginning Algebra I .................................... 3 BA211 Principles of Accounting I ..................... 2-4

Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3 BA238 Sales ................................................................................... 3

15 CS125_ Software Applications or BT210 Software

Second Quarter (Winter) Applications (optional - requires adviser

approval .................................................................... (1)

HT41 Customer Service Management ................................. 3

Related Elective* ............................................................. 3

Related Elective or HT107 Introduction

to Leisure and Recreation Management ............. 3 14-17

HT240 Convention and Meetings Management ................... 3 Sixth Quarter (Spring)

CS105 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 HT48 etravel.com or HT215 Managerial

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 Accounting for the Hospitality Industry ............. 3

WR121 English Composition or HT230 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ...................................... 3

WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3 HT249 Hospitality Issues and Trends ...................................... 3

16 WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

Third Quarter Related Elective* ............................................................. 3

HT42 Traval and Tourism Agency Operations or 16

HT105 Catering, Restaurant and

Food Management: Concept to Customers ....... 3 Related Electives

HT180_ Airline Computer Reservations System Students are advised to consider additional hospitality or tourism

Training or HT181 Computer Applications courses. In selecting related courses, the student must consult with

for the Hospitality Industry .................................... 3 an adviser to determine which courses are most appropriate to the

HTX40C Destination Specialist or WE280HTB student’s goals and area of interest.

Cooperative Education Internship .................... 2-4 Note: Please check the course description section of the catalog

PSY201 General Psychology or for those courses which require a prerequisite.

PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............ 3

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking

* Instructor approval required.

or WR102 Workplace Communications II or

‡See pages 13-14.

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking

or SP112 Persuasive Speech or SP115

Mt. Hood Community College is an officially licensed

Intro to Intercultural Communication or

school with the Institute of Certified Travel Agents and

BA205 Business Communication ...................... 3-4 offers the Certified Travel Counselor and Destination Specialists

14-17 Certifications.

Hospitality and Tourism Management

(Certificate Program)



Students may earn a certificate in Hospitality and Tourism Manage- Food Service Management Concentration Cr

90 ment and specialize in one of the following areas: Travel and Tour-

ism, Hotel and Resort, Convention and Meetings, Food Service Man-

In addition to basic course requirements, add:

HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management:

agement, or Recreation and Leisure Management. Students com-

Concept to Customers (Spring) ........................... 3

pleting the certificate program may apply these credits toward an

associate degree in Hospitality and Tourism Management. HT170 Food, Beverage and Labor

Cost Controls (Winter) .......................................... 3

Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology, and Media HT181 Computer Applications for the

Arts Division):

Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3

Court Carrier 503-491-7486 - Room AC 2665

HT215 Managerial Accounting for the

carrierc.mhcc.edu

Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3

Larkin Franks 503-491-7666 - Room AC 2664

HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall) ......................... 3

franksl.mhcc.edu AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles

Basic Course Requirements: Cr of Accounting I ........................................................... 4

HT41 Customer Service Management ................................. 3 Convention and Meetings Management Concentration

HT104 Introduction to Travel and Tourism ............................ 3 In addition to the basic course requirements, add:

HT106 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3

HT33 Special Events and Attraction Mgmt (Wi -alt yr)

HT230 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ...................................... 3 or HTX32 Trade Show Convention and

BA238 Sales ................................................................................... 3

Event Facilities Mgmt (Wi - alternate yrs) ......... 3

CS105 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management:

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1

Concept to Customers (Spring) ........................... 3

CS125HTF Beginning HTML ............................................................. 1 HT181 Computer Applications for the

CSX30IN Beginning Internet .......................................................... 1

Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3

PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations or HT240 Convention and Meetings

PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3 Management (Winter) ............................................. 3

WE280HT Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall) ......................... 3

WR101 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles

Program Specialties (See Below) ....................... 18-19 of Accounting I ........................................................... 4

Certificate Program Concentrations Recreation and Leisure Management Concentration

In addition to the basic course requirements, add:

Travel and Tourism Management Concentration HT107 Introduction to Leisure and Recreation

In addition to the basic course requirements above, add: Management (Winter) ............................................. 3

HT42 Travel and Tourism Agency Operations (Wi/Sp) .... 3 HTX46 Managing and Programming of Recreation

HT140 Travel and Tourism Geography (Fall) ......................... 3 and Sport Facilities (Spr - alternate yrs) ............. 3

HT180_ Airline Computer Travel Reservation AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles

System Training (Worldspan - Spring) or of Accounting I ........................................................... 4

(Apollo - Winter) ...................................................... 3 HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ....................... 3

HT204 International Hospitality and Tourism Outdoor/Recreation Related Electives .................... 6

(Fall) .............................................................................. 3

HT205 Travel & Tourism Marketing (Fall) .............................. 3

HT47 Airlines, Cruises and Tours .......................................... 3

Short Term Travel Training (HTX43) Offered by The Cen-

ter for Travel Career Training

Hotel and Resort Operations Concentration · A ten-week, 190-hour intensive, up-to-date training program

In addition to the basic course requirements above, add: at an accredited degree-granting college.

HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: · Internship training at a professional travel/tour-agency.

Concept to Customers (Spring) ........................... 3 · Extensive hands-on computer training to prepare you for an

exciting career in the travel industry.

HT160 Hotel/Resort Operations Management (Winter) . 3

· Earn 12 credits that can be applied to the MHCC Hospitality

HT181 Computer Applications for the and Tourism Program (HT42, HT140, HT180W and

Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 WE280HTA)

HT215 Managerial Accounting for the · Professional placement and expert job search assistance.

Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3

HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall) ......................... 3

AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles Mt. Hood Community College is an officially licensed

of Accounting I ........................................................... 4 school with the Institute of Certified Travel Agents and

offers the Certified Travel Counselor and Destination Specialists

Certifications.

Integrated Natural Resources Technology

(Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The Integrated Natural Resources Technology program is designed Fifth Quarter Cr

to educate technologically advanced field technicians for all facets

of natural resource management. This ecosystem centered pro-

INR224 Introduction to Wetlands Identification

and Management ...................................................... 3

91

gram prepares students for jobs such as 1) conducting wetlands,

FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information

wildlife, and stream surveys; 2) performing vegetation, aquatic, and

botanical inventories; and 3) assessing habitat suitability. Employ- Systems ........................................................................ 3

ment opportunities exist in local, state, and federal agencies and FW252 Wildlife Resources: Mammals ..................................... 3

in private industry. FW255 Wildlife Techniques ........................................................ 2

HD209INT Interviewing Techniques ................................................ 1

A majority of the course work will involve hands-on experiences

both in the classroom and in the field. Each student in the pro- Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

gram is also required to complete a cooperative work internship. 15

The curriculum culminates with a final field project which allows

the students to integrate all of their previous coursework into a

Sixth Quarter

“real-life” situation. INR228 Field Projects ................................................................... 3

FI231 Current Issues in Natural Resources ....................... 1

Students desiring entry into the Integrated Natural Resource Pro-

FI241 Stream Habitat Assessment and

gram are advised that admission is on a first-come, first-served

basis after satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Inter- Improvement .............................................................. 2

ested students should contact the Admissions Office at 491-7342 FW254 Wildlife Resources: Fish, Amphibians and

for application materials. Reptiles ........................................................................ 4

WE280NR Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 3

Program Adviser (Life Sciences Department)

WR227 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

Walter Shriner 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591or

shrinerw@mhcc.edu 16

Kate Holleran 503-491-7306 - Room AC 2592

hollerak@mhcc.edu

* Optional mathematics sequence: MTH95, MTH111,

First Quarter Cr MTH112

F111 Introduction to Natural Resources ........................... 3 ** Optional communications sequence: WR101, WR102,

F141 Tree and Shrub Identification ...................................... 3 WR199FI

CS90 Computer Applications (optional) .......................... (1)

GEOG290 Environmental Problems ............................................... 3 Suggested Social Science/Humanities Requirements:

MTH60 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 ANTH101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology

PE285OL Wilderness Survival ....................................................... 3 ANTH102 Introduction to Archaeology and World

15-16 Prehistory

ANTH103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology

Second Quarter

ANTH231 Indian Cultures of the Pacific Northwest

F112 Computer Applications in Forestry ........................... 3 ANTH232 North American Indians

FT122 Forest Measurements I ................................................. 3 EC201, EC202 Principles of Economics

FW251 Principles of Wildlife Conservation ........................... 3 GEOG105 Introduction to Physical Geography

MTH80 Technical Mathematics I ................................................ 4 GEOG106 Introduction to World Regional Geography

WR121 English Composition** .................................................. 3 GEOG107 Introduction to Cultural Geography

16 PS201, PS203 American Government

Third Quarter PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking

F200 Introduction to Forest Surveying ............................... 4

SP112 Persuasive Speech

FW253 Wildlife Resources: Birds ............................................. 3

SP218 Interpersonal Communication

BOT203 Plant Taxonomy ............................................................... 4

MTH85 Technical Mathematics II ............................................... 4

‡See pages 13-14.

15

Fourth Quarter

FT220 Aerial Photointerpretation .......................................... 3

FT226 Fundamentals for Resource Mapping ........................ 3

FT242 Watershed Processes .................................................... 3

BI273 Ecology .............................................................................. 4

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

16

Integrated Natural Resources Technology

(Limited Entry, Certificate Program)



Students may earn a certificate in Integrated Natural Resources

92 Technology. The curriculum would be suitable for people now

working for industry or public agencies in the areas of forest and

conservation work or anyone interested in entering this field. Stu-

dents may find this option a beginning point for the associate de-

gree program.

Program Adviser (Life Science Department)

Walter Shriner 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591 or

shrinerw@mhcc.edu

Kate Holleran 503-491-7306 - Room AC 2592

hollerak@mhcc.edu





First Quarter (Fall) Cr

F111 Introduction to Natural Resources ........................... 3

F141 Tree and Shrub Identification ...................................... 3

BI273 Ecology .............................................................................. 4

CS90 Computer Applications (optional) .......................... (1)

MTH60 Beginning Algebra I ......................................................... 3

PE285OL Wilderness Survival ....................................................... 3

16-17

Second Quarter (Winter)

F112 Computer Applications in Forestry ........................... 3

FT122 Forest Measurements I ................................................. 3

FW251 Principles of Wildlife Conservation ........................... 3

PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3

WR101 Workplace Communications I or

WR121 English Composition ................................. 3

15

Third Quarter (Spring)

FI241 Stream Habitat Assessment and Improvement ...... 2

FT235 Outdoor Recreation ...................................................... 3

FW253 Wildlife Resources: Birds ............................................. 3

BOT203 Plant Taxonomy ............................................................... 4

WE280NRA Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 3

15

Machine Tool Technology

(Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The purpose of the two-year Machine Tool Technology curriculum Second Quarter Cr

is to prepare students for entry into the machining occupations.

Students participating in the program will spend considerable time

MFG130

MFG131

Machine Shop II Theory ................................................ 3

Machine Shop II Lab ....................................................... 3

93

in study and actual operation of industrial equipment and tools

MFG134 Metallurgy Theory .......................................................... 3

used by machinists. This includes emphasis on the setup and op-

eration of a CNC (computer numerical controlled) lathes and MFG135 Metallurgy Lab ................................................................. 1

milling machines. Students will also be introduced to CAD/CAM MFG136 Introduction to CNC Machining ................................ 3

(computer assisted design/computer assisted manufacturing) soft- MTH34 Professional-Technical Computation II ..................... 3

ware and its applications.The program is designed to offer a broad 16

background of experiences in the metalworking occupations. Stu-

dents will also be able to complete skill building necessary for

Third Quarter

participation in an individual credential from NIMS (National MFG115 Industrial Safety ............................................................... 3

Institute of Metalworking Skills) at Level II. NIMS are nation- MFG137 Introduction to Computer-Aided Design** ............ 2

ally recognized skill standards established by companies involved MFG150 Machine Shop III Theory ............................................... 3

in the various metals manufacturing trades. Students are expected MFG151 Machine Shop III Lab ..................................................... 3

to have a set of machinist tools. They are expected to maintain a MFG153 CNC (Computer Numerical Control)

minimum grade level of “C” on core curriculum classes to progress Machining ..................................................................... 4

in the program. Admission is based on date of application and MTH35 Professional-Technical Computation III .................... 3

satisfactory completion of placement criteria.

18

Employment Opportunities

Many opportunities exist in the manufacturing industries for the Fourth Quarter

machinist. Students completing the Machine Tool Technology pro- MFG213 Integrated Machine Shop I Theory ............................ 2

gram are prepared for entry into the manufacturing workforce MFG214 Integrated Machine Shop I Lab ................................... 3

leading to careers such as: MFG215 Inspection and Measurement ...................................... 4

- manual and CNC machine operators MFG216 CNC/CAM Applications ............................................... 4

- maintenance machinist WLD116 General Welding I ........................................................... 3

- tool and die maker 16

- quality assurance technician Fifth Quarter

- engineering technologist MFG212 CAM Concepts I ............................................................ 4

- CNC programmer MFG231 Integrated Machine Shop II Theory ........................... 2

- instrument makers MFG232 Integrated Machine Shop II Lab .................................. 3

Employment opportunities exist that provide support for indus- MFG236 Quality Control - Statistical Methods ....................... 3

tries such as:

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking* ................... 3

- forest products/paper/lumber

Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

- medical technologies

- aerospace technologies 18

- computer hardware technologies Sixth Quarter

- heavy industrial manufacturing MFG250 Applied Machine Shop Theory .................................... 3

- hydraulic/pneumatic equipment manufacturing MFG251 Applied Machine Shop Lab ........................................... 3

- and many other manufacturing settings MFG256 Quality Issues: ISO 9000 and GDT

Entry into the Machine Tool Technology Program is permissible (Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing) ....... 3

Fall, Winter, or Spring terms based on individual qualifications. See HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HE250 Personal

advisers for details. Health or HE252 First Aid: Responding to

Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Emergencies ................................................................ 3

Timothy Polly 503-491-7207 - Room IT 42 WE280MFA Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 3

pollyt@mhcc.edu 15

Ron Hartline 503-491-7237 - Room IT 43

hartlinr@mhcc.edu * Optional for students to take WR101 Workplace

First Quarter Cr Communications I in place of WR121 and WR102

MFG110 Machine Shop I Theory ................................................. 3 Workplace Communications II, or SP100 Basic Speech

MFG111 Machine Shop I Lab ........................................................ 3 Communication, or SP111 Fundamentals of Public

Speaking in place of WR122.

MFG113 Machine Tool Blueprint

** Minimal computer literacy required. See program

Reading & Sketching ................................................. 3

adviser.

MFG116 Introduction to Precision Measuring ........................ 2

WR121 English Composition* .................................................... 3

Note: Students interested in transferring to O.I.T. should consult

14

with program advisers early in the first quarter.



‡See pages 13-14.

Machine Tool Technology/Computer Numerical Control

(Evening Program/Recognition of Completion)



Machine Tool Operator NIMS Credential Exam Preparation

94 The purpose of the Machine Tool Operator evening program is to

prepare students for entry level employment or to upgrade present

Students desiring to prepare for the NIMS Level II Credentialing

Exam will have the opportunity to complete the necessary skill

skills of employees in the manufacturing trades as well as earn building for the practical test through the Machine Tool Applica-

credits applicable toward an associate degree. Students partici- tions Lab class. Those interested need to contact program advis-

pating in the program will spend considerable time in the study, ers for information on exams and the development of the neces-

setup, and operation of manual and CNC machine tools used by sary skills documentation for taking the exam. See Machine Tool

machinists working in metals manufacturing. The program is de- Technology Program page for additional information on NIMS.

signed to offer a broad background of experiences in the manu-

facturing trade. This program requires that all students have a ba- Fall, Winter, Spring

sic set of machinist tools. Students must meet program entry re- MFGX11 Machine Tool Applications Lab .................................... 2

quirements.

Upon completion, a recognition of completion will be awarded. CAM (Computer Assisted Manufacturing)

Applications are available in the Industrial Division. Some credits Students in the CAM program will receive instruction in the use

may be applied toward an associate degree if approved by the of CAM software for programming CNC code files for manufac-

program adviser and area manager. Interested students should con- turing parts on CNC machining and turning centers. These classes

tact the Machine Tool Technology adviser, Industrial Technology will focus on the use of Master CAM software. There are 2 op-

Division. tions for study. These will focus on programming CNC milling

machines and CNC turning machines. The programs are to up-

Watch the class schedule for other program courses that maybe

grade the current skills for those in CNC manufacturing posi-

offered in evenings and on weekends to enable students working tions. Students interested in these programs should contact a

day shifts to complete course work towards the associate degree.

Machine Tool Technology adviser for answers to specific questions.

Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department):

Program Adviser (Industrial Technology Division):

Timothy Polly 503-491-7207 - Room IT 42

Timothy Polly 503-491-7207 - Room IT 42

pollyt@mhcc.edu

pollyt@mhcc.cc.or.us

Ron Hartline 503-491-7237 - Room IT 43

Ron Hartline 503-491-7237 - Room IT 43

hartlinr@mhcc.edu

hartlinr@mhcc.cc.or.us



First Year Option 1 CNC Milling

First Quarter (15 weeks, Sept. - Feb.) Cr Students in the CNC Milling option will focus on the methods of

MFG110 Machine Shop I ................................................................ 3 applying MasterCAM in the development of CNC milling programs.

MFG111 Machine Shop I Lab ........................................................ 3 This will include study of cutting tool applications in the manufac-

ture of simple parts using the basic Cartesian Coordinate systems

6 through an introduction to 3-D modeling. Each course is 5 weeks

Second Quarter (15 weeks, Feb. - June) long and may be offered in any term depending on student de-

MFG130 Machine Shop II .............................................................. 3 mand.

MFG131 Machine Shop II Lab ....................................................... 3 MFGX25 MasterCAM Mill - Level I ............................................. 2

6 MFGX26 MasterCAM Mill - Level II ............................................ 2

MFGX27 MasterCAM Mill - Level III .......................................... 2

Second Year MFGX28 MasterCAM Mill - Level IV .......................................... 2

First Quarter

MFG136 Introduction to CNC Operations ............................. 3

Option 2 CNC Turning

3 Students in the CNC Turning option will focus on the methods of

applying Cartesian Coordinate systems to both mill and lathe ap-

plications. Later courses will focus on applying Master CAM in the

Second Quarter

development of CNC turning programs. This will include study of

MFG153 CNC Machining .............................................................. 4 all tooling options and program documentation. Each course is 5

MTH34 Professional-Technical Computation II ..................... 3 weeks long and may be offered in any term depending on student

7 demand.

MFGX25 MasterCAM Mill - Level I ............................................. 2

MFGX26 MasterCAM Mill - Level II ............................................ 2

MFGX31 MasterCAM Lathe - Level I ........................................ 2

MFGX32 MasterCAM Lathe - Level II ........................................ 2

Medical Assistant

(Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



Medical Assisting requires competency in both clinical and ad- Fourth Quarter (Fall) Cr

ministrative skills for careers in medical offices and other outpa-

tient healthcare settings. This program prepares the student to

MA20

MO31

Clinical Procedures I ..................................................... 5

Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3

95

perform a wide range of duties including preparing the patient for

PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

the exam, giving injections, processing lab specimens, working the

reception desk, assisting the physician, and numerous other func- SP115 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or

tions in the ever-changing modern medical office. SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................... 3

After the Medical Assistant student completes the comprehen-

14

sive two-year (six quarter) program, he/she is awarded an Associ- Fifth Quarter (Winter)

ate of Applied Science Degree. Graduates may be employed in a MA21 Clinical Procedures II .................................................... 5

variety of settings: medical centers, HMOs, government healthcare

facilities, chiropractic clinics, and specialized medical offices. MA24 Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3

MA26 Basic Electrocardiography Techniques ....................... 1

While graduation from high school is not required for admission MO12 Diversity and Health Care ........................................... 2

to the college, national accreditation standards require that a high WE280MAB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

school diploma or the equivalent be on file before the student

starts the Medical Assistant program. 15

Students who enter the program should be prepared with mini- Sixth Quarter (Spring)

mum keyboarding skills, high school or college biology and/or chem- MA40 Medical Assistant Certification Exam Review* ....... 1

istry. MA46 Medical Assistant Clinical Skills Test Lab .................. 1

Program Adviser (Allied Health Department): MA48 Telephone Triage in the Medical Office* .................. 1

Sue Boulden 503-491-7136 - Room AC 2786 MO30 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3

bouldens@mhcc.edu WE280MAC Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 8

14

First Quarter (Fall) Cr

MA19 Introduction to Medical Assisting .............................. 2 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.

MO14 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3

BI121 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ... 4 Students must have health exams and must document initiation of

CS105 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) be-

fore entering the fourth quarter of the program. All completed

WR121 English Composition* .................................................... 3

health forms must be on file. Please contact the Allied Health

16 Department for the appropriate forms. Additional costs for lab

fees, health exams, immunizations and supplies will be the respon-

Second Quarter (Winter)

sibility of the student.



MO10 Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Prior to beginning the fourth quarter, the student must provide

evidence of current Level C CPR and current first aid training

MO15 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3

which may be obtained from any certified training site.

MO25 Medical Office Procedures I ........................................ 3

MO47 Medical Calculations ...................................................... 3 Note: A minimum grade of “C” is required in all courses.

BI122 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II .... 4

16 ‡See pages 13-14.

Third Quarter (Spring)

MA23 Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ...... 3

MA25 Disease Processes .......................................................... 3

MO24 Introduction to Medical Transcription ...................... 3

MO26 Medical Office Procedures II ....................................... 3

HPE295 Health & Fitness for Life ............................................... 3

15

Medical Claims Analyst

(Recognition of Completion)



Medical claims analysts process healthcare insurance claims in phy- First Quarter (Winter Term) Cr

96 sicians’ offices, government health agencies, insurance companies,

and hospitals.

MA24

MO10

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3

Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3

This program comprises two to three terms of basic knowledge MO12 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2

and skills in medical language, anatomy and physiology, medical MO14 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3

coding and billing, computer usage, and communication skills. MO31 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3

Applications for completion of this program are available in the AH11 Survey of Body Systems ................................................ 4

Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division. 18

Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Second Quarter (Spring Term)

Arts Division):

Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2785 MA25 Disease Processes .......................................................... 3

MO15 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3

wickhamc@mhcc.edu

MO30 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3

First Quarter (Fall Term) Cr MO32 Medical Coding II ............................................................ 3

MA25 Disease Processes .......................................................... 3 WE280MOB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

MO10 Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 16

MO14 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3

MO31 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3

AH11 Survey of Body Systems ................................................ 4 The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis

B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and

16 current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.

Second Quarter (Winter Term) Students should have keyboarding competency on computers be-

MA24 Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 fore enrolling in classes in this program.

MO12 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 A minimum grade of “C” is required in all courses.

MO15 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3

Other courses suggested for the Medical Claims Analyst program

MO30 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3

include:

MO32 Medical Coding II ............................................................ 3

WE280MOB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 MA23 Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations

MO40 Medical Office Billing II

18 MO47 Medical Calculations

BT210_ Software Applications



Note: Students may take longer than two terms to complete the

program.

Medical Office Coding

(Recognition of Completion)



Coding is one of the nation’s fastest growing industries. Medical

coders are responsible for accurately assigning diagnostic and pro-

cedural codes of information found in medical records. Coding is

97

done to meet government standards that insurance companies

and third-party payers must meet in order to receive maximum

reimbursement for medical services.

Coders work in hospitals, clinics, government agencies, insurance

companies, and medical offices. The job requires organizational

skills, computer and ten-key competency, and attention to detail,

as well as the ability to prioritize multiple projects, to sit for long

periods of time, and to communicate with a diverse population.

Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media

Arts Division):

Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2779

wickhamc@mhcc.edu



First Quarter Cr

MA25 Disease Processes .......................................................... 3

MO10 Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3

MO14 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3

MO25 Medical Office Procedures I ........................................ 3

MO31 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

16

Second Quarter

MA24 Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3

MO12 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2

MO15 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3

MO26 Medical Office Procedures II ....................................... 3

MO30 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3

MO32 Medical Coding II ............................................................ 3

BT220 Electronic Calculator ..................................................... 1

18

Third Quarter

MA23 Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ...... 3

MO40 Medical Office Billing II ................................................. 3

MO41 Medical Coding III .......................................................... 4

WE280MOCB Cooperative Education Internship ........................ 8

18



The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis

B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and

current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.

Students should have keyboarding accuracy of 45 wpm on com-

puters before enrolling in classes in this program.

A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.

Medical Office Specialist

(Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



Medical office specialists work in healthcare facilities as ad- Fourth Quarter (Fall) Cr

98 ministrative secretaries or unit/ward secretaries, accounting clerks

or office supervisors.

BA205

HPE295

Business Communications ........................................... 4

Health & Fitness for Life ............................................... 3

Today’s rapidly changing and demanding medical office environ- BT110 Business Editing ............................................................... 3

ment requires skills in office administration, medical transcription, Specialty Options ....................................................... 4-7

communication, and medical office operations. 14-17

The Medical Office Specialist program includes a core of classes

and four concentrations for specialization: Administrative Sec- Fifth Quarter (Winter)

retary, Unit Secretary, Accounting, and Management. MA24 Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3

Specialty Options .................................................. 12-14

Students interested in administrative work in a medical setting

should enjoy working with healthcare professionals, demonstrate 15-17

strong communication skills, show an interest in medical and health

issues, and be dedicated to professionalism. Students should have

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

typing competency (30 wpm) and basic formatting knowledge be- MA23 Pharmacology for Medical

fore enrolling in classes in this program. Office Occupations ................................................... 3

WE280MOB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

Upon graduation students may be hired to work in physicians’

offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, labo- Specialty Options ....................................................... 3-9

ratories, insurance companies, and governmental facilities. 10-16

Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media

Arts Division): * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.

Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2779

wickhamc@mhcc.edu The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis

B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and

current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.

Basic Core Requirements:

Note: A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.

First Quarter (Fall) Cr

MO10 Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3

AH11 Survey of Body Systems ................................................ 4 Specialty Options

CS105 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 The student should consult with an adviser when selecting an

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 option. See next page.

PSY201 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology

of Human Relations .................................................. 3

‡See pages 13-14.

SP115 Introduction to Intercultural Communication

or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ............. 3

17

Second Quarter (Winter)

MO12 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2

MO14 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3

MO25 Medical Office Procedures I ........................................ 3

BA231 Information Technology in Business .......................... 4

Specialty Options ....................................................... 3-4

15-16

Third Quarter (Spring)

MO15 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3

MO24 Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3

MO26 Medical Office Procedures II ....................................... 3

MO31 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3

WR121 English Composition* .................................................... 3

Specialty Options ....................................................... 0-4

15-19

Medical Office Specialist Options

Administrative Secretary Option Management Option

A Medical Office Specialist as an Administrative Secretary will gain

skills in patient relations, reception, medical records, computers,

A Medical Office Specialist in Management prepares to oversee a

healthcare facility by learning how to lead people and manage of-

99

scheduling, and billing.This option appeals to one who enjoys helping fice operations. The Management Specialist most often aspires to

people, wants to work in a professional setting, and prefers a vari- eventually manage some segment of a medical organization.

ety of job assignments.

In addition to basic course requirements, add:

In addition to basic course requirements, add: BA101 Introduction to Business .............................................. 4

AC120 Accounting for Professional Services or BA206 Management Fundamentals* ........................................ 3

BA211 Principles of Accounting I ..................... 3-4 BA211 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4

BT111 Editing Techniques* ........................................................ 3 BA224 Human Resources Management ................................. 3

BT126 Microsoft Word Skills Management* ......................... 3 BA226 Introduction to Business Law ..................................... 3

BT218 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 BA255 Supervisory Management ............................................. 3

MA25 Disease Processes* ........................................................ 3 MO30 Medical Office Billing* ................................................... 3

MO30 Medical Office Billing I* ................................................ 3 MO32 Medical Coding II* .......................................................... 3

MO32 Medical Coding II* .......................................................... 3 MO40 Medical Office Billing II* ............................................... 3

MO34 Medical Transcription I* ................................................ 3 MO47 Medical Calculations ...................................................... 3

MO40 Medical Office Billing II* ............................................... 3 32

MO47 Medical Calculations ...................................................... 3

30-31

Unit Secretary Option

A Medical Office Specialist as a Unit Secretary functions as the

Accounting Option center of the communications hub found in a hospital unit. S/he

A Medical Office Specialist in Accounting concentrates on accounts works in a dynamic medical setting with physicians, nurses, and

receivable billing and collection procedures, patient and insurance other healthcare professionals. Desirable traits of a Unit Secre-

recordkeeping, and budget and financial records. Generally, an Ac- tary include strong communication skills, flexibility, professional-

countant prefers to spend time on the job working with financial ism, and responsibility.

reports and records, billing, and computers. In addition to basic course requirements, add:

In addition to basic course requirements, add: BI121 Essentials of Human Anatomy

BA101 Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 and Physiology I** ..................................................... 4

BA177 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax BI122 Essentials of Human Anatomy

Filing Requirements* ................................................ 3 and Physiology II* ...................................................... 4

BA211 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 BT218 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3

BA212 Principles of Accounting II* ......................................... 3 BT220 Electronic Calculator ..................................................... 1

BA222 Finance* ............................................................................ 3 MA25 Disease Processes* ........................................................ 3

BT218 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 MO32 Medical Coding II* .......................................................... 3

BT220 Electronic Calculator ..................................................... 1 MO34 Medical Transcription I* ................................................ 3

MO30 Medical Office Billing* ................................................... 3 MO36 Medical Transcription II* ............................................... 3

MO40 Medical Office Billing II* ............................................... 3 MO47 Medical Calculations ...................................................... 3

MO47 Medical Calculations ...................................................... 3 27

30

* Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.

** AH11, Survey of Body Systems must be taken as

a prerequisite for BI121.

Medical Receptionist

(Recognition of Completion)



A medical receptionist holds a key position in the medical office- First Quarter (Winter Term) Cr

100 in greeting patients, scheduling appointments, processing patient

information, managing the reception desk, and assisting with other

MA24

MO10

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3

Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3

responsibilities.

MO12 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2

In today’s modern medical office environment, the medical recep- MO14 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3

tionist requires skills in human relations, data processing, commu- MO25 Medical Office Procedures I ........................................ 3

nication, and medical office operations. MO31 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3

Job opportunities are found in doctors’ offices, hospitals, clinics BT210___ Word - Level I ................................................................. 1

and government medical facilities. Characteristics for success as a 18

medical receptionist include an interest in medicine; a desire to

work with physicians and other health care professionals; a posi- Second Quarter (Spring Term)

tive, caring personality; high energy and a desire to help people. MO24 Introduction to Medical Transcription ...................... 3

Applications for completion of this program are available in the MO26 Medical Office Procedures II ....................................... 3

Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division. MO30 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3

Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media BT110 Business Editing .............................................................. 3

Arts Division): WE280MOB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2779 16

wickhamc@mhcc.edu

Note: The student must document initiation of the three dose

Hepatitis B Vaccine series, the second dose of measles immuniza-

First Quarter (Fall Term) Cr tion, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of

MO10 Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 classes.

MO14 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.

MO25 Medical Office Procedures I ........................................ 3

Students may take longer than two terms to complete the program.

MO31 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3

BT110 Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Other courses suggested for the Medical Receptionist program

BT210___ Word - Level I ................................................................ 1 include the following:

16 AH11 Survey of Body Systems

CS105/L Computing Fundamentals/Lab*

Second Quarter (Winter Term) MO15 Medical Terminology II*

MA24 Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 MA23 Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations

MO12 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 MA25 Disease Processes*

MO24 Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3 MO40 Medical Office Billing II*

MO26 Medical Office Procedures II ....................................... 3

MO30 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3

WE280MOB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Note: Keyboard skills (typing by touch, not sight) are necessary

for enrolling in classes.

18

*Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.

Medical Transcription

(Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



Medical transcriptionists transform spoken words into com- Third Quarter (Spring) Cr

prehensive records that accurately communicate medical infor-

mation. These reports are used in the areas involved in all aspects

MA25

MO36

Disease Processes .......................................................... 3

Medical Transcription II** ............................................. 3

101

of each patient’s care. These reports function as legal documenta-

BT111 Editing Techniques .......................................................... 3

tion and fulfill requirements for insurance reimbursement. They

also serve as references for scientific research. HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3

WR121 English Composition* .................................................... 3

Medical transcriptionists utilize their talents in a variety of

healthcare settings, including doctor’s offices, public and private

15

hospitals, teaching hospitals, medical transcription services, clinics, Fourth Quarter (Fall)

laboratories, radiology and pathology departments, insurance com- MO44 Medical Transcription III** ............................................ 3

panies, medical libraries, government medical facilities, rehabilita-

tion centers, legal offices, research centers, veterinary medical fa- BI121 Essentials of Human Anatomy

cilities, and associations representing the healthcare industry.Tran- and Physiology I* ....................................................... 4

scriptionists may also choose to work out of their homes as em- PSY201 General Psychology or

ployees of transcription services or hospitals, or as independent PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............ 3

contractors. SP115 Introduction to Intercultural Communication

Transcription offers unlimited intellectual challenge to those who or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ............ 3

possess an interest in learning. Characteristics of a successful medi- 13

cal transcriptionist include dedication to excellence, extensive

medical knowledge and understanding, sound judgment, deductive Fifth Quarter (Winter)

reasoning, and excellent English and computer skills. MA24 Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3

MO31 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3

This program is designed to prepare students for entry-level po-

sitions. Academic courses include science and English, with practi- MO46 Medical Transcription IV** ........................................... 3

cal courses in computer technology, medical transcription, and BI122 Essentials of Human Anatomy

medical record coding. Students will use computers to transcribe and Physiology II ........................................................ 4

authentic physician-dictated medical reports organized by body WE280MOB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

system or medical specialty. Students will be graded on accuracy, 17

speed, and medical knowledge in the transcription of letters, chart

notes, history and physical examination reports, consultations, Sixth Quarter (Spring)

emergency room reports, and discharge summaries. Students will MA23 Pharmacology for Medical Office

use reference materials and other resources. Students will edit Occupations ................................................................ 3

and proofread each report, using proper grammar, spelling, and MO32 Medical Coding II ............................................................ 3

punctuation. WE280MOC Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 8

Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media 14

Arts Division):

Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2779

* Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.

wickhamc@mhcc.edu

** Students may elect to complete transcription classes by

using either standard keyboard and/or the stenograph

First Quarter (Fall) Cr machine. Additional classes to develop stenograph skills

MO10 Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 are:

MO14 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 MOX20A Machine Shorthand Theory I

MO24 Introduction to Medical Transcription** .................. 3 MOX20B Machine Shorthand Theory II

AH11 Survey of Body Systems ................................................ 4 MOX21A Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding I

CS105 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 MOX21B Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding II

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 MOX21C Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding III

17

Note: The student must document initiation of the three dose

Second Quarter (Winter) Hepatitis B Vaccine series, the second dose of measles immuniza-

MO12 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 tion, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of

MO15 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3 classes.

MO34 Medical Transcription I** .............................................. 3 A minimum grade of “C” in all courses is required.

MO47 Medical Calculations* .................................................... 3

BT110 Business Editing ............................................................... 3

‡See pages 13-14.

14

Mental Health/Human Service

(Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The Mental Health/Human Service program is a six-term sequence Sixth Quarter Cr

102 of day or evening/weekend classes leading to an associate degree. HS291

PSY226

Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2

Psycho-Social Development II ..................................... 3

Classroom study and practical experiences are combined to pre-

pare the student to work in community and institutional treat- SW201 The Field of Social Welfare .......................................... 3

ment facilities. These facilities deal with the emotional, social and WE280HSB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

physical needs of the chemically dependent, the adolescent, the Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1

mentally ill and the elderly, as well as others. Courses include ba- Science/Mathematics Requirement‡ ......................... 3

sic information in group dynamics, community resources, case man-

agement, interviewing, recording and other helping skills.

16

A substantial portion of the academic credit may be transferred

Curriculum Tracks

to baccalaureate degree programs. Admission is based on date of A) Generalist

application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Ap- PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

plications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records Of- PSY202 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

fice. (491-7342 or 491-7165) PSY203 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

Program Advisers (Allied Health Department): Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1

Dr. Ann Bonner 503-491-7425 - Room AC 2771 Related Electives ......................................................... 2-3

bonnera@mhcc.edu B) Chemical Dependency Counselor

Leslie Allen 503-491-7178 - Room AC 2765 HS141 Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3

allenl@mhcc.edu HS142 Addiction Theories ......................................................... 3

HS143 Treatment of Addiction ................................................. 3

First Quarter Cr HE208 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...... 1

HS101 Introduction to Human Services ................................ 3 C) Youth Worker

HS107 Orientation to Mental Health Careers .................... 3 HS141 Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3

HS111 Interviewing Skills I ........................................................ 2 HS154 Juvenile Risk Assessment .............................................. 3

WR121 English Composition ...................................................... 3 HS153 Principles of Youth Development** ........................... 3

11 CJA230 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process or

Second Quarter Related Elective ...................................................... 2-3

HS112 Interviewing Skills II ....................................................... 2 HE208 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...... 1

HS121 Case Management .......................................................... 3 D) Gerontology

HS150 The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approach .. 3 HS141 Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3

PSY235 Human Development I-Infancy to Adolescence ..... 3 PSY222 Treatment of Chronically Mentally Ill Persons ....... 2

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 SOC232 Death and Dying ............................................................. 3

HE 207 Stress Control - Activity Intervention ...................... 1 HE202 Adult Development and Aging .................................... 1

15 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

Third Quarter E) Community Corrections

HS113 Interviewing Skills III: Cross Cultural ........................ 3 HS141 Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3

HS291 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 CJA112 Criminal Justice Administration:

PSY236 Human Development II-Adolescence to Aging ...... 3 The Court System .................................................... 3

PSY239 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology ...................... 3 CJA113 Criminal Justice Administration: The Corrections

WE280HSB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 System or CJA230 Juvenile Crime and the

Juvenile Justice Process ............................................ 3

15

HE208 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...... 1

Fourth Quarter

HS265 Intervention Strategies I ............................................... 3 Related Electives

HS291 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2

HS144 Dual Diagnosis II ............................................................. 2

PSY225 Psycho-Social Development I ...................................... 2

HS154 Juvenile Risk Assessment .............................................. 3

SOC206 General Sociology* ........................................................ 3

HS155 Negotiation ...................................................................... 1

WE280HSB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

HS156 Milieu Management ........................................................ 3

14 ASL101 American Sign Language - Beginning I ...................... 3

Fifth Quarter PSY222 Treatment of Chronically Mental Ill Persons .......... 2

HS266 Intervention Strategies II .............................................. 3 RUS111 Beginning Russian Conversation I .............................. 3

HS291 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 SPAN111 Beginning Spanish Conversaiton I .............................. 3

HDFS224 Abuse in the Family ....................................................... 3

WE280HSB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 * SOC213 or SP115 may be substituted for

Science/Mathematics Requirement‡ ......................... 3 SOC206

15 ** HS153 offered alternate years.

‡See pages 13-14.

Mental Health/Human Service

Youth Worker

(Limited Entry, Certificate Program)



Core Courses

The Youth Worker Certificate program is designed for people who

have a high school diploma, associate degree, or bachelor degree

and want to work with youth. A one-year sequence of courses, it

First Quarter Cr 103

is designed to prepare the entry-level youth worker for employ- HS111 Interviewing Skills I ........................................................ 2

ment in youth serving agencies. Course work is theory and expe- HS154 Juvenile Risk Assessment .............................................. 3

riential-based. PSY225 Psycho-Social Development I ...................................... 2

WR121 English Composition ...................................................... 3

The certificate can be completed in one year by attending classes

during the day or a combination of day and evening/weekend Specialty Course ............................................................. 3

courses. Students may elect to attend part time. Students may 13

also elect to take selected courses from the certificate program Second Quarter

listing.

HS150 The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approach .. 3

Students who complete this certificate may work in community HS155 Negotiation ...................................................................... 1

justice programs, addictions, residential care, and in some recre- Specialty Course ............................................................. 3

ational and community facilities. Math/Science requirement‡ ......................................... 3

All coursework (44 credits) can be applied toward the associate 10

of applied science degree in Mental Health/Human Services.

Third Quarter

Program Advisers (Allied Health Department):

HS113 Interviewing Skills III: Cross-Cultural ........................ 3

Dr. Ann Bonner 503-491-7425 - Room AC 2771

HS153 Principles of Youth Development ............................... 3

bonnera@mhcc.edu

HS156 Milieu Management ........................................................ 3

Leslie Allen 503-491-7178 - Room AC 2792

HS291 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2

allenl@mhcc.edu

WE280HSB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

15

Core Courses: Must be taken by all students pursing the certifi- Fourth Quarter

cate for a total of 38 credit hours. HS291 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2

WE280HSB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

Specialty Courses: A total of 6 credit hours may be selected from

the specialty course listing. 6

Specialty Courses



CJA230 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process ..... 3

HDFS224 Abuse in the Family ....................................................... 3

HS141 Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3

HE208 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...... 1

PSY222 Treatment of Chronically Mentally Ill Persons ....... 2







‡See pages 13-14.

Nursing

(Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



Nurses provide and manage care for individuals of all ages who have First Quarter (Summer) Cr

104 health concerns. They work independently and collaboratively with

other health team members to meet patient needs and use scientific

BI234

FN225

Microbiology .................................................................... 4

Nutrition ........................................................................... 4

and humanistic principles of care. Registered nurses (RN) can indepen-

HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3

dently assess, plan, implement, and evaluate basic health and nursing

needs and therapies for persons whose health status is stable or un- PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

stable.The RN can delegate responsibilities and supervise auxiliary work- 14

ers as manager of care. Employment opportunities in nursing are Second Quarter (Fall)

abundant in the Portland metropolitan area and throughout most

of the state. Graduates from Mt. Hood Community College gen- NUR101 Nursing I ........................................................................... 5

erally find employment within three months of graduation. NUR111 Nursing Student Success Strategies (optional) ... (2)

NUR121 Nursing Lab I ................................................................... 1

After completion of program requirements, the student is eligible NUR122 Nursing Clinical I ............................................................ 2

for licensure examination as a registered nurse after seven terms.

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Licensure is necessary to practice nursing as a registered nurse

(RN) and is obtained by satisfactory completion of the National PSY237 Human Development .................................................... 4

Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX) through the Oregon State 15-17

Board of Nursing. Required and related general education courses Third Quarter (Winter)

are part of the basic curriculum.

NUR102 Nursing II .......................................................................... 5

The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis NUR131 Nursing Lab II .................................................................. 1

B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization and NUR132 Nursing Clinical II ........................................................... 3

Tuberculin skin test (PPD) (within 6 months of entering the sec-

PSY239 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology or

ond quarter), and CPR (level C, valid through June of the first

year). Requirements also include completion of an Oregon State BI240 Pathology ......................................................... 3

Board of Nursing approved nursing assistant program prior to 12

entry into second quarter (Fall). Fourth Quarter (Spring)

Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfac- NUR103 Nursing III ......................................................................... 4

torily completing qualifying criteria. Applications are available from NUR141 Nursing Lab III ................................................................. 1

the Admissions and Records Office. (491-7341 or 491-7165) Place- NUR142 Nursing Clinical III .......................................................... 4

ment of Licensed Practical Nurses into the program is based on BI240 Pathology or PSY239 Introduction to

completion of curriculum requirements and current licensure in

Abnormal Psychology .............................................. 3

Oregon. Packets describing this procedure should also be obtained

from the Admissions and Records Office. LPNs seeking this con- 12

sideration should contact Counseling and the Program Director

early for an individualized plan of study. PSY239 and BI240 may be taken either Winter or Spring term.

Applicants to the nursing program must be physically and men- Both must be completed by the end of the first year.

tally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and the de- Fifth Quarter (Fall)

manding nature of the nursing profession. Established academic

and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruction NUR201 Nursing IV ........................................................................ 5

apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made NUR211 Nursing Pharmacology .................................................. 3

to accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities NUR222A Nursing Clinical IV- A .................................................... 2

unless results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable ac- NUR222B Nursing Clinical IV-B ..................................................... 2

commodation an individual will still not be able to perform the NUR231 Nursing Lab IV ................................................................ 1

essential functions required by the program. It is the student’s 13

responsibility to make known any disability in which accommoda-

tion in class or testing is being requested prior to the activity. Sixth Quarter (Winter)

Verification of all disabilities must be made by the Disabilities Ser- NUR202 Nursing V .......................................................................... 5

vices Office. Persons with questions concerning particular qualifi- NUR220 Nursing Assessment ...................................................... 2

cations are encouraged to contact the Admissions and Records NUR221 Nursing Assessment Lab .............................................. 1

Office to arrange an appointment for individual consultation and NUR232 Nursing Clinical V ........................................................... 4

advice prior to formal application. SP115 Introduction to Intercultural Communication ....... 3

Program Adviser (Allied Health Division): 15

Paula Gubrud-Howe 503-491-7446 - Room AC 2776

Seventh Quarter (Spring)

gubrudp@mhcc.edu

NUR203 Nursing VI* ....................................................................... 4

Program Prerequisites: BI231 and WR121. (Students must com- NUR242 Nursing Clinical VI .......................................................... 6

plete these courses before applying to the program. ) WR227 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

Students must complete BI232 and BI233 before enrolling in 13

NUR101.

* NUR203 must be taken concurrently with WR227.

Note: A minimum of “C” grade in all courses is required.

‡See pages 13-14.

Occupational Therapy Assistant

(Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

The OTA program will not be accepting a class in Fall 2002, but will be accepting applications

for a Fall 2003 startup, depending on enrollment numbers.



Occupational Therapy is a health and rehabilitation profession that Fourth Quarter (Fall)

helps individuals achieve independence in their lives despite dis-

abilities. Occupational Therapy Assistants work with people of all

OTA201

OTA210

Foundations VI ................................................................. 1

Conditions III ................................................................... 4

105

ages who, because of physical, developmental, social, or emotional

OTA230 Applications II .................................................................. 2

problems, need specialized assistance to lead productive and sat-

isfying lives. OTA231 Applications III ................................................................ 3

OTA240 Experience III ................................................................... 2

The Occupational Therapy Assistant Program is accredited by the Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 1

Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education

Sociology Elective* ......................................................... 3

(ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy Association

(AOTA), located at 4720 Montgomery Lane, P.O. Box 31220, 16

Bethesda, MD 20824-1220. AOTA’s phone number is 301-652- Fifth Quarter (Winter)

AOTA. Graduates of the program will be able to sit for the na- OTA211 Conditions IV .................................................................. 2

tional certification examination for the Occupational Therapy As-

OTA232 Applications IV ................................................................ 2

sistant administered by the National Board for Certification in

Occupational Therapy (NBCOT). After successful completion of OTA234 Applications VI ................................................................. 1

this exam, the individual will be a Certified Occupational Therapy OTA250 Fieldwork II: Physical Disabilities or

Assistant (COTA). Most states require licensure in order to prac- OTA251 Fieldwork II: Mental Disabilities ........... 7

tice; however, state licenses are usually based on the results of the 12

NBCOT Certification Examination.

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

OTA220 Life Tasks and Skills IV ................................................... 2

Applications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records OTA233 Applications V .................................................................. 2

Office, 503-491-7341 or 503-491-7165. OTA234 Applications VI ................................................................. 1

OTA251 Fieldwork II: Mental Disabilities or

Program Adviser (Allied Health Department): or OTA250 Fieldwork II: Physical

Chris Heideman 503-491-7129 - Room AC 2767 Disabilities ................................................................... 7

heidemac@mhcc.edu 12





First Quarter (Fall)

NOTE: Minimum of “C” grade is required in all OTA classes.

OTA100 Foundations I ................................................................... 3

OTA101 Foundations II .................................................................. 3

AH11 Survey of Body Systems ................................................ 4 * A sociology elective (SOC prefix) is required by

AH12 Medical Vocabulary ......................................................... 2 program accreditation; it cannot be substituted with a

AH17 Therapeutic Use of Self ................................................ 2 humanities course.

PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 1 ‡See pages 13-14.

18

Second Quarter (Winter)

OTA110 Conditions I ..................................................................... 3

OTA120 Life Tasks and Skills I ...................................................... 2

OTA121 Life Tasks and Skills II ..................................................... 2

OTA122 Life Tasks and Skills III ................................................... 3

OTA140 Experience I ..................................................................... 2

PSY237 Human Development .................................................... 4

WR101 Communication Skills I or

WR121 English Composition ................................. 3

19



third Quarter (Spring)

OTA111 Conditions II .................................................................... 4

OTA130 Applications I ................................................................... 3

OTA141 Experience II .................................................................... 2

OTA200 Foundations V .................................................................. 3

Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 1

13

Office Assistant

(Certificate Program)



Related Programs

106 Office support staff are employed in offices where documents are

created, edited, and formatted; records are managed; customers

are welcomed; and information is transmitted. The efficiency of

In selecting general and related courses, the student should con-

sult with the program adviser. Students may choose to earn the

any organization depends upon office support professionals. Each Office Software Specialist certificate or expand employment op-

job will require a person with good communication skills (both portunities further by taking additional coursework in the associ-

verbal and written), a variety of computer and clerical skills, and ate degree program, Office Management/Administrative Assistant.

good human relations skills although specific duties vary with dif- Students might also wish to consider additional coursework in

ferent positions. business, legal, medical, or computer applications.

Employment opportunities for full-time, temporary, or part-time

work in the Portland metropolitan area are excellent. The de-

mand for office support personnel is high in both the private and

the public sector. Those individuals who are eager to enter the

world of work at an entry-level position will find this program

appealing.

Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media

Arts Division):

Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - Room AC 2782

houchenb@mhcc.edu





First Quarter (Filing Clerk) Cr

BT110 Business Editing .............................................................. 3

BT101 Office Careers Survey ................................................... 1

BT122 Professional Keyboarding* or

BT121 Keyboarding Principles* ............................. 3

BT218 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3

BT210___ Beginning Windows or CS equivalent ....................... 1

BT210___ Word - Level I or CS equivalent ................................ 1

BT210___ Word - Level II or CS equivalent ............................... 1

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

14

Second Quarter (Clerk/Receptionist)

BT111 Editing Techniques .......................................................... 3

BT116 Business Tools and Techniques .................................... 3

BT123 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed*or

BT122 Professional Keyboarding* ........................ 3

BT125 Word Processing with WordPerfect* or

Related Electives ........................................................ 3

BT210___ Word - Level III or CS equivalent .............................. 1

AC120 Accounting for Professional Services ....................... 3

WR121 English Composition* .................................................... 3

19

Third Quarter (Office Clerk)

BT117 Professional Problem Solving ...................................... 3

BT126 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* ........................... 3

BT225 Document Processing* ................................................. 3

BT210___ Excel - Level I or CS equivalent ................................. 1

BT210___ Access - Level I or CS equivalent .............................. 1

BA205 Business Communications* ......................................... 4

PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations or

PSY201 General Psychology ................................... 3

18



* Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.

Office Management/

Administrative Assistant

(Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

Students who are interested in providing essential support in a Second Quarter (Winter) Cr

variety of offices will be interested in pursuing this degree. Today’s

office management assistants handle many of the traditional mana-

BT111

BT116

Editing Techniques* ........................................................ 3

Business Tools and Techniques or BT218

107

gerial responsibilities for department heads, senior managers, vice

Records Management with Microsoft Access .... 3

presidents, and CEOs. An office manager is often called upon to

oversee support staff, hire support staff, manage financial resources, BT125 Word Processing with WordPerfect* or BT122

coach and counsel, work directly with managers, and resolve con- Professional Keyboarding* or BT123

flicts. Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed .................. 3

BT210___ Word - Level II or CS equivalent ............................... 1

In addition to earning the degree in Office Management/Adminis-

trative Assistant, credits earned through the legal career path lead BT210___ Word - Level III or CS equivalent .............................. 1

to a Recognition of Completion in Legal Administrative Assis- AC120 Accounting for Professional Services ........................ 3

tant. For more information about these career paths, visit the 14

program website at www.mhcc.edu and search the MHCC website

for Office Management/Administrative Assistant. Third Quarter (Spring)

BT117 Professional Problem Solving

This two-year program provides hands-on development of project

or Related Elective** ................................................ 3

management expertise and professional-level skills with an em-

phasis on communication with clients. BT123 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed or

BT124 Intermediate Keyboarding for

Other responsibilities include budgeting and organizing office func- Speed and Accuracy* ................................................ 3

tions, equipment, and staff. While responsibilities and duties vary

BT125 Word Processing with WordPerfect* or

in different types of organizations, the job requires good organi-

zational, analytical, and clerical skills; initiative; flexibility; good hu- BT126 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* ........ 3

man relations and inter-personal communication skills, and the BT225 Document Processing* ................................................. 3

ability to make decisions and work without supervision. WR121 English Composition* .................................................... 3

Related electives provide an opportunity to concentrate 15

on courses specifically designed to give students the op- Fourth Quarter (Fall)

portunity to focus on various career paths. Internet research

skills, web page development, support and maintenance can be BT126 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* or BT124

developed by taking related electives with a focus in computer Intermediate Keyboarding for Accuracy

technology. Students may take a variety of business administration and Speed .................................................................... 3

courses that stress higher-level decision making. In the legal ad- BT210___ Internet for Office Professionals or CS equiv ........ 1

ministrative focus, students learn to create legal documents and BT210___ PowerPoint - Level I ...................................................... 1

court pleadings from actual Oregon cases. BA101 Introduction to Business or Related Electives** ... 4

Employment opportunities for full-time, part-time or temporary BA226 Introduction to Business Law ..................................... 3

work in the Portland Metropolitan area are excellent.The demand Related Electives** ......................................................... 3

for office support staff and legal adminstrative assistants in the 15

public and private sectors is high. Legal administrative assistants

rank among the highest entry-level salaries in the field. Fifth Quarter (Winter)

BT210___ Excel - Level I or CS equivalent ................................. 1

Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology, and Media

BT210___ Excel - Level II or CS equivalent ................................ 1

Arts Division):

BA205 Business Communications* ......................................... 4

Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - -Room AC 2777 WE280OP Cooperative Education Internship or

brushr@mhcc.edu HD209 Getting a Job or Related Electives** . 3-4

Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - Room AC 2782 Related Electives** ......................................................... 4

houchenb@mhcc.edu

13-14

Pam Shields 503-491-7458 - Room AC 2780

shieldsp@mhcc.edu Sixth Quarter (Spring)

BA231 Information Technology in Business or

First Quarter (Fall) Cr

Related Electives** .................................................... 4

BT101 Office Careers Survey ................................................... 1 HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3

BT110 Business Editing .............................................................. 3

WE280OPA Cooperative Education Internship or

BT123 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed or Related Elective ......................................................... 4

BT121 Keyboarding-Principles* ............................. 3 Social Science/Humanities‡ ......................................... 3

BT218 Records Management with Microsoft Access or Related Electives** ......................................................... 3

BT116 Business Tools and Techniques ................. 3

17

BT210___ Beginning Windows or CS equivalent ....................... 1

BT210___ Word - Level I or CS equivalent ................................ 1

CS105 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of

catalog.

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

** See next page for Related Electives

16 ‡ See pages 13-14.

Office Management/

Administrative Assistant

Related Electives



Computer Technology/Web Publishing

108 Related Electives

In selecting general and related courses, the student should con- Within this focus, you can also develop project management ex-

pertise, Internet research skills, and have an opportunity to take

sult with the program adviser. Students can expand career path

opportunities further by taking additional coursework in business, related electives in web page development, support, and mainte-

legal, or computer courses. The following courses are not offered nance. Related electives provide an opportunity to concentrate

each term and will be offered based on sufficient enrollment; please on courses specifically designed for using the Internet as an inte-

refer to the quarterly schedule. gral part of an office management support system.

Legal Administrative Assistant CS125WEF Beginning Web Publishing ............................................. 1

CS125HTF Beginning HTML ............................................................. 1

(Recognition of Completion)

CS125HTS Intermediate HTML ....................................................... 1

This Recognition of Completion is for bright, hard-working stu- CS125HTT Advanced HTML ............................................................. 1

dents who are interested in the law. A well-prepared Legal Admin- CS125PSF Beginning Photoshop ..................................................... 1

istrative Assistant possesses initiative, flexibility, organization, sec-

CS125WDF Web Page Design* .......................................................... 1

retarial, and computer skills. These attributes are rewarded with

one of the highest entry-level salaries in the administrative assis- CS144 Problem Solving Methodologies ................................. 3

tant fields. Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - brushr@mhcc .edu

Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - houchenb@mhcc.edu

LA230 Law Office Systems (Spring) ...................................... 3

LA231 Law Office Simulation (Fall) ....................................... 3

LA232 Pleadings and Practices I (Fall) ................................... 4

LA233 Pleadings and Practices II (Winter) .......................... 4

LA241 Trial Case Management in Multnomah

County (Spring) ........................................................ 2

LA242 ALS Certification Review (Spring) ........................... 2

Pam Shields 503-491-7458 - shieldsp@mhcc .edu



Business

Students may find themselves interested in handling many of the

traditional managerial responsibilities for department heads, se-

nior managers, vice presidents, and CEOs. An office manager is

often called upon to oversee support staff, hire support staff, man-

age financial resources, coach and counsel staff, work directly with

managers, and resolve conflicts.

BA206 Management Fundamentals .......................................... 3

BA224 Human Resource Management ................................... 3

BA255 Supervisory Management ............................................. 3

BA267 eBusiness Project Management* ................................ 3

BT103 Business Math .................................................................. 1

BT210 Access - Level I ............................................................... 1

BT210 Access - Level II .............................................................. 1

BT210 Publisher - Level I ........................................................... 1

BT210 Publisher - Level II ......................................................... 1

BUS22 Managing Conflict ........................................................... 1

Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - brushr@mhcc .edu

Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - houchenb@mhcc.edu

Office Software Specialist

(Certificate Program)



Office Software specialists work in all types of businesses as tech-

nicians in a variety of software applications that may include word

processing, desktop publishing, microcomputer or data entry. The

Third Quarter (Spring)

BT111

Cr

Editing Techniques .......................................................... 3 109

ideal candidate may have previous office experience and simply BT126 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment ............................. 3

wish to update his/her computer skills. BT210__ PowerPoint - Level I or CS equivalent ..................... 1

BT210__ Access - Level I or CS equivalent .............................. 1

These professionals are technically trained on popular software

BT210__ Access - Level II or CS equivalent ............................. 1

and hardware. They produce quality publications from handwrit-

ten, printed, or electronic material. If you want to be on the cut- WR121 English Composition* .................................................... 3

ting edge of technology, you will thrive in this field. PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations or

PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3

Students will be trained in Microsoft applications using Microsoft-

approved textbooks that cover the required objectives on the 15

MOUS (Microsoft Office User Specialist) exams. Students will * Prerequisite: See course description in back of

become prepared to take MOUS exams indicating that they have catalog.

an understanding of the core and possibly the expert features in

Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access, and Outlook in Microsoft Office Related Electives

software programs. By passing one or more MOUS certification

In selecting general and related courses, the student should con-

exams, students can demonstrate proficiency in a given Office

sult with the program adviser. Students may choose to earn the

application to employers.

Office Assistant certificate or expand employment opportunities

The outlook for jobs in this field of software applications is excel- further by taking additional coursework in the associate degree

lent. Specialists are in high demand with opportunities for ad- program, Office Management/Administrative Assistant. Students

vancement. They possess problem solving and technical skills and might also wish to consider additional coursework in business,

are prepared for tomorrow’s challenges. legal, medical or computer applications.

Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media

Arts Division):

Note: Individuals who do not desire to pursue a one-year certifi-

Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - Room AC 2777 cate program may want to consider obtaining within three months

brushr@mhcc.edu a Recognition of Completion in Office Administration. Applica-

First Quarter (Fall) Cr tions are available in the Business, Computer Technology, and Media

Arts Division.

BT110 Business Editing .............................................................. 3

BT101 Office Careers Survey ................................................... 1

BT116 Business Tools and Techniques .................................... 3 ‡See page 19.

BT123 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed or

BT121 Keyboarding Principles ............................... 3

BT210__ Beginning Windows or CS equivalent ....................... 1

BT210__ Word - Level I or CS equivalent ................................ 1

BT210__ Word - Level II or CS equivalent ............................... 1

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

14

Second Quarter (Winter)

BT122 Professional Keyboarding* ........................................... 3

BT125 Word Processing with WordPerfect or

Related Electives ........................................................ 3

BT210__ Internet for Office Professionals or CS equiv ........ 1

BT210__ Excel - Level I or CS equivalent ................................. 1

BT210__ Excel - Level II or CS equivalent ................................ 1

BT210__ Word - Level III or CS equivalent .............................. 1

BT218 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3

CS105 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3

16

Outdoor Education

(Recognition of Completion)



“Education Outdoors” is the Mt. Hood Community College aca-

110 demic Outdoor Program. This program offers a wide range of

courses in land and water-based outdoor activities as well as

Required Courses

HE253 Wilderness Advanced First Aid ................................... 3

Cr



courses in Outdoor Leadership and Adventure Education.We pro- PE233 Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning Methods ....... 2

vide instruction for individual activities as well as training for cur- PE234 Place Mapping: Instructional Methods ....................... 2

rent and future outdoor professionals. PE285OL Wilderness Survival ....................................................... 3

PE285ON Outdoor Leadership ...................................................... 2

The last few years have brought a dramatic increase in recreational

PE185OH Adventure Education ..................................................... 1

use of wilderness lands in every region in the U.S.. This has been

paralleled by rapid growth in the job market for outdoor profes- PE185ON High Angle Rescue ......................................................... 1

sionals. Jobs in field-based outdoor education, environmental edu- PE185RK Beginning Rock Climbing .............................................. 1

cation and interpretation, wilderness recreation, adventure tour- PE185RKI Intermediate Rock Climbing ....................................... 1

ism and teambuilding adventure courses are now to be found in PS217 Introduction to Public Land Management:

every region of the country. The Pacific Northwest is no excep- The Politics of Recreation ...................................... 3

tion. Dozens of programs are operating within the Portland Met- WR121 English Composition: Nature Writing ....................... 3

ropolitan area. The number of programs more than triples if the WE280PEA Cooperative Education (2 quarters) ......................... 6

circle is widened only slightly to include Salem, Eugene, Bend and Activity Electives* ........................................................... 4

Hood River. This growth in the outdoor profession has also been

Related Electives** ......................................................... 3

matched by a growing need for trained professionals to lead high

quality safe educational outdoor programs. Wilderness First Responder National Certification

Challenge Course Advanced Skills

Education Outdoors at Mt. Hood currently offers a Recognition

of Completion Program in Outdoor Education. This program is

35

open to individuals interested in pursuing careers in outdoor edu- Activity Electives*

cation and those interested in integrating outdoor education into Select four credits from the following:

their current work. A small sample of individuals utilizing outdoor

education techniques in their professions include; school counse- PE185KY River Kayaking ................................................................. 1

lors, physical education teachers, scout and youth group leaders, PE185OA Backpacking: Cascades .................................................. 1

community organizers and group- home recreation coordinators. PE185OA Backpacking: Coastal ...................................................... 1

The classes offered each term are open to anyone as applied to PE185OD Beginning Sea Kayaking ................................................. 1

the recognition of completion program or on an individual course- PE185OF Winter Camping ............................................................. 1

by-course basis. PE185OG Backcountry Winter Mountain Travel ....................... 1

If you want to acquire the experience and training that will help PE185OJ Mountaineering Fundamentals .................................... 1

you move into this exciting field, this is a great place to start. The PE185OK Mountaineering Field Skills .......................................... 1

program includes one internship placement per term, which pro- PE185OL Progressive Fly Fishing, Level I .................................... 1

vides students with hands-on field experience and the opportu-

nity to develop valuable contacts in the outdoor community.

Applications for completion of this program are available in the Related Electives**

Health and Physical Education Division. Select three credits from the following: (others may be selected

Program Adviser (Health and Physical Education): with permission of adviser.)

Steve Rubinstein 503-491-7353 - Room PE 155 ANTH231 Indian Cultures of the Pacific Northwest ................ 3

rubinsts@mhcc.edu F141 Tree and Shrub Identification ...................................... 3

FT235 Outdoor Recreation ...................................................... 3

FW252 Wildlife Resources: Mammals ..................................... 3

FW253 Wildlife Resources: Birds ............................................. 3

PE292SWT Water Safety Instruction .............................................. 3

Physical Therapist Assistant

(Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The Physical Therapist Assistant program at Mt. Hood Community Fourth Quarter Cr

College is two years (six quarters) in length, leading to an associ-

ate degree. Course work consists of lecture and laboratory in-

PTA216

PTA216L

Physical Therapy Procedures III .................................. 3

PT Procedures Lab III .................................................... 3

111

struction on campus, and supervised clinical experience in health

PTA220 Pathological Conditions I ............................................. 5

care facilities in the Portland metropolitan area and throughout

the state. Upon taking the state board examination and becoming PTA226 Clinical Affiliation II ........................................................ 5

licensed, the assistant is qualified to work in any health care facil- 16

ity which provides supervision by a licensed physical therapist.

Fifth Quarter

Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and satis- PTA217 Physical Therapy Procedures IV .................................. 3

factory completion of criteria. Applications may be obtained from PTA217L PT Procedures Lab IV ................................................... 3

the Admissions and Records Office. (491-7341 or 491-7165)

PTA221 Pathological Conditions II ............................................ 5

Applicants to the Physical Therapist Assistant Program must be PTA227 Clinical Affiliation III ....................................................... 5

physically and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the cur-

riculum and the demanding nature of the physical therapy profes-

16

sion. Established academic and clinical requirements essential to Sixth Quarter

the program of instruction apply to all students and cannot be PTA228 Clinical Affiliation IV ...................................................... 8

waived. Attempts will be made to accommodate and retain quali-

Health and Physical Education Requirement‡ ........ 1

fied applicants with disabilities unless results of evaluations indi-

cate that given reasonable accommodation an individual will still Social Science/Humanities Requirement*‡ .............. 3

not be able to perform the essential functions required by the 12

program. Persons with questions concerning qualifications are

encouraged to contact the Admissions and Records Office to ar- * Those students electing WR121 and WR122 must take a

range an appointment for individual consultation and advice prior speech class to satisfy the Social Science/Humanities

to formal application. requirement.

Program Advisers (Allied Health Department):

Jane Cedar 503-491-7464 - Room AC 2775 ‡See pages 13-14.

cedarj@mhcc.edu

Debbie VanDover 503-491-7461 - Room AC 2790

vandoved@mhcc.edu



First Quarter Cr

PTA111 Patient Care Skills .......................................................... 3

PTA112 Introduction to Physical Therapy ................................ 3

AH12 Medical Vocabulary ......................................................... 2

AH140 Clinical Emergency Procedures .................................. 2

BI121 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ..... 4

WR101 Workplace Communications I or

WR121 English Composition* ............................... 3

Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1

18

Second Quarter

PTA114 Physical Therapy Procedures I ..................................... 3

PTA114L PT Procedures Lab I ...................................................... 2

PTA130 Issues in Physical Therapy ............................................. 3

BI122 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II .... 4

PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

WR102 Workplace Communications II or WR122

English Composition: Critical Thinking* ............ 3

18

Third Quarter

PTA113 Clinical Kinesiology ........................................................ 4

PTA115 Physical Therapy Procedures II ................................... 3

PTA115L PT Procedures Lab II ..................................................... 2

PTA125 Clinical Affiliation I ......................................................... 3

HE207 Stress Control - Activity Intervention ...................... 1

13

Professional Photography

(Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



Graduates of the photography program will emerge after two years Third Quarter (Spring) Cr

112 of coursework with solid technical and aesthetic photography skills.

In addition, they will gain a strong foundation in small business and

ART263

PHO132

Field Photography ........................................................... 3

Color Photography II .................................................... 3

marketing practices, essential to survival as an independent op-

PHO270 Small Product Photography ......................................... 3

erator. Current market demand offers our graduates entry-level

positions in general commercial, advertising, industrial, editorial, BA223 Principles of Marketing ................................................. 3

and free-lance photography. Employment will also be found as tech- Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

nicians in professional processing labs, electronic imaging and mul- 15

timedia service bureaus, and as members of film or television pro-

duction crews. Fourth Quarter (Fall)

PHO226 Photography Business Practicum I ............................. 4

Success in the competitive field of photography not only requires

mastery of the craft but also an aptitude for pre-visualizing, prob- PHO267 Photoshop I ...................................................................... 4

lem-solving, teamwork and communication. For this reason, the PHO272 Stock Photography ......................................................... 3

curriculum ranges from basic black-and-white, color and lighting CS125MCI Overview of MacIntosh Application .......................... 1

photography courses to courses in marketing and small business J134 Introduction to Photojournalism ............................... 3

management. Second-year students have three terms of a photo 15

business practicum that attempts to simulate business environ-

ments by servicing the college’s internal photographic needs. Fi- Fifth Quarter (Winter)

nally, students gain experience in the field as interns with the pro- PHO227 Photography Business Practicum II ............................ 4

fessional photographers from the greater Portland metropolitan PHO268 Photoshop II .................................................................... 4

area. PHO273 Page Layout for Photographers .................................. 3

Due to the sequencing of courses, students will be admitted only AC110 General Accounting ....................................................... 4

at the fall term. Alternates may be considered for midyear entry if 15

space is available. Admission is based upon satisfactory comple-

tion of the application criteria by a stated deadline. Students ac- Sixth Quarter (Spring)

cepted in the program will be expected to complete prior to the PHO269 Digital Studio ................................................................... 4

first quarter ART261 (Photography I) or have the program adviser’s PHO281 Photography Portfolio ................................................... 4

waiver. WE280PH Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 4

Program Adviser (Computer Technology and Media Arts Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 3

Department): 15

Dana Spielmann 503-491-7412 - Room VA 09

speilmad@mhcc.edu * WE280PH may be taken at any time in the second year.

Maximum of 12 credit hours may be applied toward

Note: Prior to first quarter, students must complete ART261, degree.

Photography I. This is an open enrollment course offered each

summer through spring term.

‡See pages 13-14.

First Quarter (Fall) Cr

ART117 Basic Design III: 3-Dimensional .................................. 3

ART262 Photography II ................................................................. 3

ART266 Color Slide Photography ............................................. 3

PHO131 Basic Photographic Lighting ........................................ 3

WR121 English Composition ..................................................... 3

15

Second Quarter (Winter)

ART264 Portrait Photography .................................................... 3

ART265 Color Photography I ...................................................... 3

PHO271 Photographic Style ......................................................... 3

BA250 Small Business Management ........................................ 3

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or

SP100 Basic Speech Communications ................. 3

15

Radio Broadcasting

(Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



Radio broadcasting is an exciting career offering opportunities Fourth Quarter (Fall) Cr

nationwide. Students prepare for careers in sales and promotion,

as air-talent, news reporters/anchors, traffic and operation man-

RB222

RB235

Broadcasting Practices IV ............................................. 2

Broadcast News Reporting II ...................................... 3

113

agers, program managers, production directors, and music direc-

RB240 Radio Operator’s Certificate Preparation ............... 2

tors. In radio, women and minorities are in great demand and are

being employed on the air and in production and promotion. Sala- CS90 Computer Applications ................................................. 1

ries vary with the job and market size. General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

X58, a modern rock, student operated station, serves the campus,

14

the community on AT&T Broadband, and the world at Fifth Quarter (Winter)

X58radio.com. All students work on-air, and X58 is managed by a RB223 Broadcast Advertising Practices ................................. 3

core staff of second-year student managers, housed in state-of-

the-industry digital facilities. Students are trained in digital pro- RB224 Broadcast Advertising Practices Lab ......................... 2

duction (Pro-Tools, Cool Edit Pro), digital music rotation (Selec- RB225 Broadcasting Practices V ............................................... 2

tor), and digital traffic systems (Marketron.) There is an equal J205 Public Relations ............................................................... 3

emphasis on teaching concepts and principles in the classroom, General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3

getting lots of hands-on experience on the air and in the produc- Related Elective ............................................................... 3

tion room, and internships at local Portland area stations. 16

Admission is based upon satisfactory completion of placement

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

criteria and satisfactory completion of the screening process. The

program begins fall quarter, but classes fill much earlier. Applica- RB226 Broadcast Station Operation ...................................... 4

tions may be obtained from David Arguello, in the Admissions RB228 Broadcasting Practices VI .............................................. 2

and Records office, 503-491-7165. Information packets can RB230 Broadcast Sales ............................................................... 3

be mailed to you; please call Cheryl Faust, 503-491-7506. WE280RB Cooperative Education Internship** or

Program Adviser (Computer Technology and Media Arts Related Elective ..................................................... 3-4

Department): General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3

Jeff Young 503-491-7632 - Room AC 1385 15-16

youngj@mhcc.edu

* BT121 may be waived with one year high school typing,

keyboarding or the equivalent.

First Quarter (Fall) Cr ** WE280RB may be taken any term. Maximum of 12

RB110 Introduction to Radio Broadcasting .......................... 3 credit hours may be applied toward degree.

RB111 Introduction to Radio Broadcasting Lab .................. 2

RB112 Broadcasting Practices I ................................................ 2 Related Electives

BT121 Keyboarding-Principles* ................................................ 3 In selecting related courses the student should consult with

General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6 an adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across

16 divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a spe-

cific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational

Second Quarter (Winter) goals.

RB113 Radio Scriptwriting ........................................................ 3

Students in the Radio Broadcasting Program may specialize with

RB114 Radio Scriptwriting Lab ................................................ 2 an emphasis in radio sales, taking courses in the first or second

RB115 Broadcasting Practices II ............................................... 2 year.

Related Elective ............................................................... 3

Radio Sales:

General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

16 RB230 Broadcast Sales

RBX40 Commercial Broadcast Sales***

Third Quarter (Spring) BA238 Sales

RB116 Radio Traffic ..................................................................... 3 J225 Introduction to Advertising

RB117 Radio Traffic Lab .............................................................. 2

RB118 Broadcasting Practices III ............................................. 2 * * * This course is sponsored by the Oregon Association

RB120 Broadcast News Reporting I ....................................... 3 of Broadcasters. Scholarships may be available;

RB121 Broadcast News Reporting I Lab ............................... 2 contact the Radio program director, Jeff Young.

J211 Introduction to Mass Communications .................... 3

15 ‡See pages 13-14.

Respiratory Care

(Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



Respiratory Care is an allied health discipline that uses scientific Second Quarter Cr

114 principles to carry out physician directed diagnosis and treat-

ment of abnormal respiratory conditions. Respiratory Care Prac-

RT121

RT122

Respiratory Care Procedures ..................................... 5

Respiratory Care Procedures Lab ............................. 2

titioners work in a variety of settings, including hospitals, skilled

BI122 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II* .. 4

nursing facilities, home care, research, education, and medical

equipment sales. BI234 Microbiology* .................................................................. 4

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking or

The program combines basic science and modern respiratory care WR102 Workplace Communications II .............. 3

theory with clinical experience in local medical centers. Both cam-

pus and clinical learning focus on all areas of respiratory care, 10-18

which includes adult, neonatal and pediatric, acute and intensive Third Quarter

care.

RT131 Respiratory Diseases and Pharmacology ................. 6

The Respiratory Care Program prepares the student for both RT141 Mechanical Ventilation ................................................... 4

local and national standards. Graduates are eligible to take RT142 Mechanical Ventilation Lab ........................................... 2

the national entry level examination and the national advanced RT150 Clinical Clerkship ........................................................... 1

practitioner level examinations administered by the National

Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3

Board for Respiratory Care. Passing these examinations

serves to fulfill state licensure testing requirements. 16

The respiratory care profession continues to develop and di- (Optional Summer Quarter)

versify. Studies by the American Medical Association indicate BI234 Microbiology .................................................................... 4

that the need for Respiratory Care Practitioners will continue PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations or

to grow.

PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3

The personal requirements necessary to succeed as a Res- 7

piratory Care Practitioner include a general aptitude for the

biological and physical sciences. The Respiratory Care Prac- Fourth Quarter

titioner is required to understand the physiology and pathol- RT211 Pulmonary Assessment ................................................. 3

ogy of circulation and respiration. Also required is the emo- RT220 Neonatal and Pediatric Respiratory Care ............... 4

tional maturity to deal with decision making in critical life and

RT251 Clinical Practice I ............................................................ 8

death situations.

15

Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and

satisfactory completion of criteria. Applications may be ob- Fifth Quarter

tained from Admissions and Records. (503-491-7341 or 503-491- RT231 Cardiopulmonary Critical Care I ............................... 3

7165) RT252 Clinical Practice II ........................................................... 8

Program Adviser (Allied Health Department): PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations or

George Hicks 503-491-7172 - Room AC 2768 PSY201 General Psychology* ................................. 3

hicksg@mhcc.edu 11-14

Sixth Quarter

(Optional Summer Quarter) Cr RT232 Cardiopulmonary Critical Care II .............................. 3

BI121 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ..... 4 RT253 Clinical Practice III ......................................................... 8

BI122 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II .... 4 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

8 14



First Quarter * See (Optional Summer Courses)

RT111 Cardiopulmonary Physiology ...................................... 6

RT112 Cardiopulmonary Physiology Lab .............................. 1

‡See pages 13-14.

AH12 Medical Vocabulary ......................................................... 2

BI121 Essentials of Human Anatomy

and Physiology I* ....................................................... 4

WR121 English Composition or

WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3

12-16

Sheet Metal Technology

(Restricted to students participating in a Sheet Metal Apprenticeship program,

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

The associate degree in Sheet Metal Technology is designed for 3rd Year Cr

individuals serving in the sheet metal trades industry or individu-

als who have been accepted into the sheet metal apprenticeship

SMT230

SMT231

Introduction to Environmental Systems ................... 3

Advanced Environmental Systems ............................. 3

115

program affiliated with Mt. Hood Community College.

SMT232 Gas Metal Arc Welding .................................................. 3

This degree combines a five-year sheet metal apprenticeship- SMT233 Plans and Specifications ................................................ 3

training program, with apprenticeship trade experience, related Social Science/Humanities Requirement*** ............ 3

industry training and general education courses leading to jour-

Health/Physical Education Requirement**** ........... 3

neyman status and the awarding of the A.A.S. Degree.

For additional information regarding the AAS degree contact the

MHCC Apprenticeship Coordinator at 503-491-7401 located in 4th Year

room IT27 in the Industrial Technology building at MHCC. For SMT240 Sheet Metal Triangulation III ........................................ 3

additional information regarding the application process into the SMT241 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing

Sheet Metal Apprenticeship program contact the Sheet Metal HVAC Systems ............................................................. 3

Training Center at 503-257-1022. SMT242 Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding .............. 3

The degree requirements are as follows: SMT243 Food Service Equipment ............................................... 3



Related Training 60 credits

5th Year

A minimum of 60 credit hours of course work earned through

apprenticeship training must be completed. Three credits are SMT250 Advanced Gas Tungsten Arc Welding ........................ 3

awarded for each 48 hours combination of lecture and lab. SMT251 Industrial Sheet Metal ................................................... 3

SMT252 Introduction to Detailing ............................................. 3

Supervised Trade Experience 12 credits SMT253 Advanced Detailing ........................................................ 3

Supervised trade experience is a process of education, which

combines work experience with college instruction as an in-

tegral part of the community college curriculum. It is depen-

dent upon employers and educators cooperating to form a * Select WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122;

more complete educational program for the students. It is a or three credits in writing and RD117; or three

unique plan of education designed to develop skills and knowl- credits in writing and BA205.

edge and to improve self-understanding by integrating class- ** Select from any of the following: CS105, CS106, CS133,

room study with planned supervised work experience. A maxi- CS140, CS161, CS162, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213,

mum of 12 credits may be earned that can be applied to the GE101, GE102, GE115, MTH60, MTH65, MTH80,

degree. MTH85, MTH111, MTH112, MTH241, MTH243,

MTH251, MTH252.

General Education 18 credits *** Select from any of the following: EC201, EC202, HST110,

In addition to the related training and industrial work experi- HST111, HST112, HST201, HST202, HST225, PS104,

ence, a minimum of 18 credit hours (effective 2002-03) is re- PS201, PS203, PSY101, PSY201, PSY202.

quired to satisfy the general education requirements. **** Select from any of the following: HE202, HE204, HE205,

HE207, HE208, HE250, HE252, HE255, HE261, HE265,

Total Credit Hours Required 90 credits HPE295, PE185.

1st Year Cr

SMT110 Introduction to Sheet Metal ........................................ 3 The Oregon State Bureau of Labor and Industry journeyman’s

SMT111 Sheet Metal Transitions ................................................. 3 card in the trade of Sheet Metal Worker may be used in conjunc-

SMT112 Welding and Electrical Fundamentals ........................ 3 tion with transcripts to verify that the SMT and the APP280S re-

SMT113 Sheet Metal Triangulation I ..................................... 3 quirements of the MHCC Sheet Metal Technology AAS degree

APP280S Supervised Apprentice Trade Experience ....... 1 2 program have been met.

Communications Requirement* ......................... 6 - 7 The student must satisfy all other MHCC degree requirements,

which includes a minimum of 90 college credits earned.

2nd Year

SMT120 Sheet Metal Triangulation II .......................................... 3

SMT121 Architectural Sheet Metal I .......................................... 3

SMT122 Architectural Sheet Metal II ........................................ 3

SMT123 Fundamentals of Calculator Layout ........................... 3

Science/Math/Computer Science

Requirement** ............................................................. 6

Surgical Technology

(Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The Surgical Technology program at Mt. Hood Community College sons with questions concerning qualifications are encouraged to

116 is six quarters in length leading to an associate of Applied Science

degree. It is designed for selected men and women who wish to

contact the Office of Admissions to arrange an appointment for

individual consultation and advice prior to formal application.

prepare for a paramedical career as members of a multi-disciplinary

Program Advisers (Allied Health Department):

team caring for patients in the operating room and in the surgical

Jackie Morfitt 503-491-7179 - Room AC 2766

practice setting. The program combines academic study with clini-

cal practice in metropolitan hospitals. After completion of this pro- morfittj@mhcc.edu

gram the graduate is eligible to take the national certification ex- Tracy Woodsworth 503-491-7459 - Room AC 2764

amination. Successfully passing this exam is a requirement for em- woodswot@mhcc.edu

ployment in many hospitals.

First Quarter Cr

The Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Pro-

ST101 Surgical Technology Theory I ...................................... 4

grams (CAAHEP), in collaboration with the American College of

Surgeons (ACS) and the Association of Surgical Technologies (AST), AH12 Medical Vocabulary ........................................................ 2

which sponsor the Accreditation Review Committee on Educa- BI234 Microbiology* .................................................................. 4

tion in Surgical Technology (ARC-ST), is the accrediting agency Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ .......... 3

that acts on the accreditation recommendation formulated by the Approved Communications Requirement‡ ....... 3

ARC-ST. The ARC-ST is located at 7108-C South Alton Way, Cen- 16

tennial, Colorado, 80112-2106. The ARC-ST’s phone number is

303-694-9262; their web site is www.arcst.org. Second Quarter

The student must initiate the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine se- ST102 Surgical Technology Theory II ................................ 4

ries upon acceptance to the program. Accepted students must ST111 Surgical Technology Lab ........................................... 2

have verification of second dose of measles (Rubeola) immuniza- BI121 Essentials of Human Anatomy

tion, Tuberculin skin test (PPD) and must document initiation of and Physiology I* ................................................... 4

the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series prior to entering first Social Science or Humanities Requirement‡ ..... 3

quarter. Prior to registering for second quarter, the student must Approved Communications Requirement‡ ....... 3

document having received the second dose of the three-dose

Hepatitis B vaccine series. Prior to registering for the third quar-

16

ter, the student must document completion of the three-dose Third Quarter

Hepatitis B vaccine series. Must also show proof of CPR Level C, ST103 Surgical Technology Theory III .............................. 6

valid September through June of the second year.

ST112 Surgical Technology Lab ........................................... 2

The surgical technologist assists with patient care and related ser- BI122 Essentials of Human Anatomy

vices in the operating room by performing as a member of the and Physiology II* .................................................. 4

surgical team. This role includes preparing supplies and equipment Social Science or Humanities Requirement‡ ..... 3

for surgery and using correct surgical technique while performing

Related Elective** ...................................................... 1

as a sterile team member. In addition, anticipating and meeting the

needs of the surgical team is a continuing challenge. Background 16

knowledge in human anatomy, physiology, microbiology and pathol-

Fourth Quarter

ogy is necessary.

ST204 Surgical Technology Theory IV ............................. 4

Providing safe patient care is the primary focus of all the actions ST205 Surgical Technology Theory V ............................... 4

and responsibilities of the surgical technologist.

ST221 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum ............... 6

In the specialty area of operating room patient care, the ability of 14

the personnel to function independently, as well as cohesively, is

of prime importance. The students are encouraged to learn as Fifth Quarter

much about themselves as possible and how to interact effectively ST206 Surgical Technology Theory VI ............................. 4

with other professionals. The laboratory/clinical practice follows ST207 Surgical Technology Theory VII ............................ 4

theory lectures as closely as possible so that the student will be ST222 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum ............... 6

able to relate principle to practice in the shortest amount of time.

14

Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and on a

space available basis after academic criteria have been met. Appli- Sixth Quarter

cation packets are available in the Admissions and Records Office. ST208 Surgical Technology Theory VIII .......................... 4

(503-491-7342 or 503-491-7165) ST209 Surgical Technology Theory IX .............................. 4

Applicants to the Surgical Technology Program must be physically ST223 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum ............... 6

and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and 14

the demanding nature of the field of surgical technology. Estab-

lished academic and clinical requirements essential to the pro-

gram of instruction apply to all students and cannot be waived. * Prerequisite: See course description in back of

Attempts will be made to accommodate and retain qualified appli- catalog.

cants with disabilities unless results of evaluations indicate that ** In selecting a related elective, the student should

given reasonable accommodation an individual will still not be able consult with a program adviser.

to perform the essential functions required by the program. Per-

‡See pages 13-14

Television Production Technology

(Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



Television first came into America’s living rooms in the 1940’s and Fourth Quarter (Fall) Cr

moved swiftly to the top of the entertainment world. In the 1960’s,

powerful images of war changed forever the way we received our

TV230

TV231

Intermediate Video ......................................................... 3

Intermediate Video Lab ................................................. 4

117

news and information.The space age took television equipment to

WE280TVA Cooperative Education Internship or

the moon, which in turn moved us toward video production on a

smaller scale. Video equipment that only a few years ago would Related Electives ........................................................ 3

have cost thousands and required an engineer to operate is now General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

as accessible as the medium itself. The World Wide Web offers a 16

glimpse at the next level of change and with this increasingly as-

sessable technology has come a growing demand for people trained Fifth Quarter (Winter)

to develop media messages. TV232 Television Directing ....................................................... 3

The Television Production Technology program at MHCC is per- TV233 Television Directing Lab ............................................... 4

haps the best way to gain an understanding and obtain training. TV236 Closed Circuit Systems ................................................ 3

Over the last 20 years, MHCC’s Television Production Technology WE280TVA Cooperative Education Internship or

program has placed hundreds of graduates in a variety of video Related Electives ........................................................ 3

and media related jobs. A production oriented curriculum ben- General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3

efits from a fully equipped multi-camera studio, portable field pro- 16

duction units, and editing facilities that train fundamental, as well

as digital and nonlinear, concepts. Our instructors are working Sixth Quarter (Spring)

professionals with experience in every aspect of this field. TV234 Advanced Telecasting ..................................................... 3

MHCC offers a two-year Associate of Applied Science Degree in TV235 Advanced Telecasting Lab ............................................. 4

Television Production Technology. It is a Restricted Entry program WE280TVC Cooperative Education Internship or

with acceptance only after admission criteria has been met and Related Electives ........................................................ 8

applicants are reviewed by program advisors and faculty mem- 15

bers. Because the core courses are sequential, students must start

in the fall term. Applications may be obtained from David Arguello

in the Admissions and Records Office, 503-491-7165. Students in- Related Electives

terested in this program should contact and request an informa- In selecting related courses the student should consult with an

tion packet from Cheryl Faust, 503-491-7506. adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divi-

sional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific divi-

sion is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals.

Program Adviser (ComputerTechnology and Media Arts

Department): Among suggested courses are:

Jack Schommer 503-491-7611 - Room AC 1371 TV120 Introduction to Cinema ............................................... 3

schommej@mhcc.edu TV121 History of Television ..................................................... 3

TV122 History of Cinema II ..................................................... 3

First Quarter (Fall) Cr

TV225 Community TV Survival Techniques .......................... 3

J211 Introduction to Mass Communications .................... 3 TV227 Community TV Career Preparation ......................... 1

TV100 Critical Viewing ............................................................... 3

TV110 Introduction to Television ............................................ 3

General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6 ‡See pages 13-14.

15

Second Quarter (Winter)

TV111 Television Production .................................................... 3

TV112 Television Production Lab ............................................ 3

TV115 Introduction to Television Scriptwriting ................... 3

General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6

15

Third Quarter (Spring)

TV113 Television Applications .................................................. 3

TV114 Television Applications Lab .......................................... 3

TV116 Television News Reporting .......................................... 3

ART261 Photography I .................................................................. 3

General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

15

Trade and Industrial Technology

(Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)



The two-year associate degree curriculum in Trade and Industrial Related Trade or Industrial Training 27-42 credits

118 Technology is designed primarily for people in trades or indus-

trial occupations.

A minimum of 27* and a maximum of 36* quarter hours of credit

(APP200T) may be earned through completion of apprentice-

The curriculum recognizes previous trade or industrial experi- ship-related training, journeyman upgrading or other approved

ence and provides preparation in related training, occupational course work. Nine credit hours are allowed for each 144 hours

upgrading, general education and related specialty courses. Evalu- of verified related training or similar training.

ation of credit for prior learning or industrial experience must

be requested through the Office of Evening/Weekend College Other Required Related Electives 8-23 credits

prior to applying for graduation. For additional information, con- Selection of these courses should be made with consultation of

tact Valerie Ward 503-491-7239 Note: The college has an estab- an adviser.

lished charge for course challenge exams or credit for prior learn-

ing.

Program Adviser (Industrial Technology Division): Total Credits 90

Joe Dunlap 503-491-7471 - Room IT 47

dunlapj@mhcc.edu * Credit for trade or industrial experience and training

will be granted upon completion and recommenda-

tion by the appropriate local training committee.

Trade and Industrial Experience 0-22 credits College fees for the degree assessed at the time of

A journeyman in any trade or craft who has completed a bona- application will be based upon three conditions: 1)

fide apprenticeship program or can provide satisfactory proof Number of credits recommended by appropriate

of equivalent training and experience resulting in journeyman local training committee; 2) Current college fee per

status, may be credited with a maximum of 22 credits (APP200E) college credit; 3) Number of credits previously paid

toward an associate degree. An additional option to fulfill this for.

experience requirement would be enrollment in APP280, Super-

vised Apprenticeship Trade Experience.

The authority for granting credit for previous education and train-

ing toward apprenticeship training requirements is delegated by

law to each local joint apprenticeship committee.

NOTE: A journeyman may request credit from the joint appren-

ticeship committee for previous experience. If the previous ex-

perience was outside the supervision of the joint apprenticeship

committee, the apprentice must submit his request in writing to

the joint apprenticeship committee and furnish such records, af-

fidavits, or other bona-fide evidence as the joint apprenticeship

committee shall require to substantiate his claims.



General Education

In addition to trades and industrial experience and trade or in-

dustrial training, a minimum of 18 credit hours are required to

satisfy general education requirements. See pages 13-14.

Credits needed for the curriculum degree requirement of 90 and

not received for trade or industrial experience may be selected

from curriculum-related subjects agreed upon between the stu-

dent and the appropriate associate dean.

Welding Technology

(Limited Entry Certificate Day Program) (Recognition of Completion Evening Program)



The program is designed to prepare the person with little or no Second Quarter Cr

welding skill to enter the welding field with skill, knowledge and

confidence. Also, it is designed for those wishing to upgrade their

WLD130 Gas Metal and Flux Core

Arc Welding (Wire Feed) ........................................ 2

119

welding skills or to learn a new process. MHCC Welding Tech is

WLD131 Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc

an AWS accredited welding testing facility. The day program is a

participating organization in the American Welding Society entry Welding Lab (Wire Feed) ....................................... 4

level welder program. The curriculum is designed to meet AWS WLD132 Welding Metallurgy ........................................................ 3

standards. WLD133 Welding Metallurgy Lab ................................................ 1

WLD134 Automated Manufacturing ........................................... 4

What are the employment opportunities? Communications Requirement‡ ................................. 3

Students who apply themselves in the program and obtain a satis- 17

factory level of competence in welding should be able to secure

employment in many areas, such as in ship repair, metal fabrica- Third Quarter

tion, construction and maintenance welding. Most companies re- WLD150 Fabrication Practices ..................................................... 2

quire the prospective employee to pass a welding test as a condi- WLD151 Fabrication Practices Lab ............................................. 3

tion of employment. This program will assist the student in pre-

WLD152 Welding Processes and Procedures .......................... 2

paring for the welder qualification testing.

WLD153 Welding Certification Preparation Lab ..................... 4

Admission to the day program is based on date of appli- PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations or

cation. Upon acceptance a placement evaluation maybe HUM202 Age of Technology: Ethics in

required. Applicants may enter fall or winter term. Con-

the Workplace ............................................................ 3

tact the instructor for placement.You are required to have

the following: 14

1. Heavy duty clothes suitable for welding. ‡Recommended General Education Requirements:

2. High top boots, “safety toes.” Communications (3 cr): WR101 or higher, RD117, or SP100

3. One pair gauntlet gloves.

4. Leather welding jacket, burning glasses.

5. Miscellaneous small tools, pliers, rule, tip cleaners, Welding Technology (Evening Program)

igniter, slag hammer and tool box. Recognition of Completion

6. Welding and blueprint reading textbooks.

First Quarter Cr

7. Welding helmet.

8. Safety glasses and ear plugs. WLD110 Shielded Metal Arc Welding (Stick) ............................ 2

WLD111A Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab (Stick) .................... 2

Lab Fees 4

A lab fee for each term is charged for the welding program. Second Quarter

All electrodes, materials, gas, supplies, and power tools are WLD130 Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc

furnished by the college.

Welding (Wire Feed) ................................................ 2

Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): WLD131A Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc

Vern Porter 503-491-7209 - Room IT 41 Welding Lab (Wire Feed) ........................................ 2

porterv@mhcc.edu 4

Wendall Johnson 503-491-7217 - Room IT 44

johnsonw@mhcc.edu Third Quarter

WLD150B Blueprint Reading ........................................................... 2

Welding Technology (Day Program) WLD153A Welding Certification Prep Lab .................................. 2

9-Month Certificate 4

First Quarter Cr Additional Supporting Courses

WLD110 Shielded Metal Arc Welding (Stick) ..................... 2 WLDX11 TIG-GTAW (Heli-Arc) Welding .................................. 2

WLD111 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab (Stick) ............ 4 WLDX13 MIG-GMAW (Wire Feed) Welding ............................ 2

WLD114 Blueprint Reading for Welders ................................ 3 WLD116 General Welding I ........................................................... 3

WLD118 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (TIG) ......................... 2 WLDX16 General Welding I ........................................................... 2

WLD119 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Lab (TIG) ........................ 2 WLDX17 General Welding II .......................................................... 2

MTH33 Professional-Technical Computation I ...................... 3 WLDX34 CNC Burning ................................................................... 3

MTH20 Applied Arithmetic & Pre-algebra .............................. 3

16 VT10WE Special Projects ........................................................... 1-4



‡See page 19.

Special Studies Programs

General Studies ........................................ 120 A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may be applied toward

120 Performing Arts ........................................ 120 the AGS degree.

3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher.

Special Studies

Music ................................................. 121 4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the

degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements.

Theatre Arts ................................ 122-123 5. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood

Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term

Associate of General Studies Degree in which the degree is completed. Non-traditional credit (Col-

The purpose of the Degree in General Studies is to provide the lege Level Examination Program,Advanced Placement Program,

Challenge) does not satisfy this requirement.

student an opportunity to pursue a broad general education dur-

ing the two years at a community college. It is intended as a flex- If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in

attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the

ible program for the student who is not pursuing a specified cur-

remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited

riculum in the lower division transfer or professional-technical college or university within one year from the date of last

area. The general studies degree may, in addition to including the attendance at MHCC.

number of hours in the divisional areas as listed below, include This request must be in writing and indicate the school at

courses in lower division collegiate transfer, occupational educa- which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s re-

tion, professional-technical education and general education. Be- sponsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course

cause of the flexibility and broad approach of this degree, a stu- acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official tran-

dent may find that it may not fulfill all of the requirements of full script to MHCC upon completion of the course work.

junior standing when transferred to a four-year institution. The 6 . Complete the application process and pay a non-refund-

transferable credits generally include only those courses num- able application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of

bered 100 or above. Please refer to pages 9-10, “Courses Num- completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during

bered 100- 299”, for more information. fall term).

The Associate of General Studies Degree will be awarded to stu- Please see pages 17-18 for additional information on Associate of

dents who satisfy the following requirements: General Studies degree.

1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours.

2. Successfully complete all required courses in the general stud- The Performing Arts

ies curriculum as follows. Progression of classes must be verti- The special studies curricula at Mt. Hood Community College are

cal. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a designed to provide opportunities for students who wish to at-

lower level course may not be taken for credit. tain an optimum of self-development in the performing arts. The

A. Health and Physical Education programs also provide a basis for those who may later wish to

A minimum of three credit hours which must include one expand into more specialized areas.

class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health

Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fit- The special studies program is a two-year associate of General

ness for Life, HPE291 Lifeguard Training, or PE285OL (3 cred- Studies degree program designed to provide students with the

its) satisfies the total HPE requirement. A student success- basic skills and techniques necessary for the development of their

fully completing PE285OL Wilderness Survival for 2 credits music or theatre interests. It differs from a transfer program in

may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one addi- that the course requirements provide for breadth as well as an

tional credit in either health or physical education. opportunity to concentrate in special interest areas. Specialized

B. Communications courses not otherwise available in a transfer program are included.

Six quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR101 and

Students who plan to graduate from Mt. Hood Community Col-

WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing

and three credits in speech; or three credits in writing and lege with this associate degree should fulfill all the require-

RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205. ments in one of the curricula. Provision for related electives

adds flexibility to the programs. Substitutions can be made

C. Humanities (Arts and Letters)

for parallel or related courses on either the transfer or non-

12 credit hours in humanities (arts and letters). (Maximum

transfer levels with the approval of the associate dean.

of six credit hours in skill-oriented classes.)

D. Social Sciences The special studies curricula are not intended to meet pre-

12 credit hours in social science. requisites or to be transferable to a four-year college. Any

E. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science student who is planning to enroll in a special studies curricu-

12 credit hours in mathematics or science. (MTH20 and lum should understand thoroughly this situation and the in-

MTH40 are excluded and will not meet this requirement.) tent of the special studies programs, and thus avoid possible

F. Complete the above requirements plus elective courses (no disappointment later. Students who intend to earn a four-year

more than 25 credits of one discipline may apply as elec- degree in the arts should choose a college transfer program.

tives) to total 90 applicable credit hours.

Special Studies: Music

The curriculum in music is designed to give the student a broad Fifth Quarter Cr

background in the understanding of music and in the devel-

opment of skills, with an opportunity to select areas in which

MUS212

MUS215

Music Theory V ................................................................ 3

Keyboard Harmony ........................................................ 1

121

he/she would like to specialize. It includes course work in music

MUP Music Performance Group ....................................... 2-3

and in general education to total 90 hours; other related

courses may be substituted with the approval of the Perform- MUP Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1

ing and Visual Arts program manager. General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

13-14

First Quarter Cr

MUS111 Music Theory I ................................................................ 3

Sixth Quarter

MUS114 Sight Singing/Ear Training .............................................. 1 MUS213 Music Theory VI .............................................................. 3

MUS131 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or MUS224 Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training .......................... 1

proficiency test .......................................................... 2 MUP Music Performance Group ....................................... 2-3

MUS147 Class Percussion Beginning I ....................................... 1 MUP Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1

MUP Music Performance Group ....................................... 1-2 HE250 Personal Health* ............................................................. 3

MUP Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3

WR101 Workplace Communications I or Related Elective ............................................................... 3

WR121 English Composition ................................. 3 16-17

General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

15-16 * Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or

HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at

Second Quarter least one additional credit of P.E. Activity to satisfy the

MUS112 Music Theory II ............................................................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement for the

MUS115 Sight Singing/Ear Training .............................................. 1 Associate of General Studies degree..

MUS132 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or General Education Electives

proficiency test .......................................................... 2 In selecting related courses the student should consult with an

MUS148 Class Percussion Intermediate II ................................ 1 adviser to determine selection of courses.

MUP Music Performance Group ....................................... 1-2

MUP Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1 Related Electives

WR102 Workplace Communications II or In selecting related courses the student should consult with an

WR122 English Composition: adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divi-

Critical Thinking ......................................................... 3 sional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific divi-

General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3 sion is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals.

15-16 Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies de-

gree.

Third Quarter

MUS113 Music Theory III .............................................................. 3

MUS116 Sight Singing/Ear Training .............................................. 1 ‡See pages 17-18.

MUS133 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or

Proficiency Test .......................................................... 2

MUP Music Performance Group ....................................... 1-2

MUP Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1

PE Physical Education* ........................................................ 1

PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations or

PSY201 General Psychology ................................... 3

SP111 Fundamentals of Speech ............................................... 3

15-16

Fourth Quarter

MUS211 Music Theory IV .............................................................. 3

MUS214 Keyboard Harmony ........................................................ 1

MUP Music Performance Group ....................................... 2-3

MUP Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1

General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6

Related Electives ............................................................. 3

16-17

Special Studies: Theatre Arts

(Actor Director)



Two programs in theatre are offered, one concentrating in acting Fifth Quarter Cr

122 and directing and one in stage technology and design. The Actor-

Director program is designed to give the student a broad back-

TA35

TA112

Theories of Directing .................................................... 3

Theatre Technology II .................................................... 3

ground in the understanding of drama and in the development of

TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop** or

skills in acting and directing. The curriculum includes course work

in theatre and related electives, and in general education to total TA280A/B/C Theatre Workshop ....................... 1-3

96-101 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the TA199A Special Studies in Theatre ............................................. 1

approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager. TA241 Intermediate Acting Techniques: Styles ..................... 3

SP262 Voice and Articulation ................................................... 3

Forecast: Sequence of offerings may be altered in a given

year. 14-16

Sixth Quarter

Special Studies: Theatre Arts (Actor Director) TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop** or

First Quarter Cr TA253A/B/C Theatre Workshop ....................... 1-3

TA113 Theatre Technology III ................................................... 3

TA106 Introduction to Theatre I ............................................. 3

TA144 Improvisation ................................................................... 3

TA141 Acting Fundamentals I .................................................. 3

TA148 Movement for the Actor .............................................. 2

TA153A Theatre Workshop ........................................................ 1

TA199A Special Studies in Theatre ............................................ 1

WR101 Workplace Communications I or

TA213 Stage Lighting Design .................................................... 3

WR121 English Composition ................................ 3

General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6 13-15

16

* Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or

Second Quarter HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at

TA107 Introduction to Theatre II ........................................... 3 least one additional credit of P.E. Activity to satisfy the

TA142 Acting Fundamentals II ................................................. 3 Health and Physical Education requirement for the

TA153D Theatre Workshop: Children’s Theatre ................... 2 Associate of General Studies degree..

WR102 Workplace Communications II or ** Must be taken concurrently with TA111, TA112, TA113.

WR122 English Composition:

Critical Thinking ........................................................ 3 General Education Electives

General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6 In selecting related courses the student should consult with an

17 adviser to determine selection of courses.



Third Quarter Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies de-

gree.

TA101 Appreciating Theatre .................................................... 3

TA143 Acting Fundamentals III ................................................ 3

TA153A Theatre Workshop ........................................................ 1 ‡See pages 17-18.

General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 9

16

Fourth Quarter

TA111 Theatre Technology I .................................................... 3

TA114A Technical Theatre Workshop** or

TA153A Theatre Workshop ................................... 1

TA227 Theatrical Makeup ......................................................... 3

SP229 Oral Interpretation ........................................................ 3

HE250 Personal Health* ............................................................. 3

General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

Physical Education* ........................................................ 1

17

Special Studies: Theatre Arts

(Technician-Designer)



The Technician-Designer program objective is to train students in Sixth Quarter

the planning and construction of sets, lighting operations and de-

sign, sound systems and stage management. The curriculum in-

TA199A/B/C Special Projects in Theatre ....................................... 1-3

TA213 Stage Lighting Design ..................................................... 3

123

cludes course work in theatre and related electives, and in general

TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3

education to total 90 hours; other related courses may be substi-

tuted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts pro- General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

gram manager. Related Elective ............................................................... 6

Forecast: Sequence of offerings may be altered in a given

14-17

year.

* Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or

HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at

Special Studies: Theatre Arts least one additional credit of P.E. Activity to satisfy the

(Technician Designer) Health and Physical Education requirement for the

First Quarter Cr Associate of General Studies degree..

TA106 Introduction to Theatre I ............................................ 3

TA111 Theatre Technology I .................................................. 3 Suggested Related Electives

TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3 ART115 Basic Design 1: Two-dimensional

HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies* ..................... 3 ART116 Basic Design 2: Color Theory

WR121 English Composition ...................................................... 3 ART117 Basic Design 3: Three-dimensional

General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3 ART281 Painting I

16-18 ART291 Sculpture: Beginning

Second Quarter EET111 Introduction to Electronics Technology

ENG105 Introduction to Literature: Drama

TA35 Theories of Directing .................................................... 3

ENG201 Shakespeare: The Early Period

TA107 Introduction to Theatre II ............................................ 3

ENG202 Shakespeare: The Middle Period

TA112 Theatre Technology II .................................................... 3

ESR295 Safety and Health Standards and Laws

TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3

ET120 Architectural Drawing

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

ET154 Computer-Aided Design I

PE Requirement* ............................................................ 1

ET231 Basic Strengths of Materials

14-16 FA257 Films and Society

Third Quarter FA258 Understanding the Film

TA101 Appreciating Theatre ..................................................... 3 FA266 The Great Film Directors

TA113 Theatre Technology III ................................................... 3 TV100 Critical Viewing

TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3 TV115 Scriptwriting

General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6 WLD110 and WLD111 Shielded Metal Arc Welding

Related Electives ............................................................. 3

16-18 Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree.



Fourth Quarter

TA141 Acting Fundamentals I ................................................... 3 ‡See pages 17-18.

TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3

TA227 Theatrical Makeup ......................................................... 3

General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6

Related Electives ............................................................. 3

16-18

Fifth Quarter Cr

TA121 Costuming ........................................................................ 3

TA211 Scene Design ................................................................... 3

TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3

General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6

Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16-18

MHCC Courses on International Education

SOCIAL SCIENCES

124 “Work to create an interculturally literate citizenry so that stu-

dents can be successful living and working in the increasingly in-

terconnected global community.”**

ANTH101

ANTH102

Introduction to Biological Anthropology

Introduction to Archaeology and World

Courses dealing with an international perspective give the stu- Prehistory

dent understanding of the world as a global community consisting ANTH103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology

of interdependent peoples and nations. Areas of concentration in ANTH180 Language and Culture

Asian, European, or Latin American studies provide an opportu- ANTH231 Indian Cultures of the Pacific NW

nity to examine carefully a specific area of the world.These courses

ANTH232 North American Indians

are valuable for students who are interested in international is-

sues, in learning about life in countries other than the United States, GEOG105 Introduction to Physical Geography

in working for corporations with offices abroad, in the diplomatic GEOG106 Introduction to World Regional Geography

service and other international careers or experiences. GEOG107 Introduction to Cultural Geography

The following courses all emphasize an understanding not only of GEOG214 Geography of Mexico & Central America

the United States, but also of other countries and cultures. HST110, 111, 112 World Civilizations

HST195 History of Vietnam War*

BUSINESS AND COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY HST211 Introduction to Peace Studies*

HT140 Travel and Tourism Geography HST212 Peace Studies: Nonviolent Political Theory*

HT204 International Hospitality & Tourism HST213 Peace Studies: World Order Theory*

WE280 Cooperative Education Internship HST264 African American History*

HST270, 271, 272 History of Mexico, Central America, South

COMMUNICATION ARTS America*

SP115 Introduction to Intercultural Communication HST292 China: Past and Present*

HST293 Japan: Past and Present*

LANGUAGE, LITERATURE AND HUMANITIES

INTL110 Introduction to International Studies I

FR101, 102, 103 First-Year French I, II, III

FR111, 112, 113 Beginning French Conversation I, II, III IS210, 211, 212 Comparative Culture I, II, III*

FR150, 151 Beginning French (Intensive)

FR201, 202, 203 Second-Year French I, II, III PS105 Global Issues

PS204 Introduction to Comparative Politics

GER101, 102, 103 First-Year German I, II, III PS205 International Relations*

GER111, 112, 113 Beginning Conversation I, II, III PS220 American Foreign Policy and World Order

GER201, 202, 203 Second-Year German I, II, III* PS225 Political Ideology

PS241 Political Terrorism

JPN101, 102, 103 First-Year Japanese I, II, III

SOC213 Race Relations in the United States

SPAN101, 102, 103 First-Year Spanish I, II, III SOC214 Social Problems: Introduction to

SPAN111, 112, 113 Beginning Spanish Conversation U.S. Culture and Society

SPAN150, 151 Beginning Spanish (Intensive)

SPAN201, 202, 203 Second-Year Spanish I, II, III * Offered at irregular intervals

SPAN211, 212, 213 Intermediate Spanish Conversation I, II, III ** From MHCC Mission Statement



ART201, 202, 203 Introduction to the History of Art

Study Abroad

ENG107, 108, 109 World Literature: The college offers a variety of study abroad options. Choose

ENG250 Introduction to Mythology from two Spanish immersion programs in San Miguel de Allende,

Mexico--an eight-week program during spring term and a two-

HUM110 Contemporary Culture: Introduction

week program during summer session. We also offer a French

to Human Values immersion program in Quebec, Canada, during the summer. In

HUM111 Contemporary Culture: Changing Values addition, we offer a spring study abroad program in England,

HUM112 Contemporary Culture: Future Trends “The London Quarter” and a fall program in Italy, “The Flo-

rence Quarter.” For information on San Miguel/Quebec, call

R210 World Religions 503-491-7290 and London/Florence, call 503-491-7488.

125









COURSE

DESCRIPTIONS

Understanding Course Requirements

126 Mt. Hood Community College is committed to student success.The

college offers courses for students who need additional academic

preparation. Mt. Hood Community College requires that students

by taking the College Placement Test (CPT) or by successfully

completing previous college course work.There are two proficiency

levels: Proficiency needed or Proficiency Required. Proficiency levels

are proficient in reading, writing, and math or a combination of these for each course can be found at the end of individual course

basic skills before they can enroll in most college courses. descriptions.



Proficiency is defined as course placement above: Proficiency Needed

RD90 Introduction to College Reading and Study Skills All students registering for proficiency-needed courses must

WR90 Basic Writing Skills meet the proficiencies in reading, writing, and mathematics either

through the CPT or through self-evaluation. Self-evaluation can

MTH20 Applied Arithmetic and Pre-Algebra be used only if the student plans to enroll in five (5) or fewer

Note: Students who have completed a reading, writing, or math credits. Students enrolling in five (5) or fewer must realize that

prerequisite numbered higher than RD90, WR90 and MTH20 will they are expected to possess the needed reading, writing and

meet the reading, writing, or math proficiency requirement. math proficiencies to enroll in the specified course.



Proficiency Required

Reading, Writing, and Math All students registering for proficiency-required courses will

Proficiencies be required to take the CPT and place above RD90,WR90 and

MTH20 or prove proficiency with successfully completed college

Reading Proficiency course work regardless of the number of credit hours taken.

A student who meets the reading proficiency generally is able to

read pre-college textbooks (9th grade level) and find main ideas

and supporting details. Students may still have great difficulty

when the amount of reading material is high, content is abstract,

Other Helpful Course

or vocabulary is difficult. Description Terms

Proficiency:

Writing Proficiency Having suitable or sufficient skill, knowledge and /or

experience.

A student who meets the writing proficiency is able to generate

ideas to write a logical nonfiction paragraph on a single topic.The Prerequisite:

writing will be free of distracting technical errors.The student may A requirement that must be successfully completed before taking

have difficulty writing long papers or answering essay questions. the course.

They should have little difficulty writing one or two paragraph

essays or lab reports. Co-Requisite:

A requirement or course that must be either successfully

Math Proficiency completed beforehand or taken in combination with the

course.

A student who meets the math proficiency is able to understand

and do basic mathematical problems with fractions, decimals, and Concurrent:

percentages. Note:A student who places beyond a specific course A course that must be taken in combination with another

may not have all the skills contained within the prior courses. course.

Proficiency Levels Recommended/Suggested Requisite:

Proficiency in reading, writing and mathematics can be determined

Students are strongly encouraged to complete the stated

requirement in order to be better prepared for the course.

Course Descriptions Course Descriptions





AC38 Intermediate Accounting I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

This course builds on the student’s understanding of accounting

AH11 Survey of Body Systems

Credits 4 (3 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

This is a general introductory course in human anatomy and physiol-

127

learned in the first two Accounting Principles courses. A more ogy. Included in this course is a brief study of the structure and func-

in-depth understanding and use of Generally Accepted Accounting tion of the ten major body systems. It includes laboratory exercises

Principles will enable students to determine whether information that parallel the lecture topics. Recommended as an introductory

has been properly recorded (recognized, measured and classified) course and for those who have no background in human biology.

and clearly develop solutions to bring the financial statements into Concurrent enrollment in AH11L is required. Proficiency Needed:

compliance. Recognizing both the value and the limitations of the Reading, Writing.

financial statements, students will be ready to evaluate a company’s

past performance and assess risks. Students will also develop their AH12 Medical Vocabulary

ability to research topics in accounting and present their findings Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

both orally and in writing. This course will prepare students for ac-

The basic elements of medical words (prefixes, words, roots and

counting positions requiring them to detect and resolve accounting

suffixes) and medical abbreviations are studied so that the student

reporting problems. The students will also be prepared to make

is able to analyze, define and build medical terms that are most

recommendations that will increase the efficiency and internal

commonly used within the clinic/hospital environment. Proficiency

control of the accounting system. This course is also an excellent

Needed: Reading.

way to prepare for the rigorous accounting courses required in four-

year accounting degree programs. Prerequisite: BA212. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. AH17 Therapeutic Use of Self

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

AC39 Intermediate Accounting II This course addresses therapeutic use of self as it relates to cli-

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W ent-centered therapy. The course begins with an understanding

of how the theories of Erickson, Maslow, and Kohlberg impact the

This course is designed to enable students to continue applying Gen-

development of the self. Individual values, cultures and beliefs will be

erally Accepted Accounting Principles to frequently encountered

discussed as students develop self-awareness. Interpersonal problem

gray areas in financial reporting. Students will be able to distinguish

solving as it pertains to stress management, time management and

between reporting requirements and options in the areas of inven-

conflict resolution are an integral part of this course. Intended for

tory, fixed asset acquisitions vs. operating expenses, depreciation,

those interested in working in a health career.

revenue recognition, and commitments. When alternative reporting

methods are available, students will make recommendations based

on the resulting impact on financial statements. In addition, students AH140 Clinical Emergency Procedures

will evaluate the merits of debt and equity financing. Prerequisite: Credits 2 (1 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

AC38. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. The principles and practices of medical emergency procedures

commonly encountered in a hospital and/or other clinical setting

AC110 General Accounting I are examined. Successful completion will lead to CPR for the Pro-

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp fessional Rescuer, and Automatic External Defibrillator certifica-

tions. Limited to Physical Therapist Assistant majors. Prerequisite:

This is an introductory course about basic accounting systems used

Current Standard First Aid: Workplace Training Certification.

by small businesses. This course is intended to provide the student

Concurrent enrollment in AH140L is required.

with a practical knowledge of how accounting transactions are re-

corded and posted and eventually reflected on financial statements.

The practical use of special journals, ledgers and worksheets will be AHX20 Central Service Technician

emphasized. A computerized practice set will be used. This course Credits 6 (6 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp

assumes no previous accounting courses or experience. Proficiency This course will provide instruction for students who wish to func-

Needed: Reading, Math. tion in entry-level positions in Central Service/Sterile Processing

departments of health care facilities. It will also serve to broaden

AC120 Accounting for Professional Services the knowledge base of practicing Central Service Technicians. This

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W course is designed to prepare students for the National Certifica-

tion Examination for Sterile Processing and Distribution Technician.

An introductory course presenting a system of accounting for use

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Please note, high school

in an office providing professional services. Using the cash basis of

diploma or GED may be required for employment.

accounting, the complete accounting cycle is presented with special

emphasis on analyzing transactions, posting and billing charges,

payroll procedures and required payroll forms. This course as- (AM100 – AM280, except AM127, are restricted to students in the

sumes no previous accounting courses or experience. Designed for Automotive Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Programs.)

a true novice to accounting theory. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Writing, Math.









The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





128 AM100 Automotive Skill Building - Chrysler CAP and

IMPORT

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk)

AM132 Automotive Electronics Theory I - Chrysler CAP

& IMPORT

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

This is a self-study course designed to provide training in founda- A theory course covering advanced electrical circuit operation and

tional automotive skills for individuals who desire to enter a full-time diagnostics. The application of electrical components in complex

automotive program. Students will study a variety of fundamental circuits, with the corresponding methods of diagnosis and repair will

topics such as internal combustion engines, basic electricity, auto also be covered. This course will include instruction on the basics of

shop safety, and nut and bolt identification. Instructor permission semiconductors such as diodes, LED’s, and transistors. Emphasis will

is required. be on learning to use diagnostic tools such as DMM’s, Scantools, and

Oscilloscopes. Concurrent enrollment in AM133 is required.

AM110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory - Chrysler

CAP & IMPORT AM133 Automotive Electronics Lab I - Chrysler CAP &

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F IMPORT

A lecture course with complete analysis of construction, working Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

principles and proper service procedures for modern internal A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic

combustion engines. The study of measurements and fittings also procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer

is included. Concurrent enrollment in AM111 is required. control systems on late model import, domestic cars and light

trucks. Emphasis will be on the use of digital multi-meters, scant-

AM111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab - Chrysler CAP ools and oscilloscopes as diagnostic tools. Concurrent enrollment

& IMPORT in AM132 is required.

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F

Instruction in overhaul methods, troubleshooting, general engine AM136 Brake Systems Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT

performance and testing, and service techniques covering valve, Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

cylinder and bearing systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM110 Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of

is required. the modern disc and drum base braking systems, and anti-lock brak-

ing systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks.

AM118 Electrical Systems Theory - Chrysler CAP & Concurrent enrollment in AM137 is required.

IMPORT

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F AM137 Brake Systems Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT

A lecture course covering electrical and electronic theories and Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

components commonly used in the charging, starting, ignition and Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automo-

accessory systems of the automobile. Computer controlled elec- tive disc and drum base brake systems, and anti-lock braking systems

trical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent

enrollment in AM119 is required. enrollment in AM136 is required.



AM119 Electrical Systems Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT AM152 Automatic Transmission Theory - Chrysler CAP

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F & IMPORT

Instruction is given in servicing charging systems, starting systems, Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

ignition systems and accessory systems of the automobile. Com- A lecture course dealing with the principles and theory of hydrauli-

puter controlled electrical systems and components also will be cally operated transmissions, transaxles, torque converters and fluid

covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM118 is required. couplings. Concurrent enrollment in AM153 is required.



AM120 Minor Vehicle Services - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT AM153 Automatic Transmission Lab - Chrysler CAP &

Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F IMPORT

Instruction is given in shop safety, service manuals, techniques of Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

precision measurement, shop tools and equipment, fasteners, gas- Instruction in automatic transmission, including principles of op-

kets and sealants, minor vehicle services and new car delivery. eration, troubleshooting and overhaul procedures on hydraulically

operated transmissions and transaxles common to the automotive

AM127 Small Gas Engines field. Concurrent enrollment in AM152 is required.

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

A theory and lab course on minor service, periodic maintenances AM156 Power Train Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT

and operating principles of small gas engines. Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

A theory course covering the function, operation and design of the

power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles,

drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials

and four-wheel drive components. Concurrent enrollment in

AM157 is required.









See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions





AM157 Power Train Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

A lab class covering the diagnosis service and repair of the power

AM254 Steering and Suspension Lab - Chrysler CAP &

IMPORT

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F

129

train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automo-

axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and tive suspension systems, steering systems and alignments on late

four-wheel drive components. Safety and safety instruction will model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enroll-

be conducted throughout this course. Concurrent enrollment in ment in AM253 is required.

AM156 is required.

AM256 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory - Chrysler

AM216 Engine Performance Theory I - Chrysler CAP & CAP & IMPORT

IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Theory of operation, service, repair, and diagnostic procedures

A theory course on terminology, principles of operation, and prob- of the modern heating, defrosting and air conditioning systems on

lems related to the fuel system, components, computer controls, late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Concurrent

emission systems, and diesel fuel delivery systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM257 is required.

enrollment in AM217 is required.

AM257 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab - Chrysler CAP

AM217 Engine Performance Lab I - Chrysler CAP & & IMPORT

IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F

Credits 2 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction is given in the diagnosis, trouble-shooting, service and

A course in techniques and procedures for overhauling and service repair of the auto air conditioning, heating, and defrosting systems

of fuel injection systems, components and delivery system. Diagnosis on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent

and testing procedures involving fuel injection and emissions system enrollment in AM256 is required.

are covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM216 is required.

AM258 Automotive Electronics Theory II - Chrysler CAP

AM251 Engine Performance Theory II - Chrysler CAP & & IMPORT

IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A theory course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnos-

Instruction in theory and operation of the automotive engine, tic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer

engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices as control systems on late model import, domestic cars, and light

they relate to engine performance. Advanced methods of testing trucks. Emphasis will be on understanding computer controlled

electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing system operations and diagnostics, vehicle computer communica-

the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components tions, and then using diagnostic equipment to troubleshoot these

directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM259 is required.

AM252 is required.

AM259 Automotive Electronics Lab II - Chrysler CAP &

AM252 Engine Performance Lab II - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT

IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic

Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine, procedures of the modern electrical systems, semiconductors,

engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices. computer control systems and vehicle computer communications

Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Emphasis will

with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the be on diagnosing faults in computer controlled systems. Concurrent

operation of all components directly related to engine performance. enrollment in AM258 is required.

Concurrent enrollment in AM251 is required.

AM280 Automotive Dealership Experience – Chrysler

AM253 Steering and Suspension Theory - Chrysler CAP CAP & IMPORT

& IMPORT Credits 6 (40 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F The student will be employed a minimum of forty (40) hours per

Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of week in an automotive repair facility. Through agreement with the

the modern steering systems, suspension systems and alignments employer, a program instructor will coordinate the student’s work

on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent experience with his/her college studies. Instructor permission is

enrollment in AM254 is required. required.









The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





130 (AMF100 - AMF280 are restricted to students in the Automotive Ford

Asset Program)

also be covered. This course will include instruction on the basics of

semiconductors such as diodes, LED’s, and transistors. Emphasis will

be on learning to use diagnostic tools such as DMMs, Scantools, and

Oscilloscopes. Concurrent enrollment in AMF133 is required.

AMF100 Automotive Skill Building - Ford Asset

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) AMF133 Automotive Electronics Lab I - Ford Asset

This is a self-study course designed to provide training in founda-

tional automotive skills for individuals who desire to enter a full-time Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

automotive program. Students will study a variety of fundamental A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic

topics such as internal combustion engines, basic electricity, auto procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer con-

shop safety, and nut and bolt identification. Instructor permission trol systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will

is required. be on the use of digital multi-meters, scantools and oscilloscopes as

diagnostic tools. Concurrent enrollment in AMF132 is required.

AMF110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory - Ford

Asset AMF136 Brake Systems Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F

A lecture course with complete analysis of construction, working Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

principles and proper service procedures for modern internal Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of

combustion engines. The study of measurements and fittings also the modern disc and drum base braking systems, and anti-lock brak-

is included. Concurrent enrollment in AMF111 is required. ing systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent

enrollment in AMF137 is required.

AMF111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab - Ford

Asset AMF137 Brake Systems Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

Instruction in overhaul methods, troubleshooting, general engine Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automo-

performance and testing, and service techniques covering valve, tive disc and drum base brake systems, and anti-lock braking systems

cylinder and bearing systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF110 on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment

is required. in AMF136 is required.



AMF118 Electrical Systems Theory - Ford Asset AMF152 Automatic Transmission Theory - Ford

Asset

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

A lecture course covering electrical theories and components com- A lecture course dealing with the principles and theory of hydrauli-

monly used in the charging, starting and accessory systems of the cally operated transmissions, transaxles, torque converters and fluid

automobile. Introduction to computer controlled electrical systems couplings. Concurrent enrollment in AMF153 is required.

and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in

AMF119 is required. AMF153 Automatic Transmission Lab - Ford Asset



AMF119 Electrical Systems Lab - Ford Asset Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

Instruction in automatic transmission, including principles of op-

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F eration, troubleshooting and overhaul procedures on hydraulically

Instruction is given in servicing charging systems, starting systems, operated transmissions and transaxles common to the automotive

ignition systems and accessory systems of the automobile. Com- field. Concurrent enrollment in AMF152 is required.

puter controlled electrical systems and components also will be

covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF118 is required. AMF156 Power Train Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

AMF120 Minor Vehicle Services - Ford Asset A theory course covering the function, operation and design of the

power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles,

Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials

Instruction is given in shop safety, service manuals, techniques of and four-wheel drive components. Concurrent enrollment in

precision measurement, shop tools and equipment, fasteners, gas- AMF157 is required.

kets and sealants, minor vehicle services and new car delivery.

AMF157 Power Train Lab - Ford Asset

AMF132 Automotive Electronics Theory I - Ford Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

Asset A lab class covering the diagnosis service and repair of the power

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive

A theory course covering advanced electrical circuit operation and axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and

diagnostics. The application of electrical components in complex four-wheel drive components. Safety and safety instruction will

circuits, with the corresponding methods of diagnosis and repair will be conducted throughout this course. Concurrent enrollment in

AMF156 is required.



See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions





AMF216 Engine Performance I Theory - Ford Asset



Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

AMF256 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory - Ford

Asset

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F

131

A theory course on terminology, principles of operation, and prob- Theory of operation, service, repair, and diagnostic procedures

lems related to the fuel system, components, computer controls, of the modern heating, defrosting and air conditioning systems on

emission systems, and diesel fuel delivery systems on late model late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in

Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF217 is AMF257 is required.

required.

AMF257 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab - Ford

AMF217 Engine Performance I Lab - Ford Asset Asset

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F

Credits 2 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction is given in the diagnosis, trouble-shooting, service and

A course in techniques and procedures for overhauling and service repair of the automobile air conditioning, heating, and defrosting

of fuel injection systems, components and delivery system. Diagnosis systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent

and testing procedures involving fuel injection and emissions system enrollment in AMF256 is required.

are covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF216 is required.

AMF258 Automotive Electronics Theory II - Ford

AMF251 Engine Performance II Theory - Ford Asset Asset

Credits 2 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A theory course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnos-

Instruction in theory and operation of the automotive engine, tic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer

engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices as control systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis

they relate to engine performance. Advanced methods of testing will be on understanding computer controlled system operations

electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing and diagnostics, vehicle computer communications, and then using

the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components diagnostic equipment to troubleshoot these systems. Concurrent

directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in enrollment in AMF259 is required.

AMF252 is required.

AMF259 Automotive Electronics Lab II - Ford Asset

AMF252 Engine Performance II Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic

Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine, procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer con-

engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices. trol systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will

Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system be on diagnosing faults in computer controlled systems. Concurrent

with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the enrollment in AMF258 is required.

operation of all components directly related to engine performance.

Concurrent enrollment in AMF251 is required. AMF280 Ford Dealership Experience – Ford Asset

Credits 6 (40 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

AMF253 Steering and Suspension Theory - Ford The student will be employed a minimum of forty (40) hours per

Asset week in a pre-assigned Ford or Lincoln-Mercury dealership. Through

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F agreement with the employer, a program instructor will coordinate

Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the student’s work experience with his/her college studies. Instruc-

the modern steering systems, suspension systems and alignments tor permission is required.

on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment

in AMF254 is required. AMX44 Small Engines, Fuel and Ignition

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk)

AMF254 Steering and Suspension Lab - Ford Asset A theory and lab class covering fuel and ignition systems for small

gas engines. Periodic maintenance and operating principles will be

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F covered in depth. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: Some

Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of auto- knowledge of small engine operation.

motive suspension systems, steering systems and alignments on

late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in ANTH101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology

AMF253 is required. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

This class focuses on the physical aspect of humankind. Students

will be introduced to the basic concepts of biological evolution

as they apply to the human species. Emphasis on the narrative of

human evolution is augmented by material on primatology and

a discussion of human biological variation. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing.





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





132 ANTH102 Introduction to Archaeology and World

Prehistory

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

ANTH232 North American Indians

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course is designed to provide the student with a broad intro-

This class is an introduction to the study of archaeology. Class top- duction to the culture, arts, and history of the American Indians

ics include a brief introduction to archaeological methods and an north of Mexico. Traditional Native American cultures, history of

overview of world prehistory from the mammoth hunters to the Native/U.S. relations and contemporary Native American issues

earliest civilization. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. are emphasized. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.



ANTH103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ANTH251 Archaeological Analysis and Interpretation

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

This class focuses on the Anthropological concept of culture. Stu- Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

dents learn how culture is studied while performing cross-cultural How do archaeologists reconstruct ancient environments, date

analyses of various aspects of culture such as; religion, language, ancient artifacts, and reveal ancient lifeways? This class provides

economy, and technology. Emphasis is placed on understanding hands-on experience with the analytical laboratory methods pro-

cultural differences. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. fessional archaeologists use in solving the mysteries of the past.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ANTH180 Language and Culture

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp APP280S Supervised Apprenticeship Trade Experience

How does language work? Where is it in the brain? How is it - Sheet Metal

acquired by children? How does language affect thought and our Credits 6 (440 Lab Hrs/Year)

perception of the world? How is our language different from that The student will be employed a minimum of 40 hours per week

of other animals? How did human language evolve and develop in their related Apprenticeship trade. Through agreement with

throughout history? Is ‘Ebonics’ a language or a dialect? This course the employer, a program instructor will coordinate the students

provides answers to these provocative questions by exploring the work experience with his/her apprenticeship training. Instructor

anthropological disciplines of descriptive, historical, and socio-cul- permission required. Prerequisite: The student must meet local union

tural linguistics. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. qualifications and be a registered apprentice.



ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213 Introduction to Field ART115 Basic Design I: Two-Dimensional

Archaeology Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp This class explores the process of using art elements and organi-

This class is an introduction to the methods and goals of American zational principles of design in inventing visual images. This course

archaeology. Students will learn the basic techniques of scientific structure is built on the articulation of visual language, terminol-

field archaeology, both in the classroom and at on-site archaeological ogy, and a survey of processes. Class preparations in theoretical

digs and labs. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. knowledge will be applied in final works of art using a variety of

art materials and tools. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

ANTH215 Introduction to Greek Archaeology Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

How do we know what we know about ancient Greece? Introduc- ART116 Basic Design II: Color Theory

tion to Greek Archaeology investigates Greek archaeological sites Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

central to our understanding of this ‘cradle of civilization’. Students This class explores color theory and its applications in designing

will investigate the artifacts, ecofacts, and feature from the Bronze invented images. This course continues to apply art elements and

Age to Classical Greece and learn how archaeologists can recon- organizational principles as explored in Basic Design I, adding the

struct ancient Greek lifeways from the physical evidence. Proficiency complexities of color harmonies. Students will have the opportunity

Needed: Reading, Writing. to manipulate color by using a variety of media and supports in de-

signing final art works. Prerequisite: ART115. Proficiency Needed:

ANTH231 Indian Cultures of the Pacific Northwest Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (alternate years)

This class is a survey of Native American cultures in the Pacific ART117 Basic Design III: 3-Dimensional

Northwest from prehistoric to modern times. Archaeological find- Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp

ings, historical accounts and recent developments and issues are This studio course is an introduction to the basic concepts of three-

discussed. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. dimensional design. This class begins with the most basic elements of

three dimensional line and plane and works towards ideas of form,

space and content. Assigned projects will help develop an under-

standing of sculptural and design considerations while expanding

your conceptual and material ability. Demonstrations, lectures and

critical discussions will contribute to developing a working vocabu-

lary of spatial relations. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.









See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions





ART167 History of Graphic Design

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

A survey of the history of modern design, beginning with the

schools, vocations, and trends. Sequential. Offered at irregular

intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. 133

invention of movable type in the 15th Century to the present. ART214 Computer Graphics: Page Layout

The impact of technology, various art movements and styles upon Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

graphics, advertising, fashion, architecture, and industrial design is In this visual arts course, students will use the Macintosh computer

emphasized. and a page layout software program to learn the basic principles of

combining type and images for the printed page. Applied projects

ART170 Basics of Relief Printmaking will cover five major layout types: advertising, business stationery,

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F brochure, editorial layout and short catalog. Emphasis will be placed

This is a course designed specifically for those wishing to explore on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Stu-

the very basics of relief printmaking techniques. Black-and-white dents will learn how to effectively format type, import graphics and

prints in linocut, woodcut and relief collagraph processes will be photographs, and position elements according to a grid. Conceptual

addressed. Non-art majors as well as students from the larger as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh

community seeking an enriching experience in printmaking are computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Read-

especially welcome. ing, Writing.



ART197 Gallery Design and Management ART219 Calligraphy

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

The class provides an administrative and practical experience in This is a year-long course to enable the student to gain an under-

the operation and design of an exhibition space. Whether it is a standing and technical competence of various calligraphic styles. You

museum, gallery or alternative space, proper procedure needs to may start any term. Fall term is basic bookhand, plain and Roman

be observed in the selection, documentation and exhibit design capitals. Winter term presents italic with a variety of capital forms.

of artists’ work. Projects include planning, publicity and physical A variety of historical styles - decorative hands are taught spring

installation of artwork. Course requirements include independent term. Layouts are developed in all alphabets.

reviews of current gallery exhibits. Offered at irregular intervals.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. ART225 Applied Design: Computer Graphics I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

ART198 Independent Studies: Applied Art This visual arts course will introduce the art student to the use of

Credits 1-3 - maximum 9 (3-9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Macintosh computers and a vector-based drawing program as a visu-

This course is designed for unique individual and/or group projects alization tool, and a fine art medium. An overview of the Macintosh

of a special nature for interdisciplinary or in-depth work in applied operating system and working with a variety of peripheral devices

art not normally covered in an existing course. Enrollment requires will be covered./Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh

a written project proposal that must be approved by the instructor computer as a fine art-making tool. Through applied projects, stu-

and associate dean before registration. Maximum of three credits dents will learn how to use drawing tools, create paths, elemental

per term to a total of nine credits. graphic shapes, work with type and apply both color and gradient

fills. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prereq-

uisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency

ART201, ART202, ART203 Introduction to the History Needed: Reading, Writing.

of Art

Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F

ART226 Applied Design: Computer Graphics II

A historical survey of the visual arts from prehistoric to modern

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

times. Selected works of painting, sculpture, architecture, and

other arts are studied in relation to the cultures producing them. This visual arts course will introduce the art student to the use of

Designed for non-majors as well as for art majors. ART201 covers Macintosh computers and an image-editing program as a means to

c. 30,000 BC to c. 0 - prehistoric Europe, Ancient Near East, Egypt, digitally manipulate photographs as well as create original images.

Aegean, Greece. ART202 encompasses c. 500 BC to c. 1400 AD Students will learn how to use a flatbed scanner, digital camera,

- ancient Roman, Byzantine, Medieval, Proto-Renaissance. ART203 work with stock photography and other image sources. Emphasis

includes c. 1400 to the present - Renaissance, Baroque, Rococo, will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-mak-

Romantic, Realism, Impressionism, Modern. Proficiency Needed: ing tool. Paint tools, filters, color correcting, selection methods,

Reading, Writing. color modes and file formats will be explored. Through assigned

projects, students will learn how to alter, improve, create and

manage bitmap images. Conceptual as well as technical issues will

ART211, ART212, ART213 Survey of Visual Arts be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recom-

Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) mended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

This course is a survey of traditional and contemporary art forms

with emphasis on the observer, the artist, and the critic. Approxi- ART227 Applied Design: Computer Graphics III

mately half the course in any given term will involve field trips to

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

museums, galleries, and studios. All terms also will include discus-

sions of artist’s material, visual resources, newsletters, gallery In this visual arts course, students will use the Macintosh computer

memberships, gallery openings, periodicals, research, libraries, and a modeling, rendering, and animation software program to learn

the basic principles of 3-D or digital animation. Applied projects





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





134 will cover the major model types, lighting and camera placement,

rendering, surface maps, textures and 3-D environments. Emphasis

will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-mak-

studies will investigate the potential of the human form as subject

matter in explorations regarding color theory and composition.

Prerequisite: ART234, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:

ing tool. Simple 3D images or animations will be created using a Reading, Writing.

variety of approaches. Conceptual, as well as, technical issues will

be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recom- ART236 Life Drawing III

mended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

This course is an advanced level course in the study of the human

ART231 Drawing I form and anatomy. Although students in ART236 will continue to

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp draw directly from the model in class, this course expands beyond

This is an introductory course designed for both the novice and the the basic form and structure of the figure to discover conceptual

art major. This course content focuses on training the eye to see and media explorations. Students will develop drawings that exhibit

perceptually, developing a confidence of using traditional drawing a personal or expressive component beyond the classical descrip-

tools, manipulating basic art elements such as space, value, line, tive studies done in ART234 and ART235. Proposals for extended

shape and form, and on composing imagery reflecting volume and studies will be discussed in class and approved by the instructor.

mass through the understanding of light. Sequential. Proficiency Prerequisite: ART235, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:

Needed: Reading, Writing. Reading, Writing.



ART232 Drawing II ART240 Drawing - Cartooning I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W

Drawing II continues the study of perceptual seeing with an emphasis This is an introductory course in the art of cartooning which covers

on drawing methods and techniques. Students will experience a character development and marketing for various types and formats

larger variety of drawing tools and supports, encouraging an explora- of cartoons. Prerequisite: None, however ART231 is recommended.

tion of process and content cohesion. Drawing II provides opportu- Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

nity to enhance eye-hand coordination, improve methodologies in

composition, form, spatial issues and mass. Prerequisite: ART231 or ART241 Drawing: Cartooning II

consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This course is a continuation of ART240. Emphasis will be on the

ART233 Drawing III use of Macintosh computer software and hardware in the design,

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp development and production of cartoons. Applications introduced

Drawing III works on refining methods and techniques with a are: Adobe Streamline, Adobe Illustrator, and QuarkXpress. Idea

portfolio of finished drawings as a final result of having taken this gathering, refining of composition, hand-building and computer

course. In addition to previous drawing course objectives, Draw- conversion are the major issues of the course, with preparation of

ing III students will study contemporary art issues, genres, mixed files for printing also covered. Prerequisite: ART240 or consent of

media, a variety of formats, and color. Students in this course will instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

be expected to articulate outcomes and processes in drawing media

and to create a body of work. Prerequisite: ART232 or consent of ART254 Ceramics I

instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

An introductory course designed for the student with limited or

ART234 Life Drawing I no previous experience in pottery/ceramics. The student will be

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp introduced to the materials, tools, and manipulative skills necessary

This course introduces the student to life drawing. Students will to create both utilitarian and aesthetic three-dimensional art forms.

follow drawing methods that lead to observational documentation Beginning with an investigation of cultural influences on primitive

of the human form’s proportion, mass and structure. Students processes and continuing through contemporary techniques, visual

will explore the elements of line and value as enhancements to literacy will be developed through a study and application of the

structure, issues in light, perspective, and surface anatomy. Pre- elements of design by creating both hand built and wheel thrown

requisite: ART231 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: projects, utilizing various techniques of decorating and glazing, and

Reading, Writing. evaluating student work. The theory and practice in loading and firing

the electric kiln will be explored. ART254, ART255 and ART256

ART235 Life Drawing II are sequential courses. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 strongly

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

This is an intermediate level course in the study of the human form

and anatomy. This course builds upon skills developed in ART234,

Life Drawing I, to delve deeper into studies of skeletal and muscular

structure. In-class exercises will further students’ ability to respond

to drawing the human form with accuracy and precision. Extended









See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions





ART255 Ceramics II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

A course for the student with previous ceramic training. Students

art metal. The student will become familiar with technical processes

used by the professional jeweler, practicing artisan and metalsmith.

ART257B, ART258B, and ART259B are sequential courses. Profi-

135

will be introduced to an in-depth study of skill building techniques, ciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

materials, tools, design and glaze applications. Each student will be

allowed to develop his/her wheel throwing or hand building skills ART258 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II

or a combination thereof. Those choosing to concentrate on Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

wheel throwing will practice the skill necessary to create the five This course is the continuation of the study of applied design

basic pottery forms. Those interested in hand building skills will principles in metals, emphasizing original designs. Students will

explore construction methods using five of the basic techniques. continue to learn manipulative skills with hand tools and power

Emphasis in both areas will be on the implementation of design equipment related to more advanced technical processes. Each

elements and their application to form. A basic understanding of student should gain greater insight into design opportunities and

decorating, glazing and kiln firing will be covered as well as the appreciation of the art forms of jewelrymaking and metalsmithing.

theory of glaze firing. ART254, ART255 and ART256 are sequential Prior experience in fundamental techniques and process allow the

courses. Prerequisite: ART254 or consent of instructor. ART117 student to operate at higher levels of competency and have more

not required, but strongly recommended. Sequential. Proficiency latitude in their creative experiences. The use of related materials

Needed: Reading, Writing. will be introduced as part of designing and the construction process.

Both individual, and group discussions of jewelry/art metal and how

ART256 Ceramics III it related to fashion design, as well as historical and contemporary

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp implication will be explored. In addition, students considering a

A course for the serious ceramic student with previous ceramic career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practi-

training in throwing and hand building skills. Students will be ex- cal guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257, ART258, and

pected to demonstrate a proficiency in clay manipulation, develop- ART259 are sequential. Prerequisite: ART257. Proficiency Needed:

ment of form and use of tools in the formation of visual images. Reading, Writing.

Students will learn to understand and recognize the role of visual

and conceptual elements as they affect structure and form. Students ART258B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II

will have the opportunity to evaluate various claybodies. Discussions Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

of pottery as a business/profession and marketing techniques will This course is a continuation of the study of applied metalsmith-

be explored. The student will have the opportunity to experiment ing design principles, emphasizing original designs. Students will

with and test glaze formulations, as well as participate in firing the develop greater manipulative skills related to both hand tools

glaze kilns. Evaluation through interaction with other students, and power equipment through an in-depth study of one main

instructor and self criticism. ART254, ART255, and ART256 are metalsmithing process. Each student should gain greater insights

sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART255 or consent of instruc- into design opportunities and a greater appreciation of the art

tor. ART117 not required, but strongly recommended. Sequential. forms of jewelrymaking and metalsmithing. As a result of prior

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. experiences in fundamental techniques and processes, the student

will be able to operate at intermediate levels of competency and

ART257 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I will be allowed more latitude in creative experiences. Individual

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp and group discussions of jewelry/art metal and how it relates to

An introductory course designed for the student with limited or fashion design, as well as historical and contemporary implications

no previous jewelry/metalsmithing experience. The course is a will be explored. In addition, students considering a career in the

marriage between the applied design principles of an art class and jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines

metalsmithing and jewelry as an art media. The course will further for pursuing their profession. Prerequisite: ART257B. Proficiency

the student’s design awareness in combination with the continuing Needed: Reading, Writing.

development of a sound, step-by-step metals technique, design

application, craftsmanship skills and expertise in the use of power ART259 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III

equipment and hand tools related to art metal. The student will Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

become familiar with technical processes used by the professional The third term student will be expected to build on the skills

jeweler and practicing artisan. Evaluation will be based upon a acquired in the two preceding terms. Students will have more

combination of applied design principles, original design concepts, latitude in project selection, which will incorporate several ad-

craftsmanship, and a demonstration of competency in the use vanced metalsmith techniques. Students will implement strategies

of tools. ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential courses. in transferring applied design elements, manipulating tools and

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. fabricating materials. This experience will help develop an insight

on the process in order to successfully complete areas of study

ART257B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I selected. Students will discuss and critique each other’s work and

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp discuss basic aesthetics of art metal design and construction, thus

This is an introductory course designed for the student with limited expanding the student’s perception of themselves within an historical

or no previous jewelry/metalsmithing experience. The course is a as well as contemporary context. In addition, students considering

combination of the applied design principles and jewelrymaking/met- a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practi-

alsmithing as an art media. It will include the continuing development cal guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257, ART258, and

of sound metalsmithing skills, design application, craftsmanship and ART259 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART258. Proficiency

expertise in the use of power equipment and hand tools related to





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





136 Needed: Reading, Writing.



ART259B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III

lenses, and composition. Basic theory of three color negative color

processes explained and demonstrated. Fundamentals of color

and printing are emphasized. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The third term student will be expected to build on the skills he/she

has acquired in the two preceding terms. Students will be allowed ART266 Color Slide Photography

more latitude in project selection and development. Students will Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

implement specific advanced strategies in transferring applied design An introduction to color slide photography using slides for assign-

elements, manipulating tools and fabricating materials during an ments and critiques. This non-lab class introduces camera use,

in-depth study of one main metalsmithing process. Student work lenses, aperture and shutter relationships and exposure. The prop-

and basic philosophies in art metal design and construction will erties of color balance, light, color slide films, close-up photography

be discussed and critiqued, thus expanding the student’s aesthetic and use of electronic flash are covered. Prerequisite: ART261 or

perception within an historical as well as contemporary context. consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and met-

alsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their ART271 Printmaking I

profession. ART257B, ART258B, and ART259B are sequential Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

courses. Prerequisite: ART258B. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

This class is the first in a three-course sequence of printmaking. The

Writing.

emphasis in this first level is to introduce the novice to the direct

method of image design and transfer to a block, to practice basic

ART261 Photography I cutting and incising techniques, inking and pressing a print. Relief

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp printmaking will be the focus of this first course covering both the

A beginning black and white course emphasizing visual and technical Western and Japanese methods of registration and printing. In addi-

proficiency using small format cameras. Camera mechanics, expo- tion, the student will have the opportunity to experience the more

sure control, lighting, film processing and printing are explained and painterly monotype, which applies a non-direct method of imagery

practiced through lectures, visual illustration and lab work. Emphasis development. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

on design and composition. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Adjustable camera is necessary. ART272 Printmaking II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

ART262 Photography II This class is the second in a three-course sequence of printmaking.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The emphasis in the second level is to further the practice of the

An intermediate black and white course designed to build proficiency objectives of Printmaking I and to explore additional printmaking

beyond basic skills. Emphasis is on photo content, composition, light- processes. In this course, students will have the chance to explore

ing and darkroom practices that produce quality images. Students black and white relief, collagraph and intaglio methods. As in Print-

create a photo essay on a single theme. Covers advanced black and making I, students will use both the direct and indirect method of

white photographic processes and techniques. Prerequisite: ART261 imagery development. Prerequisite: ART271 or consent of instruc-

or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. tor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.



ART263 Field Photography ART273 Printmaking III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

An advanced black and white course in creative or applied photog- This class is the third in a three-course sequence of printmaking.

raphy through completion of student defined projects. Field trips The emphasis in the third level is to begin a personal exploration

provide experience in group practice, discussion and criticism. of imagery and to choose an area of interest within the scope of

Emphasizes camera and darkroom skills and seeing photographi- printmaking processes and methods. It is expected that students

cally. Prerequisite: ART262, or consent of instructor. Proficiency in this course will be well practiced in the fundamentals of print

Needed: Reading, Writing. materials and techniques and will use this time to declare a focus.

Students will build on their imagination, inventiveness and crafts-

ART264 Portrait Photography manship of the print. In addition, students will explore the history

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W of the print as an art form. Prerequisite: ART272, or consent of

instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Studio portrait techniques in black and white or color, adapted to

small camera formats with emphasis on lighting, model, personality

and cosmetics, background setting, print and portfolio presenta- ART281 Painting I

tion. Covers basic black and white photographic processes and Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

techniques; development of camera and darkroom skills; seeing The objectives of this course are: 1) manipulation of tools and ma-

photographically. Prerequisite: PHO131 or consent of instructor. terials, 2) introduction to basic color wheel, color properties, their

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. mixtures, approaches and interactions, 3) an introduction to basic

compositional concerns including placement and scale of subject

ART265 Color Photography I matter, pictorial balance, volume and spatial depth, and 4) application

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp of the above to the process of painting. Both individual and group

criticisms, combined with discussions of painting ideology expand

Introduction to camera use, shutter and aperture relationship,







See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



the students perception of themselves as artists within an histori-

cal and contemporary context. Prerequisite: None, but ART231 is

recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

to working in the metal casting foundry. Students will learn to

transform a sculptural form from sand or investment mold to fin-

ished bronze or aluminum sculpture. The possibility for sculptural

137

exploration throughout the process will be emphasized as students

ART282 Painting II work on independent projects. Studio work is supplemented with

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical

discussions. Prerequisite: ART291, Sculpture: Beginning; or consent

This course is the second of a three-course sequence. The objec-

of instructor.

tives of the course are 1) to learn a higher mastery of the tools and

materials of traditional easel painting, 2) to achieve a theoretical Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

understanding of basic color theory, interaction and perception, and

3) to apply the above to the processes of painting. The student is ART290 Sculpture: Welding

encouraged to begin and sustain the process of self-examination by Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

dealing with diversified subject matter in both “object” and “non-ob- This course is an introduction to the materials, processes and

jective” idioms. Both individual and group criticisms, combined with forms of welded sculpture. Knowledge of welding techniques is

discussions of painting ideology, expand the student’s perception fundamental, not only for finished sculptural forms, but also as

of themselves as artists within a historical and contemporary con- a structural foundation for other materials, and for finishing cast

text. Prerequisite: ART281. ART231 is recommended. Proficiency metal pieces. Instruction will cover fabrication processes including

Needed: Reading, Writing. welding, brazing, cutting and bending. Finishing processes such as

grinding and surface treatment are also included. The possibility for

ART283 Painting III sculptural exploration throughout the process will be emphasized

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp as students work on independent projects. Studio work is supple-

This course is the third of a three-course sequence. The objectives mented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and

of the course are 1) to apply the tools and materials of traditional critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291, or consent of instructor.

easel painting to more expanded forms and ideas, 2) to address Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

the fundamental issues of contemporary abstraction in painting,

narrative painting and society and issues in painting. Both individual ART291 Sculpture: Beginning

and group criticism, combined with discussions of painting ideology, Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

expand the student’s perception of themselves as artists within a This course is an introduction to the sculpture studio. Traditional

historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite: ART282. Pro- sculptural processes including modeling, mold making and construc-

ficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. tion are taught alongside contemporary sculptural concepts of form

and content. Using plaster, clay, wood and material of your own

ART287 Sculpture: Ironcasting choosing, you will learn how material and process interrelate to

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W create form. You will be given an introduction to sculptural ideas and

This course is an introduction to iron casting. Students will learn history with a view toward developing a personal form of expres-

to transform a sculptural form from sand mold to molten iron to sion. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations,

finished sculpture. Students work on an individual basis with the slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite:

instructor to complete their projects and to begin developing a None, but ART117 is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed:

personal aesthetic. The purpose of this course is to gain a working Reading, Writing.

knowledge of cast iron sculptural form, vocabulary and history

through lecture material, demonstrations of process, visual experi- ART292 Sculpture: Intermediate

ence, physical practice and critical discussion. Prerequisite: ART291, Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. An intermediate level sculpture class. This course is an introduction

to the constructive techniques of welding and woodworking and

ART288 Sculpture: Ceramic their application to sculptural ideas and forms. Students are encour-

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp aged to continue developing their ideas from beginning sculpture in a

This is a beginning level sculpture class. Clay is one of the oldest variety of media. The development of a personal sculptural aesthetic

sculptural media. Using low fire clay students will develop sculp- will be emphasized. Studio work is supplemented with practical

tural forms through a variety of techniques including slab and coil demonstrations, slide lectures field trips, and critical discussions.

construction, mold making and slip casting. Instruction will include Prerequisite: ART291, Sculpture: Beginning; or consent of instructor.

several finishing and glazing techniques. Students work on an indi- Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

vidual basis with the instructor to complete their projects and to

begin developing a personal aesthetic. Studio work is supplemented ART293 Sculpture: Advanced

with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

discussions. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 is strongly recom- This course is an advanced study of sculptural form, space and

mended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. content. Students will be introduced to installation and site-specific

sculpture. Working independently, students explore their own

ART289 Sculpture: Metalcasting creative philosophy while sculpting in any medium including metal,

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp wood and mixed media. This course is also an introduction to metal

An advanced level sculpture class, this course is an introduction casting, with instruction in mold-making and casting techniques for

bronze and aluminum. Studio work is supplemented with practical

demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions.

Prerequisite: ART292, Sculpture: Intermediate; or consent of

instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





138 ART294 Watercolor - Beginning

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

This is an introductory course in Watercolor exploring basic English

Writing, Math.



AV104 Aircraft Systems

Transparent Watercolor techniques and their uses. Emphasis is on Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp

the technical uses of the media utilizing a limited palette of color as Ground and simulator instruction that entails a detailed study of

well as composition, color theory and mixing, design elements and aircraft systems and structures and enables the student to progress

principles. Imagery will include still-life, landscape, figurative, and into heavier, more complex single-and multi-engine aircraft. Aircraft

abstract subject matter. Sequential. Prerequisite: None, however, in current use by industry will be studied and emphasis placed on

ART231 is highly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, basic operations, including emergencies. Applicable Federal Aviation

Writing. regulations, including use of Minimum Equipment Lists, will be intro-

duced. Prerequisite: AV110 with a grade of “C” or better or consent

ART295 Watercolor: Figure Painting of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

This course uses watercolor techniques to paint from live models. AV108 Aviation Meteorology Theory

The course will emphasize drawing techniques to gain control of Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp

proportion and values in order to give the figure a feeling of form This course is a study of the fundamentals of meteorology, which

and vitality. Prerequisite: None. However, ART231 or ART281 are forms the foundation for detailed understanding of aviation weather.

recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. In depth analysis of atmospheric composition, properties, and

structure, including energy transfer, are applied on a global scale. Re-

ART296 Watercolor - Intermediate lationships of temperature, pressure, density, wind, vertical motion,

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W moisture, cloud formation, and atmospheric stability are related

This is a course in Watercolor, further exploring English Transparent to local and global circulation patterns and resultant formation of

Watercolor and its combination with other materials such as fabrics airmasses, movement, and weather systems. Weather hazards are

and painted papers as a means of expression and communication. A analyzed with emphasis on flight safety and avoidance. Proficiency

variety of content issues will be addressed. Prerequisite: ART294. Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Also, ART231 and ART295 are highly recommended. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing. AV110 Private Pilot I

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F

ASL101 American Sign Language-Beginning I Initial ground and simulator instruction in aeronautical skills and

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp knowledge applicable to the Professional Pilot syllabus. Course

This course introduces communication techniques and culture involves an introduction to pilot training, human factors in aviation,

information of Deaf people. The course includes the manual alpha- and aviation opportunities. The student will obtain a basic working

bet, numbers and approximately 400 vocabulary items along with knowledge of subjects including fundamentals of flight, aerodynam-

a variety of everyday phrases and dialogues used both expressively ics, aircraft instruments and systems, airspace and airport opera-

and receptively. Prerequisite: None. Proficiency Needed: Reading, tions, air traffic control and radar services, radio communications,

Writing. basic flight physiology, sources of flight information, fundamentals of

weather theory, aviation weather hazards, interpretation of aviation

weather reports and forecasts, predicting aircraft performance,

ASL102 American Sign Language-Beginning II controlling aircraft weight and balance, VFR charts, navigation and

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W flight planning, and applicable Federal Aviation Regulations pertinent

This course introduces conversational use of American Sign Lan- to Private Pilot flight operations. Three hours of simulator training

guage, increases vocabulary and linguistic devices used by the Deaf, is required to complete this course. Concurrent enrollment in

and continues the study of Deaf Culture. Prerequisite: ASL101 or AV111 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. For

consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Aviation program majors only. Non-Majors refer to course AV5 in

the quarterly schedule.

ASL103 American Sign Language-Beginning III

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp AV111 Private Pilot Flight Lab I

This course continues instruction in American Sign Language, Deaf Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F

culture and receptive expressive communication as used by the Flight instruction and experience necessary to meet stage re-

Deaf. Prerequisite: ASL102 or consent of instructor. Proficiency quirements of the syllabus toward Professional Pilot application

Needed: Reading, Writing. and certification. Concurrent enrollment in AV110 is required.

Prerequisite: Second class medical certificate. Proficiency Needed:

AV100 IFR Refresher Course Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F

This course is for instrument rated pilots who wish to retain cur- AV120 Private Pilot II

rency in IFR flight operations. Topics covered will include environ- Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W

mental hazards, airspace and airport operations, Air Traffic Control Continuing ground and simulator instruction in aeronautical knowl-

system and services, radio navigation systems and operation, Federal edge and skills necessary to meet requirements of the Professional

Aviation Regulations applicable to instrument flight and recent rule Pilot Training syllabus. Emphasis is on flight planning and decision

changes, IFR departure, enroute, and approach procedures and

operations, and IFR emergencies. Proficiency Needed: Reading,



See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



making, human factors, and crew resource management. Subjects

include cross country flight planning and VFR navigation, basic

instrument flight, flight dispatching and crew coordination, radio

emphasis is on flight planning and decision making. Study includes

environmental hazards, airspace and airport operations, Air Traf-

fic Control system and services, obtaining weather reports and

139

navigation systems, physiological factors involved in flight safety, forecasts of IFR flight, Federal Aviation Regulations applicable to

dealing with in-flight emergencies, accidents, incidents, applicable instrument flight, IFR departure, enroute and approach procedures

Federal Aviation Regulations, and aeronautical decision making. and operations, and IFR emergencies. Five hours of simulator train-

Three hours of simulator training is required to complete the ing is required to complete this course. Concurrent enrollment

course. Concurrent enrollment in AV121 is required. Prerequisite: in AV211 is required. Prerequisite: AV200 with a grade of “C”

AV110 and AV111 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: or better, and FAA Private Pilot Certificate. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing, Math. Reading, Writing, Math.



AV121 Private Pilot Flight Lab II AV211 Professional Pilot Flight Lab I

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F

Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements

of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in AV120 of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in AV210

is required. Prerequisite: AV110 and AV111 with a grade of “C” or is required. Prerequisite: AV200 with a grade of “C” or better

better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. and FAA Private Pilot certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Writing, Math.

AV150 Aerodynamics

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W AV220 Commercial Pilot

This course is an in-depth study of aerodynamics, beginning with Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W

a brief history of the development of flight and flight theory. The Continuing ground and simulator instruction of aeronautical skills

physics of lift, drag, weight, and thrust are related to airfoil and and knowledge applicable to the commercial and instrument pilot

airplane design and operational characteristics. Aircraft stability and certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus.

control are related to airplane performance and safety. Prerequisite: Includes study of advanced aerodynamics, aircraft performance,

AV110 and AV111, both with a grade of “C”; or instructor consent. weight and balance, complex aircraft operations, advanced airplane

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. systems, commercial operations, and Federal Aviation Regulations

for commercial pilots and commercial flight operations, with em-

AV200 Instrument/Commercial Pilot phasis on human factors, crew resource management and decision

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp making. Three hours of simulator training is required to complete

this course. Concurrent enrollment in AV221 is required. Prerequi-

This course includes ground and simulator instruction of aero-

site: AV210 and AV211 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private

nautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial and

Pilot Certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

instrument pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot

training syllabus. Emphasis is on IFR and VFR flight planning and

decision-making. Subjects covered include night flight, physiology, AV221 Professional Pilot Flight Lab II

aircraft flight instruments and instrument systems, systems and Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W

equipment malfunctions, attitude instrument flight, instrument pre- Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements

flight procedures, radio navigation systems and operation, and basic of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in AV220

radio navigation. Four hours in the flight training devise (simulator) is required. Prerequisite: AV210 and AV211 with a grade of “C”

is required. Prerequisite: AV120 and AV121 with a grade of “C” or or better and FAA Private Pilot certificate. Proficiency Needed:

better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. Reading, Writing, Math.



AV208 Aviation Meteorology Application AV230 Multi-engine Pilot

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp

This class includes detailed analysis of weather reports and forecasts Continuing ground and simulator instruction of aeronautical skills

and application of weather information to VFR and IFR flight plan- and knowledge applicable to the commercial and multi-engine pilot

ning and decision-making. Atmospheric circulation systems, airmass certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Em-

characteristics, and large scale patterns are related to instrument phasis is on flight planning and decision making, human factors, and

and commercial flight operations. Weather hazards, including wind crew resource management. Includes multi-engine aircraft systems

shear, turbulence, icing, and instrument meteorological conditions and operations, aerodynamics of multi-engine aircraft, performance

will be discussed with emphasis on flight safety. Prerequisite: AV108 considerations, engine-out operations, emergency operations,

or instructor consent. multi-engine instrument operations, and high altitude operations.

Four hours of simulator training is required to complete this course.

AV210 Instrument Pilot Concurrent enrollment in AV231 is required. Prerequisite: AV220

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F and AV221 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot

certificate with instrument rating. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

This course is a continuation of ground and simulator instruction

Writing, Math.

of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the instrument

pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus.

AV231 Professional Pilot Flight Lab III

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sp

Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage final require-



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





140 ments of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in

AV230 is required. Prerequisite: AV220 and AV221 with a grade

of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot certificate with instrument

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements

of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Includes study of helicopter per-

rating. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. formance, interpretation of aviation weather reports and forecasts,

VFR charts, navigation and flight planning. Prerequisite: AV120 and

AV235 Human Factors in Aviation AVH121 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Read-

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W ing, Writing, Math.

An introduction to the field of human behavior and characteristics

as critical factors in the design and operation of electronic/machine AVH200 Helicopter Flight Lab 4

systems. Emphasis is on crew resource management and human Credits 4 (12 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Ground instruction of

factors, including the study of human performance in complex aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial

systems with an examination of personality, stress, anxiety, fatigue, pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus.

communication skills, leadership/followership, decision making, Includes weather theory, advanced aerodynamics, Federal Aviation

situational awareness, analysis of aviation incidents and accidents, Regulations pertinent to commercial pilot operations, aircraft

and practical application of human factors and performance to flight instruments and instrument systems, attitude instrument

modern aviation. Three hours of simulator training is required to flight, instrument preflight procedures, radio navigation systems

complete this course. Prerequisite: AV120 and AV121 with a grade and operation, Federal Aviation Regulations applicable to instru-

of “C” or better, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: ment flight. FAA Private Pilot Certificate required. Prerequisite:

Reading, Writing, Math. AVH131 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Read-

ing, Writing, Math.

AV256 Certified Flight Instructor Ground School

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp AVH211 Helicopter Flight Lab 5

This course is designed to provide the commercial pilot/flight Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

instructor applicant with fundamental concepts and practice for Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements

successful flight instruction at the private and commercial pilot of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Co-requisite: AVH200

level. Elements include fundamentals of instruction, developing les- with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writ-

son plans for private pilot and commercial pilot syllabus, designing ing, Math.

curriculum creating objective evaluation and grading criteria, and

practical application in presenting technical material in an interactive AVH221 Helicopter Flight Lab 6

classroom setting. Students participate by giving one-on-one flight Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

briefings, leading classroom discussions, and teaching in a classroom

This course is designed to provide the commercial pilot/flight

setting. In conjunction with this course each student must complete

instructor applicant acquire the instructional knowledge, under-

three hours of flight simulator lab. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

standing and skill necessary to effectively teach and analyze the

Writing, Math.

maneuvers and procedures required for the issuance of a flight

instructor certificate rotocraft-helicopter. Prerequisite: AVH211

AVH111 Helicopter Flight Lab 1 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writ-

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp ing, Math.

Initial ground instruction on helicopter aerodynamics, systems,

determining performance and helicopter navigation and flight plan- AVH231 Helicopter Flight Lab 7

ning. Flight instruction and experience necessary to meet stage Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

requirements of the syllabus toward Professional Pilot application

Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements

and certification. Concurrent enrollment in AV110 is required.

of the Professional Pilot Training syllabus. Prerequisite: AVH211

Prerequisite: Student Pilot certificate and Second Class Medical

with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writ-

certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ing, Math.

AVH121 Helicopter Flight Lab 2

AVH256 Helicopter Flight Lab 8

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements

This course is designed to provide the commercial pilot/flight

of the Professional Pilot syllabus applicable to private pilot certifica-

instructor applicant with fundamental concepts and practice for

tion. Begin ground instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge

successful flight instruction at the private and commercial pilot

applicable to the commercial portion of the Professional Pilot

level. Elements include Fundamentals of Instruction, developing

training syllabus. Includes study of advanced helicopter systems and

lesson plans for private pilot and commercial pilot syllabus, designing

structures and enables the student to progress into heavier, more

curriculum, creating objective evaluation and grading criteria, and

complex helicopters. Begin flight instruction necessary to meet

practical application in presenting technical material in a interac-

stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus applicable to

tive classroom setting. Students participate by giving one-on-one

commercial pilot certificate. Concurrent enrollment in AV120 is

flight briefings, leading classroom discussions, and teaching in a

required. Prerequisite: AV110 and AVH111 with a grade of “C” or

classroom setting. Prerequisite: AVH231 with a grade of “C” or

better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH131 Helicopter Flight Lab 3





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



***



BA100 Introduction to Entrepreneurship

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp

(Formerly ENT39)

141

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The course is designed for students to learn about employees and

(Formerly ENT10) customers and how to satisfy their goals and objectives. Person-

The course is designed for someone who wants to evaluate en- nel selection, hiring, training, compensation, and treatment are

trepreneurship as a vocation. Opportunities in small business are discussed. Students learn the fundamental skills of managing and

discussed as well as the risks and rewards of a business owner. communicating with people through a variety of methods including

Important elements of developing and operating a small business role playing. The course also focuses upon the customer and the

are briefly reviewed, and helpful traits as well as important skills systems, methods, and strategies used to establish and maintain

of a small business owner are discusses. The course is practically quality customer service in order to reap resulting profit. Proficiency

oriented including interaction with business owners as well as seeing Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

and hearing owners on video discuss what it’s like to have your own

company and important elements your success or failure. Proficiency BA205 Business Communications

Needed: Reading, Writing. Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp

This course develops required skills to effectively communicate in

BA101 Introduction to Business a business environment. Technology is viewed and used as an ef-

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp ficient tool for processing and presenting information in a business

An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with setting. Students learn and practice effective strategies for writing

the various phases of business. Emphasis is placed on ownership good, persuasive, and bad news letters and memos. They learn

and organization, marketing personnel management, and financial interpersonal and organizational communication skills for working

management. Its purpose is to prepare students for further business with and in groups as well as with individuals. Students will col-

study. Proficiency Needed. Reading. laborate to research, write, and present business reports. Email,

word processing, spreadsheets, on-line research, and presentation

software will be used to enhance the communication process. Pre-

BA150 Developing a Small Business

requisite: CS105L and WR121, or CS105L and WR101. Proficiency

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Needed: Reading, Writing.

(Formerly ENT11)

The course is designed for students to learn important elements

BA206 Management Fundamentals

and steps involved in starting a small business. The business idea,

testing it, and protecting it are discussed. Formulating a mission Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

statement, start-up, financing, choosing a legal structure, image This is an introductory course in management. Major topics are

building, record keeping, financial statements, people decisions, evolution and scope of management, planning, decision-making,

selling, and insurance are also covered. Proficiency Needed: Read- organizing, leading, and controlling. Current relevant management

ing, Writing, Math. issues such as re-engineering, ethics, and managing in a global

economy will be covered. Prerequisite: BA101. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing.

BA177 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing

Requirements

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

BA208 Business Plan - Marketing

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course is designed to enable students to process payroll and

meet the needs of the employer and legal requirements. Students (Formerly ENT30)

will act as the payroll accountant for a company for the 4th quarter, This course is designed for a student to learn how to research and

processing the bi-weekly payroll register and deposits. In addition, write the marketing portion of the business plan. Students learn

students will prepare all necessary payroll journal entries, updating how to find information about industries, their size, growth, trends

the general ledger accounts and employee earning records, federal, and competitive situations. They learn how to develop a market

state and city tax forms. Students will demonstrate in-depth un- plan, involving choosing a distribution channel, location, setting a

derstanding of payroll by completing a manual and computerized price structure, and promoting their product or service. The final

payroll project for a 3-month cycle. Prerequisite: BA211 and CS90. product is a complete written marketing plan. Proficiency Needed:

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. Reading, Writing, Math.



BA200 Marketing for Small Business BA211 Principles of Accounting I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

(Formerly ENT20) This is an introductory accounting course designed to serve stu-

This course is designed for students to learn the fundamentals of dents who plan to pursue an associates degree in a business area

marketing for small business. Students will learn about the custom- and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area

ers, what they are really buying and why, how to segment and target of business. This course will emphasize external financial report-

them. Students will also learn about the market, researching the ing for business enterprises. Information gathering, recording, and

market, developing the right market image, creating uniqueness in financial statement preparation will be covered with an emphasis

marketing and exploring many specific advertising and promotional on understanding, interpreting and applying accounting information.

techniques. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.



BA202 Customer Service and Employee Relations

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





142 BA212 Principles of Accounting II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

This is the second course in the basic accounting sequence designed

BA223 Principles of Marketing

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

A general survey of the nature and significance of marketing in our

to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in a contemporary economy. General emphasis is placed on how mar-

business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program keting decisions are made. Particular emphasis is placed on the mar-

in any area of business. This course emphasizes external financial keting environment, buyer behavior, market research procedures

reporting. Topics covered will include long-term assets, current and uses, product-market relationships, pricing and promotional

and long-term liabilities, stockholder’s equity, the statement of policies, channels of distribution, strategic marketing, and interna-

cash flow, financial statement analysis, international accounting tional marketing. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

and inter-company investments. Prerequisite: BA211. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. BA224 Human Resources Management

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

BA213 Principles of Accounting III This course provides perspectives on important traditional, current,

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp and emerging practices to help the student develop a practical, re-

This is the third course in the basic accounting sequence designed alistic, and modern view of human resources management (HRM).

to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in some Students study the HRM functions of the line executive or supervi-

business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program sor as well as functions of the HRM director in today’s business

in any area of business. This course will emphasize the use of ac- environment. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

counting information by managers. Topics covered will include

managerial accounting systems, product costing, standard costs, BA226 Introduction to Business Law

cost behavior and analysis, profit planning, budgets, responsibility Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

accounting, and capital budgeting decisions. Some assignments

The nature and functions of law, including areas such as torts,

will be done using an electronic spreadsheet. Prerequisite: BA211

contracts and intellectual property, as they pertain to the business

or equivalent and an electronic spreadsheet course. Proficiency

environment. There will be particular emphasis on recent develop-

Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ments in business law, such as electronic commerce. Emphasis will

be placed on the student’s ability to understand and apply rules

BA215 Cost Accounting I of law. In both class and homework assignments, students will be

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F asked to think critically by: identifying legal issues in given situations;

This course should enable the student to analyze manufacturing identifying the law applicable to those issues; analyzing the facts of

and services costs for purposes of decision making and understand the given situations in light of the applicable law; expressing the

the ramification of their behavior. The student will be able to make most likely outcomes of those situations; and explaining lessons the

production and pricing decisions, allocate costs, and make man- student learned from such assignments. This reasoning process will

agement decisions. The course focuses on cost management and enable students to identify legal issues in the business environment

covers activity-based costing as well as job costing. Prerequisite: and will facilitate the students’ learning about the legal process in

BA213 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, general. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Writing, Math.

BA228 Computer Accounting Applications

BA220 Tax Accounting Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course focuses on using accounting general ledger software,

This course should enable students to prepare Federal individual including a commercial general ledger package. It provides a good

tax returns including Schedules A, B, C, D, and E and forms 2106, review of accounting procedures and topics. Prerequisite: BA211

3903, 6251, and 4562. Students will review the state tax returns and CS90. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

and also research tax issues. Students will also become familiar

with the basic tax returns for S Corporations, partnerships and BA230 Business Plan - Operating/Financial

corporations. Prerequisite: BA212. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

(Formerly ENT32)

BA221 Production This course is designed in conjunction with BA208, Marketing for

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Small Business. The two courses together comprise a complete

Presents an introduction to the production function and the business plan course. The BA230 course covers all of the business

organization of production systems in business. Investigates the plan except the marketing portion. Students learn about what com-

development and use of analytical models and methods for resolv- prises and how to write the complete business plan, including the

ing production problems such as work, measurement, materials following sections: company description, management, operations

handling, plant layout and plant location. Additional focus is on plan, and financial statements and projections. Proficiency Needed:

production/inventory, planning and control, product design, project Reading, Writing, Math.

management, and process design. Prerequisites: BA101 and BA103

or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing,

BA231 Information Technology in Business

Math.

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

The purpose of this course is to present business professionals with

the basic concepts and skills for the strategic use of information





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



systems in the organization. This course describes how information

systems can be applied to business processes by supporting commu-

nications, improving decision making, and increasing organizational

BA265 eManagement

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

(Formerly BUS25)

143

performance. The components & development of the appropriate This course examines current and future management issues

personal, workgroup and enterprise systems will be examined. Ad- in electronic business. Strategic business models are evaluated.

ditional lab time is required for hands-on applications experience in Revising business processes for electronic business is explored

the use of information and computer technology for communication and practiced. Strategies and materials are related to “bricks and

and decision making. Prerequisite: CS105 or successful completion mortar” and “pure play” internet companies, developing and using

of CS105 equivalency test. Proficiency Needed: Reading. electronic business. Prerequisite: BA264 and CS105; or consent of

instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA238 Sales

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp BA267 eBusiness Project Management

An examination of the salesperson’s role in modern marketing. Em- Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

phasis is placed on buyer behavior, the sales communication process, (Formerly BUS28)

prospecting for customers, planning the sales call, developing and

This is a hands-on class for students who want to work with an

giving the sales presentation, handling objections, and closing the

on-line business. Through establishing, developing and managing an

sale. Presentations give the students opportunities to apply sales

on-line business, students will draw on previous course knowledge

concepts. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

to solve business management problems. Students will have an

opportunity to work with students in a variety of majors in the

BA243 Introduction to Consumer Behavior Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division. This is

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W a final course in the Business/eCommerce Marketing and Manage-

An analysis of the major determinants of consumer behavior and the ment program. Prerequisite: CS105, BA231 or web development

consumer decision process. Theoretical concepts are explored, but coursework, and BA264; or consent of instructor. Proficiency

special emphasis is placed on practical applications for all types and Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

sizes of organization. Prerequisite: None. BA223 recommended.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. BI101, BI102, BI103 General Biology I, II, III

Credits 4,4,4 (3 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk)

BA250 Small Business Management BI101 - Su/F/W/Sp, BI102 - Su/W/Sp, BI103 - Su/Sp

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Survey of principles and concepts of life. This sequence fulfills the col-

This course is designed for a student to learn the practical and lege requirements for a year of laboratory science. General Biology

specific aspects of how to operate a small business. Creative has its basis in the physical sciences and, therefore, includes a simple

thinking and leadership is discussed as well as planning and time- introduction to physical and chemical concepts as they apply to the

management. Other aspects of business management studied are: study of life. Normally, BI101 includes basic cell structure, function

record keeping and controlling, buying and inventory, marketing, and cycles; BI102 includes meiosis, mendelian genetics, molecular

financing, and human resource management. Proficiency Needed: genetics, gene technology, and evolution; BI103 includes population

Reading, Writing, Math. dynamics, community ecology, ecosystems, climate and biomes.

Not to be taken out of sequence, except by consent of instructor.

BA255 Supervisory Management This sequence is designed for non-majors. Those students who are

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F considering majors in biology or pre-professional health occupations

Discusses common problems and issues of first line supervision. are advised to take BI211, BI212, BI213. Concurrent enrollment in

General emphasis is on the role of the supervisor in creating a BI101L is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

challenging, rewarding and productive work environment. Particular

focus is on selecting, training, motivating, and evaluating employees. BI121, BI122 Essentials of Human Anatomy and

Additional topics include leadership styles and effectiveness, com- Physiology I, II

munication, handling grievances and ineffective employees, group Credits 4,4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins Su/

work and quality circles. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. F/W

A course designed to cover the basic anatomy and physiology for

BA264 eBusiness most Allied Health students. BI121 covers body organization, cell

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp structure and function, tissues and membranes, and the integumen-

(Formerly BUS24) tary, skeletal, muscular, nervous (with special senses) and endocrine

systems. BI122 covers the cardiovascular, lymphatic, respiratory,

This is a foundation course that provides an overview of the emerg-

digestive, urinary and reproductive (with development) systems.

ing digital economy, focusing on the current role of eCommerce. An

Must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: One year high school

in-depth analysis of the marketing and customer service issues as

biology, AH11, or BI101; or equivalent. High school chemistry or

they relate to the integration of the Internet into overall business

equivalent is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

strategy for new and existing businesses. Prerequisite: None. BA223

Writing, Math.

is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.



BI132 Introduction to Animal Behavior

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

A general science course designed to provide students with an





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





144 introduction to the field of animal behavior. The course takes a

biological perspective to investigate both the proximate and ultimate

causes of behavior. Topics include the genetics, development, and

the nervous system, special senses, lymphatic/body defenses, and

cardiovascular systems. BI233 covers the human respiratory system,

urinary system, water and electrolyte balance, digestive system,

neural basis of behavior as well as strategies of habitat choice, forag- nutrition and metabolism, endocrine system, lymphatic system, and

ing, defense, courtship, parental care and sociality. The laboratory reproductive system. Must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: One

provides opportunities to conduct research on animal behavior. year high school biology or AH11, BI101 or equivalent; one year

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. high school chemistry or CH104, CH151, or CH221. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing.

BI145 Environmental Problems

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F BI234 Microbiology

A non-majors course designed to provide students with an intro- Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W/Sp

duction to the principles of ecology and the impacts of humans on This course serves to provide students with a basic knowledge of

the environment. Through lectures and discussions students will microorganisms and their role in the disease process. Emphasis is

consider major environmental issues facing modern society, both placed upon bacteria and viruses with some consideration of fungi

locally and globally. This course is also taught as GEOG290 for and protozoans. Bacterial structure is examined in detail followed

Social Sciences credit. The student may receive credit as BI145 or by discussion of growth, metabolism, and genetics of microorgan-

GEOG290, but not both. Prerequisite: None. Proficiency Needed: isms. Application of the role which each of these topics plays in

Reading, Writing, Math. infection and disease is stressed. Concepts related to inhibition

of microbial growth and the role of immunity and host defense

BI199BIT Introduction to Biotechnology mechanisms are also discussed. The course concludes with discus-

Credits 3 (3 Seminar Hrs/Wk) sions of transmissible disease of concern to the health care provider.

Laboratory techniques for the study and identification of bacteria

The course will provide information in the fastest growing knowl-

utilizing aseptic techniques are also presented. Prerequisite: High

edge-based industry in the world today. It will provide opportuni-

school biology or BI101 or AH11; AND high school chemistry or

ties to draw connections between engineering, biology, chemistry,

CH104 or equivalent; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:

physics, information science, computer technology, manufacturing,

Reading, Writing.

and bioethics. A Web page will support the instruction through

links, chat room discussions, current biotechnology news updates

on discoveries, and course information. The course will consist BI235 Medical Microbiology/Immunology

of a series of ten seminars, each presented by the instructor and Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

experts in the field. Each weekly seminar will entail a three-hour This course is an extension of the concepts and principles presented

presentation, discussion, background readings from the Web, and in BI234, with emphasis upon bacteria, viruses and other agents that

small group assignments. Prerequisites: One-year high-school level cause human disease. The course examines in depth mechanisms

biology, chemistry, and algebra required, or instructor consent. of pathogenicity and transmissibility. Discussion of disease etiology

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. in the respiratory, gastro-intestinal, genito-urinary, nervous and

integumentary systems are provided. Additionally, host defense

BI211, BI212, BI213 Biology I, II, III mechanisms are examined in detail, with emphasis on inflammatory

Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F processes, types of immunity, cytotoxic reactions, and immune

complex disorders. The companion laboratory serves to isolate and

A pre-professional course designed for students planning to major

examine disease organisms, investigate and conduct epidemiological

in biology, conservation, pre-medicine, pre-dentistry, fish and game,

studies, and challenge the student with case studies. Prerequisite:

range management, wildlife and biology education. This class is

BI234. BI121 and BI122, or AH11 are also strongly recommended.

designed to teach the basic principles of biology with emphasis on

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

molecular biology, cellular structure and function, genetics, evolu-

tion, physiological, organismic and developmental biology, botany,

behavior and ecology. Field trips are likely in spring quarter. Not BI240 Pathology

to be taken out of sequence. Co-requisite: CH104, CH151, or Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W/Sp

CH221 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, A survey of the fundamental nature of disease. Topics include injury

Writing, Math. and repair, inflammation, immunopathology, infectious disease, can-

cer, hemodynamic disorders, and pathologies of selected systems.

BI231, BI232, BI233 Human Anatomy and Physiology I, Non-sequential course except for dental hygiene students, who

II, III should take this course in sequence or only after admittance to

the Dental Hygiene Program. Prerequisite: BI234 and completion

Credits 4,4,4 (3 Lecture – 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins

of BI121, BI231 or AH11. Co-requisite: BI122 or BI232. Proficiency

F/W

Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

This three-course series is designed for the pre-professional student

planning a career in medicine, dentistry, physical therapy, nursing

(RN) or a related field of health care. The courses emphasize mas- BI273 Ecology

tery of the body’s structure and function as well as the application Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

of this knowledge, as in case studies. BI231 covers cell structure and

function, tissues and membranes, and the integumentary, skeletal,

muscular, and endocrine (introduction only) systems. BI232 covers









See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



This course studies the interrelationships of plants and animals with

their environment. Different types of ecosystems are examined

to better understand the composition and function of ecosystem

(Formerly BUS31)

This course provides the student with a mathematical background

for general business, office work, and consumer knowledge. The

145

components. Emphasis is on basic ecological principles, concepts, student will learn how to solve basic business mathematic problems,

and mathematical analysis rather than current environmental will learn to estimate answers, and will learn terminology associated

problems. Laboratories emphasize field sampling techniques and with business mathematics. Prerequisite: MTH20 or equivalent;

several are out-of-doors. Prerequisite: None. Proficiency Needed: or one-year of high school algebra with a “C” grade or better and

Reading, Writing, Math. consent of instructor; or consent of the instructor. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BOT203 Plant Taxonomy

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp BT110 Business Editing

This course introduces students to the characteristics and classifica- Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

tion of nonvascular and vascular plant groups with special emphasis (Formerly OA16)

on Angiosperm plant families and indicator species through lecture, This course will provide an opportunity for in-depth study of the

laboratory and field experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, mechanics of language; review of grammar and punctuation rules;

Writing. and practice in correcting, editing, and revising business documents.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT11F Basic Keyboarding

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp BT111 Editing Techniques

(Formerly OA11F) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

This beginning course in keyboarding is for those students with (Formerly OA19)

no previous keyboarding experience. The course covers the basic Accuracy is the most important standard for measuring quality

techniques of the touch typing system, speed and accuracy, and of work in business. To achieve accuracy, editing for clarity and

machine manipulation using a computer keyboard and software. proofreading for correctness are essential skills for effective writ-

Proficiency Needed: Reading. ten communications. This course provides students with practice

and shortcuts to detecting types and locations of errors in actual

BT11FO Basic Keyboard One-Hand business documents. Also, computerized on-screen proofreading

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp techniques are covered. Students will learn to use popular editing

(Formerly OA11FO) desk references effectively. Prerequisite: BT110 or equivalent.

This beginning course in keyboarding is for those students with no Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

previous keyboarding experience who have the use of one hand

only. The course covers the basic techniques of the touch typing BT116 Business Tools and Techniques

system, speed and accuracy, and machine manipulation using a Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W

computer keyboard and software. An introductory set of lessons (Formerly OA116)

will guide the student through learning the alphabetic portion of Maximize your employment opportunities and business skills by

the keyboard using either the left or the right hand only. Proficiency learning Microsoft’s most popular information management and

Needed: Reading. communication tool, Microsoft Outlook! Familiarization with this

high-powered organizational tool in a model office environment is

BT11S Keyboard/Formatting the key to using Microsoft Office software effectively and efficiently.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The most current business etiquette techniques will be discussed

(Formerly OA11S) and reviewed in the use of e-mail, calendaring, handling contacts,

This course is designed for the student who wants to take charge and strategies in using business telephone systems. Proficiency

of his/her own personal typing needs. After completion of this Needed: Reading, Writing.

course, a student should be able to format the most commonly

used letter, memo and report in classroom, business or personal BT117 Office Systems Management

settings. Some lesson documents will include information about Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

editing and formatting rules. Prerequisite: Ability to keyboard by (Formerly OA117)

touch. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. By participating in group and individual projects, students will gain

experience in designing effective office layouts that are efficient and

BT101 Office Careers Survey ergonomically sound, in purchasing office equipment, and setting

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F up and facilitating support for meetings and conferences. Students

(Formerly OA101) will work with time management techniques and priority setting

Exploration of all office career programs featuring speakers from guidelines while scheduling and managing travel arrangements and

various segments of business and industry. Offered during the day, processing incoming and outgoing mail. Students will use appropri-

fall term, before fall term classes begin. ate office machines to solve problems and disseminate information,

including determining when outsourcing of resources is appropriate.

Students will analyze problems familiar to office managers. The

BT103 Business Mathematics emphasis throughout the course is on efficiency, effectiveness,

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp economy, and suitable presentation of information. Developing and

portraying a professional attitude is stressed. Prerequisite: BT116,

and the ability to keyboard and format office documents. Proficiency



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





146 Needed: Reading, Writing.



BT121 Keyboarding Principles

ciency Needed: Reading.



BT125 Word Processing with WordPerfect

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

(Formerly OA121) (Formerly OA203)

This beginning course for those students with no previous keyboard- Become proficient in WordPerfect! Emphasizes productivity with

ing instruction or who have not attained the performance require- instructions that introduce and reinforce basic through advanced

ments for keyboarding principles. This course provides a strong word processing skills. Focus on the most frequently used func-

foundation for professional typists and personal use, covering: 1) tions and the most easily implemented techniques to produce a

correct touch operation of the keyboard; 2) straight copy skill of wide variety of documents successfully in the Windows version

not less than 30 words a minute; 3) the ability to copy, arrange, and of WordPerfect. Work with single- and multi-page documents,

position block style letters, memorandums and manuscripts with lists, tables, forms, mail merge, columns, graphics, and various

simple footnotes and endnotes; (4) experience and understanding document management techniques. Prerequisite: Keyboarding at

of related skills such as centering, tabbing and composing at the 30 wpm and BT121; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:

keyboard. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Reading, Writing.



BT122 Professional Keyboarding BT126 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp

(Formerly OA122) (Formerly OA123)

This advanced keyboarding course with increased emphasis on An in-depth focus on word/information processing concepts

speed, accuracy and professional standards is for those students through extensive skills assessment testing and hands-on (simula-

who meet the performance requirements for keyboarding principles tion) experiences. Extensive skills assessment testing will enable

or with one to two years of previous keyboarding instruction. To you to become prepared to take the MOUS (Microsoft Office User

prepare a student as a job-entry keyboardist, the course will cover Specialist) tests for Word at the core and expert levels. You will

(1) straight copy skill of not less than 40 correct words a minute apply the basic, intermediate, and advanced features of Microsoft

for five minutes within a 5-error allotment, (2) ability to copy and Word in a variety of documents during simulation activities. Em-

arrange memorandums, block and modified block letters, tables, phasis is on productivity elements of information processing, editing

and reports and manuscripts, (3) ability to apply the editorial skills and proofreading for mailability, and file management techniques.

and technical procedures that the production work requires, such Prerequisite: BT122 and BT110; and BT210YWA, BT210YWB, and

as proofreading. Prerequisite: All students entering BT122 must BT210YWC, or CS equivalent of Word - Levels, I, II, and III; or

meet the performance requirements for BT121, Principles of consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Keyboarding, or have one to two years of previous keyboarding

instruction. Straight copy seed on a five-minute timing should be BT210 Software Applications

at least 35 wpm.

Credits 1 (20 Lab Hrs/Term)

(Formerly OA210)

BT123 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed The Software Training Center (STC), located on the MHCC main

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp campus and the Self-Paced Learning Center (SPLC), located on

(Formerly OA124A) the MCC Maywood Campus offer one-credit courses in the most

This is a lab/lecture course using a specific software package in a popular software suites, as well as other general software courses.

self-paced instructional environment as a lab activity. The course This includes word processing (Word and WordPerfect), spread-

provides students with an opportunity for self-diagnosing and sheets (Excel), databases (Access), presentations (PowerPoint),

evaluating computer keyboarding problems, prescribing and de- and operating system software. Grading options include letters,

veloping individualized practice, and increasing speed and accuracy pass/no pass, and audit. Maximum of 12 credit hours may be taken

skill development for computer operators. Prerequisite: Familiar- for credit. Students will receive individual assistance accompany-

ity with keyboarding and the ability to type by touch. Proficiency ing their hands-on learning under the guidance of instructors and

Needed: Reading. trained assistants. The STC and SPLC are open days, evenings and

weekends. Student may register at various dates during the term

BT124 Intermediate Keyboarding for Accuracy and to accommodate their personal schedule. Proficiency Needed:

Speed Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

(Formerly OA124B) BT218 Records Management w/Microsoft Access

This is an individualized diagnostic and prescriptive method for Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

developing accuracy and speed. This intermediate course provides (Formerly OA244)

students with the opportunity to improve both speed and accu- This course provides the student with a working knowledge of the

racy at the keyboard. Utilizing a computerized diagnostic system, rules, procedures, and techniques of maintaining office records

students are provided with an opportunity for self-diagnosing (filing) that are vital to every business worker. Upon completion of

and evaluating computer keyboarding problems, prescribing and this course the student will be able to organize records with both

developing individualized practice, and speed and accuracy skill manual and electronic (using MS Access) filing methods. The student

development. Prerequisite: BT123 or consent of instructor. Profi- will also become familiar with the terminology of records manage-







See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



ment and technology, including databases and their relationship

to the information systems used in business. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing.

Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture – 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins Su/

F/W/Sp This course is taught on the assumption that the enrollee

has had no previous introduction to the study of chemistry. The

147

student must be proficient in general mathematics and must be able

BT220 Electronic Calculator to handle elementary algebraic operations. The first term includes

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp the major topics of inorganic chemistry including elements, com-

pounds, atomic structure, nomenclature, stoichiometry, bonding

(Formerly OA220)

and structure, states of matter, and nuclear chemistry. The second

This course is designed to teach the basic operation of the desk- term includes solution chemistry, equilibrium, reaction rates, ther-

top type electronic calculator used in the modern business office. modynamics, acid-base chemistry, and an introduction to organic

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. chemistry. The third term continues with organic chemistry and

introduces general topics in biochemistry, carbohydrates, lipids,

BT225 Document Processing proteins, nucleic acids, and bioenergetics. Sequential. Prerequisite

Credits 3 ( Hrs/Wk) - Sp for CH104: MTH65 or the equivalent; CH105: CH104; CH106:

(Formerly OA225) CH105. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

In this course, the student will bring together a variety of skills to

prepare and format documents from a variety of input sources, CH151 Basic Chemistry

including handwritten and typed draft, proofread computer draft Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F

and machine transcription. Students will use a variety of business CH151 is a basic course designed for students who want to take the

machines, including computer, transcribing machine, and electronic CH201, CH202, CH203 or CH221, CH222, CH223 sequence but

typewriter to prepare letters, memorandums, reports, tabulated who lack sufficient math and chemistry background. This one-term

materials and business forms. Letter placement and styles, punc- course includes mathematical applications appropriate for the first

tuation, and editing are incorporated into assignments. Emphasis term of the above chemistry sequences as well as an introduction

is on professional standards for work habits on all documents. to classification of matter, atomic theory, stoichiometry, and no-

Prerequisite: Word processing software knowledge, typing speed of menclature. Co-requisite: MTH95 or higher. Proficiency Required:

40 wpm; or consent of instructor. Co-requisite: BT111. Proficiency Reading, Writing, Math.

Needed: Reading, Writing.

CH170 Environmental Chemistry

BUS21 Active Communicating Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This term deals with the fundamental aspects of the environment,

A detailed examination of interpersonal (non-written) communica- primarily related to chemistry. The major objective of this course is

tion. Highlighted topics include communication barriers, techniques to show the interaction between environmental problems and the

to overcome them, personality and communication styles, listening, science of chemistry. Prerequisite: MTH60 or higher and CH105.

non-verbal interactions, gender and cross-cultural differences, Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

and small group communication. The course will use interactive

role plays and games to aid the student develop skills. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing. CH221, CH222, CH223 General Chemistry I, II, III

Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins

F/W

BUS22 Managing Conflict This course offers the fundamental basis of chemistry for science,

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp pre-professional, and chemical engineering majors. A strong em-

This course provides students with a clear understanding of what phasis is placed on a mathematical approach. CH221 covers atomic

interpersonal conflict is, what its positive and negative aspects are, and molecular structure, stoichiometry, periodic properties, ther-

how it occurs, and how to effectively deal with it. The course’s intent mochemistry, and introductory chemical bonding. CH222 covers

is to assist students in developing habits and behavior patterns that molecular bonding and molecular properties, gases, liquids, solids,

will allow them to be deal successfully with conflict occurring in physical states and changes of state, solutions, kinetics, and nuclear

organizations. Proficiency Needed: Reading. chemistry. CH223 covers equilibrium, introduction to acids and

bases, spontaneity of reactions, ionic equilibria, oxidation-reduction

BUS23 Successful Negotiation and electrochemistry. Co-requisite: MTH111 or higher. Prerequisite:

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W 3 years of high school mathematics and 1 year of high school chem-

Learn and practice a concise, step-by-step, proven strategy for istry (or a grade of “C” or better in CH151). High school physics is

negotiation successfully. You will also learn how to stay in control strongly recommended. CH222 prerequisite: CH221 with a grade

when under pressure, defuse anger and hostility, and reach agree- of C or better. CH223 prerequisite: CH222 with a grade of C or

ments that satisfy both sides’ needs. Successful negotiations is a better. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

skill that will benefit you for life, no matter what job or career you

choose. Proficiency Needed: Reading CH241, CH242, CH243 Organic Chemistry I, II, III

Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F

*** The study of aliphatic, aromatic and biochemical compounds. This

sequence of courses meets the organic chemistry requirements

CH104, CH105, CH106 General, Organic, and Biological for many science and pre-professional majors. CH241 includes

Chemistry I, II, III a study of nomenclature, aliphatic hydrocarbons, structure, con-

formation, stereochemistry, resonance and aromaticity, addition





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





148 mechanism, and infrared spectroscopy. CH242 involves the study

of free radical, substitution, and elimination mechanisms involving

alkyl halides, alcohols and ethers. Organic redox reactions, nuclear

CJA212 Introduction to Criminal Law: Criminal Justice

Procedure

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

magnetic resonance spectroscopy and carbonyl chemistry are also This course surveys the essentials of criminal procedures. Topics

studied. CH243 includes the study of carbonyl chemistry as well as which may be covered include search and arrest procedures, criminal

polymers, heterocycles, proteins, carbohydrates and nucleic acids. court proceedings, federal and state reports and Oregon Criminal

Not to be taken out of sequence. Prerequisite: CH106, CH203, or Code sections. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CH223. CH242: CH241; CH243: CH242. Proficiency Required:

Reading, Writing, Math.

CJA213 Introduction To Evidence

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

CJA111 Introduction to Criminal Justice Administration:

This course surveys the fundamental legal rules which apply to

Law Enforcement Agencies

the gathering and use of evidence in criminal cases. Topics include

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp gathering and use of evidence in criminal cases. Topics include the

This course surveys the structure and function of the criminal justice history of evidence law, the “hearsay” and “Miranda” rules, differ-

system in general and police agencies in particular. Topics include the ences between public and private documents, the nature and use of

types and impacts of crime, crime causation, objectives and functions circumstantial evidence, documentary and photographic evidence,

of the police, as well as the various methods used to document crime and physical evidence. Completion of CJA111, CJA112, CJA113,

in the U.S. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. CJA211 and CJA212 are helpful to the student, but not required.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA112 Introduction to Criminal Justice Administration:

The Court System CJA214 Introduction to Criminal Investigation

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course surveys the role of the courts in the criminal justice This course surveys the fundamentals of criminal investigation.

system. Topics include the structure and function of federal and state Topics which are covered include the history and theory of criminal

court systems, the judicial process from arresting to sentencing, the investigation and the procedures which are used to investigate and

role of the various courtroom actors, and basic legal definitions and document specific crimes. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

sentencing options. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA219 Introduction to Community Policing

CJA113 Introduction to Criminal Justice Admin: The Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Corrections System This course explores how the police and citizens can work together

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp to solve community problems. Topics include the history, current

This course examines what happens to a defendant once s/he is programs and future trends in community policing. Proficiency

found guilty of a crime. Topics include the sociology of confinement, Needed: Reading, Writing.

prison organization, prison treatment programs, probation and

parole, as well as community corrections and current problems in

prison systems. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA230 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F

This course examines the history of juvenile justice in the U.S.. Vari-

CJA123 Exploring Contemporary Issues in Criminal ous theories of juvenile crime are explored as well as contemporary

Justice issues in this area of study. Consideration is also given to treatment

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp programs in the future of juvenile corrections. Proficiency Needed:

This course questions some of the basic assumptions that we have Reading, Writing.

about crime and the criminal justice system in our country. Thus,

we explore those assumptions and provide new light upon issues

COS10 Beauty Culture Theory I

that have in some cases become distorted and inaccurate. This

course is not designed to replace the introductory sequence in Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp

criminal justice (CJA111-113). It is a companion piece to that series These lecture sessions concentrate on the beginning background

of classes. Those courses provide a general description of criminal information necessary for Cosmetology students to prepare for

justice, which sets the stage for the current discussion. Proficiency participation in the Cosmetology clinic/lab sessions. Subjects in-

Needed: Reading, Writing. clude; client preparation and protection, safety, sanitation, hygiene,

ethics, personality development, introduction to haircutting and

styling as well as all chemical service procedures and terminology.

CJA211 Introduction to Criminal Law: Fundamentals Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

This course is designed to survey the fundamentals of criminal law.

COS11 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic I

It is intended for students who are considering employment in the

field of law enforcement. Topics which may be covered include Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp

the history of criminal law, concepts of criminal responsibility and The Pre-Clinic Hair Design Lab sessions employ demonstration

liability, and the characteristics of selected crimes. Completion of and practical application of the following subjects; cleansing and

CJA111, CJA112, and CJA113 is helpful, but not required. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing.







See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



conditioning, haircutting for men and women, hairstyling both wet

construction and thermal, chemical services such as hair color-

ing/lightening, permanent waving, and curl relaxing. These sessions

hair extensions, hair weaving, long hair styling, hair coloring/lighten-

ing, speed wrap perm, spa facial services, sculptured nails fills and

repairs, problem solving, flat nail art, raised nail art. The students

149

prepare the student to enter the clinic phase of cosmetology. will continue to service clients in salon simulation under instructor

Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program. supervision and further develop techniques, skills, and speed in

performing services, reception desk and dispensary duties training.

COS12 Beauty Culture Theory II Prerequisite: COS11, COS13 and COS15.

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

The clinic level lecture sessions begin to prepare the student to COS18 Beauty Culture Theory V

meet the requirements set by the Oregon Board of Cosmetology for Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

sanitation. Other subjects are introduced to increase background This course is designed to meet the needs of the salon-ready student

information regarding histology of the skin and scalp, the recogni- preparing to take the Oregon Board of Cosmetology certification

tion of diseases and disorders, client/stylist protection, retail sales, exam. There will be a review of safety, sanitation and hygiene,

salon management, chemistry, and the action of products used in followed by written and oral testing over all subjects covered in

hair design. Prerequisite: COS10. previous theory courses. Prerequisite: COS10, COS12, COS14 and

COS16, COS 20 and COS22.

COS13 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic II

Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp COS19 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic V

At the clinic level, students begin taking clients in salon simulation Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

for all hair design services, cleansing and conditioning, haircutting The advanced lab and clinic is designed to review and practice in all

and styling, all chemical services, reception desk and dispensary areas of practical applications performed in COS11-23. Emphasis

duties. The advanced lab sessions include the following subjects; will be on speed, finishing techniques and weekly practice with the

clipper hair cutting, beard trimming, creative techniques in hair color, student’s board model. During this course, the student will com-

and custom perm wrapping. Students perform services under the plete the clock hour requirements, service requirements and the

supervision of instructors and further develop the skills learned in practical evaluation required by the Oregon Board of Cosmetology

previous labs. Prerequisite: COS11. to prepare for the certification exam in Salem, OR. Prerequisite:

COS11, COS13, COS15, COS17, COS21 and COS23.

COS14 Beauty Culture Theory III

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp COS20 Beauty Culture Theory VI

This lecture series continues the chemistry of hair structure and Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su

cosmetics used in hair design chemical services such as; permanent Theses lecture sessions concentrate on the beginning background

waving, chemical relaxing, and hair color. The introduction of cor- information necessary for Nail Technology students to prepare

rective hair-color and artistry in hairstyling, as well as, the review of for participation in the cosmetology clinic/lab sessions. Subjects

terminology for; sanitation, bacteriology, and diseases and disorders include; client preparation and protection, safety, sanitation, hy-

of the skin and hair. Prerequisite: COS10 and COS12. giene, professional ethics, recognition of nail disorders, theory of

massage, Oregon Administrative Rules, OSHA, and MSDS. This

COS15 Beauty Culture Lb and Clinic III course also includes manicure and pedicure procedures, the use

Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp and care of equipment/implements, and the materials used by a

Nail Technician. This course prepares the student for the Oregon

The clinic level students are working on self-promotion and gaining

Nail Technician certification exam. Prerequisite: Admission into

request clients in salon simulation for all hair design, facial technol-

the Cosmetology program.

ogy, and nail technology services. The clinic level student participates

in reception desk and dispensary duty training. The advanced lab

sessions include the following subjects; foil and paper weave hair COS21 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic VI

color techniques, longhair specialty wraps for permanent waving, Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Su

soft edge and texture cutting techniques, artistic and special occa- The pre-clinic nail technology lab sessions employ demonstration

sion hair styling. Prerequisite: COS11 and COS13. and practical application of the following subjects; procedures and

techniques used in manicuring and pedicuring services, reflexology

COS16 Beauty Culture Theory IV massage, sculptured nails with forms and tips, nail repair, silk wraps,

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp and gel nails. This course includes the use of equipment, implements

and materials used in Nail Technology, including the electric rotary

The study of corrective hair coloring/lightening, permanent wav-

file and airbrush. Emphasis is placed on the observance of safety

ing, and the chemistry of the hair structure will be covered in this

and sanitation for protection of the client and student. This course

course as well as a review of terminology and practices of all sub-

includes an introduction to Facial Technology. Prerequisite: Admis-

jects covered in Beauty Culture Theory I-III. Prerequisite: COS10,

sion into the Cosmetology program.

COS12 and COS14.



COS17 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic IV COS22 Beauty Culture Theory VII

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

The pre-clinic facial technology lecture sessions concentrate on the

The lab/clinic sessions include demonstrations by the instructors

beginning background information necessary for students to prepare

and the practice by students with mannequins and/or models in the

for participation in the clinic/lab sessions. Subjects include; client

following areas: hairstyling finishing techniques, corn row braiding,

preparation and protection, safety, sanitation, hygiene, professional

ethics, recognition of skin types and disorders, theory of massage,

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





150 and Oregon Administrative Rules. This course also includes the

use of electric facial equipment, and the study of electricity and

light therapy. This course prepares the student for the Oregon

Programming

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

The second course of a three term sequence. Introduction to

Facial Tech. certification exam. Prerequisite: Admission into the problem solving via algorithm design, data structures, and computer

Cosmetology program. programming using a current computer language. Emphasis is placed

on structured programming methods. Surveys common algorithms

COS23 Beauty Culture Lb and Clinic VII for data manipulation, searching and sorting. Prerequisite: CS105

Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/W or equivalent; or consent of instructor. Co-requisite: CS125PDF.

The pre-clinic Facial Technology lab sessions employ demonstra- Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

tion followed by supervised practice in the development of skills

in facial services including; analysis of the skin, cleansing of the CS125 Software Application

skin, facial massage, facial treatments, superfluous hair removal by Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

waxing, brow arching, lash and brow coloring, make-up selection One-credit-hour courses under this number examine the historical

and application. Emphasis is placed on safety and sanitation for the development, basic concepts, features, uses, costs, and benefits of

students and clients while preparing for and performing services. various software packages. Students will get hands-on experience

An introduction to nail technology is included in this course. Pre- with the specific software package covered in the course. Maximum

requisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program. of 12 hours may be taken for credit, unless otherwise specified in

curriculum. No duplication. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writ-

CS90 Computer Applications ing, Math.

Credits 1 (1 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

This class is for first-time computer users. The assignments acquaint CS125CSF Web Pages and CSS

the user with the basics of a personal computer and Windows, gets Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp

them into using email, has them use a Web browser and shows This course explores the concepts and current details of Cascad-

them basic search techniques using a Web browser. It is suggested ing Style Sheets and the future of formatting HTML documents.

that the student be able to type 20wpm or take BT11F, BT11S or Included are discussions of why or why not CSS, selectors, specificity

BT121. This will help the student to complete the lab work within a and inheritance, colors and graphics, font specifications, managing

reasonable amount of time. Proficiency Needed: Reading.Proficiency interlinked files and directories, and browser variations. Prereq-

Needed: Reading. uisite: CS125HTS, Intermediate HTML, or equivalent knowledge.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS105 Computing Fundamentals /

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp CS125DRF Beginning Dreamweaver

This course discusses computer technology and how this technology Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W/Sp

is used in business, industry and at home. Emphasis is placed on An introductory course which covers the basics of creating web

evaluating work-related and personal situations, and then determin- pages (“writing” HTML) with an HTML editor, and the specifics of

ing how software and computer-based systems can best be used the software package Dreamweaver, in a PC environment. Topics

to solve problems. The ethical, social and political implications of include: creating pages with lists, simple tables. in-line graphics, links

current and potential use are discussed. Students use the internet to (absolute and relative), backgrounds and colors, fonts and text sizes.

research these topics. Co-requisite: CS105L. Proficiency Needed: Prerequisite: CSX30IN, Beginning Internet, and experience with

Reading, Writing, Math. Note: You must have already completed Windows, required. Experience with HTML strongly recommended.

CS105L, or enroll in a section of CS105L that begins the first week Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

of the term.

CS125DRS Intermediate Dreamweaver

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The second course which covers the operation and use of the

Students will use email and a web browser, and portions of a com- software package, Dreamweaver, to create HTML web pages in a

monly-used Windows-based suite of office products. The emphasis PC environment. Topics include frames, forms, layers and simple

is on becoming proficient in the basics of the package and to un- JavaScript objects (such as ‘mouse-overs’). The Dreamweaver

derstand how and where each product can best be used to solve capabilities to create templates, maintain or manage a web site

a problem. Students use skills to solve problems typically found in (including FTP) will also be explored. Prerequisite: CS125DRF or

business, industry and at home. The specific portions used are word the equivalent required. Experience with writing HTML strongly

processing, spreadsheets, presentations, and integration of these recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

products, including searching for data on the internet and adding

it to various documents. Prerequisite: CS90, or pass the CS105

Placement exam, which tests the ability to use email, the Internet, CS125DRT Advanced Dreamweaver

and work with a current Windows operating system. Suggested Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W/Sp

typing speed of 20 wpm (or take BT11F, BT11S, or BT121.) Students The third course which covers the operation and use of the software

will be assessed for essential computer skills the first session of lab.

Information regarding the computer assessment exam is available

in the Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.



CS106 Computing Fundamentals: Structured

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



package Dreamweaver, to create HTML web pages, in a PC environ-

ment. Topics include utilizing Dreamweaver as the central point to

pull various graphic elements together, augmenting Dreamweaver

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F

The third course on Flash (Macromedia.) Course will cover the

basics of action scripting, but real basis for creating user interac-

151

with Macromedia extensions, and deeper explorations of topics tive web pages. Prerequisite: CS125FLS, or equivalent knowledge

introduced in the beginning and intermediate classes. Prerequisite: is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125DRS or the equivalent required. Experience with writing

HTML, CS125FLF and CS125FWF, are strongly recommended.

CS125FWF Beginning Fireworks

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W/Sp

A beginning class which introduces the concepts and techniques of

CS125DWF Web Pages and Databases digital image creation, manipulation and editing of bitmapped and

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp vector graphics using Fireworks in a PC Windows environment.

An in-depth class which investigates the interaction between data- Topics covered include selection tools/methods, layers and layer

bases and web sites, for on-line access, often used in Intranets. This manipulation (duplication, delete, merge, creating new), rotating,

course includes examples and discussions of interfacing web sites flipping, resizing, changing canvas size, editing (cut, copy, paste),

with various types of databases, an exploration of common problems graphics tools (erase, pen, cloning, zoom), and color selection (fore-

and solutions, and utilizes a popular database for various exercises. ground, background.) In addition, a discussion of various graphic file

Prerequisite: CS133PF and CS125ACF/S/T, Access, and CS125VBF, types, compression techniques, file sizes, appropriate choices and

and either CSX30GF, Beginning UNIX/Linux Operating System or scanner demonstration/discussions are also included. Prerequisite:

CSX32WP. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. Some experience with Windows or Macintosh, basic file manage-

ment is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125EPF E-Portfolio Development

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp CS125FWS Intermediate Fireworks

A course which explores the concepts, basics and techniques of Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W

creating and maintaining an electronic portfolio. We will analyze An intermediate class which continues the exploration into concepts

various portfolio sites, develop a personal portfolio site goal and and techniques of digital image creation, manipulation and editing of

plan for development and implementation. We will also explore bitmapped and vector graphics using Fireworks in a PC Windows

software available to assist in this type of project. Prerequisite: environment. More depth on layers, palettes, and other tools

CS125DRF, Beginning Dreamweaver, or CS125WEF, Beginning from the beginning class, with a concentration on masks, paths,

Web Publishing, or equivalent experience. Proficiency Needed: and automation. Prerequisite: CS125FWF, Beginning Fireworks,

Reading, Writing, Math. or equivalent experience is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Writing, Math.

CS125FLF Beginning Flash

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W/Sp CS125FWT Advanced Fireworks

An introductory course which covers the basics of using Flash Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W

(Macromedia) to add special effects to web sites, such as sound An advanced class which continues the exploration into concepts

effects, MP3 streaming audio, animations, interactive graphic im- and techniques of digital image creation, manipulation and editing of

ages and innovative interfaces for navigation. Course will cover the bitmapped and vector graphics using Fireworks in a PC Windows

basic drawing tools, layers, frames, motion and shape tweening. environment. More depth on beginning and intermediate topics, with

Prerequisite: CSX30IN, Beginning Internet or the equivalent; and emphasis on live animations, buttons (including rollovers), pop-up

experience with Windows, required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, menus, and slicing. Prerequisite: CS125FWF, Beginning Fireworks,

Writing, Math. and CS125FWS, Intermediate Fireworks, or equivalent experience

is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125FLP ActionScripting in Flash

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F CS125GWF Graphics for the Web

A beginning exploratory course in ActionScripting, the programming Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

language that is used within Flash. Students will learn the basic Flash This course introduces tips and techniques for graphics preparation

commands that may be “attached” to events or frames, that make for efficient usage in web environments. Included are discussions

Flash user interactive. The concepts of the scripting language and of graphic formats (gif, transparent gifs, jpg and png), image touch-

specific commands will be developed. Prerequisite: CS125PDF and ups, optimizing, creating background tiles, navigational graphics,

CS125FLT. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. transparent gifs, and image maps, scanning issues and graphic soft-

ware. Prerequisite: CS125PSF, Beginning PhotoShop or equivalent.

CS125FLS Intermediate Flash Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W

A second course which expands on the basics of Flash (Macro- CS125HTF Beginning HTML

media.) Course will cover more on shape tweening with ‘hints’,

sound, navigational aids, buttons, scenes, and asset management.

Prerequisite: CS125FLF, or the equivalent knowledge is required.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.



CS125FLT Advanced Flash





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





152 Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

An introductory course into creating Web pages using HTML.

Topics include: What it means to publish on the Web (cyberspace,

CS125PDF Beginning Program Design

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

A beginning class which introduces the concepts and some

Web presence, design principles, structure and navigation, audience techniques to design computer programs. One technique will be

and announcing your presence), HTML concepts and HTML text primarily text-based (i.e. pseudocode) and another a graphical

styles and formatting, URL’s and links, lists, images, scanned images technique (such as flowcharting.) Included will be discussions of the

and backgrounds/textures. Prerequisite: CS125WEF, Beginning fundamental control structures (sequence, selection and repetition),

Web Publishing and CSX30IN, Beginning Internet; or equivalent and the primary steps of problem definition, algorithm development

knowledge. Some experience with Windows file management is and testing. Prerequisite: Some experience with Windows, basic file

also required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. management and some application program. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125HTS Intermediate HTML

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp CS125PSF Beginning PhotoShop

An intermediate course on Web Pages, their design & creation, using Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

HTML. Topics include: an in-depth discussion into the ramifications A beginning class which introduces the concepts and techniques

of publishing on the Web, (cyberspace, Web presence, design of digital image manipulation and editing using PhotoShop in a

principles, structure and navigation, audience and announcing your PC Windows environment. Topics covered include selection

presence), HTML image maps (sensitive images), creating tables tools/methods, layers and layer manipulation (duplication, delete,

and advanced formatting (including nested tables.) Prerequisite: merge, creating new), rotating, flipping, resizing, changing canvas

CS125HTF, Beginning HTML, or equivalent knowledge is required. size, editing (cut, copy, paste), graphics tools (erase, pen, cloning,

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. zoom), color selection (foreground, background). In addition, a

discussion of various graphic file types, compression techniques, file

CS125HTT Advanced HTML sizes, appropriate choices and scanner demonstration/discussions

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp are also included. Prerequisite: Some experience with Windows or

An advanced course on Web Pages, their design & creation, using Macintosh, basic file management is required. Proficiency Needed:

HTML. Topics include: frames, creating forms (buttons, radio but- Reading, Writing, Math.

tons, checkboxes, text fields, pull-down menus, etc) which make

web pages interactive, an introduction into scripting, discussion CS125PSS Intermediate PhotoShop

of Java and JavaScript, MS Extensions, and future trends in HTML Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

and browser development. Prerequisite: CS125HTS, Intermediate An intermediate class which continues the exploration into con-

HMTL, or equivalent knowledge is required. Proficiency Needed: cepts and techniques of digital image manipulation and editing using

Reading, Writing, Math. PhotoShop in a PC Windows environment. More depth on layers,

palettes, and other tools from the beginning class, with a concen-

CS125JSF Beginning Javascript tration on colors, paths, and channels. Prerequisite: CS125PSF,

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp Beginning PhotoShop, or the equivalent knowledge is required.

Introduces the fundamentals of creating dynamic HTML documents Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

using JavaScript. Topics include: variables & data types, syntax,

objects, functions (built-in and user-defined), embedding JavaScript CS125PST Advanced PhotoShop

scripts into HTML documents, LiveConnect, and security tips and Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W

concerns. Prerequisite: CS125HTF, Beginning HTML, CS125HTS, An Advanced project-oriented class which continues the exploration

Intermediate HTML, CS125HTT, Advanced HTML, and CS125PDF, into advanced concepts and techniques of digital image manipulation

Beginning Program Design; or the equivalent. Proficiency Needed: and editing using PhotoShop in a PC Windows environment. More

Reading, Writing, Math. depth on techniques and concepts introduced in the beginning and

intermediate classes, with an emphasis on tips and ‘tricks’. Prereq-

CS125JSS Intermediate JavaScript uisite: CS125PSS, Intermediate Photoshop or equivalent knowledge

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Expands on the fundamentals of creating dynamic HTML documents

using JavaScript. Topics include: more on forms and data validation, CS125UDF Beginning UltraDev

managing frames with JavaScript, advanced windowing, and web page Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp

problem solving using JavaScript. Prerequisite: CS125JSF, Beginning A course which explores the basics of Macromedia’s UltraDev

JavaScript. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. software, an ‘addition’ to Dreamweaver, which assists the creation

of web pages linked to live databases. This includes the creation

CS125MCI Overview/Macintosh Application of the dynamic web page, remote database connectivity and user

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F authentication, among other features. Prerequisite: CS125DRF, Be-

This course is designed to provide students with the basics of the ginning Dreamweaver, CS125DRS, Intermediate Dreamweaver, and

Macintosh computer platform. An overview of functions, tools, and CS125ACF, Beginning Access; or equivalent experience. Proficiency

methods will be presented along with an emphasis on the special- Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ized computer-related vocabulary. Participants will learn cross

application techniques that will serve them in future Macintosh

computer-based courses. Proficiency Needed: Reading.





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions





CS125VBF Beginning VB Script

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course is intended for students who want to create interac-

Writing, Math.



CS125WSU UNIX Web Servers

153

tive Web content. Topics include: fundamentals of Microsoft Visual Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su

Basic Script, creating client-side applications and interfacing with This course explores the installation, configuration, and administra-

Web browsers like Microsoft Internet Explorer. Prerequisite: tion of popular web server packages for Unix operating systems.

CS125HTT, Advanced HTML, and CS125PDF, Beginning Program Included will be discussions and/or exercises on server concepts,

Design; or equivalent knowledge. Proficiency Needed: Reading, personal vs. network servers, security, restricting access, user

Writing, Math. authentication, log files, product comparisons, redirection, mime

types, and CGI issues. Prerequisite: CSX30GF Beginning UNIX/

CS125WBF Web Site Development Linux Operating Systems, and CS125HTT, Advanced HTML, and

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W CS133PF, Beginning CGI with PERL; or equivalent. Proficiency

A course intended to explore the concepts and concerns of de- Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

veloping a web site, including a series of development phases to

appropriately address needs of clients (companies) and users. Also CS133JA JAVA - Design & Programming

includes: file maintenance and management, controlling access by Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W

various authors, task management, and web testing. Course work JAVA is a new programming language, similar to C++, used for

includes team activities. Prerequisite: CS125HTS, Intermediate internet applications. This course concentrates on the design of the

HTML or CS125DRS, Intermediate Dreamweaver; and CS125WDF, applications, and the basic programming and debugging techniques.

Web Page Design; or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Co-requisite: CS125PDF, Beginning Programming Design, or must

Writing, Math. be reasonably fluent in Windows (any flavor) and have done some

programming (any current language.) Proficiency Needed: Reading,

CS125WDF Web Page Design Writing, Math.

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

Introduces the fundamentals of creating well-designed, professional CS133PF Beginning CGI Programming with PERL

web sites and HTML documents. Topics include: examination and Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

analysis of various sites, user interface design, controlling page An introductory course which includes topics on CGI program-

layout, rendering type, strategies for personal, business and link- ming including: security, file handling and form data (from HTML

ing sites, structured layout, style sheets and trends. Prerequisite: documents) handling. Explores common CGI applications such

CSX30IN, Beginning Internet Access or equivalent knowledge; as mail and counter programs. Introductory PERL requirements

CS125HTS, Intermediate HTML or CS125DRS, Intermediate and specifications for input/output, variables, and various control

Dreamweaver; and some experience with Windows, the Internet, structures are explored. Prerequisite: CS125HTF, Introduction to

and a web browser is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, HTML, CS125HTS, Intermediate HTML, CS125HTT, Advanced

Writing, Math. HTML, and CS125PDF, Beginning Program Design; or the equivalent.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125WEF Beginning Web Publishing

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp CS133PS Intermediate CGI Programming with PERL

An introductory course that explores various programs and tech- Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

niques involved in web publishing, including HTML editors, transfer An intermediate course which expands on CGI & PERL programming

software (FTP), Save As HTML, and templates. Also included are topics introduced in the introductory course. In addition, topics will

discussions on selecting an IS, file organization, DHTML, XML and include more depth on PERL, advanced file handling requirements,

other emerging technologies. Prerequisite: CSX30IN, Beginning discussion/analysis of CGI Library and Server-side Includes, PERL

Internet, or equivalent knowledge. Proficiency Needed: Reading, commands for functions and subroutines. Prerequisite: CS133PF or

Writing, Math. the equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.



CS125WSN NT Web Servers CS133SQL Introduction to SQL

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This course explores the installation, configuration and administra- SQL (Structured Query Language) is used to get information to and

tion of popular web server packages for NT operating systems. from a database application. We cover database design, creating it

Included will be discussions and/or exercises on server concepts, with SQL, Maintaining the data and extracting answers. Prerequisite:

personal vs. network servers, security, restricting access, user Must be reasonably fluent in Windows (any flavor) and have done

authentication, log files, product comparisons, redirection, mime some programming (any current language.) Proficiency Needed:

types, and CGI issues. Prerequisite: CSX30NA, Beginning Win- Reading, Writing, Math.

dows NT Workstation or CSX32F, Beginning Windows Operating

systems; and CS125HTT, Advanced HTML, and CS133PF, Begin-

ning CGI with PERL; or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

CS133VB Introduction to MS Visual Basic Programming

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

This course is for programmers and for developers experienced in

procedural languages who wish to begin developing applications us-

ing Microsoft Visual Basic (VB). Students will learn capabilities of the

Visual Basic programming system, capabilities of the development





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





154 environment, and common programming techniques required to

create simple, useful applications using VB. At course completion,

students will be able to describe the event-driven programming

Introduction to fundamental concepts of computer science. Problem

solving, algorithm and program design, data types, control struc-

tures, subprograms. This course is primarily designed for Computer

model of VB, perform general programming operations of VB, oper- Science majors and those working on a minor in computers. Pre-

ate VB, manage multiple projects of VB, and develop a simple applica- requisite: MTH111 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:

tion using VB. Prerequisite: Understanding of Microsoft Windows Reading, Writing, Math.

and sound knowledge of procedural programming. Knowledge of

fundamental principles of program design is strongly recommended. CS162 Computer Science II

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

Introduction to software design, use of a variety of data structures,

CS133XML Introduction to XML data abstraction, recursion. Application of recursion in software

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F design, program correctness, verification and testing. Students will

Students will be given an overview of XML and its usage in today’s write a substantial computer program during the term. Prerequi-

Internet applications such as Business-to-Business eCommerce site: CS161 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

data exchanges, browsers, and data exchanges between com- Writing, Math.

mon programs. Students will write code to use XML (eXtensible

Markup Language) to move both the data and the description of CS233JA JAVA-Advanced Topics/Programmers

the data between applications. Prerequisite: from easy to more Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (odd years)

complicated: 1) basic familiarity with web-based browsers (e.g.

JAVA topics covered: file I/O, object serialization; versioning; multi-

Internet Explorer or Netscape); 2) be familiar with the basics of

threading; advanced AWT; JAVA beans; internationalization; native

HTML, either by experience or taking CS125HTF; 3) introductory

methods; and debugging. JAVA is changing rapidly, and the topic mix

knowledge of databases, preferably in Access. Proficiency Needed:

is likely to be updated regularly. Prerequisite: A first course in JAVA

Reading, Writing, Math.

(CS107 or CS133JA) or equivalent experience. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing, Math.

CS140 Introduction to Operating Systems

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp CS233VB Intermediate Microsoft Visual Basic Program

CS140 introduces students to the history, terminology, functions, ming

and uses of various operating systems. These concepts are taught Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

with hands-on activities utilizing Windows, DOS and UNIX-based

This course serves as an intermediate course for students who

operating systems. The course covers general operating system

have learned the fundamentals of Visual Basic programming. It will

concepts, data storage concepts, directory structure and naviga-

provide opportunity for the student to practice and reinforce basic

tion, file creation and manipulation, file processing, redirection, file

skills as well as develop new ones. The emphasis will be on writing

access, communication tools, and printing. The course approaches

business applications in a business environment using Visual Basic.

these concepts from a user point-of-view, not from a systems ar-

At course completion, students will be able to develop, test, and

chitecture or administration viewpoint. Successful completion of

deploy applications using a variety of the features of the Visual Basic

this course meets any CSX20JF (Beginning PC Operating Systems)

language. Students will be prepared for the in-depth exploration of

and or CSX30GF (Beginning UNIX/Linux Operating System) pro-

Visual Basic language features in Advanced Visual Basic (CS234VB).

gram requirement. Prerequisite: CS105 and CS105L, or equivalent

(May not be taken for credit by students with credit for CS199C

computer science vocabulary and concepts. Proficiency Needed:

prior to Fall, 1999.) Prerequisite: CS133VB, CS106, or instructor

Reading, Math.

permission based on student familiarity with Visual Basic and knowl-

edge of the fundamentals of event-driven programming using Visual

CS144 Problem Solving Methodologies Basic. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

This course typically explores various problem solving techniques CS234JA JAVA - Networking Topics for Programmers

and methodologies. It introduces students to the application of those Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (even years)

techniques in various environments. Includes discussions of the vari-

JAVA topics covered: servers; clients and thin clients; two and

ous stages of problem solving, thought processes, team solutions,

three tier applications; database connectivity (JDBC); SQL; remote

documenting, testing and evaluating solutions. Some experience

method invocation (RMI); applets and servlets; COM/DCOM;

with applications software is recommended. Proficiency Needed:

security. JAVA is changing rapidly, and the topic mix is likely to be

Reading, Writing, Math.

updated regularly. Prerequisite: A first course in JAVA (CS107 or

CS133JA) or equivalent experience. Suggested: CS140 (Intro to

CS145 Consulting and Recommending Systems Operating Systems) and CSX30H (Local Area Networks), only to

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W become acquainted with the terminology. Note: CS233JA is not a

This course specifies criteria for selecting hardware and software prerequisite. These two courses are at the same level and can be

and provides student practice in developing and critiquing a comput- taken in either sequence. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

er applications plan. Prerequisite: 2nd year CAS standing or consent

of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. CS234VB Advanced Microsoft Visual Basic Programming

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

CS161 Computer Science I This course is for developers who have experience using Micro-

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F soft Visual Basic and who want to gain a thorough background

in programming skills using Visual Basic. Students gain a detailed

understanding of the features and capabilities of the Microsoft

See page 126 for explanation of proficiencyVisual Basic programming systems and the concepts needed to

and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



write sophisticated event-driven graphical programs for Microsoft

Windows. At course completion, students will be able to build ap-

plications using multiple forms, dynamic controls and menus, on-line

ware, software. Review of suppliers of phone equipment, local and

long-distance carriers, rate structures, and voice/data consider-

ations. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

155

help, DDE and ActiveX, interface with custom controls and DLLs,

and optimize VB features and capabilities for their environment. CSX20Z Computer Upgrading/Maintenance

(May not be taken for credit by students with credit for CS233VB Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

prior to Fall, 1999.) Prerequisite: CS233VB (CSS199C prior to Fall,

This course is designed to enable students to solve simple computer

1999) or equivalent experience using Microsoft Windows high-level

hardware problems. Procedures for identifying, ordering, and install-

tools that demonstrates language programming proficiency and

ing computer components are covered. Simple DOS commands

understanding of the event-driven programming model. Proficiency

are used to implement CD-ROM access to install Windows 95 on

Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

a newly formatted hard drive. Some Internet access is necessary

to complete assignments. Prerequisite: Basic understanding of

CS244 Introduction to Systems Analysis computer terms and vocabulary.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

A study of information processing. Students will design, implement CSX30F Beginning Windows Operating Systems

and evaluate systems that are similar to existing systems in business

and industry. Prerequisite: Second year CAS standing or equivalent.

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W/Sp

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Covers task bar, short cuts, use of the explorer, configuring the

desktop settings, my computer, use of the control panel, and tips

CS260 Data Structures for making Windows easier to use. Prerequisite: Any beginning

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp computer class (CS90, CS105, CSX20J), or equivalent personal

Data abstraction with formal specification. Elementary algorithm experience. Proficiency Needed: Writing, Math.

analysis. Basic concepts of data and its representation inside the

computer. Linear, linked, and orthogonal lists; tree structures. Data CSX30GF Beginning UNIX/Linux Operating System

structures are implemented as abstractions. Sorting and search

strategies. Data management. Prerequisite: CS162 or consent of

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp

instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

This course is a hands-on, application-based course, which uses

Linux to introduce students to the family of UNIX-based operating

CSX13 Writing Documentation systems. The course covers general operating system concepts,

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W directory structure and navigation, file creation and manipulation,

This course is designed to provide practice in writing user docu- file processing, redirection, file access, communication tools, print-

mentation for existing software. Suggested prerequisite: Some ing, and how to configure your operating system environment. The

Word Processing course work or experience. Proficiency Needed: course approaches these concepts from a user point of view; not

Reading, Writing, Math. from a systems architecture or administration viewpoint. Prerequi-

site: CS105 and CS105L or equivalent computer science vocabulary

CSX20B Hardware/Software Team Project and concepts. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.

Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

The student and instructor will design a specific learning and/or CSX30GS Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System

practice experience and implement it. Instructor signature is Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp

required. Prerequisite: Second year CAS standing. Proficiency A hands-on, application-based course, which uses Linux to teach

Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. more advanced UNIX-based operating system concepts. The course

teaches students file processing techniques and commands, and

CSX20JI Intermediate PC Operating System and introduces file processing languages such as sed and awk. Students

Utilities will also learn how to create shell scripts to automate various

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp user and administrative tasks. Prerequisite: CSX30GF, Beginning

UNIX/Linux Operating Systems, or equivalent knowledge and skill.

This is a hands-on, application-based course, which uses MS-DOS

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.

to teach more advanced operating system concepts and skills. The

course teaches students file processing techniques and commands.

Students will also learn how to create batch files to automate CSX30GT Advanced UNIX/Linux Operating System

various user and administrative tasks. Prerequisite: CSX20JF, or

CS140, or equivalent knowledge and skill. Proficiency Needed: Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Reading, Writing, Math. A hands-on, application-based course which uses Linux to teach

advanced UNIX-based operating systems concepts. The course

CSX20PH Telecommunications Overview teaches students operating system installation, and administration.

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W/Sp This course covers system security issues, system configuration,

Introduction to telecommunications concepts, terminology, hard- understanding the system boot sequence and installing and con-

figuring software including the XWindows graphical user interface

for Linux. Prerequisite: CSX30GS, Intermediate UNIX/Linux

Operating System, or equivalent knowledge and skill. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Math.





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





156 CSX30H LAN - Local Area Networks

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

CSX30IS Internet Security

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

This course is designed to introduce the student to an overview An introductory course which covers the broad conceptual areas

of networks, in particular LANs. Included is a hands-on lab time of web, host and site security and explores current security stan-

that will set up computers to be network compatible, make cables dards. This class introduces various security related concepts, such

necessary for LAN construction and will create 3 different LAN as trusted systems, encryption, protecting intellectual property,

environments. The OSI model for data transfer is covered and cryptography, digital IDs, and electronic commerce. In addition,

particular attention is paid to TCP/IP. Students will learn how to it covers specific UNIX concerns and features of various related

use ping and traceroute for troubleshooting purposes. An overview systems and software. Prerequisite: CSX30GF, Beginning UNIX

of WANs and job opportunities in the networking market will be V/LINUX Operating Systems. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writ-

explored. Prerequisite: Knowledge of general computer science ing, Math.

vocabulary and concepts (CS105 or equivalent.) Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Math. CSX30NF Network Fundamentals: CISCO I

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

CSX30HD Help-Desk Software This class follows the CISCO Networking Academy Semester I

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp curriculum. Industry standards and the OSI model are covered as

An introductory course in required and innovative computer well as network topologies, basic network design, IP addressing and

software tools that help manage requests for end-user support, subnet masks, and structure cabling solutions in a LAN environ-

resolve problems in a timely fashion and provide charge-back ment. Prerequisite: Beginning knowledge of the Microsoft Windows

analysis. Various pieces of software will be examined for features environment and the Internet, or consent of instructor. Proficiency

such as logging and tracking incoming calls, assigning and forwarding Needed: Reading, Math.

calls, audit trail, escalations, notification and follow-up, standard re-

porting, guided-help systems, and “gathered knowledge” or expert CSX30NFS Router Configuration: CISCO 2

systems; some systems may also include inventory, configuration and Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/W

purchasing modules. Instructor signature is required. Proficiency

This class follows the CISCO Networking Academy Semester 2

Needed: Reading.

curriculum. Router technology and configuration are covered as

well as IOS, TCP/IP and IP addressing. Router components, startup,

CSX30HS Novell System Management setup, configuration and protocols are major content. Prerequisite:

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp CSX30NF. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.

This course teaches students the skills needed to effectively manage

a NetWare 5 network. Topics covered include setting up computers CSX30NFT LAN Design: CISCO 3

to connect to servers, directory structure and use, creating and Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/Sp

managing user accounts, file management and security, printing,

This class follows the CISCO Networking Academy Semester 3 cur-

login scripts and administration tools like Z.E.N. works. Teaching

riculum. Topics include switching, VLAN, LAN Design, IGRP, Access

methods include hands-on-training, lecture, and worksheets. Pre-

Lists, and IPX. The predominant assignment is the threaded case

requisite: CSX20JF or CS140; or a working knowledge of the DOS

study, woven throughout the semester. Prerequisite: CSX30NFS.

operating system. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.

CSX30IF Internet Firewalls

CSX30NFW WAN Design: CISCO 4

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/Sp

An introductory course which covers the basics of building firewalls

This class follows the CISCO Networking Academy semester 4

which prevent unauthorized access on the Internet. This course will

curriculum. Topics include WAN Design, PPP, ISDN, and frame

identify various types of firewalls (dual-homed gateway, screened

relay. A review for the CCNA exam is also included, and as with se-

host gateways, and other topologies), basic concerns, firewall soft-

mester 3, a threaded case study is woven throughout. Prerequisite:

ware (CERN, SOCKS and the Firewall Toolkit), server locations,

CSX30NFT; or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.

and concerns and possible solutions. It explores various approaches

and architectures and configuring various Internet services (telnet,

ftp) to work within a firewall system. Prerequisite: CSX30GF, CSX30SR Windows Server Operating System

Beginning UNIX/Linux Operating Systems, and CSX30IS, Internet Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Security; or equivalent experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, (Formerly CSX30NT)

Writing, Math. This course provides a foundation for supporting Microsoft Win-

dows Server operating system including the skills to configure,

CSX30IN Beginning Internet customize, optimize, integrate, and troublehsoot networks. This

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp course is designed for the individual who may become responsible

A practical introduction to using the Internet, including sending for the planning, design, implementation and support of a Windows

and receiving mail, finding and retrieving data, and locating research Server. Topics covered will include the active directory, network-

material. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. ing, security, creating users/groups, the NTFS file system, and

troubleshooting. This course can assist students preparing for the

Microsoft Windows Server exam. Prerequisite: Previous working

knowledge of Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or Windows 2000

Pro is recommended. Fundamental understanding of current

networking technology is preferred. Familiarity with NT Server

is not required, but will facilitate the learning process. Proficiency

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



Needed: Reading, Writing.



***

mounting dental x-ray films; application of safe radiographic tech-

niques for diagnostic purposes; evaluation of films and recognition

of oral landmarks. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH113.

157

DE9 Special Learning Projects DH125 General Pathology

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course handles students special learning needs that may not be Basic pathologic processes, interrelationship of developmental de-

covered in other classes. Consent of instructor required. fects and systemic disease, principles of inflammation, degeneration

and repair. Concurrent registration required in DH123. Not to be

taken out of sequence. Prerequisites: BI121 and BI234.

DH111 Introduction to Dental Hygiene

Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

An introductory course emphasizing the following: professional DH131 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory II

roles and responsibilities, principles of dental health education, eti- Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

ology and management of selected oral conditions, dental deposits, A lecture series providing the theoretical basis for dental hygiene

techniques for assessing general and oral health, patient manage- clinical practice in DH132. A case presentation is required. Prereq-

ment, principles of infection control and professional environmental uisites: “C” or better in DH121 and DH122.

safety. A research paper is required.

DH132 Dental Hygiene Clinic II

DH112 Principles of Clinical Dental Hygiene Credits 3 (9 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F Continuation of DH122, clinical experience in dental hygiene

This course introduces principles of instrument design and applica- therapy. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH122 and DH124. Con-

tion. Techniques will be related to oral anatomy and clinical dental current enrollment in DH131 is required.

hygiene therapy first on manikins, then with lab partners.

DH134 Oral Radiology II

DH113 Dental/Oral Anatomy Credits 2 (1 Lecture- 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Continuation of DH124. Clinical application of radiographic

A lecture and laboratory course on the development, function, techniques for diagnostic purposes and interpretation of films to

eruption, morphology and clinical considerations for both the pri- identify pathology and oral landmarks. Prerequisite: “C” or better

mary and permanent dentitions. The laboratory portion consists of in DH124.

curvature form and identification of all types of teeth.

DH135 Oral Pathology

DH121 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Diseases and disorders of the oral cavity and their interrelationship

A lecture series providing the theoretical basis for dental hygiene with body systems: developmental anomalies of the teeth and jaws,

clinical practice in DH122. A research paper is required. Prereq- manifestations of disease in the oral cavity, head and neck. Prereq-

uisite: “C” or better in DH111, DH112, DH113. uisites: “C” or better in DH122, DH123, and DH125.



DH122 Dental Hygiene Clinic I DH136 Pharmacology

Credits 3 (9 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Clinical experience in basic dental hygiene therapy with emphasis Basic dental pharmacopeia, drug actions and interactions, uses

on patient assessment, oral prophylaxis and patient education of cardiovascular agents, neurological agents, chemotherapeutic

techniques. Prerequisites: BI121, BI234, and “C” or better in DH111, agents, agents affecting the autonomic nervous system. Includes local

DH112, DH113. Concurrent enrollment in DH121 is required. anesthetic agents, emergency drugs and procedures, and chemical

dependencies. Prerequisites: BI121 and BI122.

DH123 Oral Histology/Embryology

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W DH137 Head and Neck Anatomy

Embryology and histology of the teeth, oral and craniofacial struc- Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

tures and histopathology of dental diseases. Prerequisite: “C” or Study of the head and neck from both regional and systemic points

better in DH113. of view. Anatomy will be related to dental and dental hygiene

therapy.

DH124 Oral Radiology I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture – 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W DH211 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory III

Electrophysics of the x-ray machine; exposing, processing and Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

A lecture series providing the theoretical basis for dental hygiene

clinical practice in DH212. Investigates issues related to basic sci-

ence, dental science and social science as they relate to clinical activi-

ties. A research paper is required. Prerequisites: “C” or better in

DH131 and DH132. Concurrent enrollment in DH212 is required.







The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





158 DH212 Dental Hygiene Clinic III

Credits 5 (14 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – F

Continuation of DH132 clinical experience in dental hygiene therapy

requisites: “C” or better in DH211, DH212 and DH213 and DH214.

Concurrent enrollment in DH221 and DH224 is required.



with further emphasis on scaling, debridement, root desensitization, DH223 Public Health and Dental Research

caries prevention and instrument sharpening. Integrates radiograph- Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

ic procedures and analysis in clinical care of patient and provides Presents principles of dental public health and dental research

continuing practice in expanded functions and conservative peri- including design, basic statistical procedures and techniques for

odontal therapy. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH131 and DH132. evaluating research. A research paper is required. Prerequisite:

Concurrent enrollment in DH211 and DH214 is required. “C” or better in DH216.



DH213 Expanded Functions DH224 Periodontology for Dental Hygiene II

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

A lecture and laboratory course which prepares students to per- Continuation of DH214 with a more in-depth study and clinical appli-

form the expanded functions identified in the Oregon State Dental cation of periodontal therapy with emphasis on surgical procedures,

Practice Act. Selected procedures that may be delegated to dental referral, supportive maintenance, chemotherapeutic agents and

hygienists in other licensing jurisdictions will be included. wound healing. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH212 and DH214,

BI234. Concurrent enrollment in DH222 is required.

DH214 Periodontology/Dental Hygiene I

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F DH231 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory V

Study of the pathogenesis of periodontal disease, its clinical manifes- Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

tation, rationale and techniques for periodontal therapy, assessment A lecture series providing the theoretical basis for dental hygiene

of disease activity and patient management. Concepts will be applied clinical practice in DH232. A research paper is required. Prerequi-

in the clinical setting. Prerequisite: BI234. Concurrent enrollment sites: “C” or better in DH221 and DH222.

in DH212 is required.

DH232 Dental Hygiene Clinic V

DH215 Dental Materials Credits 5 (15 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Continuation of DH222 clinical experience. Integrates critical think-

Emphasizes the chemical and physical properties of materials ing and problem solving in assessing and practicing clinical dental hy-

commonly used in dentistry. Professional environmental safety is giene therapy. Includes continuing experience in expanded functions

stressed. and a Mock Board Exam in preparation for licensure examinations.

Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH221 and DH222.

DH216 Community Dental Health

Credits 2 (15 Lecture - 15 Lab Hrs/Term) – F DH233 Ethics and Jurisprudence

Introduces the role of the dental health educator and involves Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

students in community activities as such. Preventive measures are Study of ethics and the law and its application to dentistry and the

explored and methods for teaching prevention in the community practice of dental hygiene. Review of the Oregon State Dental Prac-

include planning, conducting and evaluating health programs and tice Act. A research paper and class presentation are required.

oral health surveys in the community.

DH234 Practice Management and Dental Hygiene Issues

DH217 Local Anesthesia Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 2 (15 Lecture - 15 Lab Hrs/Term) – F Includes resume writing, job search strategies and interviewing

Introduces principles related to local anesthetic injections and skills. Variations in the practice of dental hygiene and dentistry and

provides for the clinical application of techniques. Reviews related avenues for career development will be explored. Personal finance

anatomical, neurophysiological and pharmacological considerations. and taxes will be introduced and current issues in dental hygiene

Prevention and treatment of local and systemic complications of will be investigated.

local anesthesia are stressed.

***

DH221 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory IV

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W EC115 Introduction to Economics

A lecture series providing the theoretical basis for dental hygiene Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

clinical practice in DH222. A research paper is required. Prerequi- An introduction to the basic economic activities of producing,

site: “C” or better in DH211 and DH212. exchanging, consuming, saving, and investment for the purpose

of preparing a student for the utilization of economics to real-life

DH222 Dental Hygiene Clinic IV experiences. This course provides specific examination of the role of

Credits 5 (14 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W economics in the fields of agriculture/natural resources; mechanics

Continuation of DH212 clinical experience. Integrates radiographic and transportation; business and computer technologies; health and

procedures and analysis in clinical care of patients and provides con- human services; engineering technologies; construction and design;

tinuing practice in expanded functions and periodontal therapy. Pre- and communication technologies. The course should not be taken

by Business Administration transfer students. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing, Math.



See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions





EC201 Principles of Economics I (Micro)

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

An introduction to the principles of economics with a focus on

ECE122 Curriculum Methods: Outside Activities in Early

Childhood

Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

159

microeconomics, the behavior of individuals and individual firms. Describes the sequence of large and small muscle development

In this term, the student should learn of: the problem of scarcity in children and presents appropriate curriculum activities for use

and the workings of the market system; how consumers make outside; adaptations presented for inclement weather. Sensory

economic decisions; how business makes economic decisions under integration concepts as a foundation for academic learning will be

conditions of perfect and imperfect competition; how businesses presented. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

and consumers make decisions concerning the labor market. The

course uses an inquiry approach to solve economic mysteries in the ECE123 Early Childhood Literature and Language

world. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or instructor permission.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

This course will focus on language and literacy development in

EC202 Principles of Economics II (Macro) young children. Emphasis will be placed on activities supporting

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/W/Sp literature and language activities appropriate for different stages of

An introduction to the principles of economics with a focus on development. Course may include topics such as book selection,

macroeconomics, the operation of the economy as a whole. In curriculum development, storytelling methods and techniques

this term, the student should learn of: a description of economic for fostering language development in young children. Proficiency

systems and measurement of the U.S. economy; theories of why Needed: Reading, Writing.

the economy operates at the level it does; the use of fiscal (taxation

and spending) policies; the causes of unemployment and inflation, ECE131 Child Development

and how macroeconomic problems might be alleviated. The course

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

uses an inquiry approach to solve economic mysteries in the world.

Prerequisite: EC201 or EC115, or consent of instructor. Proficiency A Beginning course in child development concerned with basic theo-

Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. ries and issues such as growth and development, the history of the

field, and children’s behavior from a developmental perspective for

children birth to 8 years. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

EC203 Principles of Economics III

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp

ECE140 Introduction to Early Childhood Education

An examination of issues and problems in the world from an

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W

economic point of view, utilizing the economic tools learned in the

previous two terms. The student will examine such topics as: the This course introduces the student to the field of early childhood

operation of the world economy, international trade, international education through selected readings, discussions, lectures and

finance problems, energy, transportation, crime, environment, visitations to a variety of child-care and preschool facilities. The

poverty, discrimination, health care, and education. The course history of societal changes and contemporary trends in early child-

uses an inquiry approach to solve economic mysteries in the hood education will be studied. State and federal regulations, the

world. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of EC201, EC202 or availability of community resources and social services, and other

EC115; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, pertinent subjects will be discussed. Career opportunities, and

Writing, Math. personal and professional qualifications for the teacher in early

childhood education will also be discussed. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing.

EC204 International Economics

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

ECE144 Observation of Young Children

This course introduces the student to the principal issues of interna-

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

tional trade and finance. The course begins with a brief comparison

of the economic status and performance among major trading The student will learn to use objective techniques of recording and

nations. Then the course examines alternative trade theories on reporting patterns of growth and development of young children.

protectionism, trade restrictions, trade policies, trade liberalization, Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

free trade agreements (e.g. NAFTA) and labor and capital migra-

tion. Finally the course examines international finance, including ECE145 Techniques of Positive Guidance

exchange rates, interest rates, and monetary policy. This course is Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

designed for those students interested in an in-depth examination This course is designed to familiarize the student with the principles

of international trade and finance. Offered at irregular intervals. of positive guidance. Techniques of guiding behavior will be studied.

Prerequisite: EC115 or EC201 or permission of the instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE147 Infant/Toddler Caregiving

ECE121 Curriculum Methods: Sensory Experiences in Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

Early Childhood An examination of caregiving techniques for infants and toddlers,

Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp with special emphasis on group care practices for this age. This

This course will encourage students to explore the wide variety course will deal with practical aspects of caregiving routines, such

of sensory experiences and materials suitable for use with young as nutrition and feeding, diapering, sleep, etc. Proficiency Needed:

children. Safety, aesthetics and sensory perception will provide the Reading, Writing.

basis for activity choices. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





160 ECE148 Toddler Curriculum

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Developmentally appropriate activities and materials for children in

of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.



ECE245 Guiding Challenging Children

the toddler years - approximately 15 months to 2 1/2 years. Student Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

will explore activity planning, designing the environment, and skill This course will focus on principles and practices of guidance, with

and concept development in the areas of physical/motor, social- young children. Skills in managing large groups and children with

emotional and cognition. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. high needs will be emphasized. Prerequisite: ECE145. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE150 Curriculum: Play

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp ECE246 Parent/Family Relations

The introductory course to a four-part curriculum series, this Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

first course is designed to introduce students to developmentally This course emphasizes building and maintaining positive relation-

appropriate curriculum for young children. This course introduces ships among school, family and community. The student will learn

students to music and movement, arts and crafts, dramatic play to use conferences, family meetings, and other resources as effec-

and sensory exploration activities that will enhance a child’s natural tive methods for fostering cooperation and parent involvement.

development. The course takes a very special practical orientation Prerequisite: Second year ECE student or consent of instructor.

to children’s play as it develops through these experiences. Pre- Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

requisite: ECE140 and concurrent enrollment in WE280CDA; or

instructor permission. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE250 Curriculum: Physical Motor

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

ECE156 Co-op Planning Seminar I-V This course is part two of a four-part series, which studies the

Credits 1 - maximum 5 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp curriculum methods and materials which are appropriate for use

This course is to be taken concurrently with WE280CD. It will with young children. Areas that will be emphasized are activities

focus on issues, concerns, and integrative skills necessary to achieve that support physical development. Appropriate topics such as

appropriate competency levels. Concepts of cooperative planning perceptual motor development (gross and fine motor), outside

of programs and activities for children will be applied. Additional activities, blocks, woodworking, field trips and anti-bias curriculum

emphasis will be placed on self-evaluation, attitude analysis, and value may be included. Emphasis is placed on creating goals and objec-

clarification. Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in WE280CDA tives for typical age ranges and recognizing typical developmental

and consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. domains. Prerequisite: ECE150 or consent of instructor. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE170 Health, Safety and Nutrition

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W ECE251 Curriculum: Social-Emotional

Information on licensing requirements and group care needs of chil- Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

dren from birth to age 8. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. This course is part three of a four-part series which studies the

curriculum methods and materials which are appropriate for use

ECE224 Early Childhood Math and Science with young children. Areas that will be emphasized are activities

Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W that support social-emotional development. Appropriate topics

Methods and materials for developmentally appropriate activities such as social studies, literature, food, nature, self-esteem, dramatic

for children in the areas of math and science. Proficiency Needed: play, conflict resolution, peer relationships and anti-bias curriculum

Reading, Writing. may be included. Emphasis is placed on writing goals for individual

children. Prerequisite: ECE250 or consent of instructor. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE231 Child Development: Theory to Practice



Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

ECE252 Curriculum: Cognition

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

An advanced course in child development concerned with theories

and issues of growth, development, and children’s behavior from This course is part four of a four-part series that studies the cur-

an applied perspective. The course will focus on how appropriate riculum methods and materials which are appropriate for use with

teaching and care giving relies on knowledge of developmental young children. Areas that will be emphasized are activities that

theory. Prerequisite: ECE131 or instructor permission. Proficiency support cognitive development in young children. Appropriate

Needed: Reading, Writing. topics such as creative problem solving, literacy, math, inquiry, sci-

ence, listening, writing and speaking experiences may be included

as well as helping children develop anti-bias critical thinking skills.

ECE244 Observation for Curriculum Development Emphasis is placed on writing goals and objectives for clusters of

children and total group settings. Prerequisite: ECE251 or consent

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The focus of this course is on individualized teaching through

in-depth knowledge of the child. Students will make and evaluate

teaching decisions based on observations. The emphasis is on using

observation to build curriculum. Prerequisite: ECE144 or consent







See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions





ECE253 Early Childhood Environments

Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

This course explores how the design and organization of indoor

tive tutoring strategies for adult learners. The course covers tutor

roles and responsibilities, adult learning theories, techniques for

conducting productive tutoring sessions, questioning and active

161

and outdoor areas influence the behavior and development of listening techniques, study skills and learning strategies, learning

young children. Prerequisite: Second year ECE student or consent differences, ethics, and appropriate referral processes. Prerequisite:

of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Employment in the MHCC Learning Assistance Center or instructor

permission required.

ECE260 Values and Issues in Early Childhood Education

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp ED130 Classroom Management

Survey of current issues in the profession using values clarification Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

strategies. Classroom dynamics, community ties and proficiency ad- Provides a foundation in comprehensive classroom management

vocacy will be examined. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. theory and application related to emotional education, management

techniques and problem solving for effectively handling unproductive

student behaviors in the classroom, the cafeteria, assemblies, on

ED120A, ED120B, ED120C Leadership I the playground, and on field trips. Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B,

ED230 and ED260. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 1,2,3 (0,1,2 Lecture - 1 Seminar Hrs/Wk) – F

This course will provide learners with a foundation of leadership ED200 Introduction to Education

theory and will examine a variety of leadership skills essential for

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

facilitating change. Learners will examine their current competence

in a variety of leadership skills, including leadership style, commu- This course is designed to provide an introductory overview to the

nication, critical thinking and problem analysis. Learners will have philosophical, historical, and sociological foundations of education.

opportunities to develop and improve these skills through reflection, The course will investigate issues prominent in education today

practice and application. Instructor permission is required. including teaching methods, school resources, staff relations, staff

and curriculum patterns, authority and discipline, and the law and

ethics. Public and private school organization will be discussed and

ED121A, ED121B, ED121C Leadership II careers in education will be explored. This course is recommended

Credits 1,2,3 (0,1,2 Lecture - 1 Seminar Hrs/Wk) – W for anyone considering a career in teaching. Proficiency Needed:

This course will assist learners to expand their set of leadership Reading, Writing.

skills essential for facilitating change. Learners will examine their

current competence regarding a variety of leadership skills, including ED209A, ED209B, Education Theory and Practicum

small group dynamics, diversity, mentoring, motivation, coaching,

Credits 1-2 (3,6 Lab Hrs/Wk – 6 Seminar Hrs/Term) - F/W/Sp

problem analysis and planning. Learners will have opportunities to

develop and improve these skills through reflection, practice and This course is designed to address critical issues in education and to

application. Instructor permission is required. give students experience in schools as observers and participants.

Students meet biweekly in one-hour seminar to reflect on their

experiences, respond to readings, and otherwise deepen their

ED122A, ED122B, ED122C Leadership III understanding of the relationship between education and society.

Credits 1,2,3 (0,1,2 Lecture - 1 Seminar Hrs/Wk) – Sp Co-requisite: ED200 or consent of instructor. Practicum hours to

This course will assist learners to expand their set of leadership be arranged. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

skills essential for facilitating change. Learners will examine their

current competence regarding a variety of leadership skills, includ- ED230 Educational Psychology

ing diversity, networking, creating vision, implementing community

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

action, project evaluation and self-evaluation. Learners will have

opportunities to develop and improve these skills through reflection, Educational psychology is a course designed for learning how to

practice and application. Instructor permission is required. apply current psychological research to the classroom or other

educational settings. Students will be expected to have a working

knowledge of basic psychology principles. From this basis, the course

ED123 Classroom Techniques in Reading and Languag will explore current research in student characteristics, human

e learning, instructional practice, classroom management, and testing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The goal of this course is to create informed, principled learners

Introduces the skills and techniques to supplemental reading who aspire to become educators. Prerequisite: ED200 and PSY201,

instruction with elementary age students. Includes reading for or instructor consent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

meaning using the four cueing systems: comprehensive strategies,

developing sight and meaning vocabulary, connecting reading and ED235 Instructional Technology

writing, and understanding appropriate use of graphophonics.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B, ED230, and ED260. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. Introduces current advanced technology available in education, and

provides tools and practice in evaluating, selecting, and implement-

ing appropriate technology in instruction. Prerequisite: ED200,

ED125 Tutoring and Instructional Issues ED209A/B, ED230, and ED260. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Writing, Math.

This course introduces peer and para-professional tutors to effec-







The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





162 ED258 Multi-cultural Education

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Introduces the philosophy, activities, and materials applied in devel-

current, resistance and power in direct current (DC) circuits and

alternating current (AC) circuits, circuit analysis using fundamental

theorems, circuit building, circuit simulation using a computer, cir-

oping a culturally sensitive multicultural classroom and curriculum. cuit measurement, inductance, capacitance and resonant circuits.

Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B, ED230, and ED260. Proficiency Soldering techniques will be introduced and used. This course as-

Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. sumes that students have no previous background in electronics.

Prerequisite: MTH95 or equivalent on the mathematics placement

exam or consent of instructor.

ED260 Instructional Strategies

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

EET140 Semiconductors

Instructional Strategies is a course designed to provide an under-

standing of effective instructional methods from a variety of expert Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

perspectives. Students are expected to achieve basic competencies This combined lecture and laboratory class is an introduction to

in organizing teaching strategies, instruction planning, effective use basic semiconductor devices with an emphasis on their application in

of time, classroom management and evaluation skills. Collaborative electronic circuits. Topics covered include low power diodes, LEDs,

planning and micro-teaching practicum activities will hone presenta- and Zener diodes, bipolar and field-effect transistors. Prerequisite:

tion skills. This course will prepare students for further professional EET120 and MTH111 or consent of instructor.

development. Prerequisite: ED230. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Writing. EET156 Functional Analysis

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

ED268 Education of Mildly/Severely Handicapped This course expands on the theoretical methods of circuit analysis

introduced in DC/AC Circuits. Emphasis is placed on applying the

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) concepts on circuits and verifying results using computer circuit

Introduces theory and techniques for working with disabled simulation software. Some of the concepts covered are Thevinin

students. Addresses services and funding provided for mildly and and Norton’s Theorems, loops and nodal analysis, complex num-

severely handicapped. Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B, ED230, and bers, equivalent AC circuits and Bode plots. Prerequisite: EET120

ED260. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. or consent of instructor.



ED269 Overview of Students with Special Needs EET160 Digital Electronics

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Disabilities and medical conditions that instructional assistants This combined lecture and laboratory class is an introduction to

must be able to plan for in instruction/tutoring. These conditions combinatorial and sequential digital logic with an emphasis on

include learning disabilities, mental retardation, severe emotional working with digital integrated circuits. Topics covered include

disturbances, physical handicaps, health impairments, autism, decimal and binary-based number systems and conversion between

traumatic brain injuries, Tourette’s syndrome, and attention deficit the systems, Boolean algebra, logic elements, simplification of logic

disorder. Also addresses the needs of at-risk youth. Prerequisite: networks, timing diagrams, flip-flops, counters, shift registers and

ED200, ED209A/B, ED230, and ED260. Proficiency Needed: Read- memory devices. Prerequisite: EET120 or consent of instructor.

ing, Writing, Math.

EET163 Technical Visual Basic

EET111 Introduction to Electronics Technology Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to introduce the electronics major to pro-

This course introduces the student to: (a) the role of the electronic gramming. No previous knowledge of programming is required. Top-

technician, (b) the use of a computer as a tool, (c) the use of a ics include the basic structure of programs, use of an editor, inputs

computer’s word processor to write technical papers, and (d) the and outputs, loops, arithmetic calculations, Boolean operators used

introduction of AutoCAD and 2-dimensional drawing. Prerequisite: for making decisions, arrays, and subroutines. Laboratory exercises

MTH95 or equivalent on the mathematics placement exam or will emphasize problems relating to electronics. Prerequisite: EET111

consent of instructor. or consent of instructor. Co-requisite: EET160.



EET120 DC and AC Fundamentals EET214 Linear Integrated Circuits

Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

This lecture & lab course presents fundamental electronics knowl- This combined lecture and laboratory class introduces the theory

edge and skills that every technician relies on. Critical thinking and applications of linear integrated circuits, specifically, the op-

skills are emphasized so that students acquire competencies in erational amplifier. The course covers the internal configurations

problem-solving, troubleshooting, circuit analysis, safety conscious- and practical applications of basic linear IC’s with emphasis on

ness and good record keeping. Course topics include: voltage, troubleshooting and circuit analysis. Prerequisite: EET140 or con-

sent of instructor.



EET220 Microprocessors

Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F









See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



This combined lecture and laboratory class builds upon the prin-

ciples discussed in the Digital and Visual Basic classes to include

both the hardware and software aspects of microcontrollers and

included. Prerequisite: EET160 or consent of instructor.



EET262 Semiconductor Processing I

163

microprocessors. Topics covered include processor architecture, Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

input/output interfacing, assembly and higher level language pro-

This course is the first quarter of a two-part course covering the

gramming, and system integration. Students will write programs that

processes required to manufacture integrated circuit devices. This

will allow the micro device to interact with switches, LEDs, sensors

course includes an overview of the processes required to manu-

and other I/O devices. Prerequisite: EET140, EET160, EET163 and

facture integrated circuit devices, beginning with silicon material

MTH111, or consent of instructor.

preparation and ending with testing the completed device. Areas

of detailed study include semiconductor manufacturing materials,

EET232 Lasers and Fiber Optics device technologies, silicon preparation, metrology, diffusion, and

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W thin films. Prerequisite: MTH95 or equivalent on the math placement

This lecture & lab course presents fundamental principals of laser exam, or consent of instructor.

technology and an introduction into fiber optics. The physics of

lasers will be discussed and reinforced by experimentation using EET270 Semiconductor Equipment Overview

gas-tube lasers. Experiments will include the assembly and alignment Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

of a laser-optical system. Laser applications will be studied. Fiber

Provides the foundation of theory and principles of components

optic systems will be introduced and reinforced by experimenta-

common to many types of semiconductor manufacturing equipment.

tion with an LED/photo-diode. Prerequisite: EET140 or consent

This course teaches and applies basic troubleshooting techniques

of instructor.

and introduces the student to safety and environmental aspects of

working in a cleanroom. Prerequisite: MTH95 or equivalent on the

EET240 Electronic Communications math placement exam, or consent of instructor.

Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

This lecture & lab course presents the fundamentals of elec- EET272 Semiconductor Processing II

tronic communications systems, from simple amplitude modulation Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

through digital encoded systems. Representative circuitry will be

This course is the second part of the discussion of general knowledge

built and tested to verify theory. Computer simulations of circuit

on the processes required to manufacture integrated circuit devices.

operation will also be used. A real commercial band FM transmitter

Areas of study include diffusion, photolithography, ion implant, etch,

will also be built and tested using skills that an electronic technician

thin films, chemical mechanical polishing, and testing. This course

should possess. The students will also be introduced to digital com-

also provides foundations and concepts of statistical process control

munications for voice and data. Emphasis will be on digital encoding

(SPC), including control charts, process capability, and process

of information, it’s overwhelming advantages, new technologies

improvement. Prerequisite: EET262 or consent of instructor.

based on digital, the use of the telephone network for digital com-

munication and the background of understanding all aspects of the

digital signal. Fabrication techniques will also be introduced includ- EHS100 Introduction to Environmental Health and

ing soldered-grid-prototyping and SMT components. Prerequisite: Safety

EET160 or consent of instructor. Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

(Formerly ESS100)

EET252 Programmable Controllers (PLCs) Introduction to Environmental Health and Safety is an introductory

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp course designed to acquaint students with different aspects of the

This lecture & lab course presents fundamentals of programmable environmental science and safety fields. This course will specifically

logic controllers (PLCs). Students will learn PLC architecture, hard- talk about the issues which have direct impact on our lives such as

ware and software. PLC connections to the external world will be air and water pollution, underground storage tanks and its problems,

explored. Practical applications of PLCs will be introduced, built and household hazardous materials, recycling, etc. An overview of job

analyzed. Fundamental programming concepts are introduced and opportunities in these fields will also be discussed. Proficiency

reinforced by experimentation. Commercially available PLCs will be Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

investigated. Prerequisite: EET160 or consent of instructor.

EHS101 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I

EET260 Control Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly ESS101)

This lecture & lab course presents fundamentals of basic compo- This course is an overview of the basic topics necessary for under-

nents and subsystems used in industrial electronics. Various sensor standing federal and state regulations. Topics include formation of

types will be explored with particular attention to each sensor’s regulations, overview of OSHA regulations (29 CFR), and DOT

input and output characteristics. Control circuits will be built, regulation (49 CFR). Interpretation of DOT Emergency Response

tested and analyzed. Topics related to the control and monitoring Guide Book, ATA manual, NIOSH Guide to Chemical Hazards,

of stepper motors, three-phase motors, robotics, PWM and PID and MSDS are also covered. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writ-

controllers and microcontroller-based control systems will be ing, Math.



EHS143 Environmental Science Lab I: EPA Methodology

Labs and Sampling

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





164 (Formerly ESS143)

This course will cover test methods for evaluating solid wastes, phys-

ical and chemical methods (SW-846), test procedures and guidance

the student’s existing environmental knowledge in RCRA, CWA,

CAA, and CERCLA as a basis for this course. How the regulations

impact an audit program either independently, or collectively will be

which are recommended for use in conducting the evaluations and discussed throughout the course. Prerequisite: EHS221 or consent

measurements needed to comply with the Resource Conservation of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

and Recovery Act (RCRA). These methods are approved by the U.S.

Environmental Protection Agency for obtaining data to satisfy the EHS225 Human and Environmental Toxicology

requirements of 40 CFR Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) parts Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

122 through 270. Prerequisite: CH170 or equivalent, or consent of (Formerly EHS225)

instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

This course reviews the more important effects on the human body

and of exposures from hazardous materials/wastes. Topics covered

EHS171 Environmental Science I: Chemistry of include routes of exposure, acute and chronic effects of exposure

Hazardous Materials on human target organs and systems, dose-response relationships

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp and interpretation, exposure and risk assessments, chemical lon-

(Formerly ESS171) gevity in the body and environment, bio-accumulation, chemical

This course introduces students to the basic concepts of chem- transformations in the body and environment, and environmental

istry and physics which are essential for the characterization of effects of hazardous contaminants. Demonstrations and short field

the chemical hazards, such as: carcinogens, corrosives, explosives, trips may be included. Prerequisite: AH11 and CH105, or consent of

flammable, oxidizers, and radioactive materials. Students will also instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

become familiar with the chemistry of some elements, principles

of chemical reactions, and the reference books such as Merk Index EHS230 Pollution Prevention (P2)

and CRC. Prerequisite: CH105 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. (Formerly ESS230)

This course provides basic knowledge about the full range of

EHS201 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations II concepts, principles and differences related to the theories of pol-

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W lution prevention, source reduction and toxic use reduction. The

(Formerly ESS201) course reviews the skills, tools and programs necessary to apply

This course will summarize the regulatory and legal requirements pollution prevention in a manufacturing or industrial environment.

associated with the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Specific methods of application are explored. Some specific indus-

Act (RCRA), Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compen- trial process opportunities are covered. Prerequisite: EHS101 and

sation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), Clean Air Act (CAA), Clean CH105; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Water Act (CWA), Toxic Substance Control Act (TSCA), and the Writing, Math.

federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA). This

course will underscore the critical impact of accurate and complete EHS243 Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to

records upon the overall success of environmental and hazardous Instrumental Analysis

waste management programs. The basic elements of compliance Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

auditing and examples of commonly required regulatory reports, (Formerly ESS243)

forms, and record keeping will be introduced. Oregon’s require-

This course is a basic approach to field sampling, measurement,

ments will be the model presented in class whenever possible.

and analytical testing. Procedures for handling samples to ensure

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

proper preservation and compliance with the QA/QC programs

is presented. Also, an introduction to the theory and application

EHS221 Environmental Safety I: Emergency Response of instrumental methods of chemical analysis will be discussed.

Planning Prerequisite: EHS143 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Reading, Writing, Math.

(Formerly ESS221)

This course is designed to introduce techniques of planning, orga- For additional Environmental Health and Safety courses, see ESR.

nizing and administering practical hazardous materials emergency

response management programs, with emphasis on planning and EL115A, EL115B, EL115C College Study Skills

incident command. OSHA regulations (29 CFR 1910.120) and related

Credits 1,2,3 (1,2,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Federal rules will be studied in detail. Topics covered will include

identifying the problem, analyzing the problem, etc. Included will College Study Skills is for students enrolled in college level classes.

be demonstration and practice with personal protective equipment The emphasis of instruction is on strategies and techniques that will

and procedures. Prerequisite: EHS171 and ESR281; or consent of enhance learning in all environments. Topics covered may include,

instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. but will not be limited to, setting goals, organizational skills, time

management, concentration, memory, textbook reading, listening

skills, taking notes, stress management, preparing for, and taking

EHS222 Environmental Safety II: Environmental tests. Prerequisite: Reading placement score of 60 and/or successful

Auditing completion of RD90. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

(Formerly ESS222)

This course will address the legal, regulatory, and best management

practices associated with building and managing a fully integrated

environmental audit program. The course will rely on, and enhance

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions





EMTX12 Emergency Medical Training Basic

Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp

This course represents the first phase of training in the emergency

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.



ENG108 World Literature: The Renaissance to the Age

165

medical technician career structure. The course emphasizes the de- of Reason (1200-1800)

velopment of students skill in the recognition of symptoms of illness Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

and injuries and proper procedures of emergency care. In addition, Students survey a variety of literature from around the world, in-

the student is instructed in the basics of operation of the emergency cluding The Tale of Genji, Hamlet, The Prince, Cantares Mexicanos,

ambulance within the emergency medical service system. Prerequi- and the Chinese Novel The Dream of the Red Chamber. Students

site: Must be 18 years of age and possess an American Heart and/or explore the nature of the great epochs from which the works are

American Red Cross Healthcare Provider CPR Card/Certificate. taken. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required

Mathematics placement equivalent to MTH65 on the College Place- in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121

ment Exam. Proficiency Required: Reading. Proficiency Needed: level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed

Writing. Note: Financial Aid is not available for this class. WR101 or WR 115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.



EMTX13 Emergency Medical Training Basic ENG109 World Literature: Romanticism to

Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab - 1 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/W Contemporary Writings (1800 - present)

This course represents the first phase of training in the emergency Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

medical technician career structure. The course emphasizes the This course delves into why and how the Modern world came into

development of student skill in the recognition of symptoms of being by exploring the literature of the period. Representing diverse

illness and injuries and proper procedures of emergency care. In cultures and perspectives, works considered might include Chinua

addition, the student is instructed in the basics of operation of the Achebe’s Things Fall Apart, Beaudelaire’s Fleurs du Mal, Goethe’s

emergency ambulance within the emergency medical service sys- Faust, Silko Marmon’s Yellow Woman, and Senegalese Miriam Ba’s

tem. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of EMTX12. Proficiency So Long a Letter. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the

Required: Reading. Proficiency Needed: Writing. writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score

at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have

ENG104 Introduction to Literature: Fiction completed WR101 or WR115.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Students explore a wide range of fiction by examining the way au- ENG112 Introduction to Literary Genres: Science

thors use character, setting, plot, theme, and other elements to por- Fiction

tray human experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Students explore a wide range of literature in the genre of science

ENG105 Introduction to Literature: Drama fiction, including its formal characteristics, the various devices

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp employed by science fiction authors, and the themes and content as-

Exploring a wide range of plays from various historical eras, students sociated with the genre. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite:

identify and discuss the various elements master playwrights to None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is

create effective drama as literature. Proficiency Needed: Reading, recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the col-

Writing. lege placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG106 Introduction to Literature: Poetry

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp ENG113 Introduction to Literary Genres: Fantasy

Students examine the poet’s craft among a wide range of authors

and historical eras, focusing on devices such as rhyme, meter, rep- Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

etition, figurative language, and form to convey human experience. Students explore a wide range of literature in the genre of fantasy,

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. including the formal characteristics of fan, the questions it typically

raises, and the themes it examines. Offered at irregular intervals.

ENG107 World Literature: The Classic World (7th Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in

this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level

Century B.C. to 1200 A.D.)

on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

This course introduces students to an array of Sumerian, Greek,

Hindu, Hebrew, Asian, Arab, and European Classical literature,

ranging from Lao Tzu to the Bhagavad Gita to the Koran, to the ENG124 Literature of the Northwest

Japanese Pillow Book. While discussing themes and concerns sig- Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

nificant to people of every culture and time within the context of The course examines regional prose and poetry set in the North-

extremely diverse attitudes and tastes, students explore the various west or written by Northwest authors. Works are studies not

characteristics of both classicism and great literature. Prerequisite: only as literature, but in the context of the cultural and historical

None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is development of the Northwest in relation to American literary tra-

recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the col- dition. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However,

lege placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR 115. because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that

students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam







The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





166 (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR 115. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing.

ENG205 British Literature II: Renaissance to the 18th

Century

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

ENG199C Ashland Repertory Students investigate major works by British authors of the period,

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su focusing on literary analysis and discovering insights into significant

Students will travel together to Ashland to view live repertory currents of thought which helped shape European civilization and

theater. Emphasis will be on appreciation of dramatic form as it is modernity. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing

presented in production. Literary, dramatic, historical, stylistic, and required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the

technical elements will be addressed. Prerequisite: none. Proficiency WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have com-

Needed: Reading, Writing. pleted WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.



ENG201 Shakespeare: The Early Period (1591-1595) ENG206 British Literature III: The Romantic Period to

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Present

Students carefully analyze four or five plays, for example A Midsum- Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

mer Night’s Dream, The Comedy of Errors, Henry IV, Pt. 1, Richard For those interested in modern views on the individual and society,

III, and Romeo and Juliet, investigating as they do Shakespeare’s this course provides analysis and insight through the close reading

stagecraft, characterization, and plot development, as well as as- and discussion of great works of literature from the period. Pre-

pects of Shakespeare’s life and times. Prerequisite: None. However, requisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this

because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level

students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101

(CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Reading, Writing.

ENG212 Hispanic Literature

ENG202 Shakespeare: The Middle Period (1596-1601) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Students explore selected Hispanic literature translated into English,

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W with a focus on contemporary Latin American writing. This will

Like ENG 201, this course delves into Shakespeare’s stagecraft, include fiction (for example, magic realism), poetry, memory, and

life, and times through close analysis of four or five plays written other genres. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None.

during the middle period of his career. Much Ado About Nothing, However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recom-

As You Like It, Henry V, Julius Caesar, and Hamlet are among the mended that students score at the WR121 level on the college

dramatic works from which readings are selected. Prerequisite: placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115.

None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the col-

lege placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. ENG214 Asian-American Literature

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

While reading materials written in a variety of genres by Chinese-,

ENG203 Shakespeare: The Final Period (1602-1611) Japanese-, and Korean-Americans, students focus on how to define

“Asian-American” and how to place the Asian-American experience

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp into the larger contexts of race and ethnicity and the promise of a

Plays read are chosen from among the later, darker, and more liberal political democracy to incorporate “otherness” and toler-

tragic works of Shakespeare: Measure for Measure, Othello, King ate diversity. Topics include racism, expatriation, immigration, the

Lear, MacBeth, A Winter’s Tale, and The Tempest. Students con- American dream, assimilation, hope, and individual and cultural au-

sider some aspects of the life and times of Shakespeare himself to tonomy. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However,

cast light on a close understanding of the plays read. Prerequisite: because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that

None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam

recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the col- (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed:

lege placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Reading, Writing.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG218 Arthurian Legends

ENG204 British Literature I: Old English to Renaissance Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F By focusing on the legends of King Arthur and his court, students

Focusing on literary analysis and on the intellectual history of delve into the genre of romance and the quest motif as a major

European civilization as British literature represents it, this course force for idealism, individualism, and spiritual renewal from medieval

surveys the great literature and their central ideas from 600 A.D. times to the present. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite:

to 1450 A.D. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is

required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the col-

WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have com- lege placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115.

pleted WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.



ENG221 Introduction to Children’s Literature

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)



See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



Students examine various forms of literature written for children,

such as the fairy tale, legends, fables, historical romance, nonsense,

adventure, domestic realism, fantasy, and poetry. Students develop

ENG255 Survey/American Literature III: Coping in the

Modern World (1920 - Present)

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

167

critical insights into children’s literature through methods of analy- Robert Frost, Ernest Hemingway, Norman Mailer, Sylvia Plath, the

sis and an understanding of the background and development of Beats, Tennessee Williams: these and many more authors provide

genres. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, a mosaic of voices, perspectives, beliefs, and experiences. Students

because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that explore writing from a variety of genres in order to discover the

students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam universal attitudes and qualities which make up America, Ameri-

(CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: cans, and the American experience in modern times. Prerequisite:

Reading, Writing. None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is

recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the col-

ENG222 Images of Women in Literature lege placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

This course surveys through various literary sources by providing an

historical perspective the images of women from the middle ages to ENG263 Introduction to Literary Genres: Detective

the present, then focuses on the roles of women in contemporary Fiction

culture. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that While reading a wide variety of detective fiction, such as from

students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam Edgar Allen Poe, “hard-boiled” authors of the 30’s and 40’s, and

(CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: British authors, students explore the origins, themes, structure,

Reading, Writing. and characterization of the genre. Also, students examine the

values conveyed in detective fiction, the qualities of the hero, and

ENG250 Introduction to Mythology specific aspects of style. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite:

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is

Students explore ancient and modern mythology and folklore from recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the col-

around the world by considering subjects and motifs such as the lege placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115.

hero’s quest, the descent into the underworld, creation, the role Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

of the goddess, and regeneration. In addition, a variety of stylistic

elements are considered: symbols, allusions, plot, characterization, ENG275 The Bible as Literature

and theme. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the Giving particular attention to genre, style, and structure, students

WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have com- explore the literary qualities of the English Bible by reading and

pleted WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. discussing selected books of the Old and New Testaments from a

literary perspective. In addition, the uses of Biblical materials in later

ENG253 Survey of American Literature I: The literature are examined. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite:

Beginnings (1607-1865) None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the col-

Presenting a panorama of literature from the early American period, lege placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115.

this course focuses on who Americans are and how they came to Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

be, what makes them unique, and what qualities and characteristics

come to the forefront to establish something called “American ENGR201 Electrical Fundamentals I

literature.” Some of the authors read include the Pilgrims, Ben Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

Franklin, Nathaniel Hawthorne. Prerequisite: None. However, A study of basic electrical circuit theory for engineers. Analyze

because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended voltage and current relationships. Covers circuit parameters of

that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement resistance, inductance, and capacitance. Includes basic DC, AC, and

exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency natural responses of circuits. Prerequisite: MTH252 with a grade of

Needed: Reading, Writing. “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.



ENG254 Survey/American Literature II: The Age of ENGR202 Electrical Fundamentals II

Realism (1865-1920) Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A study to understand the Fourier-Series representation of periodic

By reading, among others, Mark Twain, Emily Dickinson, Henry time-varying functions. Improve the understanding of sinusoidal

James, Walt Whitman, and Stephen Crane, students focus on the steady-state analysis. Learn the basic operation of three-phase cir-

nature and quality of American literature as it represents and forms cuits. Learn how to analyze electric circuits which contain mutually

the American spirit and experience from the end of the Civil War coupled coils. Learn how transformers function in circuits. Learn

to the end of the First World War. Prerequisite: None. However, the characteristics of resonant circuits. Concurrent enrollment in

because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that MTH256 is required. Prerequisite: MTH252 and ENGR201. Profi-

students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam ciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

(CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing.







The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





168 ENGR211 Statics

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

Analysis of forces induced in structures and machines by various

This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve

their speaking and listening skills. Emphasis is on lectures and note-

taking, speaking publicly in panel discussion, debates, interviews,

types of loading. Includes 3-D equilibrium analysis, internal forces, and giving speeches. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing, minimum

centroids, moments of inertia, and frictional equilibrium. Prereq- grade of C in ENL120S, or consent of instructor.

uisite: MTH252 with a C or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Writing, Math. ENL201W Advanced Writing

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

ENGR212 Dynamics This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp writing skills. It includes review and perfection of grammatical

Kinematics, Newton’s laws of motion, work-energy relations, and structures and mechanics as needed; however, emphasis is on

impulse-momentum relationships, applied to engineering systems. writing the whole paper. Students refine abilities in paragraph and

Prerequisite: ENGR211, MTH252, and PH211. Proficiency Needed: essay development techniques, writing a thesis statement, and be-

Reading, Writing Math. ginning research and documentation. This class prepares students

for WR115, Introduction to Expository Writing. Prerequisite: ENL

placement testing, minimum grade of C in ENL120W, or consent

ENGR213 Strength of Materials of instructor.

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

This course covers properties of structural materials, analysis of

ESL94R Transition ESL Reading

stress and deformation in axially loaded members, circular shafts,

beams, and in statically indeterminate systems. Prerequisite: Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

ENGR211 and MTH252. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve

Math. reading skills. Students will analyze written English in order to

increase reading comprehension and vocabulary in preparation

for the next level class. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing or

ENL120R Intermediate Reading consent of instructor.

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve

ESL94S Transition ESL Speaking/Listening

reading skills. Students will analyze written English in order to

increase reading comprehension and vocabulary in preparation for Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

the next level class, ENL201R. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing, This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve

minimum grade of C in ESL94R, or consent of instructor. their speaking and listening skills. Emphasis is on pronunciation,

listening, for sound discrimination, and note-taking. Prerequisite:

ENL placement testing or consent of instructor.

ENL120S Intermediate Speaking/Listening

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

ESL94W Transition ESL Writing

This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve

their speaking and listening skills. Emphasis is on pronunciation, Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

listening for sound discrimination, note-taking skills and oral pre- This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve

sentations. Lectures for note-taking are introduced. Prerequisite: writing skills. Emphasis is on grammar and composition activities.

ENL placement testing, minimum grade of C in ESL94S, or consent Prerequisite: ENL placement testing or consent of instructor.

of instructor.

ESR271 Environmental Science II: Introduction to

ENL120W Intermediate Writing Environmental Engineering

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve This course will study the effects of air, land and water pollutants

writing skills. Grammar and composition activities will prepare stu- on the environment; the transfer and fate of pollutants in environ-

dents for ENL201W. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing, minimum ment and water quality parameters and standards. Analysis of water

grade of C in ESL94W, or consent of instructor. quality in rivers, lakes, reservoirs and groundwater systems will be

studied in detail. Prerequisite: CH170 and MTH 95, or consent of

instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ENL201R Advanced Reading

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve

ESR281 Elements of Industrial Hygiene

reading skills. Students will analyze written English in order to Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

increase reading comprehension and vocabulary in preparation for A basic course in industrial hygiene. A survey of toxic agents and

RD115 or college level courses in major areas of study. Prerequi- stresses on employees; emphasis on recognition, evaluation and

site: ENL placement testing, minimum grade of C in ENL120R, or control of environmental factors or stresses arising in or from the

consent of instructor. workplace. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.



ENL201S Advanced Speaking/Listening ESR285 Safety and Health Standards and Laws

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Emphasis on occupational safety and health hazards; recognition,





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



investigation, prevention and control techniques in industry, con-

struction, material handling and storage operations. New OSHA

and state standards are stressed. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

ET144 Computer Applications in Engineering

Technology

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

169

Writing, Math. This course is designed to introduce the engineering student to the

use of the computer (and computational devices) to solve engineer-

For additional Environmental Health and Safety courses, see EHS. ing problems, present data, and format that information for ease

of review. Specific topics covered include how a computer works,

ET120 Architectural Drawing solving problems using programs, organizing data, and preparing

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F reports and/or proposals. Standard applications programs will be

An introduction to basic architectural drawing and the skills nec- used to gain familiarity with how the computer can be used as an

essary to draw a set of residential plans suitable for obtaining a engineering tool. Prerequisite: Engineering Technology majors.

building permit. Drawings will include floor and foundation plans,

sections, and elevations. ET150 Plane Surveying

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

ET122 Engineering Drawing Fundamental concepts of plane surveying. The use of mathematics in

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F applying the correction to errors, calculation of angles and bearing,

This is an introductory course in engineering graphics. Subject and the adjustment of traverses, along with field survey practice.

material includes: use of drafting machine, scales, pencils and angles, Co-requisite: MTH85 or consent of instructor.

orthographic projection, isometrics, obliques, sectioning, auxiliary

views and dimensioning. ET154 Computer-Aided Design I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W

ET123 Introduction to Engineering Technology An exploration into the nature, uses and structure of the “Auto-

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F CAD” computer aided drafting program. Students will learn the

This course is designed to provide the student with a general basics of AutoCAD. Drawing, editing and display commands and

overview of the major engineering disciplines, and introduce basic functions are studied as they apply to two-dimensional drawings.

engineering fundamentals and problem solving techniques. Concur- Additional commands enable the user to create blocks that can

rent enrollment in MTH60 or consent of instructor. be saved on the disk, dimension drawings and add text. Previous

knowledge of computers or computer programming is not re-

quired, but strongly suggested. Prerequisite: ET120 or ET122 and

ET130 Architectural CAD Drawing co-requisite MTH80.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This class builds upon the skills and concepts introduced to the ET161 Beginning 2-D AutoCAD

student in ET120, Architectural Drawing, by creating design de-

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp

velopment drawings for a daylight basement residence, using a

combination of sketching and CAD drawing techniques. Codes (Formerly ETX21)

and design situations that are related to multiple floor wood frame Beginning 2-D AutoCAD is an exploration of the uses of the Au-

construction such as rafter and joist sizing, insulation details, and toCAD drafting system to create drawings. Items covered include

stairway design are covered. Universal and ADA design standards basic hardware and software operation, set-up procedures, drawing,

are also introduced and used in the design. Architectural, Engineer- editing, and display commands. Prerequisite: Windows interface

ing and Construction project terms and team member roles are experience is required; a previous drafting class is suggested.

discussed and integrated into the term project. Prerequisite: ET120

and ET154; or ET120 and ET162; or consent of instructor. ET162 Intermediate 2-D AutoCAD

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp

ET132 Engineering CAD Drawing (Formerly ETX22)

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Intermediate 2-D AutoCAD starts with a brief review of the

This course is a continuation of Engineering Drawing, emphasizing previous class, and quickly moves on to more advanced, editing

engineering applications of the skills acquired in ET122, to structural and display techniques. Concepts such as dimensioning, layering,

and mechanical drawings. Prerequisite: ET122; and either ET154 symbol creation, and entity manipulation are covered. Some of

or ET162. these commands enable the use to create a library of symbols and

shapes to simplify the drawing tasks, to draw on different layers in

ET135 Practical Descriptive Geometry order to create a complete drawing package, to adjust the layers

to ensure the drawing is not cluttered, and to change color and/or

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W linetype to highlight drawing information. Prerequisite: ET161; or

Practical descriptive geometry as used by engineering technicians; prior training on any version of AutoCAD; or on-the-job experi-

problem analysis, auxiliary views, true length, shape, angle, and point- ence; or consent of instructor.

line-place through the use of revolution; introduction to graphical

solutions of simple vector problems. Accent is on problem analysis.

Prerequisite: ET120 or ET122 or consent of instructor. ET163 3-D AutoCAD

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp

(Formerly ETX23)

3-D AutoCAD covers drawing in a three-dimensional coordinate

system. The bulk of the course will be concerned with manipulation



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





170 of the User Coordinate System and Viewpoints for the purpose

of constructing and editing wire frame surfaced and solid models

in 3-D. Additional topics will include multiple viewports, system

ET178 AutoCAD Rendering

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

In this course, students will use the AutoCAD rendering tool to

variables, rendering, shading, and use of paper space for plotting. create photo-realistic ray-traced digital images from 3D solids or

Prerequisite: ET154 or ET162; or consent of instructor. surface models. Students will add and adjust lighting scenes and

define the reflective qualities of surfaces in the drawing, making

ET164 Menus and Lisp AutoCAD objects appear dull or shiny. Methods of saving and presenting

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp rendered images are also included in course work. Prerequisite:

(Formerly ETX24) ET176 or ET177, or consent of instructor.

Menus and Lisp AutoCAD covers basic customization of AutoCAD.

The course introduces the student to programming and use of a ET179 AutoCAD Customization

text editor by writing and executing SCRIPT files. Full customization Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp

of screen and button menus is covered, with discussion of other This course covers the basic customization of AutoCAD including

menus. At least half of the course will be spent on writing and ex- creation of menus and toolbars. Students will learn how to per-

ecuting AutoLISP programs, including reading and writing to files sonalize the AutoCAD menu interface and use AutoCAD macro

and manipulating entity date within selection sets. Additional topics programming to streamline commands or operations. Other pro-

will include configuration and the PGP file. Prerequisite: ET154 or ductivity enhancing techniques covered is setup of the ACAD.PGP

ET162 or consent of instructor. file and integration of lisp routines into a menu system. Prerequisite:

Prior AutoCAD training or experience, or consent of instructor.

ET170 AutoCAD 2000 Layouts, Features and Tools

ET200 Route Surveying

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

(Formerly ETX26) Route surveying for roads and pipelines. The calculation of curve

This course explores the features and tools that are made available data for the design and construction of horizontal and vertical

with the release 2000 version of AutoCAD. Use and creation of curves. Field procedures for staking horizontal curves, grades, and

layouts, plot styles and plot style tables are taught, along with line- slope staking. Earthwork calculation and highway safety design.

weight and other options, to control drafting presentation. Release Prerequisite: ET150 or consent of instructor.

2000 options, object properties, window and DesignCenter tools

are also presented. Prerequisite: ET161 or consent of instructor. ET204 Computer-Aided Design II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

ET175 AutoCAD 3D Views and Coordinate Systems This is the second course in the CAD sequence. Along with teaching

the function and use of commands not covered in the first class, this

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp course also looks at customizing AutoCAD software. Topics include

(Formerly ETX27) organizing and managing drawing files, productivity enhancement

This is an introductory course to the AutoCAD three-dimensional techniques, attribute database extraction, making 3-D drawings/

modeling environment and editing tools. Students will learn the solid models and customizing menus/toolbars. Prerequisite: ET154

basics of the three-dimensional coordinate system and how to or ET162 or consent of instructor.

create 3-D objects. Various methods and tools used to view and

edit three-dimensional models will be explored. This class prepares ET221 Statics

the student for either ET176 or ET177 three-dimensional modeling Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

classes. Prerequisite: ET161, or ET154, or consent of instructor. This course will cover the study of forces and the effect of forces

ET162 or ET170 are recommended. acting upon rigid bodies at rest, including resolution of forces, equi-

librium and resultants of force systems. Prerequisite: MTH85.

ET176 AutoCAD 3D Modeling I – Surfaces

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp ET222 Fluid Mechanics

(Formerly ETX28) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course focuses on 3D wire frame modeling along with defin- This course will cover the basic principles of fluid mechanics:

ing 3D surfaces and polyface meshes commonly used in AutoCAD hydrostatic pressure, buoyancy, flow rates, Bernoulli’s Equation,

applications. Students will apply wire framing and surface modeling energy losses, viscosity, and laminar and turbulent flow. Prerequisite:

techniques to several projects and exercises. Prerequisite: ET175, ET221 and MTH85.

or consent of instructor.

ET231 Basic Strengths of Materials

ET177 AutoCAD 3D Modeling II - Solids Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp A study of stresses and deformations resulting from forces acting

The course uses AutoCAD’s 3D solid modeling features to teach on structural materials. Prerequisite: ET221.

students how to create solid models from 2D objects or 3D primi-

tives. Students will create, edit and analyze several solid models with

projects and exercises with common applications in manufacturing ET232 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design

and engineering. Prerequisite: ET175 . Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Continuation of ET222, involving series and parallel piping systems,





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



open channel flow, flow measurement, pumps, sewer line design,

and hydrology. Prerequisite: MTH85.

project. Working individually and in teams, the students will follow

typical city zoning ordinances and engineering practices to design

all or portions of a subdivision plat, storm drainage systems, sani-

171

ET234 Engineering Economics tary sewer, water system, and mixed-use multifamily/commercial

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W building sites. The final project will be prepared on CAD, and be

supported by a formal report. It is recommended that the student

This course will explain the principles and techniques required in

be concurrently enrolled in ET250 or ET232 and have completed

making sound economic decisions about the acquisition and retire-

WR227. Prerequisite: ET150; and either ET204 or ET163 or ET175;

ment of capital goods by industry and government. Students will

or consent of instructor.

study the evaluation of money transactions in engineering applica-

tions. Prerequisite: MTH85 or MTH112 or consent of instructor.

***

ET240 Project Design I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W F111 Introduction to Natural Resources

In this advanced course, the student will gain experience in solving Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W

design problems common to architectural and mechanical engineer- (Formerly F111C)

ing technology projects. The course is intended to bridge the gap In this course, students are introduced to natural resources defi-

between courses in drawing, manufacturing processes, mechanics, nitions, management and regulations, with an emphasis on forest

strength of materials, and computer applications. Engineering design ecosystems. Topics include an elementary approach to ecosystems

process and problem solving techniques, while working in technical structure, composition and function; fundamentals of forest,

design teams, are emphasized. Students will take various projects range, watershed, wetlands, recreation and wildlife management;

from concept to completion and then communicate their design to and an overview of pertinent history and laws influencing natural

others for development of presentation skills and critique. Prereq- resource policy and management. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

uisite: ET144 and ET130 or ET132, or consent of instructor. Writing, Math.



ET250 Project Design II F112 Computer Applications/Forestry

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

A course designed as a capstone project based course. The student This course introduces the student to the use of personal computers

will develop a real project schedule, progress reports, presentations, in natural resources applications. Specific topics covered include:

and team meeting agendas. Projects are composed of engineering how a computer works, the use of word processing and spreadsheet

analysis, graphics, and communication. The course is designed to software to organize data and prepare reports, how to access the

allow students the opportunity to accomplish a project from concept Internet to search for information and send e-mail, and an introduc-

to completion. Prerequisite: ET240 or consent of instructor. tion to GPS and electronic data collectors. Prerequisite: MTH60

or consent of instructor.

ET263 Structures

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp F141 Tree and Shrub Identification

Wood, as a material, is used to introduce the elements of struc- Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

tural design. Fabrication, construction and connection devices are This course is devoted to the classification, field identification, and

investigated by assigned problems. Prerequisite: ET221 and ET231, basic anatomy of important western trees and shrubs. Appropriate

or consent of instructor. ranges, habitats, and consumer use of these species is presented

as well as a survey of other major forest types of North America.

Outdoor field trips are an integral part of the course.

ET264 Soils and Concrete in Construction

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

A study of the properties and behavior of soil, aggregates, and F200 Introduction to Forest Surveying

Portland cement concrete as they relate to construction operations. Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Topics include soil index properties, classification, compaction, and This course covers the fundamental concepts of plane surveying.

drainage; aggregate gradation, durability and applications; design The use of mathematics in applying the correction to errors, cal-

of portland cement mixtures and testing of concrete in plastic and culation of angles and bearings, and the adjustment of traverses is

cured states, use of concrete admixtures and field concreting prac- emphasized, along with field survey practice. Co-requisite: Success-

tices. Prerequisite: ET213 and MTH85, or consent of instructor. ful completion or concurrent enrollment in MTH85 or MTH112;

or consent of instructor.

ET265 Site Development

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp F240 Forest Biology and Ecology

This course will allow the student to bring the basic principles of Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

zoning, subdivision platting, and site design together in a practical This course surveys the structure, function, and composition of for-

est ecosystems. It examines the relationships between the biological

and physical components of a forest, and the influences of dynamic

processes such as nutrient cycling, disturbance, and forest succes-









The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





172 sion. Labs focus on various field techniques used to characterize

forest stand structure and plant community composition, and the

application of resulting data for making land management decisions.

will learn the theory, construction and principle of operation of fire

service pumps and the principle of driving, drafting and pumping

from a hydrant. The student also will learn the care and preventative

Prerequisite: F141 or consent of instructor. maintenance of apparatus, pump operations used under emergency

operation and review “rule of thumb” hydraulics.

FA257 Films and Society

Credits 3 (2 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W FF13 Elementary Fire Science

Using works from the silent era through the present, including fic- Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

tion, documentary and propaganda films, this course explores how Characteristics and behavior of fire; fundamentals of physical laws

filmmakers have observed and commented upon social issues past, and chemical reactions occurring in fire and fire suppression; by-

present and future, how films reflect the times in which they were products of combustion; analysis of factors contributing to fire—its

made and remain relevant as times change. FA258 is recommended, cause, rate of burning, heat generation, travel, confinement, control

but not required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. and extinguishment.



FA258 Understanding the Film FF14 Fire Company Organization and Station

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Management

This course examines the language of film, using a variety of motion Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

pictures from the silent and sound eras, narrative and documen- The student will study fire company organization and operation;

tary formats, to show the way filmmakers combine the elements company responsibilities in station recordkeeping, station com-

of cinematography, editing, writing, musical scoring, etc. to tell munications and watch, housekeeping and house privileges; tours

stories, explore social issues and convey ideas and emotions. It and public relations; company organization for response to alarms;

does not involve the making of films by students, but concentrates and company morale.

on watching films with the intent of developing comprehension of

cinema technique. Prerequisite: None, however, WR121 is strongly FF15 Firefighting Skills II

recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 5 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk)

Continues to develop basic fire fighter skills learned in Firefight-

FA266 The Great Film Directors ing Skills I while increasing technical knowledge of fire ground

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp operations. Emphasizes team skills performed as an evolution

A course in which a number of films by selected directors are chosen by an engine company. Ladder and hose evolutions, power tools,

to explore the way these important and influential artists create rescue practices and procedures requiring teamwork are practiced.

works that maintain an individual stamp while attempting to balance Prerequisite: FF11.

the demands of popular entertainment and personal statement.

Attention is given to the stylistic and thematic consistencies in a FF16 Fire Science I - Physics

director’s body of work, the qualities that establish the filmmaker’s

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

identity and secure a place in the medium’s history. Prerequisite:

None, however, FA258 and FA257 are recommended. Proficiency Studies characteristics and behavior of fire, fundamentals of physical

Needed: Reading, Writing. laws and chemical reactions occurring in fire and fire suppression.

Analyzes factors contributing to fire: its cause, rate of burning,

heat generation and travel, by-products of combustion, and its

(FF10 - FF54 are restricted to confinement, control and extinguishment. Prerequisite: MTH60

professional and volunteer firefighters.) or equivalent, or consent of instructor.



FF10 Introduction to Fire Protection FF17 Fundamentals of Fire Prevention

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

This course covers the philosophy and history of fire protection; his- Philosophy and history of fire protection; review of life and prop-

tory of loss of life and property in fire; responsibility of fire depart- erty loss statistics; fire protection agencies; current and future

ments in community; organization and function of fire protection fire protection problems; fire prevention programs; general public

agencies and allied organizations; sources of professional literature, education; development and enforcement of fire prevention laws and

survey of professional career opportunities and requirements, and regulations; responsibility of state fire marshals, local fire depart-

development of resume. ments, and property owners; fire safety; reporting fire prevention

activities; drills; policies; public relations; and DEQ regulations.

FF11 Firefighting Skills I Emphasis on “company inspections”.

Credits 5 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk)

Studies basic tools, procedures, techniques and safety precautions FF18 Fire Service Rescue Practices

utilized by the fire fighter during fire ground operations. Cardiopul- Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

monary Resuscitation, Hazardous Materials awareness and FSAB This course is designed to provide firemen with essential skills

Basic Fire Fighter requirements are covered.



FF12 Fire Apparatus, Pump Construction and Operation

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

A study of the different types of firefighting apparatus. The student



See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



for rescuing victims trapped in a variety of situations. American

Red Cross Multimedia First Aid course is included for basic first

aid skills.

with an advanced knowledge of hazardous materials classifications,

the reaction of chemicals and some basic tactics of what must be

done in hazardous materials incidents that involve public safety

173

concerns.

FF20 Fire Science II - Chemistry

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) FF27 Firefighting Strategy and Tactics

The student will learn physical and chemical properties of substance; Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

chemical bonds and reactions; ionization; covalent substances. Covers the fire command system, rescue, offensive and defensive

Laboratory time is provided for clarifying demonstrations and fire attack, property conservation, staging and apparatus placement,

experiments. Prerequisite: MTH60 or equivalent, or consent of sectoring, company functions, communications, and command

instructor. procedures.



FF21 Building Construction for Fire Suppression FF28 Natural Cover Fire Protection

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The organization, methods, tactics, and strategy of safely controlling

Fire problems inherent in structural elements of buildings. How and extinguishing grass, brush and forest fires; uses of hand tools,

knowledge gathered through interpretation of blueprints and portable pumps, motorized apparatus, aircraft and helicopters,

inspection of various building types provides a basis for applying chemicals, and other related equipment used in the suppression of

effective extinguishment practices, with adequate safeguards for natural cover fires; forest and wild land fire prevention techniques.

personnel. An independent study version is available some terms.



FF22 Fire Service Hydraulics FF29 Fire Department Communications - Alerting

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Systems

The student will review basic mathematics and learn hydraulic Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

laws and formulas as applied to the fire service; basic fire ground The student will learn and demonstrate receiving, dispatching and

hydraulics with emphasis on rule of thumb operations; application radio communication procedures, FCC regulations; municipal alarm;

of formulas and mental calculations to hydraulic problems; fire telephone and tone-activated alarm; recording messages; tap-out

ground water supply problems; advanced fire ground hydraulics procedures; and running cards.

with emphasis on complicated pumping operations and underwriter

requirements for pumps and accessories. FF30 Arson Investigation

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

FF23 Hazardous Materials Technician I The student will study advanced investigation procedures, preserva-

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) tion of evidence, laws of search and seizure, laws of arson, and motive

Reviews basic chemistry. Studies the identity of hazardous materials for arson. Other subject areas studied will include interrogation,

by color, symbol and marking. Covers recommended practices for case preparation, court room procedure, death and fraud investiga-

storage and handling of solids, liquids and gases, and studies fire tion, and investigation of explosion.

control methods for these materials. Meets FSAB standards for

awareness and operations level. FF31 Introduction to Building Codes

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

FF24 Fire Protection Systems and Extinguishers The student will learn the practices required in local, state and

federal construction codes.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Portable extinguisher equipment, sprinkler systems, protection FF33 Fire Codes and Ordinances I

systems for special hazards, fire alarm and detection systems, and Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

ventilating systems.

A study of building, fire and other codes: state fire marshal fire safety

regulations and related state statutes; local ordinances; National

FF25 Fire Investigation (Cause Determination) Fire Protection Association and other standards relating to fire

prevention and life safety.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

This course provides the student with the basic information needed FF34 Public Relations/Fire Service

to locate, isolate and protect the point of origin as well as recogniz- Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

ing and preserving clues and evidence. This course is designed for The student will study the fundamentals of public relations pertain-

both pre-service and in-service students and will satisfy the training ing to fire service, including emergency operations, general public

requirements specified by the Oregon State Fire Standards and appearances, writing news releases, articles and speeches; and

Accreditation Board. general media contact.



FF26 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials FF35 Water Distribution Systems

Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Offers an understanding of various principles involved in the chem-

istry of hazardous materials. Designed to provide first responders



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





174 A study of the sources of water supply; fire flow requirement

pumping stations, storage tanks and cisterns; main systems and high

pressure systems, mobile supplies. Also covered are hydrants, their

FF44 Fire Insurance Fundamentals

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

The relationship of fire defenses and fire losses to insurance rates,

sizes, types, distribution and service testing and the measuring of basic insurance principles, fire loss experience and loss ratio,

available water in mains. applying the ISO grading schedule and state regulation of fire

insurance.

FF36A, FF36B Aircraft Fire Rescue

Credits 2,3 (2,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) FF45 Fire Planning and Research (Municipal Budgets)

This course is designed to provide firemen with essential information Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

and skills for aircraft fire rescue. It will cover aircraft fire fighting The student will be able to plan a local budget that is consistent

procedures, specialized vehicles, agents and dangerous materials, with the mission of the fire department. He/she will be able to

communications, pre-fire planning and rescue procedures. interpret the section of the local budget as it applies to the fire

department.

FF37 Industrial Fire Protection

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) FF46 Fire Department Leadership

Specific concerns and safeguards related to business and industrial Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

fire brigade organization and development; fire prevention pro- Explains the unique aspects of a company officer’s job, basic func-

grams; hazardous situations and prevention methods; gaining coop- tions of management and principles of supervision, and self-analysis

eration between the public and fire departments organization; study to become a better supervisor. Covers leadership concepts, types

of elementary industrial fire hazards in manufacturing plants. of supervisors, attitudes, cooperation, individual differences, mo-

tivation, communications, discipline, grievances, evaluating perfor-

FF38 Hazardous Materials for Inspectors mance, planning, organizing, and making decisions.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

How to handle inspections involving hazardous material. Covers FF47 Fire Command I

the requirements for handling, storing, and reporting on the various Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

hazardous materials. his is a course to provide the fire officer advanced training in emer-

gency scene management. Included are such topics as pre-incident

FF39 Firefighter’s Law needs assessment, resource capability determination, command

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) operations, communications, and acquiring and assigning resources.

Firefighters’ legal responsibilities in driving, inspection, alarms and It seeks to provide the student with an understanding of complex

communications, and other fire protection activities. Firefighters’ emergency scene operations.

rights, duties, liabilities, and participation in legal activities including

state and local fire marshal laws relating to fire protection. FF48 Major Emergency Strategy and

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

FF40 Fire Prevention Inspection Command, planning, logistics, and financial consideration of emer-

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) gencies that exceed the scope of normal operations. Study of several

Methods of contemporary fire prevention inspection practices. types of major emergencies and the principles relating to incident

Includes preparation, pre-approach information, written inspection priorities, resource management, and tactical operations. Critical

notices, relations with owners and occupants, and compliances. stress issues and debriefing methods.



FF41 Training Programs and Techniques FF48A Instructor I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to provide

The student will learn purposes of fire service drills and training fire fighters with an appreciation for the value of fire service instruc-

programs. He/she will participate in development and operation tion with primary emphasis on benefits and necessary skills. It will

of the departments training program. He/she will know facilities cover the learning-teaching process, course and lesson develop-

and equipment necessary for modern training and how to select ment, planning, organizing and managing instructional activities, the

and train the instructional staff. Psychology of learning, four-step instructor’s role, methods of instruction, teaching aids, evaluation

method, lesson planning, instruction techniques, training aids, tests, and testing, an introduction to training programs and training

workbooks, training objectives, curriculum development, conduct- program management.

ing conferences and meetings will be studied.

FF50 Fire Codes and Ordinances II

FF43 Fire Officer Management Responsibility Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Covers the understanding and application of fire and building codes,

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) national standards, and laws and regulations in relation to building

Explains the responsibilities of the various supervisory levels of construction and occupancy, general fire safety, occupant loads

the fire service and the methods to accomplish the objectives of and exits, hazardous materials, specialized topics, and records

effective supervision. and reports.









See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions





175

FF51 Advanced Detection & Protection Systems must have a valid Oregon Boater’s Education Card or equivalent

prior to beginning FI103.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Examines and evaluates specialized extinguishing systems; their sup- FI112 Fish Biology I

pression agents and principles; and their installation, maintenance, Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

and testing requirements. Covers household warning systems; fire A continuation of BI101, emphasizing tissues and organ systems of

detection and alarm systems; protective signaling systems; explo- fish. Anatomical and physiological concepts considered system by

sion systems; water supply systems; and thermal, smoke and flame system. Prerequisite: BI101, or consent of instructor.

detection systems.

FI113 Fish Biology II

FF52 Fire Prevention Education Programs Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) A continuation of FI112 that considers embryological and develop-

Participants will demonstrate their ability to utilize fire data, to mental concepts, basic genetics, as well as classification, life histories

analyze the prevention needs in a community, and to design one and distribution of major fish sub-groups (with the emphasis on

public fire education program directed to preventing or mitigating Oregon fish groups) and commercially important invertebrates.

certain fires in that community. Prerequisite: FF17 or consent of Prerequisite: FI112 or consent of instructor.

instructor.

FI201, FI202, FI203 Fish Husbandry I, II, III

FF53 Introduction to Emergency Services Credits 6,6,3 (4,4,2 Lecture - 4,4,3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) begins F

Philosophy and history of Emergency Services. History of loss of An introduction to fish husbandry with special reference to history

life and property in fire, major medical emergencies, and natural and scope of fish culture. The first quarter typically covers topics

disaster, Responsibility of emergency services in a community, the such as world landing of fish, hatchery prophylaxis, fish diseases and

roles and responsibilities of a paramedic and firefighter, overview their control, feeding methods, ingredients of food and nutrition.

of the ICS system, organization and function of emergency ser- The second quarter emphasizes topics such as the determination

vices agencies and allied organizations, education and certification, of rearing capacities, reuse systems, hatchery management and

sources of professional literature, awareness and identification of records, spawning techniques, egg handling, care of fry, rearing

hazardous materials, emergency services apparatus, fire behavior, fish, and the transportation of eggs and fingerlings. Many of these

detection and protection systems, cultural diversity, harassment concepts are continued in the third quarter when new materials

in the workplace, survey of professional career opportunities and covering catfish and oyster culture, and the culture of miscellaneous

requirements, and developing a resume. fish and shellfish is introduced. Not to be taken out of sequence.

Prerequisite: FI103.

FF54 Instructor I

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) FI205 Fisheries Lab Techniques

This course is designed to provide fire fighters with an apprecia- Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

tion for the value of fire service instruction with primary emphasis This course will focus on the teaching of laboratory skills and

on benefits and necessary skills. It will cover the learning-teaching techniques that are used in the field of fish culture.

process, course and lesson development, planning, organizing and

managing instructional activities, the instructor’s role, methods of FI207 Data Collection Techniques

instruction, teaching aids, evaluation and testing, an introduction to

training programs and training program management. Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

(Formerly FI121)

(FI101 – FI241 are limited to students in the Fisheries Technology This course will stress the importance of neatness and accuracy in

Program) recording scientific data. Basic data summarization and statistical

concepts used in analyzing data are studied and practiced. Prereq-

uisite: MTH65 or equivalent.

FI101, FI102, FI103 Fishery Techniques I, II, III

Credits 4,4,4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F FI211 Field Projects I

An introduction to the program of Fisheries Technology, the first

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

term covers topics such as fisheries literature, identification and life

histories of trout and salmon, anesthetics, marking and tagging fish, First course in a sequence designed to provide the second year

and fish culture operations. The second term deals with topics such students an opportunity to plan, develop, and carry out a study

as creel census techniques, population estimation, net making and on their own initiative describing the results in a technical manner.

repair, farm pond management, drawing maps of lakes and streams, The students will use the skills they have acquired in class to ac-

and effects of exploitation. The third term emphasizes topics such as complish this project. The project will generally be of the students

fish capture methods, boats and boat handling, habitat improvement, own choosing. Sequential.

aquatic plants and their control, aquatic insects, water quality, fish

stomach content analysis, plankton, and rough fish control. Series is

sequential or requires consent of instructor. Prerequisite: Students









The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





176 FI212 Field Projects II advanced French course. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W in English.

This course is a continuation of the project begun in the previous

term. Prerequisite: FI211. FR102 First Year French II

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

FI213 Field Projects III A continuation of FR 101, this course continues to emphasize all

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp aspects of communicating in French while exploring the cultures of

This course is a continuation and completion of the project conduct- French speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences

ed during FI211 and FI212. A final project report following the format supplement classroom work. Prerequisite: FR101, three to four

of technical fisheries journals is required. Prerequisite: FI212. semesters of high-school level French, or equivalent. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

FI221 Building Maintenance and Repair

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F FR103 First Year French III

Instruction and practice in maintenance of buildings and households. Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Repair activities including working with wood, plumbing, basic wiring, Completing the sequence introducing students to the French lan-

concrete, building repairs, roof maintenance and painting. guage and French speaking cultures, this course provides materials

and experiences which help students confirm their basic communica-

tion skills in French and prepare them for further study in the lan-

FI222 Equipment Maintenance and Repair guage or travel to French-speaking countries. Prerequisite: FR102,

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W or five to six semesters of high-school level French, or equivalent.

Instruction and practice in maintenance of equipment commonly Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

found at a fish hatchery. Repair activities include basic automotive

care and maintenance, and work on power tools, appliances, electric

FR111 Beginning French Conversation I

motors, pumps, batteries, hydraulics and refrigeration systems,

furnaces, etc. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

This course introduces students to French by emphasizing speaking

and listening skills used in everyday situations. Some reading skills

FI231 Current Issues/Natural Resources are also introduced to aid in instruction and dialoging. Students

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W discuss French culture, customs, and seasonal traditions in order to

Provides insights into contemporary political, environmental and discover insights into the French way of life, with audio visual mate-

public relations problems as they relate to fisheries, wildlife, and rials enhancing presentations and discussions. Offered at irregular

natural resources. Prerequisite: Second year standing or consent intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

of instructor.

FR112 Beginning French Conversation II

FI241 Stream Habitat Assessment and Improvement Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Continuing from FR111, this course continues to offer students

Instruction and practice in conducting stream habitat assessment practice in speaking and listening in French while exploring the life of

in accordance with procedures used by local government agencies. French speaking cultures. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite:

Also, instruction in current practices of stream habitat improve- FR111, or FR101, or one semester of high-school level French, or the

ment. equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.



FN225 Nutrition FR113 Beginning French Conversation III

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

This course is an introduction to the science of nutrition. The The course completes the introduction of French conversation

biological functions and dietary sources of essential nutrients are skills. Student upon completion will be able to carry on simple

studied, as well as the relationship of diet to health. Contemporary conversations in everyday situations. Offered at irregular intervals.

national and international nutritional concerns also are presented. Prerequisite: FR112, or FR101, or one semester of high-school

The student is required to complete a computer-assisted, three- level French, or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing

day diet survey and evaluation. Prerequisite: high school biology in English.

or BI101 or equivalent, and high school chemistry or CH104 or

equivalent, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

FR150 Beginning French I (Intensive)

Writing, Math.

Credits 7 (7 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

For students who need a faster introduction to the French language

FR101 First Year French I and French-speaking cultures, this course covers in one quarter the

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F materials covered in FR101 and the first half of FR102. Proficiency

Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency, Needed: Reading, Writing.

this course introduces students to the French language and the

cultures of French speaking countries. Classroom instruction is

FR151 Beginning French II (Intensive)

supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Prerequisite:

None. Students who have completed one year or less of high-school

level French are advised to take FR101 before attempting a more





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



Credits 8 (8 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Continuing from FR150, this course presents the materials covered

in the last half of FR102 and all of FR103. Upon completion, students

FSE121 Funeral Service Orientation

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

A survey course of funeral history from ancient days to present.

177

will be able to carry on basic conversation in everyday situations Specialized vocabulary of funeral service is introduced.

in French. Prerequisite: FR150 or FR102. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing.

FSE122 Funeral Service Sociology

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

FR201 Second Year French I This course analyzes the interplay of societies and funeralization,

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F surveys religious and ethnic funeral customs found in American

Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency, society, and explores families and family roles in the funeral.

this course helps students continue to establish proficiency in the

French language, and includes some in-depth exploration of the

cultures of French speaking countries. Classroom instruction is

FSE124 Funeral Service Law

supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Prerequisite: Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

FR103, or seven to eight semesters of high-school level French, A survey course of relevant legal principles. Mortuary law, probate

or equivalent. Co-requisite: FR211. Proficiency Needed: Reading, law and business law are reviewed. Emphasis is placed on legal

Writing in English. responsibilities of the funeral service practitioner.



FR202 Second Year French II FSE211 Embalming I

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

A continuation of FR201, this course emphasizes all aspects of com- In this first of a three-course sequence, students are introduced

municating in French while exploring the cultures of French speak- to practical embalming theory supported by learning of injection

ing countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supplement methods, types of embalming agents, postmortem conditions and

classroom work. Prerequisite: FR201 or equivalent. Co-Requisite: their treatment. Students participate in practical embalming lab

FR212. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English. throughout the course. Prerequisite: 2nd year standing in the Funeral

Service Education program.

FR203 Second Year French III

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp FSE212 Embalming II

Completing the sequence of intermediate level French, students Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

develop skills to help them become proficient communicators in the This sequential course is a continuation of Embalming I. Lecture

French language and within the day-to-day contexts found in French classes will place an emphasis on systemic circulation and micro-

speaking cultures. Prerequisite: FR202 or equivalent. Co-Requisite: circulation as applicable to the embalming operation. Students

FR213. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English. participate in practical embalming and restorative art lab throughout

the course. Sequential. Prerequisite: FSE211.

FR211 Second Year French Conversation I

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F FSE213 Embalming III

This course supplements FR201 by emphasizing speaking and listen- Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

ing skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, A sequential course continuation of Embalming II. Lecture classes

contexts, and topics in order to help students improve oral profi- concern special embalming problems, such as discolorations,

ciency in French. Prerequisite: FR103, or seven to eight semesters decomposition, edema, dehydration, contagion and infection. Stu-

of high-school level French, or equivalent. Co-requisite: FR201. dents participate in practical embalming throughout this course.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English. Prerequisite: FSE211 and FSE212.



FR212 Second Year French Conversation II FSE214 Restorative Art

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

This course supplements FR202 by emphasizing speaking and listen- A study of structural anatomy of the face and head, surface anatomy

ing skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, and physiognomical forms, reconstructions of facial tissues employ-

contexts, and topics in order to help students improve oral pro- ing different media, general restorative treatments, projection,

ficiency in French. Prerequisite: FR211, or FR201, or equivalent. form and color in the restorative process. Concurrent enrollment

Co-requisite: FR202. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. in FSE212 is required.



FR213 Second Year French Conversation III FSE216 Funeral Service Microbiology

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course supplements FR203 by emphasizing speaking and A study of microorganisms with emphasis on pathogens and infec-

listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vo- tious processes. Applications are made to personal health and public

cabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve health concerns of embalmers and funeral directors.

oral proficiency in French. Prerequisite: FR212 and FR202, or

equivalent. Co-requisite: FR203. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Writing in English.







The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





178 FSE217 Funeral Service Pathology

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

A survey of disease processes; etiology, pathogenesis, homeostatic

or no funeral service experience. Students take 3 credit hours of

FSE240A in both fall and spring quarters of their graduating year,

for 6 credits overall. Instructor permission required.

mechanisms, and regressive tissue changes. Implications of forensic

pathology for funeral service professionals. Prerequisite: AH12 or FSE245 Funeral Service Issues

MO14. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This course elicits major issues facing funeral service in the pres-

FSE219 Embalming Chemistry ent and future. Criticism of funeral practices and the profession

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F is analyzed and alternatives and options for the profession are

The course is a basic survey of inorganic chemistry, organic chem- explored. Prerequisite: Student must have 2nd year standing in

istry, and biochemistry as they relate to the embalming process. the program.

Emphasis is placed specifically on material delineated in the ex-

pectations published by the A.B.F.S.E. for chemistry. Prerequisite: (FT122 – FT246 are limited to students in the Forest Resources Tech-

CH104 or equivalent. nology and Integrated Natural Resources Programs.)



FSE221 Funeral Home Management I FT122 Forest Measurements I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

The role and function of the funeral director as an effective man- This course introduces the student to field measurement of forest

ager is explored. Considerations in establishing a funeral home are resources. Topics include fundamentals of field sampling, use of

covered. Emphasis is placed on management functions of planning, topographic maps, measurement of land area using compass and

organizing, motivating, directing, and controlling. Human relations GPS, and estimation of tree heights, diameters, age and crown

as they relate to management of personnel are discussed. classes. Electronic data collection and analysis are integral. Prereq-

uisite: MTH60 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Co-requisite:

FSE222 Funeral Home Management II F112 or consent of instructor.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This sequential course examines business operations within funeral FT144 Forest Insects and Diseases

service. Emphasis is placed on merchandising principles as they are Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

related to the funeral business. Applications of basic accounting and In this course, major insects and diseases of Pacific Northwest forest

finance principles are covered. Computer applications within the trees are studied as they relate to forest health. Identification, biol-

funeral home are discussed. Prerequisite: FSE221. ogy, damage to trees, and the pathogen’s role in forest ecosystems

are emphasized. Preventative and control measures are studied in

FSE225 Funeral Directing the context of land owners’ management objectives. A discussion of

the damaging effects of atmospheric pollutants is also included.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

A survey of the funeral directors responsibilities: funeral arrange-

ments, conduct of the funeral, visitation, final disposition, respon- FT160 Forest Fire Management and Ecology

sibilities of the family in need. Two hours per week of Funeral Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

Directing lab. This course introduces the student to the role of fire in forested

ecosystems. Areas addressed include: wildland fire prevention,

FSE226 Funeral Service Psychology detection, suppression and behavior; fuels management strategies

and activities; basic fire ecology; and the use of prescribed fire as

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

a management tool.

Application of psychological principles to the funeral, bereavement

and funeral home functions. Emotional behavior analysis, manifesta-

tions of grief, effect of personality on the bereaved and analysis of FT211 Forest Products

psychological studies of grief and mourning are discussed. Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This course covers the technical aspects of handling raw materials

FSE227 Funeral Service Counseling from forested lands. The student is given an insight into the physical,

chemical and economic processes involved in manufacturing finished

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

wood products. Instructional topics include wood properties and

Analysis of the funeral director’s role as counselor in matters treatments, and lumber, plywood and paper production. Field trips

pertaining to death, dying, grief, bereavement, and mourning. to mills are included.

Counseling principles are applied to the funeral service setting.

Prerequisite: FSE226.

FT212 Current Issues/Forest Resources

Credits 1 ( Hrs/Wk) – W

FSE240, FSE240A Funeral Service Internship

(Formerly F111A)

Credits 6,3 (1 Lecture – 15,8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp

This course investigates biological, social and political issues influ-

FSE240 (6 credits in Spring only) or

encing forestry and natural resources management. Proficiency

FSE240A (3 credits each in Spring and Fall). Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

A quarter-long internship experience served in local funeral homes,

learning experiences are guided by faculty and supervised by a funeral

home preceptor. FSE240A is recommended for students with little FT220 Aerial Photointerpretation

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

This course teaches the fundamentals needed to use aerial photo-

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



graphs as aids for field work and preliminary information gathering.

Students learn to obtain 3-dimensional views from the photos, to

relate the features on the photos to the same features on topo-

FT242 Watershed Processes

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

This course examines the basic hydrological processes occurring in

179

graphic maps and on the ground, and to estimate areas of land and forested watersheds. Natural factors influencing water quality and

heights of features on the photos. Timber typing, basic principles yield, fish and wildlife habitat, and soil and slope stability are covered.

of photo attributes, and the use of photos as basic maps in the field The effects of forest management activities on these processes are

are also included. Prerequisite: MTH80 or MTH95, and FT122 or examined, with an emphasis on riparian areas. Prerequisite: FT122.

consent of instructor. Completion of F141 is helpful but not required.



FT222 Forest Measurements II FT244 Applied Silviculture I: Reforestation

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 5 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

This course provides instruction and training in estimating volume Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

and quality of standing timber. Sampling methods and their associ- In FT244 and FT246, students are instructed in the practices of

ated field techniques are covered, with an emphasis on producing forest ecosystem management. This course focuses on the prin-

reliable and accurate data. Data computation, statistical evaluation, ciples and applications for reforestation under a variety of forested

and the preparation of comprehensive timber cruise reports are conditions and landowner objectives. Topics include: silvical charac-

required. Labs focus on field timber cruising using Atterbury’s Su- teristics of forest tree species, site preparation, seedling selection

per A.C.E. program. Prerequisite: FT122 and MTH80, or consent and planting, brush and animal damage control, natural regeneration

of instructor. and reforestation evaluation. Prerequisite: F240.



FT226 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping FT246 Appl Silviculture II: Forest Stand Dynamics

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

In this course, students produce maps for use in natural resources This course is a continuation of Silviculture I. In this course students

management. Raw field data as well as electronic data are used to study the growth and development of stands and methods of pre-

construct computer-generated maps. Topics include map elements, scribing stand management techniques, particularly thinnings, for a

coordinate systems, basic CAD commands, accessing data, and given forest type and landowner objective. It also includes evaluating

professional presentations of data. Prerequisite: F112. the applicability of the major silvicultural systems of clearcutting,

shelterwood and selection cutting for a given site and landscape.

FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information Prerequisite: FT244 or consent of instructor.

Systems

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W FW251 Principles of Wildlife Conservation

This course covers the fundamentals of how to manage, manipulate, Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

and display spatially-referenced data for land-use planning and deci- This course is designed for all fisheries and wildlife science majors

sion-making. Students will work with GIS software applications. and all other interested persons. The course covers the history

Prerequisite: F112 and FT226, or ET144 and ET200, or consent of the conservation movement and natural resource use. It also

of instructor. involves the relationship of governmental and private agencies in

applying management policies. This is a broad-based class that covers

FT235 Outdoor Recreation the principles and practices of fisheries and wildlife management

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp and the role of research in management. This class is required in

This course explores the use and management of forested either the freshman or sophomore year for wildlife science and

recreational settings. Topics include the influence of social and fisheries transfer majors.

economic values on recreational use and planning, techniques for

environmental interpretation, facilities maintenance, and wilderness FW252 Wildlife Resources: Mammals

management issues. Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

One of three courses in vertebrate biology designed for students

FT238 Timber Harvesting in the Integrated Natural Resources Program and all others inter-

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp ested in the biology of these animals. Includes an overview of the

This course covers the various techniques used to remove woody taxonomy, biology, ecology, behavior, and life history of mammals.

material from forest stands. Instruction focuses on selecting proper Laboratories stress identification and taxonomy as well as providing

harvesting methods and equipment to meet forest management students with experience with field research techniques. Includes

objectives. Topics include the operations of ground-based, cable several off-campus, outside laboratories. Non-sequential. Prerequi-

and aerial logging methods; environmental assessment of resource site: FW251 or BI273, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:

impacts; timber sale and road layout; and timber appraisal. Field trips Reading, Writing, Math.

to logging sites are integral to the course. Concurrent enrollment

in FT246 is required or consent of instructor. FW253 Wildlife Resources: Birds

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

One of three courses in vertebrate biology designed for students

in the Integrated Natural Resources Program and all others in-

terested in the biology of these animals. Includes an overview of

the taxonomy, biology, ecology, behavior, and life history of birds.





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





180 Laboratories stress identification and taxonomy as well as providing

students with experience with field research techniques. Includes

many off-campus, outside laboratories and a mandatory weekend

mass wasting, and the geologic processes of steams, oceans, ground

water, wind and ice. Also covered is plate tectonics. G203 finishes

with the physical aspects and also covers the principles of historical

field trip. Non-sequential. Prerequisite: FW251 or BI273, or consent geology, including the origin and development of the earth, plant

of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. and animal life and their changes through geologic time. A number

of field trips are utilized throughout the year to demonstrate areas

FW254 Wildlife Resources: Fish, Amphibians and of Oregon’s and Washington’s plentiful geologic history. Not to be

Reptiles taken out of sequence. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

One of three courses in vertebrate biology designed for students GD113 Digital File Preparation

in the Integrated Natural Resources Program and all others Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

interested in the biology of these animals. Includes an overview This course is an examination of the Macintosh operating system

of the taxonomy, biology, ecology, behavior, and life history of and the software used to prepare digital art for print reproduc-

fish, amphibians, and reptiles. Laboratories stress identification tion. Students will develop basic skills in a Macintosh vector-based

and taxonomy as well as providing students with experience with drawing program. Students will learn the craftsmanship required

field research techniques with an emphasis on fish. Includes many to produce accurate digital artwork and separations. Prerequisite:

off-campus, outside laboratories. Non-sequential. Prerequisite: Graphic Design majors only.

FW251 or BI273, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing, Math. GD114 Digital Typography I

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

FW255 Wildlife Techniques This is the first of a three-term sequence on the study of letterforms

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W and their appropriate and effective use in visual communications.

This non-sequential course is designed for students in the Integrated Typographic mechanics will be examined from both historic and

Natural Resources Program and those interested in pursing a ca- contemporary perspectives. Applied black and white projects

reer in wildlife biology. A field-intensive course, students will learn which explore the vocabulary, structure, formal and applied aspects

techniques used to study, survey, inventory and monitor wildlife of typographic composition will be assigned using page layout and

populations and habitat. Through group projects students will also drawing software on the Macintosh computer. Prerequisite: Graphic

learn about experimental design, data analysis and presentation of Design majors only.

completed products. The methodology covered is that used by con-

sultants and wildlife biologists in their work for various agencies and GD115 Digital Typography II

businesses. Laboratories are hands-on, often physically demanding, Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

and usually out-of-doors. Prerequisite: FW251 or FW252 or con-

This is the second in a three-term sequence on the study of letter-

sent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

forms and their appropriate and effective use in visual communica-

tions. Students will use page layout and vector-drawing software on

*** the Macintosh computer. Emphasis will be on working with color

and editorial design principles. Sensitivity to the spatial relationships

G148B, G148C Volcanoes and Their Activity between letters, words, lines and columns of type with a concern for

Credits 2,3 (2,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F legibility is stressed. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD113,

This is an introductory course in volcanology, which is a branch of GD114, and GD120. Graphic Design majors only.

the science of geology. The student will develop an understanding

of the types, origin, activity, products and hazards of volcanoes. No GD116 Digital Typography III

prerequisite. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This is the third in a three-term sequence on the study of let-

G165 Regional Field Geology terforms. Students will research, generate and apply an original

Credits 3 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Su PostScript typeface using font creation software on the Macintosh.

This course consists of a field trip to an area of special geologic The font will include multiple weights of a full character set. Finally,

interest. The trip is arranged to illustrate various geologic aspects students will focus on aesthetic issues of complex typographic com-

and special features unique to the selected region and includes position in an applied project. Prerequisite: Successful completion

studies of the age and origin, geologic setting, stratigraphy and of GD115, GD121, and GD145. Graphic Design majors only.

structure, topography and significant events through geologic time.

The course will begin with an on-campus meeting prior to the field GD120 Graphic Design I

trip and all students will be expected to become familiar with the Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

geologic section for the region. This is the first of a three-term sequence in the basic philosophy,

theory and techniques of graphic design. This first term deals spe-

G201, G202, G203 Principles of Geology cifically with SHAPE, including the conceptual, visual, relational and

Credits 4,4,4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F

General Geology is a three term, sequential course designed both

for science majors and individuals needing a lab science or just desir-

ing to gain a better understanding of the earth. G201 and G202 are

concerned with principles of physical geology, including rocks and

minerals, the structure of the earth, earthquakes, rock deformation,



See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



practical elements of two-dimensional design with the exclusion of

color. Sequential. Prerequisite: Graphic Design majors only.

communications and design. This course will explore two- and

three-dimensional principles of design as applied to product packag-

ing and promotional communications. Integration of the elements

181

GD121 Graphic Design II of design from product brandmark to package to point of purchase

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Second year standing and GD232.

Graphic Design majors only.

This is the second of a three-term sequence in the basic philosophy,

theory and techniques of graphic design. This second term specifi-

cally deals with “Content: Word and Image” with the inclusion of GD235 HTML Programming for Graphic Designers

color theory, terms and principles. Sequential. Prerequisite: Graphic

Design majors only. GD113, GD114, and GD120. Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

Graphic Design students will learn to produce basic documents in

GD122 Graphic Design III HTML, the hypertext markup language used on the World Wide

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Web. Students will gain experience with a variety of HTML edi-

tors and learn how different web browsers react to viewing pages.

This term focuses on the development of a multi-faceted, unified

Typographic formatting will be covered as well as hyperlinks, tables

design campaign. Students use skills from first and second terms

and frames. Basic image processing, file naming conventions, naviga-

in addition to three-dimensional design theory to express multiple

tional principles, and menuing will also be addressed. Prerequisite:

components of a single visual theme. Prerequisite: Successful

Successful completion of GD232, GD244, and GD249. Graphic

completion of GD115, GD121, and GD145. Graphic Design majors

Design majors only.

only.



GD145 Digital Imaging GD236 Portfolio

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

This course will cover various presentation techniques as well as

This is the first in a two-term exploration of digital image manipula-

the tools, materials and processes for creating and showing a design

tion and editing software for the Macintosh. Flatbed scanning, color

portfolio. Emphasis will be on the development of a final graduating

separation, retouching and working with a variety of file formats will

portfolio and designing a creative resume. Students will perform

be covered. Original art will be created while investigating the full

practice presentations for the instructor and guest reviewers.

complement of digital imaging tools. Prerequisite: Successful comple-

Prerequisite: GD233, GD246, and second year standing. Graphic

tion of GD113, GD114 and GD120. Graphic Design majors only.

Design majors only.

GD146 Advanced Digital Imaging

GD244 Digital Page Layout

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

(Formerly GD245)

(Formerly GD144)

This is the second in a two-term sequence exploring digital imaging

This is an advanced course in using the Macintosh computer and

software for the Macintosh. Students will develop mastery of both

graphics applications as design and production tools. Emphasis will

vector- and raster-based programs and learn to create increasingly

be on moving files between applications and using the computer

complex artwork. Advanced scanning techniques, preparing files

to efficiently and accurately position and manage type, images,

for optimum color reproduction, and strategic planning of both the

color and graphic elements in complex document construction.

creative image and its underlying digital file(s) will be emphasized.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD116, GD122, and GD146.

Photographic fundamentals including composition, lighting and crop-

Graphic Design majors only.

ping will be addressed. Prerequisite: GD115, GD121 and GD145.

Graphic Design Majors only.

GD246 Digital Publication Design

GD232 Advanced Graphic Design I Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course will allow the student to gain expertise in current

page layout, drawing and image-editing software programs on the

This class is the first in a two-term sequence in the study and ap-

Macintosh computer. Students will be expected to utilize design,

plication of principles and practices of visual communication design.

layout and typographic principles learned in first-year graphic design

The course will explore both two- and three-dimensional aspects

courses to compose complex publications via the computer. Em-

of design problems, incorporating typographic, symbolic, pictorial

phasis will be on the design of cohesive multi-page documents such

and other graphic forms in visual structure. Emphasis will be placed

as books, annual reports, magazines and catalogs, while utilizing the

upon processes in the development of solutions to realistic design

full complement of digital tools. An investigation into the organiza-

problems. Prerequisite: Second year standing, GD116, GD122, and

tion and structure of editorial design will be included. Prerequisite:

GD146. Graphic Design majors only.

Successful completion of GD146 and GD244. Second-year Graphic

Design majors only.

GD233 Advanced Graphic Design II

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W GD247 Interactive Media Design

This class is the second of a two-term sequence in the study and Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

application of principles and practices of visual communication

This course is designed to explore the multimedia potential of

design. Emphasis will be placed upon expanding knowledge and

advanced Macintosh software applications. Students will learn

practice in the formal, functional and structural aspects of visual

interactive authoring software to produce pages for the worldwide

web. Students will address issues of interactivity, lighting, motion,



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





182 sound and sequencing while creating computer-based presenta-

tions. Effective information delivery systems, navigational tools

and interface design will be examined. Prerequisite: Successful

This course examines the world geographic system on a regional

basis. The differences in regions are examined in terms of physi-

cal environments and the adaptation which results from human

completion of GD233, GD235, GD246 and second-year standing. response to those environments. Regions which may be covered

Graphic Design majors only. may include: North America, Middle America, South America, Asia,

Southeast Asia, Australia, Europe, Africa, Russia and the CIS, the

GD249 Graphic Design Practicum Middle East and Oceania. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp

This class will simulate a real-life design studio where students com- GEOG107 Introduction to Cultural Geography

pete with one another on real client projects. Emphasis will be on Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp

appropriate problem-solving, staying within budgetary constraints This course explores the relationship between human culture and

and producing high quality comprehensives. Job documentation the environment. Topics may include culture languages, religions,

and client presentation skills are also stressed. This will enable subsistence and economic development, industrial development,

the student to understand, first hand, the processes involved in urban systems, energy resources, and environmental degradation.

creating and producing actual printed pieces. Prerequisite: Second Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

year standing. Graphic Design majors only.

GEOG180 Map Reading and Interpretation

GE101 Engineering Orientation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Map reading and interpretation is an important part of geographic

This course is the first in a sequence of engineering orientation exploration and research. This course is designed to assist the

courses intended for students wishing to pursue a 4 year Bachelor beginning student in developing the skills needed for this type of

of Science degree in Engineering. The course gives an introduction study. Emphasis is placed upon both the natural and human made

to the engineering profession and engineering problem solving. It environment. Topics include the history of geographic explora-

includes an overview of various engineering fields and job functions, tion and mapping, global coordinate systems, map projections and

engineering education, professionalism and ethics, communication scale, map types, maps as propaganda, and the use of topographic

skills, engineering mechanics, electrical fundamentals, engineering maps of both U.S. and foreign origin. Prerequisite: None, however

economics, and basic programming techniques. A laboratory compo- GEOG105, GEOG106, and GEOG107 are recommended. Profi-

nent is included which consists of a combination of group exercises, ciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

computer lab, and applied problem solving. Prerequisite: MTH111

with a C or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. GEOG206 Geography of Oregon

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

GE102 Engineering Computations This course explores the state from a geographical perspective. This

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W perspective focuses upon where things are, what they are made of,

To acquaint engineering students with the use and operation of the why they are there and what their future is likely to be. Course

computer programming in the engineering problem-solving process. topics include the history, culture, economics, politics, international

Computer programs will be developed and used by students in the trade links, transportation systems and natural environments of the

typical engineering problems. Structured programming techniques state of Oregon. A portion of the class is also dedicated exclusively

will be emphasized. Prerequisite: MTH111 with a C or better. Pro- to Portland and its surrounding communities, which is the largest

ficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. urban area in the state and a very important regional urban center.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

GE115 Engineering Graphics

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp GEOG214 Geography of Mexico and Central America

An introduction to engineering graphics using manual and computer- Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

aided drafting skills. Includes graphic communication, multi-view This course explores Mexico and Central America from the geo-

and pictorial representation, graphical analysis and solutions. Pre- graphical perspective. This perspective asks where things are, what

requisite: None, but recommend a Mechanical Engineering drawing they are made up of, why they are there, and what their future is

course, Introduction to AutoCAD or consent of instructor. likely to be. Topics include the history, culture, economics, inter-

national trade links, politics, international relations, transportation

GEOG105 Introduction to Physical Geography systems and natural environments of this neighboring portion of

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W our world. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

This course surveys selected aspects of the physical environment.

Topics that may be covered include: the atmosphere, energy flow, GEOG290 Environmental Problems

weather and climate, water and soils, Biogeography and biomes, Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

land forms, tectonics and weathering, streams, glaciers, deserts This course is an introduction to the environment and the problems

and coasts. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. associated with the presence and activities of humans on earth.

The basic principles of ecology are introduced. Renewable and

GEOG106 Introduction to World Regional Geography non-renewable resources, the pollution they create, and possible

solutions are considered. This course is also offered for Science

credit as BI145. A student may receive credit for BI145 or GEOG290,

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

but not both. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.



GER101 First Year German I

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency,

this course introduces students to the German language and the

students to expand skills in reading, writing, speaking and under-

standing the culture. Contact division for availability. Prerequisite:

GER203 or equivalent. Instructor permission and a contract specify-

183

cultures of German speaking countries. Classroom instruction is ing learning objectives are required.

supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Prerequisite:

None: Students who have completed one year or less of high-school GER201 Second Year German I

level German are advised to take GER101 before attempting more Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

advanced German courses. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency,

in English. this course helps students continue to establish proficiency in the

German language, and includes some in-depth exploration of the

GER102 First Year German II cultures of German speaking countries. Classroom instruction

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Sequential. Of-

Second in the sequence, this course provides materials and experi- fered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: GER103 or seven to eight

ences which help students confirm their basic communication skills semesters of high-school level German, or equivalent. Proficiency

in German and prepare them for further study in the language or Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

travel to German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GER101 or

three to four semesters of high-school level German, or equivalent. GER202 Second Year German II

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English. Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

A Continuation of GER201, this course emphasizes all aspects of

GER103 First Year German III communicating in German while exploring the cultures of German

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supple-

Completing the sequence introducing students to the German ment classroom work. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals.

language and German speaking cultures, this course provides materi- Prerequisite: GER201 or equivalent, or consent of instructor.

als and experiences which help students confirm their basic com- Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

munication skills in German and prepare them for further study in

the language or travel to German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GER203 Second Year German III

GER102 or five to six semesters of high-school level German, or Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English. Completing the sequence of intermediate level German, students

develop skills to help them become proficient communicators in

GER111 Beginning German Conversation I the German language and within the day-to-day contexts found in

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) German speaking cultures. Offered at irregular intervals. Prereq-

This course introduces students to German by emphasizing speaking uisite: GER202 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Proficiency

and listening skills used in everyday situations. Some reading skills Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

are also introduced to aid in instruction and dialoging. Students

discuss German culture, customs, and seasonal traditions in order GRX10 The Aging Process

to discover insights into the German way of life, with audio visual Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

materials enhancing presentations and discussions. Sequential. Of- This course is designed to provide an overview of the aging process

fered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing and the impact on an elder’s ability to interact within their environ-

in English. ment. Chronological, biological, social and psychological aspects of

aging will be discussed.

GER112 Beginning German Conversation II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) GRX15 Concepts in Wellness and Disease Prevention

Continuing from GER111, this course continues to offer students

practice in speaking and listening in German while exploring the Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

life of German speaking cultures. Sequential. Offered at irregular

This course emphasizes the value of health and wellness promotion

intervals. Prerequisite: GER111, GER101, or one semester of high-

and disease prevention with elders. Students will gain an under-

school level German, or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

standing of primary, secondary and tertiary levels of prevention.

Writing in English.

Interventions will be discussed. Offered at irregular intervals.



GER113 Beginning German Conversation III GRX20 Mental Health and Elders

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

The course completes the introduction of German conversation

This course will present an introduction to issues in mental health

skills. Students upon completion will be able to carry on simple

and elders. The focus will be on a lifespan developmental perspec-

conversations in everyday situations. Sequential. Offered at irregular

tive based on the assumption that current emotional problems can

intervals. Prerequisite: GER112, or GER101, or 1 semester of high-

often be linked with earlier life events and patterns of coping with

school level German or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

stress. Common conditions such as dementia, substance abuse,

Writing in English.

anxiety disorders, and bipolar disease will be discussed. Students

will learn approaches to assessment and health promotion. Offered

GER198 German: Independent Study at irregular intervals.

Credits 1-3 (1-3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

This course provides an opportunity for intermediate and advanced

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





184 GRX22 Alzheimer’s Care

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

This course is modeled after The Best Friends Approach to

is explored utilizing a development which is based on fundamental

principles and theories using current issues and problems. Not

sequential. No prerequisite. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writ-

Alzheimer’s Care. This Oregon state initiative is designed to pro- ing, Math.

vide training for all individuals who work with Alzheimer’s patients.

This comprehensive person-centered, non-medical model of care GS106 Physical Science - Geology

prepares the learner to develop skills to respond to various situ- Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

ations, and adopt a successful model of caregiving for families and The earth science emphasis of physical science explores the vari-

professional caregivers and how the art of friendship teaches about ous ways in which the earth’s crust is being changed. Elements of

good Alzheimer’s care. This approach can be applicable to home oceanography are combined with geology to provide an overview for

care, adult day care and long-term care. the students. The evolution of land forms in Oregon is emphasized.

Two field trips are offered, of these the student must attend one.

GRX30 Chronic Disease Not sequential. No prerequisite. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Writing, Math.

This course will provide the student with an awareness of chronic

disease and the sociocultural, economic and personal impact on the GS107 Universe: The Infinite Frontier

lifestyle of elders. The roles of family and members of the health care Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

team will be discussed. Options available in the continuum of care This course is a comprehensive series of 20 half-hour television

focusing on the elder’s strengths, and environmental adaptations programs describing the nature of our solar system, its constituent

will be discussed. Offered at irregular intervals. objects, our galaxy and the universe reflecting the latest under-

standing of how these structures came to take their present form.

GRX40 Public Policy and Elder Health Care Included in these programs are interviews with leading astronomers,

planetary scientists and astrophysicists. Visual material for this

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp series includes images from observatories around the world as well

This course discusses the public policy that may affect elder health as captivating three-dimensional computer animations and simula-

care. Health care trends such as managed care and reimbursement tions. The course content is supported with a required textbook

sources including Medicare, Medicaid, and SSI will be discussed. Stu- and optional student study guide. Offered at irregular intervals.

dents will gain an understanding of the Older Americans Act and the Prerequisite: MTH20 or the equivalent.

Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act. Current public policy related

to health care will be explored. Offered at irregular intervals. GS142 Earth Revealed

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

GRX50 Fundamentals of Health Care Earth revealed is an introductory study of the state of our planet

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W – its interior, oceans, continents, mountains and volcanoes, energy

This course provides the student with opportunities to demonstrate and mineral resources. This course gives students a detailed update

techniques used in the care of elders. Also included are safety and on our “new earth” and on the scientific advances that are help-

environmental factors, communication skills and interacting with ing us to rediscover it. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency

members of the health care team. Needed: Reading, Writing.



GRX60 Essentials of Caregiving GS145 Planet Earth

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

This course provides a basic understanding of role changes within Planet Earth is an introductory study of the state of our planet – its

families, ethical aspects of caring for elders including abuse and interior, oceans, continents, mountains and volcanoes, energy and

neglect. Community resources that meet the specific needs of mineral resources, climate, sun and the atmosphere. This course

caregivers, care providers, and hiring and maintaining caregivers gives students a detailed update on our “new earth” and on the

will also be explored. scientific advances that are helping us to rediscover it. Offered at

irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

GS104 Physical Science - Physics

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

GS146 Earth, Sea and Sky

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

The concepts of motion, forces, gravitation, radioactivity, energy,

power, heat and light are approached from a conceptual point of An introduction to the earth sciences. This course surveys as-

view. The laboratory is utilized to investigate specific questions tronomy, meteorology, climatology, oceanography and geology. It

which arise in the lecture. Not sequential. No prerequisite. Profi- stresses the scientific method and the enhancement of the powers

ciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. of observation and interpretation. Offered at irregular intervals.

Proficiency Needed: Reading.

GS105 Physical Science - Chemistry

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

GS147 Oceanus: Marine Environment

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

The chemistry emphasis of physical science is developed from a

descriptive point of view. The composition and reactivity of matter This course introduces the student to oceanography and marine

biology. The course focuses on the marine environment as a unique







See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



feature of the planet Earth and investigates areas of intense scien-

tific and public concern. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency

Needed: Reading.

for making career decisions. Students will learn skills in self-as-

sessment, career research and decision-making. Activities include

interest inventories, computerized career resources, and informa-

185

tional interviewing. (Not open to students who have completed

GS150 Science and Pseudoscience HD208.) An independent study option is available that consists

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) of two three-hour workshop sessions followed by individualized

independent study activities. (Not open to students who have

This course will discuss paranormal and fringe-science claims from

completed HD208.)

an objective, scientific point of view. Included will be instruction

in scientific methodology and critical thinking, with the hope that

students enrolled may develop a healthy skepticism towards the HD202 Life Transitions

unproven claims of others. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Needed: Reading, Writing. This class is intended for persons involved in life changes who want

to explore new directions, interests, and the tools for improving

GS153 Introduction to Cosmology self-esteem and confidence. Students will focus on self-exploration

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp and development of life-planning skills through a process of analyz-

ing predictable life transitions. Emphasis will be on developing and

This introductory course is an investigation into the origin and evolu-

integrating skills in goal setting, decision making and plan implemen-

tion of the universe, with special attention given to the inflationary

tation. This course is limited to Transitions students.

Big Bang theory. An overview of early cosmological models and a

discussion of the methodology of science will prepare the student

for an examination of current theories which seek to explain the HD204 Developing Emotional Intelligence

origin of hydrogen, helium and the heavier elements. Galactic and Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

stellar evolution, black holes, Dark Matter, supernovas, brown The skills to manage one’s emotions, cope with stresses and com-

dwarfs and special and general relativity will also be discussed. municate effectively are often more important to professional

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. success than technical job skills. This course introduces a number

of critical self-management skills and provides an opportunity for

GS198 General Science: Independent Study students to develop them. Topics include the nature and background

Credits 1-3 (3-9 Lab Hrs/Wk) of Emotional Intelligence, core emotions, the use of cognitive tech-

niques to manage emotions, approaches to coping effectively with

The course is designed for unique individual and/or group projects

stress, effective communication of emotions, and skills for managing

of a special nature for interdisciplinary or in-depth work in applied

change. The course emphasizes the value of emotional self-manage-

biology or related fields. Enrollment requires a written project

ment in both personal and career relationships. Lecture, discussion

proposal that must be approved before registration. Contact divi-

and experiential learning activities are utilized to enhance students’

sion for availability.

understanding and mastery of self-management techniques. Offered

at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

***

HD208 Career and Life Planning

HD90 Transition to College Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Credits 1 (1 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An in-depth career and life planning course designed to teach stu-

This pre-college course will prepare Transitions students to take dents the life-long process for choosing or changing careers. The

appropriate college classes the following term. The class will include course includes researching oneself, researching careers, assessing

a one-hour lecture and a one-hour lab in which students will practice career options, and decision-making skills. Activities include interest

principles learned in lecture class. Students will learn how to find and/or skills inventories, computerized career resources (e.g., SIGI

money for school, identify community and campus resources, create and CIS). Students will learn how to make educational or training

personal support systems, and develop basic planning and organiza- plans to support their career choices, conduct informational inter-

tional skills for success in college classes. Competencies will include views and develop career portfolios. A maximum of three credits

learning how to apply for financial aid, locate student employment, will be awarded toward an MHCC degree to students who take both

apply for scholarships, create and effectively use study groups for HD110 and HD208. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

personal and academic support, deal with math anxiety, understand

basic computer literacy, and create a realistic and effective personal

and academic plan for the following term. HD209 Getting A Job

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Develop your career and get the job you want. Understand the job

HD100 College Success market and market yourself to employers. Uncover the hidden job

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp market and speak the language of the employer. Research potential

This course develops student understanding of the college culture employers, target job objectives, develop effective paper work such

and community. Course topics include college services, policies and as the resume, cover letter, and difficult applications. Learn how to

procedures; goal setting; time management; educational planning; do information interviewing. Learn good communication skills for

and student responsibility for his/her success. the job interview. Practice through video taping. (A three-credit

combination of HD209LOC, HD209RES, and HD209INT in that

HD110 Career Planning order.)

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

An introductory course designed to teach students the process HD209INT Interviewing Techniques



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





186 Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Develop your career and get the job you want. Understand the

job market and market yourself to employers. Research potential

Proficiency Needed: Reading.



HE204 Diet and Weight Control

employers and target job objectives. Learn how to do information Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

interviewing. Learn good communication skills for the job inter- This course promotes and helps the student achieve knowledge

view, including verbal and non-verbal communication. (One part in the areas of diet and weight control for today’s life styles as

of the three-credit HD209 course, not open to students who have it relates to the student’s total well-being. Proficiency Needed:

completed HD209.) Reading, Writing, Math.



HD209LOC Locating Your Job HE205 Diet Appraisal

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W

Develop your career and get the job you want. Understand the job This course will take an in-depth look at the American diet. Students

market and market yourself to employers. Uncover the hidden job will have the opportunity to analyze their individual nutrition habits

market and speak the language of the employer. Research potential and determine where improvements can be made. The course will

employers and target job objectives. Learn how to do information include information on consumer issues involving nutrition. Devel-

interviewing. (One part of the three-credit HD209 course, not opment of a low fat, low salt, and low sugar nutrition plan will be

open to students who have completed HD209.) emphasized. Proficiency Needed: Math.



HD209RES Developing Your Resume HE206 Alcohol and Addiction: Risk Reduction for Life

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W

Develop your career and get the job you want. Understand the Research-based information will guide individuals in using steps to

job market and market yourself to employers. Research potential reduce the risk for alcohol addiction. Self-assessment will guide

employers, target job objectives, and develop effective paper work those making high-risk choices to understand and accept the need

such as the resume, cover letter, and difficult applications. (One to make changes, either in their lifestyles or in choices that they

part of the three-credit HD209 course, not open to students who make to avoid future problems. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

have completed HD209.) Writing, Math.



HDFS224 Abuse in the Family HE207 Stress Control-Activity Intervention

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

The topic of family violence is introduced as an integral part of the Stress Control Through Activity Intervention is designed to meet

family and social system in which it takes place. The dynamics of the the needs of students by identifying the scope of stress as it relates to

abusive family and abuse across the lifespan are examined. Responses individual lifestyle and provides viable active solutions for maximizing

of the treatment worker to the child, the adult, the family and the efficient work output while minimizing ill effects of stress-related

system are presented. overload. Course combines mini-lectures, videos, assessments and

active experience samples in meditation, yoga, breathing exercises,

HDFS226 Time to Grow progressive relaxation and safe exercises program development.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

This course has as its principal themes the interplay of biological HE208 AIDS and Other Sexually Transmitted Infections

factors, individual personality, social structure and other environ- Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

ment forces which shape the growing child. It includes topics ranging AIDS and Other S.T.I.s is a course designed to examine the biologi-

from prenatal influences through middle childhood and adolescence. cal, social and personal implications of HIV as well as other S.T.I.s

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. on one’s behavior, lifestyle choices and the community at large. The

student will explore risk factors, how to reduce the spread of HIV

HDFS291 Parent Participation and come to understand their own values and how they relate to

Credits 1 - maximum 3 (1 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) AIDS and S.T.I.s.

This course involves participation in seminars and active participa-

tion in parent education opportunities provided in the on-campus HE250 Personal Health

Child Development Center. Students will select activities from a Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

variety presented in the areas of administrative, parent-education, This course provides information on a variety of personal health

parent-child and support activities. An additional 10 hours of time concerns for men and women living in our contemporary society.

in the Child Development Center will be required to complete the Topics include: positive self-image, sexuality and communication,

course. Offered at irregular intervals. childbirth, birth control, sexually-transmitted diseases, HIV and

AIDS, rape, diet, weight control, exercise, alcoholism, drugs, can-

HE202 Adult Development and Aging cer and the stages of death and dying. The telecourse (HE250-TV)

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp explores the impact of health and wellness issues on the individual.

This course is designed to explore the concepts of normal aging,

the prevention of disability, and the retirement of years. Issues to

be addressed are physiological changes in aging, nutrition, exercise,

community and mental attitudes. This course is eclectic in its orien-

tation, presenting many interests concerning adulthood and aging.





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



The telecourse explores the impact of health and wellness issues

on the individual. The telecourse offers a plan whereby the student

is encouraged to personalize the information toward the goal of

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

This course will concentrate on selected health issues and their

physical and emotional effects on women. Topics include, but are not

187

achieving better health. The twenty, 30-minute, video programs limited to: birth control health risks, weight training and conditioning

include the topics of stress and emotional health, fitness, diet and for women, menopause, osteoporosis, and the super woman myth.

weight management, sexuality and parenting, cancer and cardio- The student will learn where to find the latest research on these

vascular diseases, communicable and non-communicable diseases, topics and how to think critically about what they have discovered.

drugs, alcohol and tobacco, as well as health care delivery systems. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The course reflects the trend toward a more comprehensive ap-

proach to health education. In covering these issues, this contem- HOR100 Introduction to Horticulture

porary production seeks to provide students with the information

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W

they require to make sound health decisions. Internet instructional

components may also be added to compliment the telecourse at the An introductory course for students interested in ornamental

instructor’s discretion. Proficiency Needed: Reading. Good writing horticulture. Study topics include subject matter from all areas of

skills are recommended. The student should have some experience the MHCC Horticulture program. Study areas include basic botany,

with computers and the internet for the web-based components nursery practices, landscape design, landscape maintenance, soils,

within the telecourse. fertilizers, plant nutrition, greenhouse structures and systems.

Hands-on laboratory activities include plant ID, plant propagation by

seed and cuttings, seasonal floral arrangements (fall only), pruning,

HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies basic landscape design and growing medias. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

The purpose of the First Aid American Red Cross First Aid - Re- HOR101 Plant Identification I

sponding to Emergencies course is to provide the citizen responder

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F

with the knowledge and skills necessary in an emergency to help

sustain life, reduce pain, and minimize the consequences of injury Identification of woody ornamental plants, their characteristics

or sudden illness until professional medical services arrive. The and growth requirements. Emphasis is placed on deciduous trees,

course content and activities will prepare participants to recognize and both deciduous and evergreen shrubs, and ground covers. This

emergencies and make appropriate decisions for first aid care. The course will deal with the vocabulary needed to describe plants and

course teaches the first aid skills the citizen responder will need the scientific and common names used to identify them. Proficiency

in order to act as the first link in the emergency medical services Needed: Reading, Writing.

(EMS) system. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

HOR103 Greenhouse Construct/Maintenance

HE253 Wilderness Advanced First Aid Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W An introductory course for students interested in the construction,

This course is designed to provide the student with the knowledge operation and maintenance of greenhouse structures common to

and skills necessary to help sustain life and minimize pain and the the Horticulture industry. Study areas include greenhouse interior

consequences of injury or sudden illness in the back country (defined and structural design, greenhouse covering materials, greenhouse

as greater than one hour from definitive care.) Wilderness Medicine nomenclature, heating, cooling, ventilation, irrigation, and materials

Society guidelines will dictate the course focus. Prerequisite: Student handling systems. Students will assist in maintaining MHCC horti-

must possess a current First Aid and Adult CPR certification prior culture program growing facilities. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

to admittance. MHCC courses HE252, HPE291, or PE285OL meet Writing.

the necessary prerequisites. HE261 only meets the CPR component.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. HOR131 Plant Identification II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

HE255 Alcohol and the Family Identification of woody ornamental plants, their characteristics

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp and growth requirements. Emphasis is placed on evergreen trees,

Identifies the physiological effects of alcohol on the body. Discusses and winter/spring flowering trees and shrubs. This course will deal

alcoholism, treatment for the alcoholic as well as family members, with the vocabulary needed to describe plants and the scientific

and responsible decision-making. Proficiency Needed: Reading, and common names used to describe them. Proficiency Needed:

Writing. Reading, Writing.





HE261 CPR-Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation HOR132 Horticulture Business Practice

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

This course will provide training and American Red Cross certi- An introductory course to specific business practices used in the

fication in rescue breathing, rescue skills for airway obstruction landscape and nursery industry. Instruction includes: professional

(choking), and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) for infant, responsibilities, schedules and contracts, insurance and licensing

child, and adult victims. The American Red Cross Community

CPR card will be awarded upon successful completion of all skill

and written exams.



HE265 Women’s Health Issues



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





188 requirements, cost estimating and bidding, building codes and

nursery practices. The use of the computer in horticulture will

be examined by the student in a laboratory setting, using industry

An introduction to landscape design and how it relates to land-

scape construction practices. Actual “hands-on” landscape design

and construction projects will be completed by class participants.

examples. Students will prepare a business plan. Proficiency Needed: Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Reading, Writing.

HOR203 Pest Identification and Control II

HOR133 Chemical Safety and Application Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W An advanced study of the insects and mites of ornamentals and turf

A study of pesticides (fungicides, insecticides, herbicides, rodenti- grass; from the collection and identification to the order of family.

cides, and molluscides), personal protective equipment and appli- Learn the causes, proper diagnoses, and biological cycles of plant

cation equipment. Included are laws and licensing, labels, Material diseases. Become familiar with the common diseases caused by

Safety Data sheets (MSDS), Worker Protection Standards (WPS), viruses, bacteria, fungi, nematodes, and parasitic plants and their

equipment maintenance and calibration, chemical mixing and pesti- management options consistent with IPM principles. Prerequisite:

cide safety. This course is approved by the Oregon Department of HOR152. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Agriculture for Pesticide Applicator License Core and Re-certifica-

tion credit. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. HOR204 Fall Greenhouse and Nursery Practices



HOR150 Pacific NW Horticulture Industry Credits 5 (3 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 5 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/Sp Commercial practices of plant propagation by cuttings, layering, divi-

This course provides an overview of the Pacific Northwest Orna- sion, seed, micropropagation, and specialized plant parts are covered

mental Horticulture Industry. Students will visit commercial nurser- in this course. Included are greenhouse and nursery structures and

ies and greenhouses, retail nurseries, golf courses, landscape design systems, growing media and fall commercial greenhouse and nursery

and maintenance firms, wholesale and retail florists, turf farms, and practices. Laboratory activities emphasize fall nursery propagation

industry suppliers. Prominent industry representatives will present and greenhouse crop production of poinsettias, chrysanthemums

viewpoints and outlooks for their specific areas of specialization. and lilies. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Prerequisite: HOR100, HOR101 or HOR102, or consent of instruc-

tor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. HOR205 Landscape Design I

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

HOR151 Plant Identification III The purpose of this course is to develop the student’s ability to

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp design landscapes around residential structures. Basic principles of

Identification of ornamental plants, their characteristics and cultural design will be stressed along with proper selection of ornamental

requirements. Emphasis is placed on native flowering plants, spring plants. An overriding consideration to all design will be how to

flowering perennials and annuals (bedding plants), ornamental keep maintenance expenditures down. Students will be expected

grasses and house plants. This course will deal with the vocabulary to develop skill in presenting their ideas graphically. Prerequisite:

needed to describe plants and the scientific and common names used HOR101 or HOR131, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:

to identify them. Prerequisite: None. HOR101 and/or HOR131 are Reading, Writing, Math.

recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR210 Soils and Plant Nutrition

HOR152 Pest Identification and Control I Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly HOR102)

Introduction to the principles of integrated pest management (IPM). The nature and properties of soil and its management. Emphasis

Identification and management of the common weed, insects and is placed on soil formation, classification, soil physical properties,

mites of importance to ornamentals and turf grass in landscape soil water, aeration, colloids, acidity, alkalinity, organisms, organic

and nursery situations with emphasis on management principles matter, plant nutrients, soil conditioners and the use of organic

consistent with IPM. Includes review of the non-pathogenic fac- and commercial fertilizers. Included are recommended manage-

tors responsible for plant problems. Proficiency Needed: Reading, ment (stewardship) practices relating to each of these topics and

Writing. the environment. Prerequisite: MTH60 and CH104. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR157 Landscape Management/Maintenance

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp HOR217 Turf Management I

Landscape maintenance practices including preparation and care Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

of landscaped areas. Cultivation, fertilizer application, mulching A course introducing the principles of turfgrass management. The

and weed control will be stressed. Lab projects will include lawn course includes classification, growth and quality of grasses, identi-

construction, renovation and maintenance. Proficiency Needed: fication of warm and cool season grasses, basic soils considerations

Reading, Writing.



HOR160 Introduction to Landscape Design and

Construction

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp







See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



and lawn establishment. Emphasis will be placed on fertilization, and

general maintenance. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR260 Advanced Landscape Design and Constructio

n

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

189

HOR231 Arboriculture Identification and use of landscape construction materials and equip-

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W ment. Lab projects involve the use of wood, concrete, basic survey

This course is directed at controlling woody plant growth and equipment, balling, burlapping and planting ornamental nursery

is recommended for all individuals who work with or care for stock. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

trees. Emphasis is placed on tree biology, tree systems, pruning

techniques, and safety and environmental controls. Lab work will HOR261 Perennial and Native Plants I, II, III

include: the use of microscopes to identify internal tree biology Credits 1,1,1 (2,2,2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

and tree associates and hands-on pruning exercises. Proficiency Identification of native and herbaceous perennial plants, their

Needed: Reading, Writing. characteristics and growth requirements, production and use in

the landscape. This course will emphasize vocabulary needed to

HOR232 Interiorscape Management describe plants, the methods of propagation and design functions

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W appropriate for selected plant material. Prerequisite: HOR100,

This course introduces the specialty horticulture business of HOR101, HOR131, and HOR151.

Interiorscape, History, growing and cultural requirements, plant

selection, planter selection installation and maintenance operations HOR265 Horticulture Marketing and Customer Service

are included. Emphasis is placed on practical business operation. Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. This course will provide students with practical experiences and a

working knowledge of marketing and customer service as it relates

HOR234 Winter Greenhouse and Nursery Practices to the ornamental horticulture industry. Study topics include;

Credits 5 (3 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W marketing and product service management, price management,

Emphasis is on commercial winter greenhouse & nursery practices of product promotion, personal selling, distribution management,

plant propagation by seed, grafting, and budding. Lab work includes: market research, and customer service. Proficiency Needed: Read-

seed storage and stratification, seed germination, transplanting cut- ing, Writing, Math.

tings and seedlings, bulb forcing, division, layerage, grafting, micro-

propagation (tissue culture), plant nutrition and pest control. Crop HPE291 Lifeguard Training

production includes perennials, hanging baskets, bedding plants and Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W

woody ornamentals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. The purpose of this course is to teach lifeguards the skills and

knowledge needed to prevent and respond to aquatic emergencies.

HOR235 Landscape Design II The course content and activities prepare lifeguard candidates to

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W recognize emergencies, respond quickly and effectively to emer-

A studio-based, advanced study of landscape design. This course gencies, and to prevent drowning and other incidents. The course

is team oriented with groups of students working on one large also teaches first aid and CPR skills an individual needs to become

project for the entire quarter. Included are advanced design prin- a professional lifeguard. American Red Cross certificates for Life-

ciples, advanced graphic techniques, presentation techniques, and guard Training (which includes Community First Aid and Safety) and

introduction to construction practices. Prerequisite: HOR205 or CPR for The Professional Rescuer will be awarded upon successful

consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. completion of this course. Additionally, the instructor may add

American Red Cross module for AED/O2 (Automated External

HOR237 Irrigation Defibrillation and Oxygen Administration) at his/her discretion. On

the first day of class, all participants must complete a three-part

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W swimming skills test to determine if they have the basic swimming

Identification, design, use and installation of irrigation equipment abilities to complete the lifeguarding skills in the Lifeguard Training

and supplies. Emphasis will be placed on proper design of low course: swim 500 yards continuously - 200 yards of freestyle, 10

maintenance irrigation systems used in commercial and residential yards of breaststroke, and 200 yards of mixed freestyle and/or

landscapes. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. breaststroke; and swim 20 yards, perform a surface dive in 7-10

feet of water, retrieve a 10-pound diving brick from the pool bot-

HOR254 Spring Greenhouse and Nursery Practices tom, return to the surface and swim back to the starting position.

Proficiency Needed: Reading.

Credits 5 (3 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Students in this course are responsible for the production of mar- HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life

ketable bedding plants, perennials and nursery stock in the MHCC Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Nursery. Emphasis is given to spring greenhouse and nursery This is a foundation course designed to prepare students for living

practices, growing media, micro propagation (tissue culture), plant the rest of their lives in a state of optimal health by providing the

nutrition, use of growth regulators, interpreting media test results, necessary knowledge and skills that are desirable in order to make

fertilizer applications, weed control, watering practices, pruning, use meaningful, beneficial, and successful choices in the area of physi-

of pesticides, grading, retail sales, and growing facility maintenance. cal fitness, nutritional awareness, sports participation, and stress

A major activity for this course is the Spring MHCC Nursery Plant

Sale. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.







The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





190 management. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math. The relevance of “language of drugs” to the human service worker

is a major theme.



(HS101 - HS291 are limited to students in the Mental Health/Human HS142 Addiction Theories

Services Programs.) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course explores the theories and related research of addiction.

HS101 Introduction to Human Services The focus is on examining what empirical information effects our

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F understanding and drives our approach to treatment of the addicted

An introductory course for the technology of human service strate- person. Emphasis is on broadening our scope of understanding to

gies. A study of community mental health, philosophy and purpose; include the continuum of alcohol and drug use, misuse and addiction.

examination of personal values and attitudes, skills, knowledge and The relationship between alcohol and other drug use, social policy,

spirit of human service work. law and significant social change is examined. Prerequisite: Successful

completion of HS141, or instructor permission.

HS107 Orientation to Mental Health Careers

HS143 Treatment of Addiction

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

An introduction to human services agencies for human service work-

ers with emphasis in the areas of mental illness, youth, gerontology, A survey of treatment modalities and the philosophies that relate are

chemical dependency, developmentally disabled, rehabilitation, in- examined. Specific skills used in treatment are explored. Emphasis

cluding corrections facilities and organizations serving the alienated. is on grasping the variety of therapeutic counseling techniques and

Prerequisite: MH/HS majors or permission of the instructor. variety of populations encountered while working with addicted

persons. Prerequisite: Successful completion of HS141 and HS142,

or instructor permission.

HS111 Interviewing Skills I

Credits 2 (1 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

HS144 Dual Diagnosis II

Practice and learn micro-skills (interviewing techniques) with peers

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

and the use of video equipment. Discussion of appropriate use of

skills and examination of reciprocal process of interview. Limited to This course covers major mental illness and personality disorders

Mental Health/Human Service students or consent of instructor. as they relate to substance abuse and dependence. Diagnostic

criteria, treatment planning and resources are addressed as they

relate to dual diagnosis.

HS112 Interviewing Skills II

Credits 2 (1 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

HS150 The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approac

Students will learn and practice influencing skills with peers and h

with the use of video equipment. Appropriate use of the skill will

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

be discussed and student’s own evaluation of self and others via

use of handouts will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or This course explores the demands, stress and personal struggles of

better in HS111. Limited to Mental Health/Human Service students becoming a helper. The material includes consideration of the ethics

or consent of instructor. of helping, individual motives and values of helpers and consideration

of the impact that cultural and lifestyle differences have on helping.

The themes of transference, stress management and burnout also

HS113 Interviewing Skills III: Cross Cultural are presented. A further element of this course is the application

of this information to the student’s choice of fieldwork site and

Credits 3 (2 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp assistance in the site selection process. Required as a prerequisite

Students will learn and practice interviewing strategies and tech- for WE280HSB.

niques appropriate to multi-culturally diverse agencies and clients.

Practice will include role-plays and lab experience. Prerequisite: HS153 Principles of Youth Development

Completion of HS111 and HS112.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (even years)

This course delineates the principles and practices of the youth

HS121 Case Management development approach. Students will learn key concepts of youth

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W development and explore their impact on individual and organiza-

A survey of some helping skills focusing on the role of the human tional practices. Students will also learn what promotes and what

service worker. This course covers the roles of the worker, the hinders positive engagement with young people. Attention will also

helping process and case management. be given to increasing youth participation and partnership in projects

and programs. Building professional competency as a youth worker

HS141 Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances and the relevancy of youth development in a variety of settings will

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F also be addressed.

Basic information about alcohol and other drugs of abuse. This

course starts with a historical overview and then explores the HS154 Juvenile Risk Assessment

effects on the body, social and legal implications and trends of use. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F









See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



Juvenile risk assessment is a course designed to teach the funda-

mentals of assessing juveniles at risk of becoming involved in serious

behavioral problems. The course will begin with an overview of

the modern era. This course is also offered in an independent study

format. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. 191

general assessment concepts of juveniles and then become more HST110 World Civilizations: Ancient World

focused upon specific types of problems such as violence, chemical

dependency, delinquency and sexual offending. The course will teach

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

a balance of theoretical models and practical experience through

case discussion and self-assessment. History 110 surveys the history of world civilization in the ancient

world. Topics include the origins of human civilization; the develop-

ment of early Asian, African, Mediterranean, and Middle Eastern

HS155 Negotiations civilization; and the formation of European culture. There is an

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W emphasis on world geography. This course is also offered in an

This course will provide students with the opportunity to learn basic independent study format. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

problem solving skills with an emphasis in negotiation. Course will

include an introduction to conflict resolution, self-identification of HST111 World Civilizations: Medieval World

conflict resolution styles, causes of conflict, good communication

and negotiation skills.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

History 111 surveys the history of world civilizations from early

HS156 Milieu Management medieval times to approximately A.D. 1800. Topics include medieval

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Asian, Middle Eastern, African and American civilizations; and Eu-

This course presents theory and practical application of methods ropean development from the Middle Ages through the eighteenth

used in youth care facilities to provide a positive structural climate century. There is an emphasis on world geography. This course is

of care for youth. Course covers boundaries, record keeping, also offered in an independent study format. Proficiency Needed:

interventions, safety and observation. Reading, Writing.



HS265 Intervention Strategies I HST112 World Civilizations: Modern World

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

An overview of the major schools of psychotherapy, their basic Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

concepts, history, use and process in therapy and case examples. History 112 surveys the history of world civilizations from the last

Consideration of issues of selection and application of theories decades of the eighteenth century to the present. Topics which are

and discussion of the important aspects of the client/counselor covered include the development of modern nations and ideologies;

relationship. Completion of HS113. world wars and revolutions; and current global issues. There is an

emphasis on world geography. This course is also offered in an

HS266 Intervention Strategies II independent study format. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course presents the basic concepts of the social learning HST195 History of Vietnam War

theory, crisis intervention and family theory and how they apply to Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W

the human services field. This course is an introductory survey of Vietnamese history with

an emphasis on the U.S. - Vietnamese War. Topics include the first

HS291 Practicum Seminar evidence of the Vietnamese peoples in Southeast Asia; Vietnamese

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp struggles for independence against outside rulers including China

A forum for integrating classroom learning and agency work ex- and France; United States involvement in Vietnam from 1945 to

perience by sharing information, problem solving, mutual support, 1975; and the Cold War, which set the framework for decisions

self-evaluation, and group participation. Class serves as one model American policymakers made regarding Vietnam. Proficiency

for Interacting with co-workers in an agency setting. Prerequisite: Needed: Reading, Writing.

HS150 with a grade of “C” or better, or consent of instructor.

Concurrent enrollment in WE280HSB is required. Instructor HST201 U.S. History - Pre-Colonial-1830

permission required. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

This course examines the European discovery of the Americas

HST104 History of the Middle East (Eastern and the creation of a new independent nation, called the United

Civilization) States of America, to the War of 1812. Proficiency Needed: Read-

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp ing, Writing.

An introductory survey of the Middle Eastern history from the First

Century to the present. Topics covered include the peoples of the HST202 U.S. History 1830 - 1917

region, the rise of Christianity and Islam, Arab conquests starting Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

in the Sixth Century, Arab struggles with the Byzantine and Persian History 202 covers the United States from the 1830’s to the early

empires, the flowering of Arab culture during the Caliphate, the 1900’s. A major focus in the growing sectional differences that

Crusades, the rise of the Turkish empires, religious struggles within led to the Civil War, Manifest Destiny and westward migration,

the region, struggles with the West during the era of European impe- Oregon’s role in early U.S. History, Reconstruction, the growth of

rialism, the importance of petroleum in the region, conflicts arising big business, the Progressive era, and the beginnings of an American

from the creation of Israel, and relations with the United States in overseas empire. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





192 HST203 U.S. History 1910 - Present

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

History 203 surveys the United States from World War I through

Malcom X, Martin Luther King, and Robert F. Kennedy; the Vietnam

War, the Anti-war Movement; the emergence of a counterculture,

the Women’s Movement; and the music, literature, and films of

the 1980’s. Major topics include the impact of World War I and II the era. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Read-

upon American’s Home Front, the Great Depression, the start of ing, Writing.

the Cold War, the post-World War II economic and social changes,

John F. Kennedy and the 1960’s, the Vietnam War, the Civil Rights HST240 History of Oregon

movement, the youth movement, Richard Nixon and Watergate, Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

and the election of Ronald Reagan in 1980. Proficiency Needed: This course surveys the history of Oregon from pre-historic times

Reading, Writing. to the recent past. Topics covered include the Native American

experience, the explorers, the frontier experience, patterns of

HST204 Women in U.S. History settlement, ethnic and cultural diversity, Oregon in the twentieth

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) century, and current events. Offered at irregular intervals.

This course surveys the contributions and experiences of women in

U.S. history. This course is offered in an independent study format. HST264 African American History

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

This course surveys African American history from the seventeenth

HST211 Introduction to Peace Studies century to the present. Topics include major eras in African-

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) American history, African-American cultural leaders, and current

This course introduces and explores ways in which international issues. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

conflict can be resolved. Diplomatic, economic, legal, military, politi- Writing.

cal, and religious methods for conflict resolution are explored. Pro-

ficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Offered at irregular intervals. HST270 History of Mexico

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

HST212 Peace Studies: Nonviolent Political Theory This course surveys Mexican history. Topics covered include an

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) examination of pre-Colombian civilizations, the Spanish Conquest,

This course surveys the principles of nonviolent political theory. The colonial Mexico, the independence movements, and modern Mexico.

ethical, religious, intellectual, economic, and practical foundations The course emphasizes the cultural, economic, and political aspects

of selected nonviolent strategies are explored. Offered at irregular of Mexico history. This course is offered in an independent study

intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. format. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.



HST213 Peace Studies: World Order Theory HST271 History of Central America

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

This course surveys the principles of world order theory. The This course surveys the history of Central America from the pre-

ramifications of a one-world government for global ethnic, cultural, colonial era to the present time. Selected countries are studied

political, religious, economic, and ecological issues are explored. Of- individually. The course emphasizes the cultural, economic, and

fered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. political aspects of Central American history. Offered at irregular

intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST220 History of U.S. Labor Movement

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) HST272 History of South America

This course is designed to raise the students’ awareness of the Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

various aspects of labor relations with an emphasis on how the This course surveys South American history. Topics covered include

labor movement in the U.S. has struggled to maintain its existence an examination of pre-Colombian civilizations, the Spanish and

in the face of strong challenges from various special interest groups. Portuguese conquests, colonial South America, the independence

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. movements, and modern South America. Selected countries are

studied individually. The course emphasizes the cultural, economic

and political aspects of South American history. This course is

HST225 Women in World History offered in an independent study format. Proficiency Needed:

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Reading, Writing.

This course surveys the contributions and experiences of women

in selected global cultures from prehistory to the present. Offered

HST292 China: Past and Present

at irregular intervals. This course is also offered in an independent

study format. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

This course surveys the historical and cultural development of

Chinese civilization from earliest time to the present. Emphasis will

HST237 America in the 1960s

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp

This course will explore the political, cultural and social forces that

define the United States during the decade of the 1960s. Topics

covered will include the Civil Rights Movement, image and reality

in the Kennedy Administration; the assassinations of John Kennedy,





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



be given to the traditional intellectual and socio-political concepts

and structures, and their historical evolution. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing. Offered at irregular intervals.

tive to customer service will be employed. The new dimension of

customer service on the Internet landscape will be incorporated into

this program. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

193

HST293 Japan: Past and Present HT42 Travel and Tourism Agency Operations

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This course surveys the historical and cultural development of Japa- This course will provide a general overview of the operations within

nese civilization from earliest times to the present. Emphasis will be a travel/tour agency office. It will include instruction on air travel,

given to the traditional intellectual and socio-political concepts and international travel, ground transportation, accommodations, cruises,

structures and their historical evolution. Offered at irregular intervals. and tours. Students will get hands-on experience in using reference

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. and resource materials that are utilized in the real world. Selling and

marketing of the travel product will also be introduced. The role of

HST294 History of Ancient Greece the travel counselor in today’s changing travel industry environment

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp will be discussed as well as current issues confronting the travel busi-

ness. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

This course surveys Greek history from the earliest known examples

of Greek culture through the empire created by Alexander the Great.

A special focus of the course is impact of classical Greek culture HT47 Airlines, Cruises, and Tours

and civilization upon world societies today. Topics covered include Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

the Greeks in the Bronze and Iron Age; the Greek Dark Ages and This is a course designed to focus on three major industries within

Archaic Age; the astonishing Greek victories over the Persians; the travel and tourism giving students an opportunity to explore these

rise of the city-states, especially Athens; the Peloponnesian Wars; industries is greater depth. The exploration will include a historical

and Alexander the Great and his empire. This course is required for perspective of each industry, a profile of several different companies

students in the MHCC Greek Archaeology sequence, but is open both domestic and international within each industry, and an investiga-

to all. This course is also offered in an independent study format. tion of the different products provided by these industries. A study of

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. how products are designed and marketed will also be included. The

concept of preferred vendors/supplies will be introduced as well as

HST298 History Research the interrelationships of these industries with various organizations/

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp channels of distribution. Students will examine career opportunities

and key contacts within each of these industries along with learn-

This course focuses on the skills needed for the successful completion

ing product knowledge that is essential in working in the travel and

of a history research paper. It provides a guided experience in library

tourism field. Prerequisite: HT104 and HT42, or by permission of

research, planning, and writing a history research paper. Correct use

the instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

of footnotes and bibliographic style for the history research paper

also will be emphasized in this course. Students work independently,

meeting with the instructor as needed. Prerequisite: The student must HT48 etravel.com

be concurrently enrolled in a three-credit history course. Proficiency Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Needed: Reading, Writing. The Internet and world wide web are ever changing the travel and

tourism business landscape. Travel and tourism offerings on the

HT33 Special Events and Attractions Management information superhighway continue to increase and it has become

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) essential that students begin to understand and utilize the tools

that are offered on the Internet. This course is designed to create a

The development, promotion and management of special events and

greater awareness of travel products on the Internet, and how sup-

attractions has become a major part of the hospitality industry. Every

plier, retailers and the consumer use the Internet. The etravel.com

organization, city, state, and country uses these tools to develop

course will investigate web sites created for the purpose of selling

tourism in their regions. This course will explore career options in

travel products and students will learn how to use these sites as well

special events and attractions. The planning process, developmental

as how to evaluate the site’s effectiveness. Suggested prerequisites:

considerations, operational aspects, marketing and promotion,

HT42, HT47, HT180A/W. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

financial management and budgeting, staffing, and fund-raising and

sponsorship acquisition will be covered. Economic, social and physical

impacts will be explored. Offered at irregular intervals. HT104 Introduction to Travel and Tourism

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W

HT41 Customer Service Management This course presents a comprehensive, systems view of tourism

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W stressing the interrelationships and interdependency of its various

elements. Included are how tourism works and its incorporation

Customer service, the buzzword of the 21st century, is a key element

and utilization in business. Influences pertaining to how and why

in the successful operations of business and industry. The course will

people travel, how to increase the benefits of tourism and what the

provide historical perspective of the customer service industry as

benefits of tourism are to a destination will be examined. The state

well as train students to develop and use excellent customer service

of Oregon Hospitality Training will be presented. Job opportunities

skills. A total quality management approach with a global perspec-

within the travel and tourism field will be explored. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing.



HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management:

Concept to Customers

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





194 Students taking this course will learn the fine art of managing catered

events, restaurant operations and many other types of food service

establishments. On and off-premise catering for hotels/resorts, con-

operations, housekeeping and sanitation, food and beverage, and

facility operations, including risk management/security, account-

ing/financial operations, and hospitality services. Prerequisite:

vention and meeting facilities will be featured. Along with contract HT106 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

catering for the airlines, health care, college and university, military, Writing, Math.

club management and casino operations. Dining room service skills,

techniques of alcohol service, sanitation, nutrition and menu plan- HT170 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Control

ning will be focal points. A project-oriented approach will be used Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

to connect students to a real-world environment. Environmental

This course will cover the essentials of operational management

management of facilities planning and design, kitchen equipment and

and accounting controls as they relate to food and beverage outlets

furnishings and principles of basic cookery will be explained. The

and labor scheduling in any department. Interrelationships between

perfect course for jump-starting a career in the meetings, events,

menus, pricing, purchasing, storing, receiving, preparation, service,

hotel and resort, and restaurant industries. Proficiency Needed:

cash receipt, and billing are discussed along with the relationship be-

Reading, Writing.

tween managerial planning and control of the labor functions. Profit

maximizing will be the emphasis. Prerequisite: HT105 or consent of

HT106 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.



Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F HT180A Airline Computer Reservation System Training:

The hospitality industry and its history and development, and the Apollo

composition of the many various components of the industry will Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

be discussed in this course. The organization, career opportunities

This course offers hands-on computer training on a major airline

and challenges faced by operations of hotels/resorts/restaurants

computer software system. Students will learn to encode/decode,

and other food service establishments and convention and leisure

check for availability, sell airline seats and build a basic passenger

facilities will be explored. Current issues and future trends facing the

name record (PNR). Fare displays, pricing, ticketing and other

industry will be discussed, along with suggestions for educational and

aspects of the computer reservation system such as booking cars,

professional development within the industry. Proficiency Needed:

hotel, seat assignments, queues, etc. will be taught. The student

Reading, Writing.

will have an overview of the kinds of information the system has

to offer, how to access and use it. Prerequisite: HT104 or consent

HT107 Introduction to Leisure/Recreation Management of the instructor. Some knowledge of computers is recommended.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

This course is designed as a general survey course to provide

students with a broad understanding of the nature and scope of HT180W Airline Computer Reservation System Training:

recreation and leisure behavior and resources upon which they Worldspan

can build their subsequent future specialization. The focus of the

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

course will deal with the hospitality and tourism industry and its

relationship to both public, private, commercial and voluntary This course offers hands-on computer training on a major airline

recreation and leisure activities. The history of the recreation and computer software system. Students will learn to encode/decode,

leisure industry will be explored, career opportunities, its organi- check for availability, sell airline seats and build a basic passenger

zation and structure, specific resource and facility management, name record (PNR). Fare displays, pricing, ticketing and other

planning, programming and activities preparation, and finally the aspects of the computer reservation system such as booking cars,

future problems and opportunities facing the recreation and leisure hotel, seat assignments, queues, etc. will be taught. The student

industry. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. will have an overview of the kinds of information the system has

to offer, how to access and use it. Prerequisite: HT104 or consent

of the instructor. Some knowledge of computers is recommended.

HT140 Travel and Tourism Geography Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

This course provides students with the basic concepts of geography HT181 Computer Applications in the Hospitality

by focusing on a broad overview of tourism throughout the Western Industry

Hemisphere. Primary emphasis is given to areas of touristic impor-

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

tance and the places and activities of greatest interest to potential

tourist-visiting areas around the Western Hemisphere. This course This course will provide students with skills for operating hotel

will cover basic concepts of physical geography, psychological and management and food and beverage operations computer systems.

sociological factors affecting travel, immigration, customs and health It will expose the student to the uses and applications of com-

requirements for Western Hemisphere travel. Travel/tourism ge- puter and high-technology equipment in the hospitality industry.

ography of the Western Hemisphere will be presented by region. The course will cover types of computer hardware, applications

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. software, operations software, and the evaluation and selection of



HT160 Hotel and Resort Operations Management



Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course includes a more detailed presentation of hotel and motel

operations and management in specific areas including front office





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



computer systems. Property management systems will be investi- HT240 Convention and Meetings Management

gated, including both front and back office applications and their

interface devices. The food service area will include electronic

cash registers, pre-checking equipment, pre-costing systems, menu

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course covers the management and operation of the con- 195

vention/meetings market of the hospitality industry. It includes

engineering, beverage control systems, order entry, and back office an introduction to the meetings industry, promotional activities,

management. A lab will be conducted weekly for student hands-on negotiating for meeting services, convention market salesmanship,

practice. Prerequisites: CS105, HT105, and HT106 or consent of customer service, and convention servicing. Facilities and event

instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. planning, and convention methods and techniques are explored at

length. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

HT204 International Hospitality and Tourism

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F HT242 Supervisory Management in the Hospitality

This is a course designed to familiarize hospitality and tourism Industry

students and presently employed personnel in the industry with Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

Eastern Hemisphere travel and tourism geography. Emphasis is This course will enable Hospitality and Tourism students to learn

given to international destinations and the places and activities of skills necessary for effective supervision and be able to apply them

greatest interest to potential tourists visiting areas in the Eastern in their work situation. Self development, role of the supervisor,

Hemisphere. Physical geography, customs, health requirements, management and leadership skills, communication, decision-making,

how to deal with emergencies and business travel will be included. planning and controlling, motivating, and staff development comprise

The student will learn about cultural geography, gestures, hosting the course. Lectures, films, group discussions, group activities, and

international visitors and other cultural aspects of international simulation exercises are used to familiarize participants with the

destination in the Eastern Hemisphere. Suggested Prerequisite: skills. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

HT104 and HT140. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HT249 Hospitality Issues and Trends

HT205 Travel and Tourism Marketing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

This course considers current issues and trends in the hospitality

This course acts as an extension of the introductory tourism industry. Students will have an opportunity to share information

course and delves into the actual planning and marketing of tourism and participate in problem solving in selected areas of interest.

products and services. It will cover the basic marketing cycle and Prerequisites: HT104, HT105, and HT106 or consent of instructor.

include key principles such as strategies, assessments, objectives, Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

and evaluation. Marketing management functions of travel agents

and tourism personnel will also be discussed including individual

and group planning arrangements, and agency relationships with HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing

suppliers. Techniques and strategies in selling the travel products Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

along with current marketing techniques used. An exploration of This course covers the application of marketing concepts and

how the Internet affects and enhances marketing will be covered. techniques to the hospitality industry. The student will select a

Prerequisite: HT104 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: specific sector of the industry and prepare a proposed plan for

Reading, Writing. marketing that sector of the potential customers or will prepare

an analysis of existing marketing strategies of a specific business or

HT215 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality industry. It will address key marketing principles as they apply to

the hospitality industry. The marketing plan element will include:

Industry

situation analysis, marketing objectives and strategies, marketing

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp management and evaluation, pricing, promotion, programming, and

This course will provide a general overview of the hospitality indus- advertising. Prerequisite: HT104 and HT106 or consent of instructor.

try and review financial accounting concepts. It will deal with analysis Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

of financial statements, the uniform system of accounts, internal

controls, costs from a management perspective, cost-volume-profit

analysis, pricing, budgeting for operations, forecasting, handling of HTX20 Certified Travel Counselor

leases, capital expense decisions, and taxation. Prerequisite: AC110 Credits (20 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

and CS105, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, The CTC certification program is designed by the Institute of Certi-

Writing, Math. fied Travel Agents for travel agents and those who work with or

sell to agents. The CTC twenty-week program is offered over two

terms that includes skill/core courses in business development/

HT230 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law

business planning and financial planning, contemporary issues/

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp impact of technology and marketing strategies, and professional

This course is designed to acquaint the student with a managerial development/marketing presentations and negotiations. Besides

framework for well-founded operating decisions. Specific atten- the required core courses of study, students must also select and

tion will be paid to the hotel/guest relationship, innkeeper’s lien, study six electives such as niche marketing, managing change, service

crimes against innkeepers, overview of employment rights, policy

formulation, duty to protect guests and their belongings, ejection

of guests and non-guests, and also will cover an introduction to

general business law dealing with torts and contracts. Prerequisite:

HT104, HT105, and HT106 or consent of instructor. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing.





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions



fees, managing conflict, etc. Upon completion of the course study, beverages. Other course offerings include Brewed Beverages, Alco-

196 students are prepared to take the CTC exam, the culmination of

ICTA’s certification process, and the pinnacle of travel industry

professionalism. Must be enrolled in the CTC program through

holic Spirits, Non-Alcoholic Beverages, Wines of Europe, and Wines

of Other Countries. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite:

Must be 21 years of age and have picture proof of I.D.

the Institute of Certified Travel Agent’s (ICTA).

HTX29 Beverage Management: Alcoholic and Non-

HTX21AC Certified Travel Associate Alcoholic Beverages

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course is designed by the Institute of Certified Travel Agents This course prepares the student for profitable management of

(ICTA) for people currently working in the travel industry. In this alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverage operations in the hospitality

ten-week course we will be featuring four core areas of the CTA industry. It will cover the history of beverages, their production

program - Touring the World, Planning Itineraries, History & Trends, and manufacture, writing of beverage lists, purchasing and storage

Understanding Client Needs - and two electives - geography and functions, service and alcohol service controls, cost management,

travel industry. A successful travel career depends on specialized marketing and merchandising, beginning mixology, and alcohol

knowledge, effective skills, and the willingness to pursue ongoing regulations. A component tasting will be a part of each class pe-

professional growth. This course will provide that. The student must riod. Students must show proof of age (21). Proficiency Needed:

also take HTX21B, a ten-week course that offers the remaining Reading, Writing.

four core subjects and two electives required to complete the CTA

program and enabling the student to take the CTA exam. Once the HTX35 Culinary Arts - Food Prep I

CTA candidate completes the 12 accredited CTA courses by taking

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

both HTX21A & HTX21B, passes the CTA test within one year of

enrollment, and possesses at least 18 months of full-time travel This course is designed to prepare the student for either a career

industry work experience at the time of completion, then the candi- in the hospitality and tourism foodservice management field, or to

date will receive the CTA designation. The CTA is a prerequisite for upgrade an individual’s skills in the culinary arts. It will involve an

the CTC program. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Student exploration of various styles of cuisine and proper methods of food

must enroll in the CTA program directly with ICTA. and equipment handling. Sanitation practices will be emphasized

and reinforced. The course will explore the culinary arts from a

management perspective beginning with menu planning, restaurant

HTX21BC Certified Travel Associate development project management, financing of projects, labor

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp planning and scheduling, dining room service and beverage service,

This course is designed by the Institute of Certified Travel Agents basic kitchen design, and understanding kitchen equipment. The

(ICTA) for people currently working in the travel industry or a food production lab will define basic fundamentals and the requisite

student in a travel and tourism program. In this ten-week course ingredients needed to accomplish food preparation.

we will be featuring four core areas of the CTA program - Selling

Travel, Customer Service, Interpersonal Communication, Computer HTX36 Culinary Arts - Food Prep II

Technology - and two electives - Sales & Service, Communication

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

& Technology. A successful travel career depends on specialized

knowledge, effective skills, and the willingness to pursue ongoing This course is designed to prepare the new or continuing student

professional growth. This course will provide that. The student must for either a career in the Hospitality and Tourism Foodservice

also take HTX21A(C), a ten-week course that offers the remaining Management field, or to upgrade an individual’s skills in the Culinary

four core & two electives required to complete the CTA program Arts. It will involve a transition from basic to intermediate food

and enabling the student to take the CTA exam. Once the CTA skills and include reacquainting the student with equipment, food

candidate completes the 12 accredited CTA courses by taking both handling, and safety, and exploration of various styles of Regional

HTX21A(C) and HTX21B(C), passes the CTA test within one year American Cuisine. Sanitation practices will be re-emphasized and

of enrollment, and possesses at least 18 months of full-time travel reinforced.

industry work experience at the time of completion, then the candi-

date will receive the CTA designation. The CTA is a prerequisite for HTX37 Culinary Arts Food Prep III

the CTC program. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Students Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk)

must enroll in the CTA program directly with ICTA. This course is designed to prepare the student for either a career

in the Hospitality and Tourism Foodservice Management field, or

HTX26 Beverage Mgmt - Wines of/World: United States to upgrade an individual’s skills in the culinary arts. It will involve an

exploration of various styles of world cuisine and proper methods of

HTX27 Beverage Mgmt - Wines of/World: France and food and equipment handling. The course will include three weeks

Italy of Asian cuisine including Chinese, Japanese and Thai; followed by

HTX28 Beverage Mgmt - Wines of/World: Other Coun- three weeks of Mediterranean cuisine including Greek, Italian and

tries North African; followed by three weeks of regional American cui-

Credits 1,1,1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) sine including Mexican, Cajun and Northwest. Sanitation practices

These courses are a series of one-credit courses to teach students will be emphasized and reinforced. The course will explore the

about the Beverage Industry as it relates to the Hospitality and culinary arts from a management perspective beginning with menu

Tourism Industry. Component tastings will be an integral part of planning, restaurant development project management, financing

each class, with lecture and discussion surrounding such topics as of projects, labor planning and scheduling, dining room service and

the history, cultivation, production, storage, service, merchandising, beverage service, basic kitchen design and understanding kitchen

marketing, cost controls, and appreciation for the various types of equipment. The food production lab will define basic fundamentals

and the requisite ingredients needed to accomplish food prepara-



See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



tion. Offered at irregular intervals.



HTX40C Destination Specialist

This course examines the arts of film, drama, music, literature,

painting, sculpture, and architecture that influence the cultures

and lifestyles of the Western world. Offered at irregular intervals.

197

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The Destination Specialist program is designed by the Institute of

Certified Travel Agents (ICTA) to provide relevant information HUM105 Italian Life and Culture

necessary for today’s serious travel professionals, including those Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

currently working in the field, students interested in a career in Offered as a required course in the Florence Fall Quarter program,

the travel industry and anyone interested in learning more about this course gives students basic survival Italian language skills neces-

travel geography. The program will highlight one of the following sary for daily living and travel. It also provides an introduction to

geographic locations: North America, Western Europe, European social, historical and cultural features of Italian life from the Renais-

Culture and Heritage, Caribbean, Pacific Rim, Latin America, Africa, sance to the present. Course combines language training, lectures

etc. - and will build travel and tourism geographic knowledge of the and field trips. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

area. The program goes beyond basic geography to include such

information as how to get there, when to go, pre-trip counseling, HUM106 British Life and Culture

accommodations, arrival information, spotlights on unique features Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

and attractions, festivals and customs, and itinerary planning. Stu-

Offered as a required course in the London Quarter program,

dents who pass ICTA’s DS exam will receive a Destination Specialist

HUM106 gives students a broad overview of British culture and

diploma. Because there are many different DS courses, students may

civilization. The course takes a social, historical and cultural ap-

repeat HTX40(C). Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

proach to contemporary British society and examines traditions

and institutions to help understand the British way of life in the

HTX43 Travel Career Training 21st century and Britain’s role in an increasingly-unified Europe.

Credits 12 (9 Lecture - 9 Lab - 1 Seminar Hrs/Wk) - Su/W Components are lectures by British guest lecturers and related

Ten weeks of travel career training to prepare the learner for nu- field trips to such places as the Museum of London, The National

merous careers in the tourism industry. This program will integrate Gallery, Tate Gallery, The National Theatre, Shakespeare’s Globe

classroom and individualized instruction with practical applica- Theatre, and the House of Parliament. Supporting seminar discus-

tion training. Hands-on training combined with travel computer sions are also included which will assist student’s adjustment to

instruction will accompany a cooperative education internship, an and understanding about living in a different culture. Proficiency

industry-based work experience. Students will also be assisted in Needed: Reading, Writing.

career opportunity placement with resume writing, interviewing and

job search skills. Students will also have the opportunity to receive HUM110 Contemporary Culture I: Human Values

a Destination Specialist (DS) designation and to take the Travel

Agency Proficiency (TAP) test. The credits earned in HTX43 are

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

equivalent to HT42, HT140, HT180W and WE280HTA. Instructor

permission is required. In this course, students compare and contrast traditional Western

cultural values with the values of selected non-Western cultures. In

so doing, class members delve into their own individual values, focus-

HTX46 Managing and Programming of Recreation and ing on their development and transformation with insight into their

Sport Facilities placement in and relationship with the broad array of cultural values

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp from around the world. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

This course is a general survey course to provide students with an

understanding of the nature and scope of functions which occur at HUM111 Contemporary Culture II: Changing Values

large, multi-use recreation and sport facilities, and require multi- Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

skilled individuals to successfully manage their enterprise. The

Continuing from HUM110, students continue to explore key

course will deal with the emerging recreational sport industry as well

components in all human experience, often contrasting Western

as the special event nature of high investment facilities which seek to

cultural values with those of other cultures. Proficiency Needed:

optimize their use and cater to heavy public use. Recent experience

Reading, Writing.

of voter authorized expenditures or privately funded facilities will

be utilized to provide students with the broadest understanding of

career possibilities. Marketing strategies, management practices, HUM112 Contemporary Culture III: Future Trends

and maintenance demands, along with techniques of providing a

good experience for target users, which accrue economic benefits Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

to the entire service area will be examined. An historical perspec- Technology always affects our lives, often in ways we cannot fore-

tive of how public assembly activities have evolved over time will see, yet we are responsible for the direction in which technology

be explored to better understand the dynamics of recreation and takes us. This course focuses on the payoffs and price tags of more

sport activities and to anticipate future trends. and more powerful technologies, the ethical dilemmas they raise,

and the changes in lifestyles brought about by their introduction.

HUM100 Humanities Through the Arts Recommended prerequisite: HUM110 or HUM111. Proficiency

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Needed: Reading, Writing.



HUM202 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





198 Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

This course examines the responsibilities of employers and employ-

ees in the workplace and the resulting ethical dilemmas. Students

IS210 Comparative Culture I

Credits 1-6 (1-6 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Designed to introduce the student, through direct observation and

learn the importance of establishing ethical standards to allow experience, to the culture of a specific country or countries. Credits

people to live and work together, while at the same time seeing may be part of a structured study abroad program, or credits may

the difficulties of formulating those standards due to the diversity be assigned by contract with a faculty member for study and/or

of people and the interests involved. Many cases are the basis of work done as part of a student’s independent travel experience.

discussion, while practical company programs are examined to see Grades typically based on reading projects, journal entries, and/or

how business deals with ethical matters in the real world. Proficiency validation of work/service experience when appropriate. Sequen-

Needed: Reading, Writing. tial. Offered at irregular intervals. Concurrent independent travel

and/or enrollment in a study abroad program required. Proficiency

HUM210 Special Studies in Humanities: Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

Special Studies in Humanities is a one-term course which provides ***

a gateway to upper division study in four your institutions. It is a

multi-disciplinary and interactive course that increases communica- J134, J134B Introduction to Photojournalism

tion skills, promotes understanding of the human experience and Credits 3,2 (2 Lecture – 2,0 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

its diverse perspectives, develops an understanding of ethical and Studies the photographic process and the use of photographs in

social responsibility, and heightens student’s critical thinking and news layout. Covers beginning production methods, developing and

inquiry capabilities. Course themes vary. Students may take up to printing photos for photo essay. (J134 grants 3 credits and requires 2

12 credits on three separate themes. This course fulfills Portland lab hours per week.) Prerequisite: ART261 or ART262, or consent

State University transfer recommendations and requirements. of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Prerequisite: Must have completed or place beyond the follow-

ing: WR121; RD115; MTH20 or consent of instructor. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. J202 Information Gathering

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp

*** Survey of methods and strategies for acquiring information of use

to the various mass media. Particular attention is paid to Internet

research. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

INR224 Introduction to Wetlands Identification and

Management

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W J204 Visual Communication

This course examines the fundamentals of wetlands ecology; the Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F

hydric soils, flora and fauna of wetlands, as well as their functional Theory and application of visual communication in newspapers,

role as filtering systems and catch basins. Lab work focuses on magazines, video, internet, advertising and public relations. Prereq-

mapwork and field identification of their physical and biological uisite: J226; or Quark XPress or PageMaker skills; or consent of

properties, used as a basis for establishing a wetlands designation instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

for a given area. Prerequisite: FT242 and BOT203 or consent of

instructor. J205 Public Relations

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

INR228 Field Projects Analysis of contemporary developments in publicity and public

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp relations with emphasis on application of skills to problem solving.

Students will synthesize the principles and field skills gained from Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

previous coursework by planning, developing and completing a

specific field project for an independent client. A variety of project J211 Introduction to Mass Communications

management processes are presented for application to student Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp

field projects. Data will be recorded in field journals and results A survey course for transfer journalism, journalism arts majors and

and recommendations communicated both orally and in technical others interested in understanding the role of print, electronic me-

reports. dia and public opinion in a democratic society. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing.

INTL101 Introduction to International Studies

Credits 4 ( Hrs/Wk) – F J215A, J215B Publications Lab

(Formerly IS110) Credits 1,2 - maximum 12 (3,6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Students examine the differences in belief systems and lifestyles Practical application of communications instruction through work

of three major world cultures (cultures may change depending on on the student publications (newspaper and magazine). Students

the course’s instructor) with the intent to begin learning how to are involved in all areas of production. A maximum of twelve hours

observe and understand other cultural perspectives. Later in the may be taken (two credits per term). The student must take six

term, students use their understanding of cultural differences to terms. Students enrolling for 2 credits need consent of instructor.

begin developing global approaches to solving some of the world’s

more pressing problems. Prerequisite: WR115 or placement

equivalent to WR121 on the College Placement Test. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing.



See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



Prerequisite: Successful completion of, or concurrent enrollment

in J216, or consent of instructor.

ences supplement classroom work. Prerequisite: JPN101 or 3-4

semesters of high-school level Japanese or equivalent. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

199

J216 Reporting I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W JPN103 First Year Japanese III

A beginning class in newswriting. Emphasis is placed on writing Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

leads, developing the story and a sense for news. Character and Completing the sequence introducing students to the Japanese

communication of news, rights and responsibilities of journalists language and Japanese speaking cultures, this course provides

explored. Open to all students. Prerequisite: Keyboarding ability materials and experiences which help students confirm their basic

or a concurrent keyboarding class required. Proficiency Needed: communication skills in Japanese and prepare them for further study

Reading, Writing. in the language or travel to Japanese-speaking countries. Prereq-

uisite: JPN102 or 5-6 semesters of high-school level Japanese or

J217 Reporting II equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

A continuation of Reporting I with emphasis placed on compre- JPN111 Beginning Japanese Conversation I

hensive news story writing, covering speeches and meetings, and Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

interviewing. Prerequisite: J216 or consent of instructor. Proficiency This course introduces students to Japanese by emphasizing speaking

Needed: Reading, Writing. and listening skills used in everyday situations. Some reading skills

are also introduced to aid in instruction and dialoging. Students

J218 Copy Editing discuss Japanese culture, customs, and seasonal traditions in order

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp to discover insights into the Japanese way of life, with audio visual

materials enhancing presentations and discussions. Offered at ir-

Emphasis is on editing, proofreading, design and makeup of news-

regular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

papers. Prerequisite: J217 or consent of instructor. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing.

JPN112 Beginning Japanese Conversation II

J225 Introduction to Advertising Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Continuing from JPN111, this course continues to offer students

practice in speaking and listening in Japanese while exploring the

An introduction to advertising and its functions. Course focuses on

life of Japanese speaking cultures. Offered at irregular intervals.

vocabulary, layout, copywriting and marketing with an emphasis on

Prerequisite: JPN111, JPN101, or one semester of high-school level

print and electronic media. Includes a segment on public relations.

Japanese or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

English.



J226 Introduction to Journalism Production JPN113 Beginning Japanese Conversation III

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

This course is a basic introduction to the specialized functions of

The course completes the introduction of Japanese conversation

print production: typography, printing, design, photography and

skills. Students upon completion will be able to carry on simple

camera-ready art. It is designed for journalists who need a general

conversations in everyday situations. Offered at irregular intervals.

understanding of how stories and photos go from newsroom to

Prerequisite: JPN112, JPN101, or one semester of high-school level

newsprint. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Japanese or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in

English.

JPN101 First Year Japanese I

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F JPN201 Second Year Japanese I

Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency, Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

this course introduces students to the Japanese language and the

Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency,

cultures of Japanese speaking countries. Classroom instruction is

this course helps students continue to establish proficiency in the

supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Prerequisite:

Japanese language, and includes some in-depth exploration of the

None: Note: Student who have completed one year or less of high

cultures of Japanese speaking countries. Classroom instruction is

school level Japanese are advised to take JPN101 before attempting

supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Offered at ir-

more advanced Japanese courses. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

regular intervals. Prerequisite: JPN103, or seven to eight semesters

Writing in English.

of high-school level Japanese, or equivalent. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing in English.

JPN102 First Year Japanese II

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W JPN202 Second Year Japanese II

A continuation of JPN101, this course continues to emphasize all Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

aspects of communicating in Japanese while exploring the cultures

A continuation of JPN201, this course emphasizes all aspects of

of Japanese speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experi-

communicating in Japanese while exploring the cultures of Japanese

speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supple-

ment classroom work. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite:

JPN201. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





200 JPN203 Second Year Japanese III

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Completing the sequence of intermediate level Japanese, students

enrollment in LA232 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing.



develop skills to help them become proficient communicators in the LA232 Pleadings and Practices I

Japanese language and within the day-to-day contexts found in Japa- Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

nese speaking cultures. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: (Formerly OA132)

JPN202. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English. This course is designed to develop skills in the preparation of

forms, pleadings, and other documents pertaining to the law

JPN211 Intermediate Japanese Conversation I office. Students should be able to understand their content and

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) order of sequence whether prepared for the attorney for client

This course supplements JPN201 by emphasizing speaking and listen- use or for the court system. Transcription is used extensively and

ing skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, all assignments will be prepared with the use of WordPerfect and

contexts and topics in order to help students improve oral profi- Word in a computerized classroom. Topics to be covered include:

ciency in Japanese. Prerequisite: JPN103, or 7 - 8 semesters of high legal correspondence and instruments, corporations, family law,

school Japanese or equivalent. Co-Requisite: JPN201. Proficiency adoptions, guardian ad litem, non-court documents, and legal

Needed: Reading, Writing in English. research. Prerequisite: Working knowledge of WordPerfect and

Word. Concurrent enrollment with LA231 or consent of instructor.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

JPN212 Intermediate Japanese Conversation II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

This course supplements JPN202 by emphasizing speaking and LA233 Pleadings and Practices II

listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vo- Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

cabulary, contexts and topics in order to help students improve (Formerly OA133)

oral proficiency in Japanese. Prerequisite: JPN201 and JPN211, or A continuation of Pleading and Practices I. Topics to be covered

equivalent. Co-requisite: JPN202. Proficiency Needed: Reading, will be: wills and intestate succession, probate, Uniform Trial Court

Writing in English. Rules (UTCR’s), Multnomah County Supplemental Local Rules

(SLR’s), personal injury and civil litigation, workers’ compensa-

JPN213 Intermediate Japanese Conversation III tion, federal court procedures, bankruptcy, appellant procedures,

and real estate. Prerequisite: LA 232 and a working knowledge

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

of WordPerfect and Word; or consent of instructor. Proficiency

This course supplements JPN203 by emphasizing speaking and Needed: Reading, Writing.

listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vo-

cabulary, contexts and topics in order to help students improve

oral proficiency in Japanese. Prerequisite: JPN202 and JPN212, or LA241 Trial Case Management/Multnomah County

equivalent. Co-requisite: JPN203. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Writing in English. (Formerly OA41)

Students will become familiar with the Oregon Rules of Civil

*** Procedure (ORCP) as it applies to the Uniform Trial Court Rules

(UTCR) and the Supplementary Local Rules (SLR) for Multnomah

County. Application of these rules on actual court cases will begin

LA230 Law Office Systems with the initial interview of the client, preparation of complaint and

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp summons, discovery motions, arbitration, trial and final disposition

(Formerly OA130) of cases. Prerequisite: LA233, or one year of law office experience,

This course is designed for an in-depth coverage of the many or instructor permission. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

specialized procedures that are unique to the law office. Special

emphasis is given to filing procedures, conflict of interest checks,

LA242 Accredited Legal Secretary (ALS) Certification

billing cycles, non-court documents, sources of information, various

recordkeeping procedures and the building of human relations in

Review

the law office. Students will be involved in “job shadowing” in a legal Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

office and tours of the downtown state and federal courts and law (Formerly OAX42)

offices. Prerequisite: Knowledge of a word processing software and Becoming an ALS is to demonstrate preparedness for the demanding

40 wpm typewriting. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. field of law. This designation is awarded after passing a four-hour,

three-part examination. Attaining this goal demonstrates your

commitment and aptitude for succeeding in the ever-changing legal

LA231 Law Office Simulation

environment. This course will prepare you to sit for this nationally

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F recognized certification exam. Prerequisite: LA233 or one year of

(Formerly OA131) law office experience.

A continuation of Law Office Systems. Students will fine tune their

skills in the simulated law office of Ashton and Grainger. Students ***

will prepare a filing system, dockets, account summaries, billing

statements, calendars, correspondence, non-court and court

documents, and other routine office assignments. Completion of MA19 Introduction to Medical Assisting

units on a legal office job search and interviewing will be included. Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

Prerequisite: Knowledge of WordPerfect and Word. Concurrent This introductory course in Medical Assisting presents the histori-



See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



cal background of the profession and its role in various healthcare

systems. Specific information about the profession, the practice,

and the regulation of medical assisting will be discussed. Other

The student will learn and practice the procedures involved in

proper application of E.C.G. leads to a patient in order to obtain a

recording of the electrical impulses of the heart. Prerequisite: MA20

201

topics explored include principles of effective oral and written or instructor consent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

communications, asepsis, infection control, medical office emergen-

cies, rehabilitation medicine, and ethical/legal concepts. Theoretical MA30 Phlebotomy

and practical aspects of specific skills are also included. Proficiency Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Needed: Reading, Writing.

This course provides essential theory related to performing

blood collection procedures, including infection control/safety,

MA20 Clinical Procedures I basic anatomy and physiology, specimen collection, processing

Credits 5 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F and handling techniques, quality control/assurance and laboratory

This course provides the study and practice of clinical duties of operations. Students must be concurrently enrolled in MA31.

the medical office assistant. These duties include preparation of Prerequisite: GED or High School Diploma. Proficiency Needed:

the patient and assisting the physician in procedures commonly Reading, Writing and Math.

performed in the medical office. This course provides the theory

and practice of medical asepsis, vital signs, positioning, injection MA31 Applied Phlebotomy

techniques, minor surgery, routine exams, and medical emergencies. Credits 4 (2 Lab - 12 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Prerequisites: MA14, MA15, MA19, BI121, BI122 and MO47. Student

This course provides a laboratory and clinical environment to safely

must have completed all required health exams and immunizations

learn and practice a variety of blood collection/processing tech-

before enrolling. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

niques. Emphasis is placed on accuracy of collection and technique

development. Students must be concurrently enrolled in MA30.

MA21 Clinical Procedures II Prerequisite: GED or High School Diploma. Proficiency Needed:

Credits 5 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Reading, Writing, and Math.

The medical assistant student will study the theory and practice of

beginning skills in the various simple laboratory procedures to aid MA40 Medical Assistant Certification Exam Review

the physician in diagnosing the patient’s illness, including the col- Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp

lection, preparation and preservation of specimens for diagnostic

This is a review course to prepare the student for the national certifi-

studies. Also included is the study and practice of equipment use

cation examination for medical assistants. Prerequisite: Completion

and care, obtaining specimens, hematology, smears and cultures.

of medical assisting training from an accredited medical assisting

Prerequisite: MA14, MA15, MA19, MA20, BI121, BI122 and MO47.

program. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.



MA23 Pharmacology/Medical Office Occupations MA46 Medical Assistant Clinical Skills Exit Lab

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This course is designed for competency testing which is required of

An introduction to the principles of pharmacology with a compre-

all medical assisting students when they have completed their pro-

hensive study of drug action, routes of administration, and indica-

gram coursework and are preparing for employment. Prerequisite:

tions for use of generic drugs, trade name drugs, and classes of drugs

MA20 and MA21. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

by medical specialty. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.



MA24 Medical Law and Ethics MA48 Telephone Triage in the Medical Office

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course is designed to provide students with basic skills in

This course presents the medical/legal concepts and issues perti-

medical assessment and medical documentation within the scope

nent to medical offices and hospitals for the medical office worker.

of practice of medical assisting. Students will learn how to ask

The student is provided with a basic knowledge of law, ethics and

general assessment questions regarding patient health concerns

bioethics applicable to the medical office settings. The implications

and be knowledgeable in prioritizing status of care necessary to

for delivery of healthcare by medical office workers is discussed.

meet the health needs of patients. Students will be taught how to

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

use physician-authorized telephone triage manuals. Students will

document all pertinent communication and care given to patient.

MA25 Disease Processes Prerequisite: MO14, MO15, MA20, MA21, and MA24; all with a

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp “C” or better; or completion of a formal medical assisting training

This course presents the general principles of disease followed by a program. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

review of the important diseases affecting the individual body organs

and systems. Each of the principle disease processes is studied in MFG110 Machine Shop I Theory

relation to its etiology, pertinent diagnostic procedures, signs and Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

symptoms, pathological changes, prognosis, and preferred treatment

This is a lecture class with instruction in the fundamentals of industri-

modalities both medical and surgical. Co-requisite: MO14 or consent

al processes and machines that are required of the machinist. Layout

of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

and machining metal by drilling, sawing, turning, milling, and grinding

will be introduced. An introduction to and use of the “Machinery’s

MA26 Basic Electrocardiography Techniques Handbook”; and use and maintenance of machinist hand tools are

Credits 1 (20 Lab Hrs/Term) – W





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





202 presented. Concurrent enrollment in MFG111 is required.



MFG111 Machine Shop I Lab

Instruction will include use of the “Machinery’s Handbook” as

applied to machining projects. Prerequisite: MFG110 and MFG111,

or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG130 or

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F consent of instructor is required.

This is a lab class with instruction in the fundamentals of industrial

processes and machines that are required of the machinist. The MFG134 Metallurgy Theory

student will perform layout and machining metal by drilling, sawing, Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W

turning, milling, and grinding. The application of the “Machinery’s A course designed to provide fundamental knowledge of the

Handbook” will be stressed; and use and maintenance of machinist manufacturing processes of the metals industry, ferrous metallurgy,

hand tools are demonstrated in the completion of assigned exer- foundry process, and properties and use of plastics and non-destruc-

cises. Concurrent enrollment in MFG110 or consent of instructor tive test methods. The focus will be on metallurgical issues faced

is required. by the machine tool operator/machinist. Concurrent enrollment

in MFG135 is required.

MFG113 Machine Tool Blueprint Reading and Sketchin

g MFG135 Metallurgy Lab

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

This course is intended to provide the student with the principles A lab course designed to provide fundamental knowledge of the

and skills of reading mechanical blueprints and sketching as related manufacturing processes of the metals industry, ferrous metal-

to the machine tool industry. Also included will be the study of lurgy, foundry process, and properties and use of plastics and

geometric dimensioning and tolerancing. non-destructive test methods. Lab work will include metallurgical

processes involving microscopic and macroscopic examination of

MFG115 Industrial Safety heat treated specimens, hardness and tensile testing, non-ferrous

casting processes, and non-destructive test methods. Concurrent

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

enrollment in MFG134 is required.

This course is a comprehensive study of safety issues in the modern

machine shop and manufacturing environment. Topics will include

hazardous materials/waste, fire safety, crane and forklift safety, MFG136 Introduction to CNC (Computer Numerical

biohazards and blood-borne pathogens, materials safety, MSDS Control) Machining

forms, personal safety in lifting and work environment, machine Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

safety, and general shop safety. This course will introduce the student to CNC machine tools. The

student will setup and operate CNC machine tools for milling and

MFG116 Introduction to Precision Measuring turning applications. This will include a basic introduction to CNC

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F coordinate systems for milling and turning and learning how to read

and interpret CNC code. Students will be introduced to the applica-

This theory and lab course is designed to introduce inch and metric

tion of cutting tools and tooling systems for CNC operations.

measurement systems. It will also provide hands-on training with

semi-precision and precision measuring tools including rulers,

combination squares, outside micrometers, calipers, height gages, MFG137 Introduction to Computer Aided Design for

depth micrometers, inside micrometers telescoping gages, small Machinists

hole gages, surface gages and dial indicators. Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This course will teach the basics of Computer Aided Design using

MFG130 Machine Shop II Theory AutoCAD software. The student will create drawings and drawing

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W exchange files using AutoCAD commands. Emphasis is placed on

developing accuracy and correct drawing procedures. This course

This course provides instruction in basic machine tool operation and

will relate the design of parts to part manufacturing.

maintenance. Included are topics addressing engine lathes, milling

machines, surface and cylindrical grinders, abrasives, and cutting

fluids. Continues developing the use and application of the “Machin- MFG150 Machine Shop III Theory

ery’s Handbook”. Prerequisite: MFG110 and MFG111 or consent of Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG131 is required. This course is a theory course that provides basic instruction in

machine tools and operations that are used by machinists in indus-

MFG131 Machine Shop II Lab trial settings. The focus will be on the radial drill press, contour

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W sawing, carbide and carbide tooling, and additional operations

using the engine lathe and the milling machines. Application of

This is a lab course with instruction in basic machine tool operation.

the “Machinery’s Handbook” continues. Prerequisite: MFG130

Students will be setting up and operating surface and cylindrical

and MFG131. Concurrent enrollment in MFG151 or consent of

grinders, engine lathes, milling machines, drill presses and learning

instructor is required.

the use and application of abrasive materials and cutting fluids.



MFG151 Machine Shop III Lab

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp









See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



This course is a lab course with instruction in basic operations

of machine tools expected by the machinist working in industry.

Topics addressed will be the operation of the radial drill press,

assurance systems in the modern manufacturing facility or machine

shop. There will be theoretical as well as hands-on application of

principles presented in this course. Prerequisite: Second year stu-

203

contour band saw, standard bench work practice, with additional dent in Machine Tool Technology program; industrial experience

skill building instruction in the operation of the engine lathe and in a machine shop or consent of instructor.

milling machines. Carbide tooling standards and applications will be

integrated into lab exercises. There will be additional application of MFG216 CNC/CAM (Computer Numerical Control/

the “Machinery’s Handbook” in the process. Prerequisite: MFG130 Computer Assisted Machining)

and MFG131. Concurrent enrollment in MFG150 or consent of

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

instructor is required.

This course will continue the introduction of the student to CNC

machine tools. The student will study process planning, setup and

MFG153 CNC Machining programming of CNC machine tools for milling and turning appli-

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp cations. This will include the basic application of CNC coordinate

This is a continuation course with focus on teaching the student systems for milling and turning and how CNC programs are orga-

to setup and operate CNC machine tools for milling and turning nized and developed. Students will continue in the application of

applications. The student will set up and operate all CNC machines cutting tools and tooling systems for CNC operations, and will also

in the shop. This will include the reading and interpreting of CNC be introduced to CAM programming software with MasterCAM.

code; editing programs; program prove out; as well as DNC com- Prerequisite: MFG153, machine shop experience, or consent of

munications for downloading/uploading programs. Prerequisite: instructor.

MFG130 and MFG131, machine shop experience, or consent of

instructor. MFG231 Integrated Machine Shop II Theory

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

MFG212 CAM Concepts I This is a continuation of an advanced theory course in machine tool

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W operations. Topics covered will relate to both manual and CNC

An introduction to computer assisted CNC programming using machine tools. Concepts covered will continue in application prob-

MasterCam software. The student will learn the organization of lems with turning; milling; multiple operation set-ups on both CNC

software and how to create and edit tool application data files; and manual machines. Included will be a survey of the application of

create and edit part geometry elements; create CNC machine hydraulic and pneumatic systems and their application in machine

code from data base. Prerequisite: MFG150, MFG151, MFG153, and tools used in manufacturing. This will include use of multiple part

MTH80; or consent of instructor. set-ups. This course will continue to develop use of “Machinery’s

Handbook”. Prerequisite: MFG213 and MFG214; or consent of

MFG213 Integrated Machine Shop I Theory instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG232 is required.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

This is an advanced theory course in machine tool operations. MFG232 Integrated Machine Shop II Lab

Topics covered will relate to both manual and CNC machine tools. Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

Concepts covered will include use of soft jaws in turning; milling; This is a continuation of an advanced lab course where the student

multiple operation set-ups on both CNC and manual machines. This will continue to develop skills in CNC and manual machining.

will include use of multiple part set-ups. This course will also develop Students will continue skill development in turning and milling pro-

use of “Machinery’s Handbook”. Prerequisite: MFG150, MFG151, duction style parts. Skill development will focus on special milling

and MFG153; or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in set-ups, turning operations, and tooling applications. Data from

MFG214 is required. “Machinery’s Handbook” will continue to be applied. Prerequisite:

MFG213 and MFG214; or consent of instructor. Concurrent enroll-

MFG214 Integrated Machine Shop I Lab ment in MFG231 is required.

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

This is an advanced lab course where the student will develop MFG236 Quality Control - Statistical Methods

skills in CNC and manual machining. Students will use soft jaws

for turning and milling production style parts. Skill development Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

will focus on internal boring and special milling set-ups. Data from This course will introduce the student to theories in quality control

“Machinery’s Handbook” will continue to be applied. Prerequisite: using statistical methods. The main focus will be on the theory,

MFG150, MFG151, and MFG153; or consent of instructor. Concur- purpose, and application of SPC (Statistical Process Control) and

rent enrollment in MFG213 is required. Gauge Capability studies. Prerequisite: Second year student in

the Machine Tool Technology program, industrial experience, or

MFG215 Inspection and Measurement consent of instructor.

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

This course deals with precision measurement methods, gauge use MFG250 Applied Machine Shop Theory

and capability, as well as data collection. Methods used in quality Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

The objective is to develop through group discussion and planning, a

project utilizing the knowledge and skills acquired. Special emphasis

will be placed on utilization of computer controlled machine tools,

determining cost estimates and time study. Prerequisite: MFG153,

MFG231, MFG232 and MFG233; or consent of instructor. Concur-



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





204 rent enrollment in MFG251 is required.



MFG251 Applied Machine Shop Lab

MFGX26 MasterCAM Mill - Level II

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk)

A continuing course in computer assisted CNC programming using

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp MasterCAM software. The student will create more complex 2-D

This is a lab course in which the students will develop through geometry and tool paths. Students will also post process database

group planning and discussion a manufacturing project utilizing to create CNC code and learn to track data input/output effect on

the knowledge and skills acquired. Special emphasis will be placed CNC code; create pocketing routines and options as well as intro-

on the application of all machining processes learned through the duce basic 3-D wire frame models. Tools libraries will be created

program. Prerequisite: MFG231, MFG232, and MFG233; or consent and edited. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: MFGX25

of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG250 is required. or consent of instructor.



MFG256 Quality Issues: ISO 9000 and GDT Geometric MFGX27 MasterCAM Mill - Level III

Dimensioning and Tolerancing Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk)

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) –Sp A continuing course in computer assisted CNC programming using

This course will address quality issues prevalent in modern manufac- MasterCAM software. The student will create geometry and tool

turing as related to ISO 9000 certification. The student will explore paths using advanced applications for pocketing, contour milling, as

the levels of ISO 9000, 9001, 9002, and 9003. The student will also well as thread milling. Students will create and program tool paths

continue learning how to read and apply the quality concepts as for surfaces as well as introductory solid models. Offered at irregular

applied through the use of Geometric Dimensioning and Toleranc- intervals. Prerequisite: MFGX26 or consent of instructor.

ing (GDT) as related to ASME and ISO standards. Prerequisite:

Second year standing in the Machine Tool Technology program or MFGX28 MasterCAM Mill - Level IV

consent of instructor. Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk)

A continuing course in computer assisted CNC programming using

MFGX11 Machine Tool Applications Lab MasterCAM software. The student will create geometry and edit

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp geometry for the purpose of creating solid model simulations on

This class is a course in Machine Tool Applications Lab that is to the computer. The focus will be on creating solid models of parts

enable persons needing additional skill building activities to enable and dies for conventional processes such as forging, casting, and

job advancement, certification exam preparation, or other special injection molding. Advanced editing of models will also be explored.

skill building as might be needed by job requirements faced by practi- Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: MFGX27 or consent

tioners in machine shops. A wide variety of machine shop problems of instructor.

will be approached specific to the students needs.

MFGX31 MasterCAM Lathe - Level I

MFGX18 Introduction to MasterCam Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) A continuing course in computer assisted CNC programming using

An introduction and overview of computer assisted manufacturing MasterCAM software. The student will create and edit geometry

using MasterCam software. The student will be introduced to Mas- for the purpose of creating CNC program code for CNC turning

terCam file management techniques; basic geometry and drawing operations. The student will apply standard turning tooling to inside

commands and simple CNC code generation. Advanced techniques and outside diameter turning operations for facing, roughing, and

will be demonstrated and discussed with students. finishing. They will also create tooling libraries and post process

geometry and tooling data bases creating CNC code for turning

programs. Prerequisite: MFGX26 or consent of instructor.

MFGX20 Basic Metallurgy/Machine Tech

Credits 2-3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

The course will provide a basic introduction to metallurgical engi-

MFGX32 MasterCAM Lathe - Level II

neering. The effects of various metal working operations such as Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

heat treatment on materials’ properties will be described. Basic A continuing course in computer assisted CNC programming using

alloy systems will be reviewed. The effects of materials selection MasterCAM software. The student will create and edit advanced

and metal working processes on machinability will be discussed. geometry for the purpose of creating CNC program code for CNC

Materials testing methods will be demonstrated. turning operations. The student will explore advanced applications

of turning tooling and operations of grooving, threading, inside di-

ameter and outside diameter turned parts. Extensive exploration of

MFGX25 MasterCAM Mill - Level I spindle and feed rate options will be undertaken to enhance student

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) understanding of turning applications.

An introduction to computer assisted CNC programming using

MasterCAM software. The student will learn the organization of

the software, how to create and edit geometry files. The student

MO10 Work Behavior/Health Services

will also explore beginning applications for creating 2-D geometry Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W

for milling machine programs and tooling applications for simple 2- This course is designed to develop work behaviors specific to

1/2 axis part programs. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: healthcare services in the delivery of quality contributions to the

Machining experience, asic Window 95 computer skills, or consent work force. Skills receiving particular emphasis will be self-man-

of instructor. agement, leadership, interpersonal dynamics, communication, and

problem solving and critical thinking. These skills will continue to

be presented, practiced, and tested throughout each medical of-



See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



fice program. Students will also gain information about healthcare

systems from employers, experienced staff members and on-site

observations. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

This course will cover the basics in medical office billing procedures.

This class primarily addresses the issues, outside of coding, that

205

influence payments. The topics covered will include documenta-

MO12 Diversity and Healthcare tion, information flow, insurance forms, and medical office policies.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Special emphasis will be given to understanding the major insurance

This course is designed to explore multicultural and diversity issues companies and their differences. Prerequisite: MO31. Proficiency

through both internal and external examination. Participants will Needed: Reading, Writing.

engage in a systematic process of introspection, self-examination,

and personal identity in order to identify and confront one’s own MO31 Medical Coding I

prejudices and how they affect relationships and fit into institutional Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

oppressions. Students will explore healthcare issues and beliefs from This is an introductory course which introduces diagnosis and

their own culture as well as other cultures. procedural coding. The student will study basic ICD-99 CM

(International Classification of Diseases, Clinical Modification)

MO14 Medical Terminology I and the CPT (Current Procedural Terminology) coding systems.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp These coding systems are recognized by the insurance industry,

A study of medical terminology by body systems with related word the physician and the medical office as the standard for billing and

elements, disease processes, diagnostic tests, and abbreviations. reimbursement. Co-Requisite: AH12 or MO14; or consent of the

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.





MO15 Medical Terminology II MO32 Medical Coding II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/W/Sp Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

This course is a continuation of MO14, Medical Terminology I. A This course is an intermediate course designed to expand on the

study of medical terminology by body systems with related word basic CPT, and ICD-9 coding taught in MO31. Evaluation and Man-

elements, disease processes, diagnostic tests, and abbreviations. agement, Integumentary, Pathology and Lab sections of the CPT will

Prerequisite: MO14. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. be covered, as well as continuing work on the ICD-9. This course

is for students who want to advance knowledge and training in ac-

curate and up-to-date reimbursement and coding for health care

MO24 Introduction to Medical Transcription facilities. Prerequisite: MO31 or consent of instructor. Proficiency

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Needed: Reading, Writing.

This course provides the student with 1) an extensive word phrase

base and 2) information about some of the basic reports used in MO34 Medical Transcription I

medical reporting. The student will learn to transcribe on tran-

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

scription equipment medical reports typically used in health care

facilities. Co-Requisite: MO14 or consent of instructor. Typing 40 This course provides the student with transcription of medical

wpm or consent of instructor is required. Proficiency Needed: dictation from the Systems Unit Method (SUM). The emphasis is on

Reading, Writing. speed and accuracy of medical transcription of chart notes, history

and physical examinations, initial office evaluations, and/or discharge

summaries in the fields of pharmacology & lab, dermatology, geni-

MO25 Medical Office Procedures I tourinary, and gastroenterology. The student will use proofreading

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W and editing skills, while meeting progressively demanding accuracy

This course is designed to cover the theory of basic topics empha- and productivity standards. Students may use the standard keyboard

sized for the medical office including the following: today’s health and/or stenograph machine. Co-requisite: MO24 and typing 50 wpm

care, oral and written communication, facilities, patient teaching, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

reception, appointment scheduling, medical records, telephone

techniques, mail processing, computer computers, and other MO36 Medical Transcription II

topics related to the medical office. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Writing.

This course provides the student with transcription of medical

dictation from the Systems Unit Method (SUM). The emphasis

MO26 Medical Office Procedures II is on increasing speed and accuracy in the transcription of chart

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp notes, history and physical examinations, initial office evaluations,

This course is a continuation of Medical Office Procedures I (MO25). discharge summaries, and/or emergency room reports in the fields

Students will continue their study of theoretical and practical aspects of gastroenterology, orthopedics, pulmonary medicine, endocrinol-

relating to working in a medical office: today’s health care, banking, ogy, obstetrics, gynecology, otorhinolaryngology, ophthalmology

billing, creating resumes, medical records, telephones, computer use and neurology. The student will be required to use proofreading

and roles in managing the medical office. Emphasis will be placed on and editing skills, while meeting progressively demanding accuracy

demonstration and evaluation of practical skills learned in MO25. and productivity standards. Students may use the standard keyboard

Prerequisite: MO25. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. and/or stenograph machine. Co-requisite: MO34 and typing 50 wpm



MO30 Medical Office Billing I







The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





206 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.



MO40 Medical Office Billing II

Instruction in writing medical words, phrases, and documents, us-

ing machine shorthand, Phoenix Theory and real-time computer

transcription Focus will be on learning beginning theory of machine

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp shorthand and on developing an initial individual computer diction-

ary. Students will also increase speed and accuracy in dictation

This course will cover more advanced billing procedures. The topics

practice. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:

covered will include fraud and abuse, Medicare billing (Medicare

Reading, Writing.

specific codes, reading EOB and denials, phone changes or review

board, hearings), Medicaid billing (Medicaid specific codes, disability,

reading EOBs and rebilling, reviews billing as secondary, forms), MOX20B Machine Shorthand Theory for Medical

common errors that delay processing, group insurance/work Transcription II

comp, collections and compliance. Prerequisite: MO30 and MO31. Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Instruction in writing medical words, phrases, and documents, us-

ing machine shorthand, Phoenix Theory and real-time computer

MO41 Medical Coding III transcription. Focus will be on learning intermediate theory of

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp machine shorthand and on developing completion of individual

computer dictionary. Students will also increase speed and accuracy

This course is designed to provide advanced training in all major code

in dictation practice. Prerequisite: MOX20A or consent of instruc-

levels (CPT, ICD9, and HCPCS). Advanced techniques for efficient

tor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

reimbursement strategies and compliance will be taught. The course

will use Codemaster software as well as hands-on practice. The

class will include training in reimbursement and bundling strategies MOX21A Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding for Medical

in order to meet federal compliance guidelines. Prerequisite: MO32 Transcription I

or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Instruction in writing medical words, phrases, and documents, us-

MO44 Medical Transcription III ing machine shorthand, Phoenix Theory and real-time computer

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp transcription. Focus will be on continued development and initial

This course provides the student with transcription of advanced, mastery of individual computer dictionary while increasing speed

original dictation in three areas of specialty: radiology, gastroen- and accuracy in dictation practice. Student should reach the speed

terology, and cardiology. The student will be required to use ad- of 20 wpm on the shorthand machine on medical dictation. Pre-

vanced proofreading and editing skills, while meeting progressively requisite: MOX20B or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:

demanding accuracy and productivity standards. Students may use Reading, Writing.

the standard keyboard and/or stenograph machine. Prerequisite:

MO36 and typing 65 wpm or consent of instructor. Proficiency MOX21B Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding Medical

Needed: Reading, Writing. Transcription II

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

MO46 Medical Transcription IV Instruction in writing intermediate/advanced medical words,

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp phrases, and documents, using machine shorthand, Phoenix Theory

This course provides the student with transcription of advanced, and real-time computer transcription. Focus will be on continued

original dictation in the specialty areas of cardiology, pathology, development and mastery of individual computer dictionary while

and orthopedics. The student will be required to use advanced increasing speed and accuracy in dictation practice. Student should

proofreading and editing skills, while meeting progressively de- reach the speed of 60 wpm on the shorthand machine on medical

manding accuracy and productivity standards. Students may use dictation. Prerequisite: MOX21A or consent of instructor. Profi-

the standard keyboard and/or stenograph machine. Prerequisite: ciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MO44 and typing of 70 wpm or consent of instructor. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing. MOX21C Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding for Medical

Transcription III

MO47 Medical Calculations Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Instruction in writing advanced medical words, phrases, and docu-

This course provides students in health science programs the math- ments, using machine shorthand, Phoenix Theory and real-time

ematics needed to perform their medical calculations. It includes a computer transcription. Focus will be on continued development

review of general arithmetic and the practice of calculating medi- and mastery of individual computer dictionary while increasing

cation dosage. It familiarizes students with clinical and medication speed and accuracy in dictation practice. Student should reach the

labels. Dimensional analysis, including metric, household, avoirdu- speed of 80-100 wpm on the shorthand machine on medical dicta-

pois and apothecary systems are emphasized. Scientific calculator is tion. Prerequisite: MOX21B or consent of instructor. Proficiency

required. Prerequisite: Consent of advisor or instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH7 Using the TI-83 Graphing Calculator

MOX20A Machine Shorthand Theory for Medical

Transcription I

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp







See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions





Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Formerly MTH199A) An introduction to using the TI-83 graphing

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F

This course is second in a sequence of computation courses, tar-

geted specifically for students who are enrolled in a professional-

207

calculator including basic entry, graphing, tables, introductory pro- technical program. Course topics concentrate on applications of

gramming, and other calculator functions. Prerequisite: None. It is fundamental principals that will be used through the student’s chosen

recommended that the student is at or above the level of MTH65. field. They include, algebra concepts through linear equations,

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. plane and solid geometry, ratios, proportions, and graphing. Strong

emphasis is placed on numeric calculations, problem formatting

application and the use of calculators, including skills used to de-

MTH10 Conceptual Arithmetic termine the reasonableness of their answers. Prerequisite: MTH33;

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp or placement equivalent to MTH60 as determined by the College

This course is intended for students who need to master the con- Placement Test; or consent of instructor. Limited to Automotive,

cepts of whole numbers, fractions or decimals. The emphasis of the Machine Tool Technology, Welding, and Apprenticeship majors.

course is on understanding concepts, estimation, simple measure- Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

ment, language usage, and reasoning skills. Real world applications

are used and the reasonableness of answers is stressed. Calculator

use is taught for computation. A scientific calculator with a fraction MTH35 Professional-Technical Computation III

key, algebraic logic and expression playback is required. A specific Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W

model of calculator may be required. Prerequisite: Students must The final course in a sequence of computation courses, targeted

be either concurrently enrolled in RD90 and WR90 or place above specifically for students who are enrolled in a professional-techni-

those levels. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing. A scientific cal program. Course topics concentrate on applications of funda-

calculator is required. TI-30x-IIS or TI-30x-IIB is recommended. mental principals that will be used through the student’s chosen

field, building upon algebra concepts. Significant time is addressed

to right-triangle trigonometry, plane and solid geometry, ratios,

MTH20 Applied Arithmetic and Pre-algebra proportions and graphing. Strong emphasis is placed on numerical

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp calculations, problem formatting, application and use of calcula-

This course is intended for both the technical prep and baccalaure- tors, including skills used to determine the reasonableness of

ate prep student. It includes the use of mathematics as a language, their answers. Prerequisite: MTH34; or placement equivalent to

rational number operations, estimating and approximating, scientific MTH65 as determined by the College Placement Test; or consent

notation, ratios, percents, proportions, the metric and US Custom- of instructor. Limited to Automotive, Machine Tool Technology,

ary systems, formula development and evaluation, and practical Welding, and Apprenticeship majors. Proficiency Required: Read-

geometry. Prerequisite: RD90, WR90 and MTH10; or suitable ing, Writing, Math.

performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency

Required: Reading, Writing. A scientific/graphing calculator with

fraction output capabilities is required and its use is fully integrated MTH60 Beginning Algebra I

in the course. A specific model of calculator may be required. TI- Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

30x-IIS, TI-30x-IIB, or TI-83 Plus recommended. This is the first half of the beginning algebra course for both the

baccalaureate prep and technical prep student emphasizing prob-

lem solving and real work applications using numerical, algebraic

MTH33 Professional-Technical Computation I and graphical models. The topics covered include the real number

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F system, positive integer exponents, unit conversions and dimen-

This is the first in a sequence of computation courses targeted sional analysis, simplifying algebraic expressions, modeling and

specifically for students about to enroll in a professional-techni- solving problem situations with linear equations and formulas, the

cal program, but whose problem solving and estimation skills are Cartesian plane, and applications which require the Pythagorean

weak. Students will learn how to estimate and mentally evaluate theorem. Prerequisite: RD90, WR90, and MTH20 with a grade of

the result of appropriate calculations and be able to recognize if C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement

the result is within normal bounds. Students are introduced to exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math. A graphing

the scientific inquiry process while they learn how to solve the calculator is required and its use is fully integrated in the course.

less structured problems that they will encounter in their future TI-83 Plus is recommended.

academic and professional careers. This course includes a review

of general arithmetic, fractions, units and unit conversions, metrics,

measurements, engineering and scientific notation, and an intro- MTH65 Beginning Algebra II

duction to solving word problems. Problems will be drawn from a Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

variety of technical disciplines. Prerequisite: Placement equivalent This is the second half of the beginning algebra course for both the

to MTH20 as determined by the College Placement Test, or consent baccalaureate prep and technical prep student emphasizing problem

of instructor. Limited to Automotive, Machine Tool Technology, solving and real work applications using numerical, algebraic and

Welding, and Apprenticeship majors. Proficiency Required: Read- graphical models. The topics covered include graphs and equations

ing, Writing, Math. of lines, negative integer exponents, solving formulas and rational

equations, practical geometry elementary statistics, and probability.

Prerequisite: MTH60 with a grade of C or better, or suitable place-

MTH34 Professional-Technical Computation II ment on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required:

Reading, Writing, Math. A graphing calculator is required and its use

is fully integrated in the course. TI-83 Plus is recommended.



MTH80 Technical Mathematics I

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





208 Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

This is a technical mathematics course for students in selected

professional technical programs. Topics covered include graphs

Writing, Math. A graphing calculator is required. TI-83 Plus is

recommended.



and equations of lines, applications of linear models and solving MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions

literal equations, extensive geometry including angle relationships, Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

surface area and volume of three-dimensional figures, right triangle This course is part I of a pre-calculus sequence that provides an

trigonometry, and basic statistics. Emphasis is placed on modeling extensive study of functions, transformation, and their inverses

problem situations numerically, visually, graphically and/or alge- modeled algebraically, numerically, and graphically. Specific functions

braically. In-depth problems from various fields are a core part of include the exponential, logarithmic, polynomial, and power func-

the curriculum. A graphing calculator is required and integrated tions. Modeling real world applications are emphasized. Prerequisite:

throughout. Prerequisite: MTH60 with a C or better, or suitable MTH 95 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on

performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading,

Required: Reading, Writing, Math. Writing, Math. A graphing calculator is required. TI-83 Plus is

recommended.

MTH85 Technical Mathematics II

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp MTH112 Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry

This is a technical mathematics course for students in selected Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

professional programs. Topics include simple quadratics, oblique This course is part II of a pre-calculus sequence that provides explo-

triangle trigonometry, exponential and logarithmic functions, vec- ration and application of rational and trigonometric functions and

tors, and fitting data with a linear model. Emphasis is placed on their inverses modeled algebraically, numerically, and graphically;

modeling problem situations numerically, visually, graphically and/or trigonometric identities and equations; and vectors. Real world

algebraically. In-depth problems from various fields are a core part applications are emphasized. Prerequisite: MTH111 with a grade of

of the curriculum. A graphing calculator is required and integrated C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement

throughout. Prerequisite: MTH80 with a C or better, or suitable exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math. A graphing

performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency calculator is required. TI-83 Plus is recommended.

Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH211 Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics I

MTH95 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

Trigonometry

This course explores number theory, with an emphasis on modeling

Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

arithmetic and arithmetic operations. Various concrete, pictorial

This is an interactive, technology-based course, which investigates and heuristic problem solving strategies are used and compared to

the connections and interplay among various mathematical topics algorithmic problem solving. A required computer component will

for both the baccalaureate prep and technical prep student. The reinforce the concepts in this course. A scientific calculator with

function concept is introduced informally. Linear and quadratic func- a fraction key is required. Prerequisite: MTH95 with a grade of C

tions and their graphs are covered in depth. Other topics include or better, MTH105 is recommended, or suitable performance on

rational exponents, radical and rational equations, linear and non- the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading,

linear systems and right triangle trigonometry. A heuristic approach Writing, Math.

to problem solving is emphasized with problem situations modeled

numerically, algebraically, and graphically. Prerequisite: MTH65 with

a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics MTH212 Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics II

placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math. A Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

graphing calculator is required. TI-83 Plus is recommended. Various concrete, pictorial and heuristic problem solving strategies

are used and compared to algorithmic problem solving to investi-

MTH105 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics gate sets, numeration, operations, properties, computation and

application in the context of rational and real numbers, algebra,

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

relations, functions, probability and statistics. A required computer

This course surveys the broad applicability of mathematics as a component will reinforce the concepts in the course. A scientific

problem solving tool and the breadth of phenomena that mathemat- calculator with a fraction key is required. Prerequisite: MTH211.

ics can model. A wide range of real world problems are examined Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

using the tools of mathematics. The course focuses on development

of mathematical maturity, problem solving, and research abilities.

Course topics are selected from such areas as chaos, probability, MTH213 Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics III

statistics, geometry, graph theory, logic, music and sound, non-Eu- - Geometry

clidean geometries, personal finance, population growth, science and Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

technology, symmetry, measurement, fractals, linear programming, Various concrete, pictorial and heuristic problem solving strategies

and game theory. A computer laboratory is required. Prerequisite: are used to explore geometry and measurement. Topics include:

MTH95 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on two- and three-dimensional shapes and their properties; coordinate

the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, and transformational geometry; standard, non-standard and abstract

measurement. A required computer component will reinforce the









See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



concepts in the course. Scientific calculators are required. Pre-

requisite: MTH212 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Required:

Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH252 Calculus II

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

This is the second course in the calculus sequence covering the con-

209

cepts, computation, and applications of integral calculus. Functions

MTH231 Discrete Mathematics and integrals will be modeled symbolically, numerically, graphically,

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp and in words. A TI-89 graphing calculator is required. Prerequisite:

This course includes finite and infinite sets, mathematical induction, MTH251 with a grade of C or better. Proficiency Required: Read-

switching circuits, relations and functions, theory of graphs with ing, Writing, Math.

applications related to computer science. It provides introduction

to Boolean algebra and recursion. Computer laboratory component MTH253 Calculus III

may be included. Prerequisite: MTH111 with a C or better, or suit- Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp

able performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency This is the third course in the calculus sequence covering infinite

Required: Reading, Writing, Math. sequences and series, an introduction to multivariable functions, and

applications. A TI-89 graphing calculator is required. A computer

MTH241 Elementary Calculus laboratory may be included. Prerequisite: MTH252 with a grade of

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W C or better. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

This course introduces the student to linear programming, dif-

ferential and integral calculus using an intuitive approach which MTH254 Vector Calculus I

emphasizes applications to management and social science. A Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

graphing calculator is required and a computer lab component is This course is a study of multivariable and vector-valued functions

incorporated. Prerequisite: MTH111 with a grade of C or better, including parametric curves in space, motion, surfaces, lines, planes,

or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. gradients, directional derivatives and multiple integrals. The TI-89

Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math. A TI-89 graphing calculator is required. A required computer laboratory component

calculator is required. is included. Prerequisite: MTH253 with a grade of C or better.

Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH243 Probability and Statistics I

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp MTH255 Vector Calculus II

This course is a descriptive statistics course including frequency Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

distributions, common measures of central tendency and variability This course provides a study of multiple integrals with applications,

with elementary concepts of probability and certain probability vector analysis including vector fields, divergence, curl, line integrals,

distributions such as the normal and binomial are covered. The surface integrals and the theorems of Green, Gauss, and Stokes.

Central Limit Theorem and certain statistical inferences for both Some computer software experience is provided. A computer

large and small samples are included. Some computer software ex- laboratory component is required. Prerequisite: MTH254 with a

perience is provided. A graphing calculator (TI-83+) is required, and grade of C or better.

a computer lab component is incorporated. Prerequisite: MTH105

or MTH111 with a grade of C or better. Proficiency Required:

Reading, Writing, Math. MTH256 Differential Equations

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

An introductory course that focuses on the application of ordinary

MTH244 Statistics II

differential equations as mathematical models for a variety of

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/W/Sp disciplines and the interpretation of ordinary differential equations

This is the second course in statistical studies that includes applica- through analytical, graphical, and numerical techniques. A systems

tions of inferential statistics concerning two populations, analysis approach is taken with the relevant linear algebra concepts devel-

of variance, linear regression, nonparametric statistics, contingency oped as needed. A TI-89 calculator is required and a computer

tables, quality control, and other selected topics such as forecast- laboratory may be included. Prerequisite: MTH253 with a grade of

ing, survey sampling, time series and decision theory are covered. C or better. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

Computer software experience is provided. A graphing calculator

(TI-83+) is required, and a computer laboratory component is

incorporated. Prerequisite: MTH243 with a grade of C or better. MTH261 Linear Algebra

Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math. Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

A Study of matrices, systems of equations and linear transfor-

mations in the setting of finite dimensional vector spaces. This

MTH251 Calculus I

course provides the basic linear algebra necessary for the study of

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W multivariable calculus, differential equations and abstract algebra.

This is the first course of the calculus sequence covering the Prerequisite: MTH252 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency

concepts, computations, and applications of differential calculus. Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

Functions and derivatives will be modeled symbolically, numerically,

graphically and in words. A TI-89 graphing calculator is required.

Prerequisite: MTH111 and MTH112 with a grade of C or better, MUP101 Symphonic Band - First Year

or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math. This course is a continuation of MUP101 and is a large instrumental

ensemble open to all enrolled students, faculty and staff. The band

performs major concerts of standard wind ensemble literature



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





210 each term. Prerequisite: Open class with moderate instrumental

expectations. An ensemble placement evaluation with the instructor

is required during the first week of the course.

This course offers applied study and performance on musical instru-

ments either solo or in ensemble, and includes essential scoring for

vocalists. Audition and instructor permission required.



MUP105 Jazz Ensemble MUP171 - MUP192 Individual Lessons

Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

An instrumental ensemble based around the standard big band Students are allowed a flexible program of individual lessons with a

instrumentation. Open to all enrolled students. A broad range of private teacher commensurate with their individual needs, whether

repertoire will be performed. Extensive off-campus performances. that choice be instrumental, vocal, or both. A minimum of ten (30

Auditions and instructor signature required. minute) individual private lessons paid for at student’s expense are

required each term to receive college credit. Any applied lesson

MUP114 General Ensemble/Instrumental-1st Year listed in the MUP171 - MUP192 series may be taken for 3 terms

Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp and may not be taken simultaneously with MUP271 - MUP292.

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

This course is the applied study of and performance on musical

instruments, either solo or in ensemble. Emphasis on duet, trio, Piano Bass Bassoon Harpsichord

quintet, sextet, and octet small groups. A variety of musical ex- Harp Trumpet Organ Guitar

pressions requires auditions of a reasonable time frame based on French Horn Voice Flute Trombone

compatibility, style, ability, punctuality, etc. Prerequisite: Audition Violin Oboe Baritone Viola

and consent of instructor. Clarinet Tuba Cello Saxophone

Percussion Miscellaneous

MUP115 General Ensemble/Vocal - 1st Year

Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp MUP201 Symphonic Band - Second Year

This course provides applied study of voice and vocal performance, Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

either solo or in ensemble. Emphasis on duet, trio, quartet, quintet, This course is a continuation of MUP101 and offers applied study and

sextet, and octet ensemble. A variety of musical expressions re- performance on musical instruments, either solo or in ensemble.

quires auditions of a reasonable time frame based on compatibility, Prerequisite: MUP101.

style, ability, punctuality, etc. Offered at irregular intervals.

MUP205 Jazz Ensemble

MUP121 Symphonic Choir - First Year Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

MUP121B Symphonic Choir – First Year, Chamber Choir This course is a continuation of MUP105 and is an instrumental

Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp ensemble based around the standard big-band instrumentation. A

This course offers applied study of voice and vocal (music) per- broad range of repertoire will be performed. Extensive off-campus

formance, either solo or in ensemble. Open entry class with pitch performances. Prerequisite: MUP105. Auditions and instructor

audition only. signature required.



MUP123 Opera Workshop MUP214 General Ensemble/Instrumental-2nd Year

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

A “workshop-style” performance class to promote the study and A continuation of MUP114, this course is the applied study of and

performance of solo and ensemble scenes from opera, and operetta. performance on musical instruments, either solo or in ensemble.

Emphasis is on vocal and dramatic ensemble, staging and movement. Emphasis on duet, trio, quartet, quintet, sextet, and octet small

Students learn to integrate the vocal skills, style, diction, stage groups. A variety of musical expressions requires auditions of a rea-

movement and characterization necessary to the performance of sonable time frame based on compatibility, style, ability, punctuality,

opera. Offered at irregular intervals. etc. Prerequisite: MUP114, audition and consent of instructor.



MUP125 Vocal Jazz Ensemble - First Year MUP215 General Ensemble/Vocal - Second Year

Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk)

This course offers applied study and musical performance of voices This course is a continuation of MUP115 and offers applied study

and instruments, either solo or in ensemble, in the exploration of of voice and performance, either solo or in ensemble. Emphasis

vocal jazz concepts. Auditions are required. Auditions and instruc- on duet, trio, quartet, quintet, sextet, and octet small groups. A

tor permission required. variety of musical expressions requires auditions of a reasonable

time frame based on compatibility, style, ability, punctuality, etc.

MUP131 Madrigals I Offered at irregular intervals.

Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk)

This course offers applied study of voice and vocal performance, MUP221 Symphonic Choir - Second Year

either solo or in ensemble, and includes essential accompaniment. Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: Consent of director. This course is a continuation of MUP121 and offers “applied study of

voice and vocal (music) performance, either solo or in ensemble.”

MUP146 String Ensemble - First Year

Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



Open entry class with pitch audition only.



MUP225 Vocal Jazz Ensemble - Second Year

MUS111, MUS112, MUS113 Music Theory I, ,II, III

Credits 3,3,3 (3,3,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F

Work in the elements of music science (melodic, harmonic, and

211

Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp rhythmic), taught through analysis of the styles of Bach, Haydn,

This course is a continuation of MUP125 and offers applied study Mozart, and other eighteenth century composers is emphasized.

and musical performance of voices and instruments, either solo or Sequential. Concurrent enrollment in MUS114 and MUS131; MUS115

in ensemble, in the exploration of vocal jazz concepts. Audition and and MUS132; and MUS116 and MUS133, respectively, is required.

instructor signature required. Prerequisite for MUS112: MUS111; MUS113: MUS112.



MUP231 Madrigals MUS114, MUS115, MUS116 Sight Singing/Ear Training

Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) Credits 1,1,1 (2,2,2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F

This course is a continuation of MUP131 and offers applied study The development and application of skills in reading and hearing

of voice and vocal performance, either solo or in ensemble, and the melodic rhythmic relationships, chords, and concepts in music.

includes essential accompaniment. Offered at irregular intervals. Concurrent enrollment required in MUS111 and MUS131.

Prerequisite: Consent of director.

MUS117 Electronic Music Production I

MUP246 String Ensemble - Second Year Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is the first of three sequential courses and is the introduction

This course is a continuation of MUP146 and offers applied study and to Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) fundamentals through

performance on musical instruments, either solo or in ensemble, sequencing of data at a MIDI work station consisting of a computer,

and includes essential scoring for vocalists. Prerequisite: MUP146 MIDI keyboard and sequencing software. Prerequisite: Familiarity

and audition and instructor permission required. with computers is helpful.



MUP271 - MUP292 Individual Lessons MUS118 Electronic Music Production II

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Students are allowed a flexible program of individual lessons with a The second of three sequential courses, this course is a continuation

private teacher commensurate with their individual needs whether of MUS117 and includes recording and editing of digital audio, MIDI

that choice be instrumental, vocal, or both. A minimum of ten (30 sequencing, audio mixing and effects processing. Also discussed is the

minute) individual private lessons paid for at student’s expense are preparation of digital audio for compact disc and other distribution

required each term to receive college credit. Any applied lesson mediums. Prerequisite: MUS117 or consent of instructor.

listed in the MUP271 - MUP292 series may be taken for three terms

and may not be taken simultaneously with MUP171 - MUP192. Pre- MUS119 Electronic Music Production III

requisite: Consent of instructor. (See MUP171 - 192 for a selection Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

of individual lesson choices.) The final of three sequential courses and a continuation of MUS117

and MUS118, this course includes recording of audio from micro-

MUS101 Music Fundamentals phone through a digital interface and synchronization of video and

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp audio. Advanced MIDI editing, sound editing and mixing techniques.

This course is the study of the basic elements of music: rhythm, Prerequisite: MUS118 or consent of instructor.

harmony, and melody. It is appropriate for the general student,

education major, and the music major preparing to take first year MUS124 Stage Band Arranging

music theory (MUS111.) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Work in the elements of composing and arranging for the stage band.

MUS104 Music Manuscript Section I will deal with the sax section and rhythm section through

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F writing and analysis of the various big band styles, i.e., Stan Kenton,

This course is the study of music manuscript through the use of Wood Herman, Buddy Rich, Count Basie, Les Brown, etc. Offered at

computer software, e.g. Finale, Sibelius. Prerequisite: Basic com- irregular intervals. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of MUS113

puter skills desirable. and MUS104 (Finale). Instructor permission required.



MUS105 Music Appreciation/Music for the Listener MUS125 Stage Band Arranging

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Work in the elements of composing and arranging for the stage

Designed for non-music majors, this course provides an introduction band. Section II will deal with the trumpet section and the trombone

to music terms, forms, and styles. Students listen to a variety of section through writing and analysis of the various big band styles,

music, with an emphasis on twentieth century American pop music i.e., Stan Kenton, Wood Herman, Buddy Rich, Count Basie, Les

(ie: Rock and Roll, Country and Western). Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing.









The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





212 Brown, etc. Prerequisite: MUS124.



MUS126 Stage Band Arranging

This is the second sequence designed to help students comprehend,

visualize, and physically execute intermediate rhythm patterns.

Dictation begins this quarter. Prerequisite: MUS147.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Work in the elements of composing and arranging for the stage MUS149 Class Percussion Advanced III

band. Section III will deal with the writing arrangements, forms and Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

experimental material for the progressive composer and arranger. This is the third course in a three course sequence, and is designed

Prerequisite: MUS125. to help students comprehend, visualize, and physically execute

advanced rudiments and rhythmical patterns on a wide assortment

MUS131, MUS132, MUS133 Group Piano: Skills for of tunable and non-tunable rhythm instruments. Offered at irregular

Majors intervals. Prerequisite: MUS148.

Credits 2,2,2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F

This course is designed to develop keyboard skills essential for all MUS161, MUS162, MUS163 Jazz Improvisation

music majors. In addition to developing competency in solo and Credits 2,2,2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

ensemble keyboard performance, the resources of the keyboard are Instruction in vocal and instrumental Jazz improvisation. Prereq-

applied to a wide variety of musical studies and activities. Instruction uisite: Ability to read music and perform at a basic level vocally

will be on modern electronic pianos with additional use of acousti- and/or instrumentally.

cal pianos available. A variety of musical styles will be explored.

Required for all music majors. Prerequisite: Declared music major MUS191 Group Piano: Skills/Non-Majors

or consent of instructor. Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

This class is open to beginners and to those with some previous

MUS134 Class Voice experience. Introductory skills will be emphasized; more advanced

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) students will be given instruction and assignments appropriate to

Classroom instruction in voice. The most technical aspects of singing their levels of experience. Class interaction in which students can

will be emphasized. Required for all instrumental music majors. Of- evaluate, encourage and learn from each other is encouraged.

fered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MUS205 Introduction to Jazz History I

MUS137 Class Guitar I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is the first of a two-term sequence course designed for non-

This course is designed for students who have little or no guitar music majors which traces the music of the black masses from its

playing experience. Chords, strumming patterns, fingerpicking, African roots of polyrhythms, chants, and improvisation, through

simple blues patterns, and music of various styles will be introduced the blues, spirituals, syncopated ragtime, Dixieland, swing, and

during the quarter. Students may progress at their own pace, and be bebop/progressive jazz of the late ’40s and ’50s. This course of-

challenged, while having fun, learning to play the guitar. fers humanities credit for non-music majors. Offered at irregular

intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MUS138 Class Guitar II

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp MUS208 Introduction to Jazz History II

This course is designed for students who have little or some gui- Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

tar playing experience and desire to increase their playing ability. This is the second of a two-term sequence designed for non-music

Chords, strumming and fingerpicking, single string and chord reading, majors which traces jazz music of the 1940s through the develop-

and different styles of improvisation will be covered. Students will be ment of electric and electronic instruments, and sophisticated

grouped according to level of ability within this class. Prerequisite: recording and sound equipment. This course explains and demon-

MUS137 or permission of the instructor. strates how this new hardware influenced the emergence of jazz

fusion, new wave, funk, etc. This course offers humanities credit

MUS139 Class Guitar III for non-music majors. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite:

MUS205. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This course is designed for students who already have some chord

and scale knowledge, and who can play chords with strumming MUS211, MUS212, MUS213 Music Theory IV

and/or fingerpicking patterns. Prerequisite: MUS138 or permission Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F

of the instructor. This course examines the music concepts and relationships of form

analysis, borrowed and altered chords, polyphony, counterpoint,

MUS147 Class Percussion Beginning I and 20th Century idioms. Application of theory principles. Sequen-

tial. Concurrent enrollment is required in MUS214, MUS215, and

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

MUS224, respectively. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of

This course is the first in a sequence of three designed to help stu- MUS113, 211, and 212 respectively.

dents comprehend, visualize, verbalize, and physically execute basic

rhythm patterns of non-tunable percussion instruments.



MUS148 Class Percussion Intermediate II

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions





MUS214 Keyboard Harmony I

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F

This is the first course in a two-term sequence of keyboard applica-

a selection from the musical theatre. Prerequisite: By audition or

consent of instructor. 213

tion of harmonic principles studies in first-year music theory. This MUS297 Group Vocal

course is designed to improve a student’s skills in playing, hearing Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk)

and harmonic analysis. Figured bass keyboard “realizations” are This course will integrate the study of vocal techniques with the

included. Prerequisite: MUS111, MUS112, and MUS113; or satisfac- study of performance techniques and character development

tory rating on tests of keyboard proficiency commensurate with through classroom performances of songs from the musical theater.

first year “collegiate” class piano. A variety of styles from Cole Porter to Sondheim will be explored.

Each student should come to the first class prepared to perform a

MUS215 Keyboard Harmony II selection from the musical theater. Offered at irregular intervals.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Admission to this course is by audition or consent of instructor.

This is the second in a two-term sequence of keyboard application

of harmonic principles studied in first-year music theory. This course ***

is designed to improve a student’s skills in playing, hearing and har-

monic analysis. Figured bass keyboard “realizations” are included. NAX10 Basic Training-Nursing Assistants

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of MUS214. Credits 7 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab - 8 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

This course is designed to provide students an opportunity to gain

MUS224 Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training understanding of the nursing assistant role in health care agencies.

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Emphasis is on the personal qualities, knowledge and skills needed by

This course emphasizes the advanced development in realizing the nursing assistant to give quality basic nursing care under supervi-

dictated melodies and harmonies. To be taken concurrently with sion. Opportunity is provided to practice basic nursing skills and

MUS213. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of MUS215. procedures under the supervision of the instructor. Prerequisite:

Documented reading competency required (9th grade or higher) or

MUS261 Music History I College Placement Test score of RD115 or higher.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

This course is the study of the history of music from the ancient NUR101 Nursing I

Greeks to Fifteenth Century England. Proficiency Needed: Read- Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

ing. This introductory course in nursing presents the historical back-

ground of the profession, the nursing process, ethical and legal

MUS262 Music History II responsibilities of the professional nurse, and the health-illness con-

tinuum. Nursing actions, which promote health will be presented.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of Oregon State Board of

This course is the study of the history of music from the age of the Nursing-approved Nursing Assistant course. “C” or better in all

Renaissance to the early Eighteenth Century. Proficiency Needed: prior nursing program requirements. Prerequisite: BI232 and BI233

Reading. with a grade of C or better. Concurrent enrollment in NUR121 and

NUR122 is required.

MUS263 Music History III

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp NUR102 Nursing II

This course is the study of the history of music from the early Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

Eighteenth Century to the Nineteenth Century. Proficiency This program course emphasizes the provision of nursing care to

Needed: Reading. patients of all ages and in a variety of settings. Concepts presented

include use of the nursing process in the care of patients with un-

MUS265 Jazz Studies complicated or simple dysfunctions of one or two body systems, plus

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) accompanying psychosocial alterations. Perioperative nursing care

This course provides instrumental and vocal students at all levels of is also addressed. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all prior

ability with an opportunity to develop or enhance their knowledge nursing curriculum courses. Concurrent enrollment in NUR131

of jazz theory and history, as well as their skills in improvisational and NUR132 is required.

and ensemble performance. Students will work with professional

musicians on an individual and group basis. Hands-on training in NUR103 Nursing III

the use of state-of-the-art electronic music equipment is included. Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Offered at irregular intervals. This course emphasizes the provision of nursing care to the

childbearing family as well as to patients of all ages demonstrating

MUS292 Music Theatre simple/uncomplicated dysfunctions of one or two body systems with

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F accompanying psycho-social alternations. Cultural and developmen-

This course will integrate the study of vocal techniques with the tal concerns are also explored. Prerequisite: Successful completion

study of performance techniques and character development of all prior nursing curriculum courses. Concurrent enrollment in

through classroom performances of songs from the musical theatre. NUR142 is required.

A variety of styles from Cole Porter to Sondheim will be explored.

Each student should come to the first class prepared to perform





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





214 NUR111 Nursing Student Success Strategies



Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

NUR201 Nursing IV

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

This course presents nursing theory related to the role of the

This nursing program elective emphasizes study techniques that professional nurse in the delivery of care to patients experiencing

should enhance learning in many environments. Course contents complex health problems. Management of care to persons across

include time management, memory strategies, note-taking skills, the lifespan is addressed. Prerequisite: PSY239 and BI240 with a

textbook reading and test-taking techniques, and stress management grade of “C” or better. Concurrent enrollment in NUR222A or

tools. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Associate Degree Nursing NUR222B; and NUR231 is required.

program or permission of the course instructor.

NUR202 Nursing V

NUR121 Nursing Lab I Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course presents nursing theory related to the role of the

This course provides opportunities for students to demonstrate professional nurse in the delivery of care to patients experiencing

competent nursing actions. Specific skills include medication admin- complex physical and psychosocial health problems. Management

istration and application of medical and surgical asepsis. Prerequisite: of care to persons across the lifespan is addresses in a variety of

“C” or better in all prior nursing curriculum. Concurrent enrollment settings. Concepts related to the nurses role as manager of care are

in NUR101 and NUR122 is required. applied. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing curriculum.

The student is responsible for all prior learning. Concurrent enroll-

NUR122 Nursing Clinical I ment in NUR232 is required.

Credits 2 (6 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – F

This beginning practicum will provide opportunity for students to NUR203 Nursing VI

apply the nursing process in the direct care of patients in long-term Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

health care settings. Students will be expected to present theoretical This final theory course examines the scope of practice for the

rationale for their nursing care. Prerequisite: Satisfactory comple- registered nurse in Oregon. Emphasis of prior theoretical concepts

tion of Oregon State Board of Nursing-approved Nursing Assistant in preparing patients for discharge and community-based care is

course. “C” or better in all prior nursing requirements. Concurrent incorporated. The role of the graduate associate degree nurse

enrollment in NUR101 and NUR121 is required. is also included. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing

program requirements. Concurrent enrollment in NUR242 and

NUR131 Nursing Lab II WR227 is required.

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

This course provides opportunity for students to demonstrate NUR211 Nursing Pharmacology

competent nursing actions used in the care of acutely and chroni- Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

cally ill patients of all ages who are experiencing a variety of health This course is a study of pharmacology as related to its clinical ap-

problems. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing curriculum. plications in Nursing. Emphasis is placed upon the therapeutic uses

Concurrent enrollment in NUR102 and NUR132 is required. of medications and their nursing implications. A basic knowledge

of physiology is assumed prior to the registration for the class.

NUR132 Nursing Clinical II Additional emphasis is placed upon the understanding of drug clas-

sifications and their functional uses. Prerequisite: “C” or better in

Credits 3 (9 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W

NUR102 or student in RN Refresher Program. Course requires

This clinical practicum provides expanded opportunities for stu- recent or current course in Anatomy and Physiology and BI240;

dents to apply nursing theory and skills in a variety of care settings. or instructor permission.

Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program curriculum.

Concurrent enrollment in NUR102 and NUR131 is required.

NUR220 Nursing Assessment

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

NUR141 Nursing Lab III

This course focuses on the data collection and physical assessment

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

of patients. Prerequisite: “C” or better in prior nursing program

This course provides continued opportunity for students to dem- curriculum or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in

onstrate competent nursing actions used in the care of acutely and NUR221 is required.

chronically ill patients of all ages who are experiencing a variety of

health problems. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing

curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR103 and NUR142 is NUR221 Nursing Assessment Lab

required. Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

This laboratory course provides the opportunity for students

NUR142 Nursing Clinical III to practice data collection and physical assessment techniques.

Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program require-

Credits 4 (12 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp

ments of instructor consent. Concurrent enrollment in NUR220

This clinical practicum provides opportunities for students to apply is required.

nursing theory and skills to the direct care of patients in a variety

of settings. Special emphasis will include provision of nursing care

for the childbearing family. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior

nursing program curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR103

is required.



See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions





NUR222A Nursing Clinical IVA

Credits 2 (6 Clinical Hrs/Wk)

This clinical practicum focuses on application of advanced nursing OTA100 Foundations I

Therapy Assistant Program)

215

theories and skills and their application to the care of patients with Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

complex disruptions in function described in prior nursing courses. This course describes the role of the occupational therapy assis-

Management of two or more patients and collaboration with other tant in various service delivery systems. Course content includes

nursing personnel is also emphasized. Prerequisite: “C” or better occupational therapy terminology, health-care team, philosophical

in all prior nursing program requirements. base and history of the profession and occupation across the life

span. Prerequisite: Admission into the OTA program.

NUR222B Nursing Clinical IVB

Credits 2 (6 Clinical Hrs/Wk) OTA101 Foundations II

This clinical practicum continues the focus on application of Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

advanced nursing theories and skills and their application to the The course emphasizes the meaning and dynamics of occupation

care of patients with complex disruptions in function described in and purposeful activity along with blending the skills of facilitating

NUR201, NUR231 and prior nursing courses. Management of two task groups. Activity analysis and creative problem solving will be

or more patients and collaboration with other nursing personnel applied to specific groups. Safety precautions and consideration for

is also emphasized. Special emphasis will include care of the cli- each treatment setting will also be included.

ent with complex psycho-social problems in acute care settings.

Prerequisite: NUR222A and a “C” or better in all prior nursing

OTA110 Conditions I

program requirements.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course will explore the impact of disability, disease processes,

NUR231 Nursing Lab IV and traumatic injury to the individual’s life role and occupational

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F performance. Adult theories of development will also be included.

This course provides opportunity for students to correctly demon- Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA course prior to winter

strate selected advanced nursing actions. Prerequisite: “C” or better quarter.

in all prior nursing program curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in

NUR201 is required.

OTA111 Conditions II

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

NUR232 Nursing Clinical V This course provides essential information needed to address the

Credits 4 (12 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W impact of psychiatric disabilities on the occupational performance

This clinical practicum focuses on application of nursing theory to of individuals. Occupational Therapy frames of reference will be

the care of persons with complex disruptions in function described used to enhance and promote independent functioning. Psychiatric

in NUR202. Opportunity for management of the health care team terminology and medications specific to mental health settings will

is provided. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program be presented. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of “C” in all OTA

curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR202 is required. classes prior to spring quarter, first year.



NUR242 Nursing Clinical VI OTA120 Life Tasks and Skills I

Credits 6 (18 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This clinical practicum provides experience which prepares the This class will enable the student to understand the affects a dis-

student for the responsibilities of the associate degree nurse role. ability or injury may have on an individual’s potential to engage in

Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program curriculum. everyday tasks. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA and general

Concurrent enrollment in NUR203 is required. education courses prior to winter quarter, first year.



NURX29 Computer: NCLEX-RN Review OTA121 Life Tasks and Skills II

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W

This computer assisted review course is intended to help the new This performance-based lab will enable the student to engage in

graduate or other nurse prepare for the NCLEX examination for problem-solving techniques while demonstrating specific skills in the

licensure. Items similar to those included in the licensing examination area of self-care. The ability to educate and train others, apply the

conducted by the state boards of nursing are used for evaluation teaching and learning process and demonstrate safety precautions

and learning. This self-assessment of nursing theory knowledge are also included. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA and general

includes a minimum of 10 hours of computer laboratory experience. education course prior to winter quarter, first year.

A computer laboratory fee is required. Prerequisite: Permission of

instructor required.

OTA122 Life Tasks and Skills III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

***

This class will enable the student to understand and demonstrate

therapeutic intervention and compensatory strategies. The student

(OTA100 – OTA251 are restricted to students in the Occupational will learn specific applications that influence an individual’s ability to

engage in occupation within environments and their socio-cultural







The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





216 context. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA and general education

courses prior to winter quarter, first year.

their engagement in occupation. Also addressed are the applications

of several developmental frames of reference, and the awareness of

the role of the OTA and OT in the arena of OT pediatric practice.

OTA130 Applications I Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA and general education courses

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp prior to fall quarter, second year.

The focus of this course is to develop competency in group facili-

tation skills. Group and developmental theories will be discussed OTA211 Conditions IV

as they relate to the practice of occupational therapy. This course Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

includes developing and refining interpersonal communication skills This course emphasizes the developmental tasks of the aging popula-

to enhance therapeutic use of self in all clinical settings. Prerequi- tion. Theories of aging and current psychosocial aspects of aging are

site: A minimum grade of “C” in all OTA classes prior to spring addressed. The health-disability continuum is discussed as it impacts

quarter, first year. independent functioning of the elderly patient. Enhancement of role

engagement following disability is coordinated with family, individual,

OTA140 Experience I environment and lifespan approach. Prerequisite: Completion of all

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W OTA course prior to winter quarter, second year.

This level I experience will provide the student with opportunities

to interact with individuals in the community and various health care OTA220 Life Tasks and Skills IV

settings. Students will be introduced to working with individuals Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

with physical disabilities and will appreciate the varied roles of the This course provides the student with information on the use of

OTA in the promotion of health and wellness across the lifespan. therapeutic adaptation with occupations pertinent throughout the

This experience is designed to encircle didactic coursework through life span. This includes environmental adaptation, assistive technol-

direct observation and participation in selected aspects of the pro- ogy, equipment and also emphasizes the student’s ability to access

cess. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA and general education and use informational resources. Prerequisite: Completion of all

classes prior to winter quarter, first year. OTA courses prior to spring quarter, second year.



OTA141 Experience II OTA230 Applications II

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

This level one fieldwork provides the students with the opportunity This course will provide the student with the skills necessary to ana-

to experience Occupational Therapy in the mental health area of lyze an individual’s occupations and social and cultural environments.

practice. This fieldwork experience is designed to enrich didactic This will facilitate choosing and modifying purposeful activities for

coursework through directed observation and participation in occupation therapy intervention. Prerequisite: A minimum of “C”

selected aspects of the OT process. Prerequisite: Completion grade in all OTA courses first year.

of all OTA classes and general education classes prior to spring

quarter, first year. OTA231 Applications III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

OTA200 Foundations V This class will enable the student to gather and share data for the

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp purpose of screening and evaluation. The student will administer

This class will provide the student with an understanding of the selected assessments, and demonstrate safety precautions during

various systems and service models an individual may experience the assessment process and the ability to interact through oral and

throughout their life span. Also included is information on the non-verbal communication. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA

practitioner’s role and responsibility to address and effect change courses prior to fall quarter, second year.

within the system delivery policies.

OTA232 Applications IV

OTA201 Foundations VI Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F The student will learn how to document occupational therapy

This class provides information on all the available Level II fieldwork services, in various arenas in order to ensure accountability of

sites. Also included is an understanding of the collaboration among service provision and to meet standards for reimbursement of

Fieldwork Supervisor, Fieldwork Coordinator (MHCC) and stu- services. The student will also learn how documentation will effec-

dents. Students will learn the application of principles appropriate tively communicate the need and rationale for occupational therapy

to develop their individual learning needs. Prerequisite: A minimum services as required by various agencies. Prerequisite: Completion

of “C” grade on all OTA course first year. of all OTA classes and general education classes prior to winter

quarter, second year.

OTA210 Conditions III

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F OTA233 Applications V

Course includes information on normal development with an em- Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

phasis on the application of critical analysis, the understanding of This class provides the student with an understanding of the pro-

the unique roles of children and the impact of various disabilities on fessional relationship between the OTA and OT. Course content

also includes an emphasis on the development of personal and

professional competencies and job responsibilities related to the

AOTA Code of Ethics, Core Values, Attitudes of OT and Standards





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



of Practice. Professional credentialing is also covered. Prerequisite:

Completion of all OTA classes prior to spring quarter, second

year.

PE185KY River Kayaking

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp

The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the safe

217

and skilled use of whitewater kayaks. It is designed for students

OTA234 Applications VI with no previous whitewater kayaking experience. The course will

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp emphasize safety and basic paddling skills. All instruction will take

This class is designed to augment the student’s problem solving skills place in the aquatic center. Prerequisite: All students must demon-

both prior and during their Level II fieldwork experience. Various strate water confidence by having a Red Cross Beginning Swimming

communication strategies will be reviewed along with guided student Certificate or the equivalent level of swimming skill.

exchange of information related to clinical experiences. Included is

sharing of informational sources, activity ideas for intervention and PE185OA Backpacking

models for OTA supervision. Prerequisite: A minimum of “C” grade Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

in all OTA classes prior to winter quarter, second year. This course provides an exciting introduction to backpacking.

Emphasis is on safety, low impact hiking and camping, map and

OTA240 Experience III compass use, and environmental awareness. Topics include a de-

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F tailed review of clothing and equipment needs, map and compass

This course will introduce students to the fieldwork experience in practice, fitness and conditioning, and trip planning and preparation.

the area of pediatrics and to develop a basic comfort level with and An outing will explore our local wilderness. Prerequisite: Students

understanding of the needs of children. This experience is designed will need to be in good physical condition to be comfortable on

to enrich didactic coursework through directed observation and the backpacking outing.

participation in the pediatric OT process. Prerequisite: Completion

of all OTA classes prior to fall quarter, second year. PE185OD Beginning Sea Kayaking

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/Sp

OTA250 Fieldwork II: Physical Disabilities Students will learn about the construction of sea kayaks and how

to choose one that is appropriate for the kayaking they intend to

Credits 7 (36 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W do. Instruction will concentrate on paddle strokes, elementary

This performance-based fieldwork experience includes applica- navigation skills, chart reading, wet exits, self-rescue, and team

tion of clinical skills required for entry-level practice as a Certified rescue in a pool setting. Some time will also be spent discussing

Occupational Therapy Assistant in physical disabilities. It includes tides and weather patterns around Pacific Northwest waterways.

evaluation, treatment, communication and professional behavior. The emphasis, as in all outdoor skills courses, is on having fun and

Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA course prior to winter quarter, making decisions that help us to avoid having to use our well-re-

second year. hearsed rescue skills.



OTA251 Fieldwork II: Mental Health PE185OF Winter Camping

Credits 7 (36 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Sp Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

This performance-based fieldwork experience includes apprecia- This course is designed for students interested in learning the

tion of clinical skills required for entry-level practices as a Certi- basics of Winter Camping. Students will learn about and practice

fied Occupational Therapy Assistant in mental health. It includes the design/construction of traditional and modern winter shelters

evaluation, treatment, communication and professional behavior. including; igloos, snow caves, quinzees, snow trenches and protected

Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA courses prior to spring quarter, tents. Students will learn how to choose a shelter that is appropri-

second year. ate for the type of trip and weather conditions they might pursue.

This course will also cover the essentials of winter camping which

include: winter trip food selection and preparation, appropriate

***

clothing selecting, winter backcountry hazards, minimum impact

techniques, winter weather patterns of Pacific Northwest and

PE131 Introduction to Physical Education introduction to winter ecology. Prerequisite: Basic backpacking and

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F camping skills. It is recommended, but not required that students

Students will learn current state qualifications and professional have taken PE285OL (Wilderness Survival). Students will need

orientation for teaching in Oregon high schools and elementary to be in good physical condition to be comfortable on the winter

schools, including instruction in historical background, professional camping field sessions.

opportunities, subdisciplines of physical education, evaluation, re-

search, philosophy and objectives. Proficiency Needed: Reading. PE185OG Backcountry Winter Mountain Travel

PE185FSW Fisheries, Swim and Water Safety Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

Credits 1 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed for students interested in learning the basics

This course is designed to provide the student with the opportu- of backcountry winter mountain travel. Students will learn about and

nity to improve basic swimming skills and become proficient at the practice using travel skills using modern snowshoes. Students will

intermediate swimmer level. The course will also train an individual learn how to choose a snowshoe that is appropriate for the type

to be able to respond in an aquatic emergency -- to be able to perform of trip and snow conditions they might pursue. This course will also

basic forms of rescue for themselves as well as others Prerequisite: cover the essentials of winter snowshoe day-long outings which in-

FI101. Limited to Fisheries Technology majors. clude: winter trip preparation, appropriate clothing selection, winter



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





218 backcountry hazards including avalanche avoidance, minimum impact

techniques, winter weather patterns of the Pacific Northwest and

introduction to snow morphology. Prerequisite: It is recommended,

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W/Sp

This course is designed for students with previous climbing expe-

rience. Students will have an opportunity to learn intermediate

but not required, that students have taken PE285OL (Wilderness level climbing skills and equipment management. Climbing will be

Survival). Students will need to be in good physical condition to be indoors on artificial rock. Prerequisite: PE185RK or Outdoor Faculty

comfortable on the snowshoe field sessions. Coordinator permission.



PE185OJ Mountaineering Fundamentals PE233 Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning Methods

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course is designed for students interested in learning the basics This course provides an introduction to experiential place-based

of Mountaineering. Students will learn about backcountry group teaching methods. Place-Mapping helps students develop the skills

travel in mountain environments, selection and use of mountaineer- necessary to explore and interpret the essential qualities of local

ing equipment, knots, rope systems and roped travel. Students will natural areas which are central to the development of a sense of

also learn about and practice the design/construction of emergency place. Place-Mapping weaves together mapping techniques, natural

mountain shelters. This course will also cover the fundamental history interpretation, land navigation skills and narrative develop-

skills required for the practice of safe mountaineering in mountain ment as environmental education and for group facilitation tool.

environments of the Pacific Northwest. This course will build upon

the basic skills gained in Snowshoe and Winter Mountain Travel, PE234 Place Mapping: Instructional Methods

Winter Camping and Wilderness Survival.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

PE185OK Mountaineering Field Skills This course provides an introduction to teaching methods for expe-

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp riential place-based teaching methods. Place Mapping helps students

This course is designed for students interested in applying the basic develop the skills necessary to explore and interpret the essential

skills of Mountaineering in an expedition setting. Students will learn qualities of local natural areas which are central to the develop-

and practice backcountry group travel in mountain environments, ment of a sense of place. Place Mapping weaves together mapping

selection and use of mountaineering equipment, knots, rope systems techniques, natural history interpretation, land navigation skills and

and roped travel. Students will also learn about and practice the narrative development as an environmental education and group

design/construction of emergency mountain shelters. This course facilitation tool. Students will learn and practice effective methods

will also cover the fundamental skills required for the practice of safe for utilizing place mapping as a teaching tool. Prerequisite: PE233 or

mountaineering in mountain environments of the Pacific Northwest. instructor permission. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

This course will build upon the basic skills gained in Mountaineering

Fundamentals. Prerequisite: Successful completion PE185OJ (Moun-

PE285OL Wilderness Survival

taineering Fundamentals) or permission of the instructor.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

This course provides the information and skills necessary for safe,

PE185OL Progressive Fly Fishing, Level I low impact, backcountry travel. Topics include backcountry hazards,

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp land navigation, survival skills, introduction to search and rescue,

This course presents a fun, simple, visual, and hands-on experience introduction to backcountry emergency care, low impact camping

to becoming a worthy fly fisher. This course is comprehensive and and environmental issues. Use of map and compass are the foci of

progressive beginning with the basics and progressing through a one-day outing. Includes certification in Workplace First Aid and

intermediate techniques. Progressive Fly Fishing will provide the Adult CPR. This course is recommended for all students interested

student with the knowledge and skills to enjoy the art and science in taking Outdoor Leadership classes. Prerequisite: Students must be

of fly fishing. capable of participating in the field outing associated with the class.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Students with disabilities

PE185ON High Angle Rescue are responsible for requesting accommodations and must do so a

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp minimum of two weeks before the beginning of the term.

This course is designed to teach basic self-rescue and partner-rescue

techniques for high-angle environments. Instruction will take place PE285ON Outdoor Leadership

on an indoor climbing wall with additional outdoor field practice. Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Students will learn about accident avoidance, assessing critical This course provides students with an opportunity to gain knowl-

situations, climb-site evacuations and rope skills. Prerequisite: edge of outdoor leadership theory and the hands-on experience

PE185RKI, (Intermediate Rock Climbing) or Outdoor Program combined with structured reflection necessary to develop skills

Coordinator permission. in leading groups in outdoor activities. Topics include experiential

learning models, ensuring group safety, critical decision-making,

PE185RK Beginning Rock Climbing leadership styles, judgment as a critical skill, accident equations,

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp trip planning and ethical issues in outdoor education.

Personal equipment may be used with instructor approval or rental

equipment will be available for a $35 fee. Fee will be collected during PE292SWT Water Safety Instruction

the first class meeting. Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp



PE185RKI Intermediate Rock Climbing





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



The purpose of this instructor course is to train instructor

candidates to teach American Red Cross Swimming and Water

Safety courses. The instructor course covers the following topics:

Physical laws and theories are developed and discussed. This course

is intended primarily for the general college student who is not ma-

joring in a physical science. The following topics will be developed:

219

planning and organizing courses, including the use of block plans vectors, one- and two-dimensional kinematics, dynamics, uniform

and lesson plans, providing information and skill-development ses- circular motion, work, energy, impulse and momentum, rotational

sions necessary to conduct and teach swimming and water safety kinematics and dynamics. A scientific calculator is required. A graph-

courses, conducting practice teaching and evaluating participants’ ing calculator may be required. Prerequisite: MTH112 or MTH85.

performance. Prerequisite: The student must be at least 17 years

of age, demonstrate skills equivalent with the Community Water PH202 General Physics II

Safety course, or Lifeguard Training course; have swimming ability Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

equivalent to Level VI of the Learn to Swim Program; and successfully

The following topics will be developed: elasticity and simple har-

pass a written pre-course test with an 80% or better. Proficiency

monic motion, fluid statics and dynamics, temperature, expansion,

Needed: Reading, Writing.

thermal energy and phase changes, heat transfer, gas laws and

thermodynamics, waves, sound, interference, reflection, refraction,

PH109B, PH109C Observational Astronomy and physical optics. A scientific calculator is required and a graphing

Credits 2,3 (1,2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Su calculator may be required. Prerequisite: PH201.

A course designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of

observing the night sky. Students will learn to use telescopes, star PH203 General Physics III

charts and photographic equipment to investigate the moon, planets, Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

star clusters and nebulae.

The following topics will be developed: electric forces and fields,

potential and potential energy, electric circuits, magnetic forces and

PH121 General Astronomy fields, electromagnetic induction, alternating current circuits, special

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F relativity, particle-wave duality and the nature of atoms. A scientific

Descriptive treatment of the history of astronomy including the calculator is required. A graphing calculator may be required. Pre-

contributions of Kepler, Galileo and Newton. Telescopes, light requisite: PH202. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

and the spectrum, earth as a planet and the moon. This course

is intended primarily for the general college student who is not PH211 General Physics with Calculus I

majoring in a physical science. The planetarium is used extensively Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

and is supplemented by occasional viewing of celestial objects with

General Physics with Calculus includes the following topics: mo-

a telescope. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

tion in one and two dimensions, particle dynamics, work, energy,

momentum, conservation of energy and momentum, collision

PH122 General Astronomy theory, rotational kinematics and dynamics, rigid body equilibrium,

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W oscillating systems and universal gravitation will be treated using

Descriptive treatment of the solar system including the terrestrial practical problems and examples. Emphasis will be placed on logical

planets, the Jovian planets, comets, meteors, asteroids and meteor- reasoning, thorough understanding of the principles and the ability

ites. The planetarium star projector is used in conjunction with star to successfully solve numerical problems. Vector notation will be

charts to help students locate planets and other celestial objects employed extensively. The theory and results of classical mechan-

in the night sky. Course may be taken out of sequence. Proficiency ics will be used to predict the behavior of actual physical systems

Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. and explain phenomena commonly encountered in the real world.

Prerequisite: MTH251 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

PH123 General Astronomy Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Descriptive treatment of stars and their evolution, the sun nebulae, PH212 General Physics with Calculus II

star clusters, the Milky Way, galaxies, black holes, quasars, and Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

the expanding universe. Course may be taken out of sequence. Provides prospective science and engineering majors with a thor-

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. ough basic knowledge of thermodynamics, geometrical and physical

optics, hydrodynamics, wave motion and related topics. Prerequisite:

PH127 Preparing for General Physics PH211. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su

A one-term course specifically designed to prepare students for PH213 General Physics with Calculus III

the PH201/202/203 General Physics sequence. Students will gain Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

competence in visualizing and sketching a physics problem, applying Provides engineering and science majors with those subjects within

physics principles and reasoning skills to generate equations based the scope of electricity and magnetism. Prerequisite: PH212. Profi-

on the sketch, and using mathematics to solve those equations. ciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

The problem solving skills obtained from this course are applicable

to a wide variety of science, engineering and mathematics courses. PHL201 Introduction to Philosophy

Scientific calculator required. Co-requisite: MTH95 or higher. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

A lecture and discussion approach to the basic questions of philoso-

phy. This introduction includes philosophical issues such as: What is

PH201 General Physics I reality? What is knowledge? Can a proof for the existence of God

Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F be constructed? The student is challenged to separate mere opinion



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





220 from critical reason. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.



PHL202 Fundamental Ethics

relations, marketing and sales strategies, management and staffing.

Students will also engage in cooperative assignments with graphic

design students. Prerequisite: PHO226.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

A lecture and discussion approach to basic ethical systems. The PHO267 PhotoShop I

student explores the question “Why be moral?” and attempts Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

to analyze the foundations of moral actions. Proficiency Needed: The objective of this class is for students to gain a fundamental

Reading, Writing. understanding of the software program, PhotoShop, hardware

configurations and related software used for digital photography.

PHL203 Elementary Logic Students will learn file management, the use of painting and editing

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp tools, paths, masks and channels. They will learn image capturing

techniques including the use of electronic cameras and flatbed scan-

A lecture and discussion approach to the study of argument. The

ning, and related calculations for resolution and image sizing. Further,

student explores the inferences of argumentation, as well as the

students will learn the relationship of computer hardware, memory

formulation of valid vs. invalid proofs. The student also learns to

and output capabilities to the final product. Prerequisite: ART261

critically evaluate arguments by translating them into symbolic logic.

and Macintosh basics (skills), or consent of instructor. Proficiency

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.



PHL208 Political Philosophy PHO268 PhotoShop II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

This course focuses on the examination of two chief moral problems

PhotoShop II intends to provide students the opportunity to develop

produced by the fact that we live in societies: (1) What are the moral

their skills gained in PhotoShop I through a series of four projects.

limits of the authority of society over the individual? (2) What is the

The projects will help students gain a more sophisticated under-

morally appropriate way to distribute wealth in society? Proficiency

standing of the features of the computer program, the preparations

Needed: Reading, Writing.

of high-end output (printing) and further discussion of legal and

ethical issues relating to digital photography. Prerequisite: PHO267

(PHO226 – PHO281 are restricted to students in the Professional and ART262, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Read-

Photography Program) ing, Writing, Math.



PHO269 Digital Studio

PHO131 Basic Photographic Lighting Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course focuses on the use of digital cameras and computers in

This course introduces students to basic lighting principles, tech- a studio setting. Students will gain hands-on experience at capturing,

niques, equipment and terms. Metering and exposure controls, manipulating and adjusting images of a subject during a photographic

lighting judgment and lighting control techniques will be emphasized. session. Further, students will enhance their understanding of the

Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. acquisition of images through scanners and other lab processes, im-

age management, and output devices and techniques. Also, creating

PHO132 Color Photography II web pages for e-portfolios will be addressed. Prerequisite: PHO267

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp and PHO268. Photography majors only or consent of instructor.

Advanced techniques in color photography printing are explored.

Color negative, slide and Polaroid films and associated printing are PHO270 Small Product Photography

discussed and demonstrated. Emphasis is placed on color balance, Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

composition and presentation. Prerequisite: ART265 or consent An introduction to commercial applications of studio lighting

of instructor. toward small product photography. Emphasis placed on various

aspects of table top lighting including tenting and rear projection,

PHO226 Photography Business Practicum I color balance and macro applications. Small and medium format

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F emphasized. View camera demonstrated. Prerequisite: PHO131

Students in second-year standing will begin a sequence of courses or consent of instructor.

intended to provide practical business experience in photography.

The course attempts to simulate actual business operations by PHO271 Photographic Style

servicing the college community. Emphasis in this term will be on Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

building a business plan, understanding professional responsibilities, Study of leading photographers of the 20th century and their in-

building a client base and working with schedules, and negotiating fluence on contemporary, creative, photojournalistic and applied

contracts. In addition, students will learn a photography business- photography. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

specific accounting software. Prerequisite: Second-year standing.

PHO272 Stock Photography

PHO227 Photography Business Practicum II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Students will gain a better understanding of stock and assignment

This is the second of a three-term sequence that provides students photography. Emphasis is placed on developing production models;

with an opportunity to simulate photography business practices. budgeting; concepting and research; editing; image storage and cata-

Emphasis is placed on customer service, scheduling, interpersonal loguing; and contracts, copyright and the use of agents. Prerequisite:



See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



ART261. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.



PHO273 Page Layout for Photographers

states rights, local control, and direct democracy are explored.

Students are encouraged to monitor the activities of state and local

government and discuss the policy decisions made during the term

221

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W of study. Federalism, the constitutional concept of shared powers

between the state and federal government, is reviewed thoroughly.

(Formerly ART199PL)

This course is also offered as an independent study. Proficiency

Students will use the Macintosh computer and page layout software Needed: Reading, Writing.

to learn the basic principles of design and composition for the printed

page. Applied projects will cover: use of grids, effective typography,

and integration of photographic and type elements. Conceptual as PS204 Introduction to Comparative Politics

well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: PHO267 or Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F

equivalent. Limited to majors only or consent of instructor. The student explores the political culture, institutions, and pro-

cesses of a selection of different countries of the world. Case

PHO281 Photography Portfolio studies represent a variety of governments and political cultures.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Students learn comprehensive strategies for promoting their careers

in photography. Emphasis is placed on setting career objectives PS205 International Relations

and building supporting presentation materials that will lead to the Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

development of a final graduating portfolio and resume. Prerequisite: This course studies international relations and foreign affairs.

Second-year standing or consent of instructor. Institutions and methodology of international governmental rela-

tions are studied, including current international problems. Primary

PS104 Problems in American Politics emphasis is placed on distinguishing the developmental features of

developed, developing and underdeveloped nations. Proficiency

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Needed: Reading, Writing.

This course explores current policy issues in American politics which

may range from international to national to local topics. Topics may

include: the politics of unemployment, military affairs, civil rights, PS217 Introduction to Public Land Management: The

natural resources, education, and other timely issues of interest to Politics of Recreation

students and faculty. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

The course examines the growing number of management problems

PS105 Global Issues associated with outdoor recreation of public lands. Emphasis is

placed on legal, societal and historical explanations of management

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

decisions and topics including agency autonomy and accountability,

Students will study various global issues, which affect cross-national elements of the administrative rulemaking process, the nature and

interactions. Examples of such issues are environmental problems, role of competing user groups and the influence such groups have

health concerns, population questions, international military ac- over policy outcomes. Discussion is framed in the regional context

tions, terrorism, and human rights. Proficiency Needed: Reading, of the Pacific Northwest. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Writing.

PS220 American Foreign Policy and World Order

PS200 Introduction to Political Science

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

Students will learn about basic political concepts and themes such

Students will study the interdependent basis of the contemporary

as legitimacy, sovereignty, democracy, political culture and social-

world and explore America’s role in shaping the world order. Stu-

ization, participation and rights, revolution and change as well as

dents will compare U.S. and key foreign nations’ perspectives of

explore various ideas about governments and their structures and

foreign policy and examine real-world, present-day foreign policy

functions. Also offered in an independent study format. Proficiency

problems and possible approaches to these problems. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing.

Needed: Reading, Writing.



PS201 American Government PS225 Political Ideology: Ideas about Government

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Students will learn how the United States Government makes Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

decisions. Concepts of government including separation of powers,

This course examines the role of ideology, the organization of pro-

checks and balances, and federalism will be explored as well as the

paganda, and the structure of political action in the modern state.

institutions of the presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court.

Political ideology and theory are studied through an examination

Also discussed are elections and voting behavior; political socializa-

of the “isms”, i.e., nationalism, communism, socialism, fascism, and

tion and public opinion; political parties and pressure groups; as well

democracy. The relationship of the individual to the state through

as civil rights and liberties. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

rights and responsibilities is emphasized. A principle focus is to as-

sociate political theory and political action through an understanding

PS203 State and Local Governments of political ideology. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

This course provides students the opportunity to study state, PS241 Political Terrorism

county, city, and special district government. Concepts such as Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This course is a review of terrorism as a political and social state-

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





222 ment, with an attempt to understand its motives, objectives, and

outcomes. Particular attention will be given to selected circum-

stances that are especially conducive to terrorists acts. A special

social science disciplines included in this course are anthropology,

economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and

sociology. An independent study section will also be offered. Pro-

effort will be made to distinguish which lifestyles and religions ficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

promote terrorism, and to study the history and development of

terrorism as a modern mechanism for obtaining political conces- PSY201 General Psychology

sions. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

PSY201 is the first of a three-term sequence. This course is designed

PS242 The U.S. Intelligence System to provide the student with a basic understanding of information

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W pertaining to the following topics: scientific methods of psychology;

This course will provide the student with an understanding of the learning and memory; development; and related topics. Current

principle historical features in the development of the U.S. Intel- trends are discussed and an emphasis is placed on practical ap-

ligence System. The principle components of the course include a plication of the information for understanding human behavior. An

historical review of the process from 1948 to present, an analysis independent study section is available. Televised sections also are

of the principal policy issues that affect the process, and a two- available some terms. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

week assessment of the JFK assassination as a difficult problem

in intelligence analysis. The tension between professionals in the PSY202 General Psychology

intelligence community and elected policy makers is emphasized. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PSY202 is the second in a three-term sequence. This course is

designed to provide the student with a basic understanding of

PS297 Introduction to Environmental Politics information relating to the biological bases of behavior, conscious-

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp ness and social psychology. Current trends are discussed and an

Students will study the environmental limits of the modern economy emphasis is placed on practical application of the information for

in developed, developing, and less-developed countries as well as understanding human behavior. An independent study section is

explore the environmental policy of the United States and discuss available and televised sections are available some terms. Prereq-

possible approaches to environmental national policy. Proficiency uisite: PSY201 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing. Needed: Reading, Writing.



PS298 Political Science Research PSY203 General Psychology

Credits 1 - maximum 2 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/Sp Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

This course develops skills needed for the successful completion PSY203 is the third in a three-term sequence. This course is designed

of a political science research paper. The student will be guided in to provide the student with a basic understanding of information

library research, planning, and writing a research paper. Correct use pertaining to the following topics; intelligence, psychological test-

of footnotes and bibliographic styles for political research papers will ing and measurement, personality theories, emotions, stress and

also be emphasized. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Students coping, abnormal psychology, and psychotherapy. Current trends

may repeat PS298 for a maximum of 2 credits. are discussed and an emphasis is placed on practical application of

the information for understanding human behaviors. An indepen-

PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations dent study section is available. A televised section is available some

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp terms. Prerequisite: PSY201 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing.

Psychology of Human Relations is the study of psychology from a

living or personal point of view with emphasis on practical applica-

tion. Attention is given to individual and group dynamics with focus PSY214 Introduction to Personality

on feelings and attitudes in relation to family, work and day-to-day Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

experiences. The course includes an overview of topics including This course consists of an overview of basic personality theories

self-concept, perception, self-awareness, personality, values and within the framework of the four dominant philosophies of human

communications in resolving interpersonal conflicts. An independent behavior, i.e., psychoanalysis, humanism, and cognitive psychology.

study section which focuses on human relations in the workplace Attention is given to the origin and development of personality,

is available. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. particularly as it pertains to healthy adjustment. An independent

study section is also available. Offered at irregular intervals. Pre-

PSY151 Introduction to the Social Sciences requisite: PSY201 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Reading, Writing.

This course offers an overview of the social sciences and specific

examination of the key points, issues and concepts of each. It will PSY216 Social Psychology

include a historical development of the modern social sciences, as Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

well as, a current, state-of-the-art perspective. A general functional Social Psychology involves the scientific study of the behavior of

description of the scientific method and philosophy of the scientific the individual within the context of a social setting. The course will

method as it is applied to the social sciences will be explored. The explore the significant variables that influence the social responses

of the individual. Topics will include attitude formation and change,

social perception, persuasion and social influence, pro-social be-







See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



havior and group decision making, and other relevant topics. An

independent study section is also available. Prerequisite: PSY201.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PSY236 Human Development II: Adolescence-Aging

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Human Development II is the psychological, social and physical

223

development of adults. This course spans early, middle and late adult-

PSY222 Treatment of Chronically Mentally Ill Persons hood using various theoretical models and empirical observations.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (odd years) Prerequisite: PSY235 with a grade of “C” or better, or consent of

A wide range of treatments appropriate to settings for mentally and instructor. Limited to MH/HS majors.

emotionally disturbed persons will be described. Workers/students

will gain information regarding the major categories of mental illness, PSY237 Human Development

diagnostic criteria, day treatment, residential treatment, behavior Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

management, and milieu development. Prerequisite: MH/HS majors This course is a descriptive and theoretical examination of the

only or consent of instructor. developmental process of human life from conception to death.

Emphasis will be placed on integrating the variables of influence that

PSY225 Psycho-Social Development I contribute and direct the sequential aspects of development. Classic

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) F to contemporary developmental approaches will be presented and

One lecture hour and discussion; experiential sessions three hours studied. It is required upon beginning this class that the student have

each week to develop and define assertive communication skills, a thorough understanding of the concepts and theories presented

warm- up skills for dyads and groups and personal awareness. in PSY201, General Psychology. Prerequisite: PSY201. Proficiency

Prerequisite: Completion of HS150 with a grade of C or better, or Needed: Reading, Writing.

consent of instructor. Limited to Mental Health/Human Services

majors. PSY239 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

PSY226 Psycho-Social Development II This course is an introduction to mental disorders and diagnosis

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp with an overview of major treatment strategies. Subjects covered

A lecture and laboratory experience of communication skills and include a historical overview of mental disturbance, community

interpersonal relationships in a group process setting. The basic psychology, the current Diagnostic and Statistics Manual (DSM),

issues and key concepts of group process are presented including and the social impact of mental disorder on modern society. Specific

the application of leadership skills to a variety of group settings. disorders include anxiety disorders, personality disorders, dissocia-

Prerequisite: PSY225 with a grade of “C” or better, or consent of tive disorders, affective disorders, substance use disorders, suicide,

instructor. Limited to MH/HS majors or consent of instructor. schizophrenia, and organic brain disorder. An independent study

section is available. Prerequisite: PSY201. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing.

PSY231 Human Sexuality

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

The focus of this class is on the psychological and physiological PSY250 Forensics in Psychology, Anthropology and

aspects of human sexuality. Study will include male and female Sociology

sexual physiology and functioning, sexual behavior patterns, sexual Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

dysfunctions and therapy, sexual development, atypical behavior, This course examines those aspects of psychology, anthropology,

relational enhancement and a variety of other topics. Informa- and sociology that are involved in the legal system. The course

tion and discussion will aim for an open and nonjudgmental level specifically focuses on criminal behavior from the perspective

of understanding. An independent study section is also available. of the Social Science. Patterns of illegal behavior, detection, and

Prerequisite: PSY201. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. conviction of one illegal behavior, detection and conviction of one

illegal behavior, and treatment modalities will be examined. Criminal

PSY232 Sexuality and Society and antisocial behavior are significant aspects of the general study

of social behavior and thus important areas of study of the social

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp scientist. This course will also be offered as an independent study

The primary emphasis of Sexuality and Society is on the psychoso- course. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

cial interactions involved in our sexual behavior. The formation of

social behavior culturally and cross culturally will be examined as

(PTA111 – PTA228 are restricted to students in the Physical Therapist

they pertain to the psychology of sexuality. Various issues having

Assistant Program)

both a sexual and social basis will be examined. This course is usu-

ally offered as an independent study course. Prerequisite: PSY201.

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. PTA111 Patient Care Skills

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

PSY235 Human Development I: Infancy-Adolescence An introduction to the basic patient care techniques commonly

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W used in physical therapy. Those procedures to be included are: body

mechanics, positioning and moving patients, wheelchair use, asepsis

First of two-term sequence studying physical, psychological and

and vital signs and gait training with assistive devices. Prerequisite:

social development from conception through adolescence. Units

Acceptance into the Physical Therapist Assistant Program. Concur-

on developmental disabilities, child abuse and current child-rearing

rent enrollment in PTA111L is required.

practices will be presented. (Fall 02) Limited to Early Childhood

Education majors. (Winter 03) Limited to Mental Health/Human

Services majors. PTA112 Introduction to Physical Therapy



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





224 Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

A survey of the historical developments leading to current medi-

cal and physical therapy practice. Factors which have precipitated

Oregon.



PTA130 Issues in Physical Therapy

change in the way medical care is delivered and reimbursed, and how

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

physical therapy is also impacted will be identified. Specific informa-

tion about the profession, the practice, and the regulation of physical This course will introduce the student to ethical and legal issues

therapy will be discussed. Factors external to physical therapy but related to the practice of physical therapy, the patient/staff re-

which affect patient care will also be explored. Prerequisite: Admis- lationship, and the various components of communications. The

sion into the Physical Therapist Assistant Program. implications of chronic illness/disability, the aging process and

death/dying also will be discussed. Prerequisite: Minimum grade

of “C” in PTA112.

PTA113 Clinical Kinesiology

Credits 4 (3 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp PTA216 Physical Therapy Procedures III

This course is designed to enable the students to recognize basic

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

anatomical and biomechanical elements of normal and abnormal hu-

man motion. Emphasis will be on the clinically functional aspects of Theoretical application of therapeutic exercise programs and

the musculoskeletal system. Prerequisite: “C” or better in BI121. equipment commonly used for the treatment of various orthopedic

conditions and medical conditions and surgical procedures will be

examined. Prerequisite: “C” or better in PTA113, PTA115, PTA115L.

PTA114 Physical Therapy Procedures I Concurrent enrollment in PTA216L is required.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

The principles and practices of physical therapy will be examined, PTA216L Physical Therapy Procedures Lab III

with an introduction to the following procedures: range of motion

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

exercise, passive stretching, activities of daily living, use of patient

restraints, various forms of heat, cryotherapy, therapeutic massage, This lab course will enable the student to: understand the practical

hydrotherapy, and traction. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of “C” in application and functions of dressings, splints, orthotics and pros-

PTA112. Concurrent enrollment in PTA114L is required. thetics, perform anthropomorphic and goniometric measurements,

instruct patients in exercise programs for various orthopedic and

medical conditions and surgical procedures, and incorporate the

PTA114L Physical Therapy Procedures Lab I use of biofeedback into muscle reeducation. Prerequisite: Must be

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W taken concurrently with PTA216.

This lab will enable the student to learn the following procedures:

range of motion, passive stretching, ambulation, activities of daily PTA217 Physical Therapy Procedures IV

living, use of patient restraints, various forms of heat, cryotherapy,

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

therapeutic massage, hydrotherapy and traction. Concurrent enroll-

ment in PTA114 is required. Therapeutic exercise programs and apparatus commonly used for

neurological and medical conditions will be examined. The principles

of positioning, exercise program planning and rehabilitation also will

PTA115 Physical Therapy Procedures II be discussed. Prerequisite: “C” or better in PTA216, PTA216L and

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp PTA220. Concurrent enrollment in PTA217L is required.

Theoretical principles and practical application of electrotherapy

and chronic edema management will be examined. Theoretical PTA217L Physical Therapy Procedures Lab IV

application of therapeutic exercise programs and equipment com-

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

monly used for the treatment of various orthopedic conditions

and surgical procedures relating to the spine will be also examined. This lab course will enable the student to implement patient

Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in PTA114 and PTA114L. positioning programs, instruct therapeutic exercises and utilize

Concurrent enrollment in PTA115L is required. apparatus commonly used for selected neurological and medical

conditions. Must be taken concurrently with PTA217.

PTA115L Physical Therapy Procedures Lab II

PTA220 Pathological Conditions I

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

This lab course will enable the student to apply various techniques

and procedures discussed in PTA115. Concurrent enrollment in An introduction to the pathology of and management of orthope-

PTA115 is required. dic and surgical problems commonly treated by physical therapy.

There also will be discussion of the physical therapy treatment

of these disorders. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of “C” in BI121,

PTA125 Clinical Affiliation I BI122, PTA113.

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 7 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Introduction to the clinical setting. Areas of emphasis include PTA221 Pathological Conditions II

patient/staff working relationships, beginning awareness of patient

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

disorders and limited application of physical therapy techniques;

an introduction to clinical recordkeeping. Prerequisite: “C” or An introduction to the pathology and management of neurological

better in PTA114, PTA114L, BI121 and AH140. PTA113, PTA115 and medical problems commonly treated by physical therapy. There

and PTA115L must be completed with a minimum of “C” prior to also will be discussion of the physical therapy treatment of these

clinical placement. Evidence of a current CPR, AED and First Aid disorders. Prerequisite: Minimum of “C” in PTA220.

for the Workplace cards or equivalent. Completion of a criminal

background check as required by Senior and Disabled Services of



See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



PTA226 Clinical Affiliation II that conditioned the development of the Christian church, with an

Credits 5 (10 Lecture - 144 Clinical Hrs/Term) – F

A continuation of clinical practice, including application of physical

eye to the themes of covenant and promise. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing. 225

therapy procedures, professional behavior, communication prin- (RB110 – RB240 are restricted to students in the Radio Broadcasting

ciples appropriate in the physical therapy department, delegation Program)

to and supervision of PT aides and principles of quality assurance.

Prerequisite: Minimum grade of “C” in PTA125. RB110 Introduction to Radio Broadcasting

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

PTA227 Clinical Affiliation III A survey of radio broadcasting, including the history of technical and

Credits 5 (10 Lecture - 128 Clinical - 10 Seminar Hrs/Term) – W non-technical aspects; current conditions affecting broadcasting and

Further application of physical therapy principles and practice, with trends in broadcasting; Federal Communication Commission rules

emphasis on applied theoretical knowledge, clinical problem solv- and regulations and how they influence broadcasters and broadcast-

ing, patient/professional communication, and resolution of ethical ing; station organization and operation and how the individual fits

dilemmas. Prerequisite: “C” or better in PTA216 and PTA216L, in; audience, its growth, maintenance and development. Concurrent

PTA220 and PTA226. enrollment in RB110, RB111, and RB112 is required.



PTA228 Clinical Affiliation IV RB111 Introduction to Radio Broadcasting Lab

Credits 8 (10 Lecture - 232 Clinical - 10 Seminar Hrs/Wk) – Sp Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

This course will concentrate on developing proficiency as a graduate A survey of radio broadcasting practices giving the student un-

physical therapist assistant in the clinical setting. Prerequisite: “C” derstanding of radio performance and of control room operation.

or better in PTA217, PTA217L, PTA221, PTA227. Special attention is given to the preparation of the student for

on-the-air experience which will be gained primarily on KDOX.

*** Concurrent enrollment in RB110 and RB112 is required.





R210 World Religions RB112 Broadcasting Practices I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

A general survey of the major world religions, including a look at An introduction to, and development of, on air performance and

their founders and their theologies in terms of their views of God, radio production techniques. Concurrent enrollment in RB110,

self, society, purposes of life, and of tradition and ritual. Included RB111, and RB112 is required.

are the great monotheisms, Christianity, Judaism, and Islam, and

the primary Far Eastern religions of Hinduism and Buddhism. Some RB113 Radio Scriptwriting

attention also is given to religious offshoots of the mainstream reli- Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

gions (e.g., Jainism, Sikhism and Bhakti faiths). Proficiency Needed: An introduction to basic principles of short-format, persuasive, oral

Reading, Writing. writing style. A survey of contemporary persuasive techniques in

broadcast media, and analysis of award winning copy. Prerequisite:

R211 History of the Old Testament Successful completion of RB classes required in the previous term

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W or consent of instructor.

This course is intended as a general survey of the historical anteced-

ents of Old Testament events, of the significance of these events in RB114 Radio Scriptwriting Lab

terms of the progressive movement of Biblical structure, and of the Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

basic meanings conveyed in the written words of Old Testament Writing and producing material to be aired on KDOX. Materials

authors. In this process the formation and faith of early Israel are include commercials, public service campaigns and promotional

examined with a view toward the Old Testament’s perspective of announcements. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes

history, and that of Messianic expectation. This is done in the context required in previous term or consent of instructor.

of the historical flow of the rise and fall of empires in the Ancient

Near Eastern World. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. RB115 Broadcasting Practices II

Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

R212 History of the New Testament RB115 is the second of a sequence in Broadcasting Practices and

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp provides an expanded look at production and performance. Students

This course is intended as a general survey of the historical anteced- carry an airshift or its equivalent during the quarter. Prerequisite:

ents of New Testament events, of the significance of these events in Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or

terms of the progressive movement of Biblical structure, and of the consent of instructor.

relations between Old and New Testament writings. In this process,

particular note will be made of the shaping of historical events of RB116 Radio Traffic

the intertestamental period, the New Testament perspective of

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

redemptive history, and the contribution which knowledge of the

original language (Greek) makes toward an understanding of the Emphasis on the traffic department’s function and the FCC Rules and

text. Included also will be a study of the important early movements Regulations that govern the recordkeeping in radio and a review of

the mix of operations in a radio station which makes traffic planning

and control necessary. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB

classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions



RB117 Radio Traffic Lab Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

226 Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Students will prepare logs using Marketron software, and demon-

Continued development of radio skills with a focus on radio pro-

gramming. Specifically, students study music programming and the

strate an understanding of day-to-day operations of a station and use of Selector software in creating a competitive music format.

the interaction with other departments in the station. Prerequisite: There is also emphasis on creating audition tapes and resumes.

Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previ-

consent of instructor. ous term or consent of instructor.



RB118 Broadcasting Practices III RB226 Broadcast Station Operation

Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Credits 4 (1 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

The development of a personal style which fits the format of KDOX The student theoretically functions in all areas of radio, serving as

or other stations as well as the continuing development of skills nec- manager, sales manager, air talent, programmer, and production

essary to operate a radio station, especially in the area of production specialist in the creation of a proposal for local broadcast service.

and performance. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the

required in the previous term or consent of instructor. previous term or consent of instructor.



RB120 Broadcast News Reporting I RB228 Broadcasting Practices VI

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

The basics of reporting and writing for electronic journalism, inde- The continued practice of on-the-air skills on KDOX. The goal

pendent news gathering, news services for a well-rounded exposure of this course is to give students the opportunity to prepare a

to radio news operations. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB marketable audition tape and resume. Prerequisite: Successful

classes required in the previous term or consent of instructor. completion of RB classes required in the previous term or consent

of instructor.

RB121 Broadcast News Reporting I Lab

Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp RB230 Broadcast Sales

Practice covering a beat under deadline. Students write and produce Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

weekly stories while working a pre-assigned newsbeat. Prerequisite: An introduction to radio time selling, including station presentation,

Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or rating services, individual ability to present a product and how it

consent of instructor. relates to advertisers’ overall objectives. Applying principles of

salesmanship to broadcasting and servicing of the client. An intro-

duction to normal business procedures used in broadcast facilities.

RB222 Broadcasting Practices IV Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the

Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F previous term or consent of instructor.

The continued practice of on-air skills with an emphasis on digital

production techniques using ProTools software. Students produce

for KDOX, including sweepers, promos, spots and public service RB235 Broadcast News Reporting II

announcements. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

required in the previous term or consent of instructor. This is an advanced course for the student who has completed

Broadcast News Reporting I and Broadcast News Reporting Lab, and

wishes to further develop reporting, production and news writing

RB223 Broadcast Advertising Practices skills. Each student will produce weekly feature pieces for potential

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W use on KDOX. The course requires the student to address the chal-

An examination of the role of promotion and advertising in radio lenge of regularly scheduled deadlines and focuses on developing

broadcasting; including on and off air promotion, times sales, audi- skill in learning to use sound to illustrate and support news stories.

ence measurement, advertising agencies and station reps. There is Students also focus on developing effective critiquing of profession-

a general focus on the marketing function required of radio profes- ally-produced and student-produced news pieces in the classroom.

sionals and radio stations; specifically an examination of methods Prerequisite: RB120 and RB121 or consent of instructor.

for positioning radio stations, radio station clients and radio talent.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previ-

ous term or consent of instructor. RB240 Radio Operators Certificate Prep

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

Survey of electronics and its important relationship to Radio Broad-

RB224 Broadcast Advertising Practices Lab casting. Students will learn basic electronics and terminologies as

Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W related to the generation, transmission and reception of radio and

Practical experience in the creation and production of advertising audio signals; be familiarized with the FCC Rules and Regulations

and promotion material using Pro-Tools - digital audio production to ensure compliance with technical issues to avoid fines and jeop-

software. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required ardizing the station license; learn techniques and procedures for

in previous term or consent of instructor.



RB225 Broadcasting Practices V









See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



necessary observations and adjustments to the transmitting system;

obtain a better working understanding of electronic equipment in

production and control room studios; survey grade of C or bet-

score, or RD115 with a grade of C or better. Proficiency Required:

Reading, Writing. 227

ter, the student will receive a Certificate of Completion. After six RNX11 RN/LPN Refresher Clinical Experience

months of successful control room operation, a seal of competence Credits 4 (16 Clinical Hrs/Wk)

may be affixed to the certificate. Equipment demonstration and

Supervised clinical experience concurrent with theory to develop

practical application techniques will be used during the quarter.

skill in the R.N./L.P.N.s role. Individualized experiences are arranged

Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previ-

consistent with objectives of the program, rules for re-entry pro-

ous term. Co-requisite: CS90.

gram and student goals. Prerequisite: Active or temporary licensure

by Oregon State Board of Nursing at RN/LPN level.

RBX40 Commercial Broadcast Sales

Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W RNX12 RN/LPN Refresher Theory

The purpose of this class is to bring together the concepts, processes Credits 6 (5 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk)

and purposes involved in representing broadcast sales departments

This course provides the inactive practical nurse or registered nurse

to their clients. Prerequisite: Member of the broadcast industry

review of theory and skills needed to return to active practice.

and/or student in Radio/TV programs.

Emphasis is placed on trends in contemporary nursing practice,

legal ethical issues, overview of new treatment and theoretical

RD90 Introduction to College Reading and Study Skills concepts related to common and new health problems identified

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp in the last decade. The nursing process is used to present manage-

This course is for students needing reading, vocabulary, and study ment of nursing care in a variety of health care delivery settings.

skills development before entering college course work. The main Scope of practice related to role of the Registered Nurse and

emphases are to improve students’ ability to get meaning from Licensed Practical Nurse is also presented. Prerequisite: Active or

text and to help students understand and meet college demands. temporary licensure by OSBN at RN/LPN level. Note: Financial aid

Extensive outside reading is required. Prerequisite: CPT test score is not available for this class.

of 36 or above.

RNX27 Operating Room Orientation for the R.N.

RD95 Advancing Reading Skills Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an introduction for the registered nurse who has no

Advancing Reading Skills is designed for students who have success- previous operating room experience and who wishes to care for the

fully completed RD90, Introduction to College Reading and Study surgical patient during the intraoperative phase of hospitalization.

Skills, with an “S” grade, but need to continue to develop specific Prerequisite: Limited to Registered Nurses with current licensure

reading skills in order to meet the CPT Guided Studies exit standard. and student nurses with faculty approval. Work experience in the

Prerequisite: RD90 with a grade of S or consent of instructor. clinical practice setting is preferred. This course is not financial

aid eligible.

RD115 Reading for College Success

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp RNX28 Operating Room Clinical for the RN

This course helps students develop college-level textbook reading Credits 6 (19 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

strategies. Students will read to achieve literal understanding of This course, a continuation of RNX27, is a clinical practicum of 196

material, will read for valid inferences, and will develop vocabulary. hours in the operating room for the registered nurse who has no

Effective student strategies are also covered. Prerequisite: Success- previous operating room experience and who wishes to care for the

ful completion of RD90 or CPT score of 60 or above. Proficiency surgical patient during the intraoperative phase of hospitalization.

Required: Reading. Prerequisite: Limited to Registered Nurses and student nurses with

faculty approval who have successfully completed RNX27 with a

RD116 Rapid Reading grade of “C” or better. This course is not financial aid eligible.

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

This laboratory course is designed for students who do not have RNX33 RN Re-entry into Practice

difficulty with reading. The emphasis will be to increase reading rate Credits 8 (8 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

while maintaining comprehension and to adapt speed according to This course provides the inactive registered nurse a review of theory

type of reading material. Prerequisite: Placement determined by and skills needed to return to active practice. Emphasis is placed on

CPT score, standardized reading test score, or successful comple- trends in contemporary nursing practice, legal and ethical issues,

tion of RD115; and consent of instructor. Proficiency Required: overview of new treatments and the theoretical concepts related

Reading. to common and new health problems identified in the last decade.

The nursing process is used to present management of nursing care

RD117 Critical Reading in a variety of health care delivery settings. Scope of practice related

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp to each role of the nurse is also presented. Prerequisite: Active or

limited licensure by Oregon State Board of Nursing at RN level.

Critical Reading provides instruction in advanced reading skills and

Demonstrated computer literacy.

vocabulary development. Emphasis is on improving higher-level

comprehension skills and critical and analytical reading skills as

they relate to college and life experience. Prerequisite: Placement RNX34A, RNX34B Re-Entry into Practice Clinical

determined by CPT score of 80 or above, standardized reading test





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





228 Experience

Credits 4,8 (16,32 Lab Hrs/Wk)

Supervised clinical experience in the acute care setting for the

ventilators and clinical applications. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or

better in RT111, RT112, RT121, and RT122. Concurrent enrollment

in RT142 is required.

inactive RN to practice and develop a renewed clinical role. Indi-

vidualized experiences are arranged consistent with objectives of RT142 Mechanical Ventilation Lab

the program, Oregon Administrative Rules for re-entry program Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

and student goals. Prerequisite: RNX33 or consent of instructor; This laboratory course will provide hands-on experience with se-

and active or limited licensure by Oregon State Board of Nursing at lected ventilators and techniques discussed in RT141. Prerequisite: A

RN level. Concurrent enrollment or recent completion of a nursing grade of “C” or better in RT111 and RT121. Concurrent enrollment

pharmacology course. in RT141 is required.



(RT111 – RT253 are restricted to students in the Respiratory Care RT150 Clinical Clerkship

Program.) Credits 1 (4 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This course will provide the student with orientation to the hospital

RT111 Cardiopulmonary Physiology setting, formulate information gathering skills, provide opportunity

Credits 6 (6 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F of respiratory care modalities. Prerequisites: RT121 with a “C” grade

An introduction to normal cardiopulmonary anatomy and physiol- or better. Concurrent enrollment in RT131 is required.

ogy. Mechanics of breathing, gas diffusion, fundamental concepts of

physics, gas laws, acid base regulation and control of breathing are RT211 Pulmonary Assessment

presented along with cardiopulmonary function testing concepts. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

Prerequisite: CH104 or instructor permission. Concurrent enroll-

Physical examination, clinical laboratory, spirometric and radiological

ment in RT112 is required.

assessment of the respiratory patient is presented in this lecture/

demonstration course. Prerequisite: Completion of RT131 with a

RT112 Cardiopulmonary Physiology Lab grade of “C” or better.

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

Provides laboratory demonstration of cardiopulmonary physiology RT220 Neonatal/Pediatric Respiratory Care

using laboratory exercises, computer simulations and pulmonary Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

function equipment. Concurrent enrollment is required in RT111.

This course will provide discussion concerning the physiologic

changes at birth, the common respiratory and cardiac disorders,

RT121 Respiratory Care Procedures and their treatment in the infant and pediatric patient. Prerequisite:

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A grade of “C” or better in RT131 and RT141, or consent of the

This course will introduce the student to therapeutic modalities instructor.

of respiratory care. Topics will include oxygen therapy, gas stor-

age and delivery systems, humidity and aerosol therapy, bronchial RT231 Cardiopulmonary Critical Care I

hygiene, artificial airways, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, infection Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

control, medical ethics, and charting. Prerequisite: CH104, RT111,

This is the first of a two-term sequence of courses that are designed

RT112, or permission of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in

to familiarize the student with topics and techniques encountered in

RT122 is required.

the care of critically ill patient. Content includes discussion of data

collection, assessment, pathophysiology and treatment of various life

RT122 Respiratory Care Procedures Lab threatening cardiopulmonary conditions, ACLS techniques, ventila-

Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W tory support and other forms of life support. In addition and where

Laboratory demonstrations and activities designed to reinforce appropriate, discussion of rehabilitation, health promotion, disease

RT121 lecture, C.P.R. certification by American Heart Association. prevention and legal and ethical issues will be presented. Prerequi-

Concurrent enrollment in RT121 is required. site: A grade of “C” or better in RT211, RT220, and RT251.



RT131 Respiratory Diseases and Pharmacology RT232 Cardiopulmonary Critical Care II

Credits 6 (6 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This course includes a study of respiratory diseases and their treat- This is the second of a two-term sequence of courses that are

ment, including the pharmacology of respiratory care. Included designed to familiarize the student with topics and techniques

diseases are chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases, infectious encountered in the care of critically ill patients. Content includes

pulmonary diseases, neuromuscular diseases and lung cancer. discussion of data collection, assessment, pathophysiology and

Prerequisites: RT111, RT112, RT121 and RT122 or instructor treatment of various life threatening cardiopulmonary conditions,

permission. ACLS techniques, ventilatory support and other forms of life sup-

port. In addition and where appropriate, discussion of rehabilitation,

RT141 Mechanical Ventilation health promotion, disease prevention and legal and ethical issues

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp will be presented. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in RT231

This course will introduce the mechanical aids to ventilation as

commonly employed in the clinical setting. Topics will include physi-

ological effects of mechanical ventilation, classification of modern





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



and RT232.



RT251 Clinical Practice I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

This course provides participants with a perspective of labor-man-

agement interactions and insight into current labor relations events.

229

Credits 8 (25 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – F Topics include: history and development of the labor movement,

This hospital-based laboratory/clinical course is designed as an management/supervisory responsibilities for labor relations, labor

introduction to basic respiratory care skill with an orientation to unions’ current status and organizational make-up, labor legisla-

adult critical care areas. Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in tion such as the National Labor Relations Act, Public Employees

RT150, BI121, BI122, and BI234. Relations Act, Taft-Hartley Act, grievance and disciplinary action,

arbitration, mediation contracts, etc. Course content is developed

from real case material and is continually reflected against current

RT252 Clinical Practice II labor-management examples. Offered at irregular intervals.

Credits 8 (25 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W

This hospital-based laboratory/clinical course is designed to SKD10 Study Skills Laboratory

familiarize the student with all areas of critical care. The student

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

also is familiarized with special areas including pulmonary function

lab, home care and rehabilitation. The student also gains skills in This course is designed for students with learning disabilities who

advanced assessment and clinical decision making. Prerequisite: A need on-going support with organizational skills and learning strate-

grade of “C” or better in RT251. gies. Instructor signature required. Proficiency Needed: Reading.





RT253 Clinical Practice III SKH20 Computer Access Evaluation

Credits 8 (25 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

This course is a continuation of RT252 and will continues the In-depth computer access evaluation to determine an appropriate

hospital-based laboratory/clinical experience to familiarize the access environment for students with disabilities. Likely participants

student with all areas of critical care. The student also is familiar- in this course would include students who have multiple disabilities,

ized with special areas including pulmonary function lab, home have acquired brain injuries resulting in secondary orthopedic and/or

care, and rehabilitation. The student also gains skills in advanced visual disabilities, re-entering disabled older students, blind or other

assessment and clinical decision making. Prerequisite: Successful students on recommendation of instructional staff. Prerequisite:

completion of RT252. Requires prior approval of Disability Services staff.





RUS111 Beginning Russian Conversation I SKH30 Computer Access I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

This course introduces students to basic spoken Russian and the Computer Access I will introduce the student who has a disability

Russian alphabet. It emphasizes simple speaking and listening profi- to the use of an access technology appropriate to the student’s

ciency in everyday situations with some minimal reading & writing. ability in the context of either word processing or other software

Students gain insight into Russian-speakers’ cultures. Proficiency applications such as spreadsheets and database managers. Course

Needed: Reading, Writing in English. offered through the Adapted Computer Technology Lab are tailored

to the individual needs of the student. The diagnostic/prescriptive

nature of program allows the student and the instructor to develop

RUS112 Beginning Russian Conversation II an individualized learning plan. Prerequisite: Approval of Disability

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Services staff; keyboard ability or previously trained to use alterna-

This course continues the introduction to conversational Russian tive input device.

and to Russian-speaking cultures, introducing students to more

vocabulary and grammar used in everyday situations. Prerequisite: SKH35 Computer Access II

RUS111, or one semester of high-school level Russian, or equivalent.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sp

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

Computer Access II will introduce the student who has a disability

to the use of an access technology appropriate to the student’s

RUS113 Beginning Russian Conversation III ability in the context of either word processing or other software

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp applications such as spreadsheets and database managers. Courses

This course completes the introduction to conversational Rus- offered through the Adapted Computer Technology Lab are tailored

sian and to Russian-speaking cultures, providing practice in using to the individual needs of the student. The diagnostic/prescriptive

vocabulary in everyday situations previously or newly introduced. nature of the program allows the student and the instructor to

Prerequisite: RUS112, or one semester of high-school level Russian, develop an individualized learning plan. Prerequisite: Approval of

or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English. Disability Services staff; keyboard ability or previously trained to

use alternative input device.

***

SMT110 Introduction to Sheet Metal

SDP204 Labor-Management Relations Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards

to safety, first aid, locks and seams, layout and pattern develop-

ment (parallel line, radial line and triangulation), drafting industry

related mathematics, soldering and welding. The course will include





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





230 both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Pre-

requisite: Must meet local union qualifications and be a registered

apprentice.

cation in the Architectural Sheet Metal Industry. The course will

include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods.

Prerequisite: SMT121 or consent of instructor.



SMT111 Sheet Metal Transitions SMT123 Fundamentals of Calculator Layout

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk)

The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed

in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will

receive training in regards to sheet metal mathematics as it pertains receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application

to transitions. This will include the use of triangulation. The course in the use of a calculator to solve sheet metal layout problems. The

will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional meth- course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional

ods. Prerequisite: SMT110 or consent of instructor. methods. Prerequisite: Must meet local union qualifications and be

a registered apprentice.

SMT112 Welding and Electrical Fundamentals

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp SMT230 Introduction to Environmental Systems

The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the apprentice will The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed

receive training in regards to electrical fundamentals as they per- in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will

tain to welding. Welding theory and practical hands on experience receive training in regards to triangulation, air and its properties,

will be applied. The course will include both lecture and hands on ventilation, environmental systems, blueprint reading, GMAW

practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT111 or consent welding, field measuring, hoisting and rigging, calculator layout,

of instructor. installing of central HVAC equipment, installing package units,

excel, heavy metal stretch outs. Prerequisite: SMT123 or consent

SMT113 Sheet Metal Triangulation I of instructor.

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed SMT231 Advanced Environmental Systems

in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

receive training in regards to sheet metal triangulation. Students will The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in

learn theory and apply it to real world situations. The course will the sheet metal trade. During this course the Apprentice will receive

include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. training in regards to advanced theory and practical application in

Prerequisite: SMT112 or consent of instructor. environmental systems. The course will include both lecture and

hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT230 or

SMT120 Sheet Metal Triangulation II consent of instructor.

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

This student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed SMT232 Gas Metal Arc Welding

in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

receive training in regards to bidding and job costs, pictorial draw- The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed

ings, parallel line development, radial line development, SMAW in the sheet metal trade. During this course the Apprentice will

welding, architectural sheet metal, Office 97 Suite, GMAW welding, receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application

calculator layout and clean room protocol. Prerequisite: SMT113 as it pertains to gas metal arc welding (GMAW). The course will

or consent of instructor. include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods.

Prerequisite: SMT231 or consent of instructor.

SMT121 Architectural Sheet Metal I

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) SMT233 Plans and Specifications

The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed

receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application in in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will

the Architectural Sheet Metal Industry. The course will include both receive training in regards to reading and interpreting blueprints

lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: and specifications as they pertain to the sheet metal industry. The

SMT120 or consent of instructor. course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional

methods. Prerequisite: SMT232 or consent of instructor.

SMT122 Architectural Sheet Metal II

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed

in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will

receive training in regards to advanced theory and practical appli-









See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions





SMT240 Sheet Metal Triangulation III

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed

as it pertains to the Industrial Sheet Metal Industry. The course will

include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods.

Prerequisite: SMT250 or consent of instructor.

231

in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will

receive training in regards to construction safety, organizing and SMT252 Introduction to Detailing

problem solving skills, basic electricity, environmental controls, duct Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

leakage testing, adjusting and balancing of duct systems, parallel The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed

line development, GTAW welding, clean room protocol, blowpipe in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will

and material handling systems, food service equipment, industrial receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application

sheet metal applications and stainless steel finishing techniques. The as it pertains to detailing in sheet metal. The course will include both

course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite:

methods. Prerequisite: SMT233 or consent of instructor. SMT251 or consent of instructor.



SMT241 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing HVAC SMT253 Advanced Detailing

Systems Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in

The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed the sheet metal trade. During this course the Apprentice will receive

in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will training in regards to advanced theory and practical application as

receive training in regards to theory and fundamentals of testing, it pertains to detailing in sheet metal. The course will include both

adjusting and balancing of HVAC systems. The course will include lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite:

both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prereq- SMT252 or consent of instructor.

uisite: SMT240 or consent of instructor.

SOC204 General Sociology

SMT242 Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Weld. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course focuses on sociology as a science and examines concepts

The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed related to human social behavior such as social structure, culture,

in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will socialization, sex roles, status, roles, groups, organizations, social

receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application stratification, and racial/ethnic relations. An independent study

as it pertains to gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW). The course will section is available. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods.

Prerequisite: SMT241 or consent of instructor. SOC205 General Sociology

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

SMT243 Food Service Equipment The basic findings of sociology concerning the individual, culture,

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp group life, social institutions, and factors of social change. This

The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed course explores the relationship between the individual and large

in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will scale organizations. An independent study section is available.

receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application as Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

it pertains to the food service industry. The course will include both

lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SOC206 General Sociology

SMT242 or consent of instructor.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

This course deals with contemporary social problems, issues, and

SMT250 Advanced Gas Tungsten Arc Welding their impact on society. Emphasis is placed upon explanations and

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp some solutions to contemporary social problems. An independent

The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed study section is available. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will

receive training in regards to first aid, food service equipment, SOC213 Race Relations in the United States

project cost awareness, computer applications, AutoCad release

14, detailing, GMAW and GTAW and GTAW welding processes,

blowpipe and supervisory skills. The course will include both lecture Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W

and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT243 The purpose of this course is to examine the social relationships

or consent of instructor. between American minorities and the dominant society. Empha-

sis is placed upon basic sociological concepts, which are used to

examine differing minority groups in the American context. Some

SMT251 Industrial Sheet Metal of these basic concepts include power, social class, values, culture,

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp etc. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed

in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will

SOC214 Social Problems: Introduction to U.S. Culture

receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application

and Society

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course examines U.S. culture and society for the international

student from a sociological perspective with the intent of familiariz-



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





232

ing the international student with U.S. culture and helping the adjust- American society. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ment into college life. Prerequisite: Completion of ENL201R/S/W

(Speaking, Writing, Reading) for international students. SP100 Basic Speech Communication

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

SOC215 Gender and Society This introductory course surveys the field of human communica-

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp tion. Specific areas to be explored include communication theory,

Sociological perspectives on gender are examined in this course. In family communication, intrapersonal communication, interper-

particular, the social construction of gender is explored in relation sonal communication, group communication, public communica-

to identity, interaction, and social institutions. The course content tion, organizational communication, intercultural communication,

is organized around the following questions: What is gender? How mass communication and listening. This course provides a balance

does gender influence the organization of families, economies, and between theory and practical application. Proficiency Needed:

states? In what ways is gender related to power and violence? How Reading, Writing.

does gender impact identity, intimacy, and friendship? An indepen-

dent study section of this course is available. Prerequisite: SOC204 SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking

and SOC205. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

Provides opportunities to prepare and present original speeches

SOC216 Sociology of the Family with emphasis on content, organization, stage fright, delivery and

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp language. This course is a blend of theory and practical application.

This course is designed to examine the family as a social institution. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The course explores the relationship between family forms and shifts

in the economy. In addition, the course considers power relations SP112 Persuasive Speech

embedded in families as well as diversity in families in the U.S. Finally, Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

the course explores the family as it relates to the life course from

This course emphasizes development, preparation, organization,

childhood to partnership to parenthood of the elderly and their

informal logic, critical thinking, presentation and criticism of

families. An independent study section of this course is available.

persuasive messages for audiences. Students will prepare, present

and analyze persuasive speeches. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

SOC223 Sociology of Aging Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

The sociological and cultural aspects of aging in contemporary SP114 Argument and Critical Discourse

American society are studied in this introductory course. The Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

life-long process of aging will be examined from psychological,

Examination of argumentation as part of human interaction and

biological and sociological perspectives. Upon completion of this

investigation. This course emphasizes the processes by which people

course students will have skills and knowledge which they will be

give reasons to gain adherence and to justify beliefs and actions. The

able to apply as needed when dealing with older adults. Prerequisite:

course provides a balance between theory and practical application.

None (SOC204 is recommended). Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Writing.



SOC225 Social Issues SP115 Introduction: Intercultural Communication

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course focuses attention on the intercultural aspects of the

This course will examine selected social issues or problems and

communication process. The effects of cultural values on both verbal

their effects on the individual and society. The issues will be se-

and non-verbal behavior are studied in order to better understand

lected from the following three areas: 1) Systemic issues: racial

our own communication practices as well as others. The course

and sexual discrimination, inequality and poverty, militarization

provides a balance between theory and practical application. Pro-

and war, ecological problems, overpopulation, urban and rural

ficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

problems, life cycle issues; 2) Issues of specific institutions: govern-

ment, economics, family, education, religion, social science, sports

and leisure, medical ethics; 3) Personal pathological issues: mental SP130 Business and Professional Speech

illness, suicide, alcoholism and drug addictions, violence and crime. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

All of these issues will not be covered in one term. The selection Designed for enhancing presentational and briefing skills. Special

will be directly related to an in-depth study of one or more of these attention is given to using visual aids and audio-visual equipment. Em-

issues as they are related to the course emphasis within the specific phasis on clarity, presentational style and organization. The course

term. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. provides a balance between theory and practical application. Offered

at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SOC232 Death And Dying

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp SP218 Interpersonal Communication

The purpose of this course is to help the student face his or her own Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp

death, to cope with the inevitable loss of their loved ones, and to ex-

amine their own feelings, beliefs and values about death. This is also

a practical study of the social structures, relationships and cultural

patterns which are involved with dying and death in contemporary







See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



This is a specialized course designed to assist students in using and experiences which help students confirm their basic com-

effective practices of intra- and interpersonal communication in

a variety of face-to-face settings. Learning to manage stress and

munication skills in Spanish and prepare them for further study in

the language or travel to Spanish-speaking countries. Prerequisite: 233

conflict, and to use assertive/supportive rather than aggressive/ SPAN102, or five to six semesters of high-school level Spanish or

defensive messages are emphasized. The course provides a balance the equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

between theory and practical application. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing. SPAN111 Beginning Spanish Conversation I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

SP221 Forensics This course introduces students to Spanish by emphasizing speaking

Credits 1,2,3 - maximum 9 (1 Lecture – 1,2,4 Seminar Hrs/Wk) and listening skills used in everyday situations. Some reading skills

- F/W/Sp are also introduced to aid in instruction and dialoging. Students

This course allows for preparation of speeches, debates and dis- discuss Spanish culture, customs, and seasonal traditions in order to

cussion for delivery before public audiences and in inter-collegiate discover insights into the Spanish way of life, with audio visual mate-

competition. Instructor permission is required. Proficiency Needed: rials enhancing presentations and discussions. Proficiency Needed:

Reading, Writing. Reading, Writing in English.



SP229 Oral Interpretation SPAN112 Beginning Spanish Conversation II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

The student will study techniques of vocal expression for the co- Continuing from SPAN111, this course offers students additional

ordination of voice and body in the interpretation & performance practice in speaking and listening in Spanish while exploring the life

of modern forms of literature including essay, narration, poetry, of Spanish speaking cultures. Prerequisite: SPAN111, or SPAN101, or

and drama. Effective communication of meaning to others. For all one semester of high-school level Spanish or equivalent. Proficiency

students who wish to achieve ease in oral expression for special and Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

general purpose. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SPAN113 Beginning Spanish Conversation III

SP262 Voice and Articulation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W The course completes the introduction of Spanish conversation

Principles of voice production and articulation of speech sounds with skills. Students upon completion will be able to carry on simple

attention to elementary speech physiology and phonetics. Study conversations in everyday situations. Prerequisite: SPAN112, or

and practice in the perception and production of the elements of SPAN102, or one semester of high-school level Spanish or the

American speech. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.



SPAN101 First Year Spanish I SPAN150 Beginning Spanish I (Intensive)

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Credits 7 (7 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency, For students who need a faster introduction to the Spanish language

this course introduces students to the Spanish language and the and Spanish-speaking cultures, this course covers in one quarter

cultures of Spanish speaking countries. Classroom instruction is the materials covered in SPAN101 and the first half of SPAN102.

supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Prerequisite: Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

None. Students who have completed one year or less of high school

level Spanish are advised to take SPAN101 before attempting more SPAN151 Beginning Spanish II (Intensive)

advanced Spanish courses. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing Credits 8 ( Hrs/Wk) – Sp

in English.

Continuing from SPAN150, this course presents the material

covered in the last half of SPAN102 and all of SPAN103. Upon

SPAN102 First Year Spanish II completion, students will be able to carry on basic conversation in

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W everyday situations in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN150 or SPAN102.

A continuation of SPAN101, this course continues to emphasize all Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

aspects of communicating in Spanish while exploring the cultures

of Spanish speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experi- SPAN198 Spanish - Independent Study

ences supplement classroom work. Prerequisite: SPAN101, or Credits 1-3 (1-3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

three to four semesters of high-school level Spanish or equivalent.

Provides an opportunity for intermediate and advanced students

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

to expand skills in reading, writing, understanding the culture,

literature, and grammar. Contact division for availability. Prerequi-

SPAN103 First Year Spanish III site: SPAN203 or equivalent. Instructor permission and a contract

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp specifying learning objectives are required. Proficiency Needed:

Completing the sequence introducing students to the Spanish lan- Reading, Writing.

guage and Spanish speaking cultures, this course provides materials

SPAN201 Second Year Spanish I

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F

Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency,

this course helps students continue to establish proficiency in the



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





234 Spanish language, and includes some in-depth exploration of the

cultures of Spanish speaking countries. Classroom instruction is

supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Prerequisite:

technologist are explored. Additional content includes: infection

control, principles of aseptic technique, occupational hazards and

introduction to surgical routines. Prerequisite: Program admission

SPAN103, or seven to eight semesters of high-school level Spanish requirements must be met.

or equivalent. Co-Requisite: SPAN211. Proficiency Needed: Read-

ing, Writing in English. ST102 Surgical Technology Theory II

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

SPAN202 Second Year Spanish II This course focuses on the identification, care and handling of surgi-

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W cal instruments; preparation, processing and storage of sterile sup-

A continuation of SPAN201, this course emphasizes all aspects of plies; preparation of the operating room for the surgical procedure;

communicating in Spanish while exploring the cultures of Span- and surgical routines with emphasis on the roles of the Surgical

ish speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences Technologist. Additional content includes history of surgery and

supplement classroom work. Prerequisite: SPAN201 or equivalent. introduction to suture. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in

Co-requisite: SPAN212. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in ST101. Concurrent enrollment in ST111 is required.

English.

ST103 Surgical Technology Theory III

SPAN203 Second Year Spanish III Credits 6 (6 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course introduces students to basic surgical procedures and

Completing the sequence of intermediate level Spanish, students routines in general, and gynecologic surgery specialties. Additional

develop skills to help them become proficient communicators in content includes: wound healing, endoscopic and laser surgery,

the Spanish language and within the day-to-day contexts found in use of the operative microscope, principles of hemostasis, and

Spanish speaking cultures. Prerequisite: SPAN202 or equivalent. potential surgical complications. Introduction to Pharmacology for

Co-requisite: SPAN213. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in the Surgical Technologist and medical, ethical and legal issues will

English. be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in ST101, 102,

and ST111. Concurrent enrollment in ST112 is required.

SPAN211 Intermediate Spanish Conversation I

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F ST111 Surgical Technology Lab

This course supplements SPAN201 by emphasizing speaking and Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vo- This laboratory course is designed to correlate with ST102. The

cabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve student will apply the principles of aseptic technique as they relate to

oral proficiency in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN103, or seven to eight the function and the responsibility of the surgical technologist. This

semesters of high-school level Spanish or equivalent. Co-requisite: includes preoperative routines in the care of the patient, identifica-

SPAN201. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English. tion of operating room equipment and instrumentation, preparation,

handling and assembly of supplies, equipment and instrumentation

SPAN212 Intermediate Spanish Conversation II for sterilization, preparation of the sterile field and setting up for

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W the laparotomy and minor general surgery procedures. Professional

behaviors will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better

This course supplements SPAN202 by emphasizing speaking and

in ST101. Students must document having received the second dose

listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vo-

of the three-dose hepatitis B vaccine series. Concurrent enrollment

cabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve

in ST102 is required.

oral proficiency in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN201 and SPAN211, or

equivalent. Co-requisite: SPAN202. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Writing in English. ST112 Surgical Technology Lab

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

SPAN213 Intermediate Spanish Conversation III This laboratory course is designed to correlate with ST103. The

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp student will have the opportunity to practice and demonstrate skills

and techniques necessary for intraoperative routines in selected

This course supplements SPAN203 by emphasizing speaking and

general and gynecological procedures. Professional behaviors will

listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vo-

be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in ST101, ST102

cabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve

and ST111. Students must document having received the second dose

oral proficiency in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN202 and SPAN212,

of the three-dose hepatitis B vaccine series. Concurrent enrollment

or equivalent. Co-requisite: SPAN203. Proficiency Needed: Read-

in ST103 is required.

ing, Writing in English.

(ST101 – ST223 are limited to students in the Surgical Technology

Program.) ST204 Surgical Technology Theory IV

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

ST101 Surgical Technology Theory I Orientation to general surgery procedures including surgery of

the gastrointestinal tract, gallbladder, pancreas, liver and spleen

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

with related surgical anatomy, patho-physiology and specialty in-

This introductory course includes orientation to hospital organiza-

tion, administration and physical structure, with focus on surgical

areas. Interpersonal relationships, stressing patient welfare and

safety, the surgical team concept and the role of the surgical





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



strumentation. Responsibilities of the surgical technologist, basic

knowledge of anesthesia, patient response to anesthesia, pharmacol-

ogy, and emergency routines in the operating room are included.

ST209 Surgical Technology Theory IX

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Orientation to thoracic, cardiovascular and vascular surgery for

235

Age-related considerations and relevant ethical and legal issues will the adult and pediatric patient with related surgical anatomy and

be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous patho-physiology. Identification, handling and use of specialty in-

Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, strumentation and complex equipment included. Responsibilities of

and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST221 is required. the Surgical Technologist, age-related considerations and relevant

ethical and legal issues will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of

ST205 Surgical Technology Theory V “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curricu-

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F lum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in

Orientation to specific surgical specialties including gynecologic, ST223 is required.

obstetric and genitourinary surgery with related surgical anatomy,

patho-physiology, and specialty instrumentation. Responsibilities ST221 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum

of the Surgical Technologist, organ transplantation, oncology, Credits 6 (24 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – F

dialysis and vascular access procedures are included. Age-related This course is designed to give related laboratory and clinical

considerations and relevant ethical and legal considerations will be practice concurrent with theory (ST204 and ST205). Emphasis is

discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous placed on the principles of sterile technique and their application

Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI234, and to the responsibilities of the surgical technologist. Students will

AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST221 is required. follow specific behavioral expectations as outlined in attendance

and clinical practicum requirements. Students will participate in

ST206 Surgical Technology Theory VI the orientation to surgical services at the assigned clinical site.

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Students will demonstrate knowledge and application of principles

Orientation to orthopedic surgery for the adult and pediatric and techniques that apply to entry-level general, gynecologic and

patient, with related surgical anatomy and patho-physiology. Identi- genitourinary surgical procedures and complete written assign-

fication, handling, and use of specialty instrumentation, and complex ments. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical

equipment included. Responsibilities of the Surgical Technologist, Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12.

age-related considerations with emphasis on care of the geriatric Concurrent enrollment in ST204 and ST205 is required.

patient in the surgical environment and relevant ethical and legal

considerations will be discussed. The process for becoming em- ST222 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum

ployed will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all Credits 6 (24 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W

previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI1121, BI122, The student is an active member of the surgical team through ap-

BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST222 is required. plications of aseptic principles and basic science content. The use

of complex appliances, equipment and specialized instruments will

ST207 Surgical Technology Theory VII be introduced. The student will identify, care for, select and assist

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W with the use of the specialized instruments, supplies and equipment

Orientation to otorhinolaryngologic, plastic, maxillofacial, burn and required for burn procedures, orthopedic, otorhinolaryngologic,

pediatric surgery for the adult and pediatric patient with related plastic, reconstructive and maxillofacial surgery for the adult

surgical anatomy and patho-physiology. Identification, handling and and pediatric patient. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in

use of specialty instrumentation and complex equipment included. all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121,

Responsibilities of the Surgical Technologist, age-related consider- BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST206 and

ations with emphasis on care of the pediatric patient in the surgical ST207 is required.

environment and relevant ethical and legal considerations will be

discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous ST223 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum

Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, Credits 6 (24 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp

and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST222 is required. Student participation in specialized advanced surgical procedures is

emphasized. The student will identify, select, care for and assist with

ST208 Surgical Technology Theory VIII the use of specialized instrumentation, complex equipment, appli-

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp ances and supplies used in thoracic, cardiovascular, vascular, oph-

Orientation to ophthalmic and neurologic surgery for the adult and thalmic and neurological surgery for the adult and pediatric patient.

pediatric patient with related surgical anatomy and patho-physiology. The student will begin to function as an independent practitioner

Identification, handling and use of specialty instrumentation and of surgical technology in the operating room suite. Prerequisite: A

complex equipment included Responsibilities of the Surgical Tech- grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program

nologist, age-related considerations and relevant ethical and legal curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enroll-

issues will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all ment in ST208 and ST209 is required.

previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122,

BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST223 is required. STX14 Surgical Technology Refresher

Credits 6 (24 Clinical Hrs/Wk)

After successfully passing a practical laboratory examination which

is designed to demonstrate basic surgical technology principles and

skills, the surgical technologist will act as an active member of the

surgical team in an operating room clinical setting. The surgical

technology refresher student will continuously apply the principles

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





236 of asepsis, patient safety, and basic sciences, while rotating through

beginning and advanced surgical experiences individually coordinated

to meet the students’ learning needs. The student will review and

plays. The roles of the playwright, actor, director, designers and

technicians are explored. Recommended to non-majors for humani-

ties credit and theatre majors for essential background. Proficiency

implement attitudes and skills essential for a surgical technologist Needed: Reading, Writing.

to be eligible for re-employment. Offered at irregular intervals.

Prerequisite: The student must be a graduate of a recognized Surgical TA106 Introduction to Theatre I

Technology program within the last ten years and a minimum of one Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

year experience working as a graduate surgical technologist.

This course is designed to introduce students to major playwrights,

stage practices, theatre architecture, elements of design and styles

SW201 The Field of Social Welfare of acting from the origins of theatre production to the Renaissance.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students will examine the relationship between theatre arts and so-

An introductory course covering some aspects of the develop- ciety in historical context. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ment of the social welfare systems and fields of practice. Specific

skills and ethical concepts used in direct service delivery will be TA107 Introduction to Theatre II

introduced. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course is designed to introduce students to major playwrights,

*** stage practices, theatre architecture, elements of design and styles

of acting from the Restoration to Contemporary theatre produc-

TA35 Theories of Directing tions. Students will examine the relationship between theatre arts

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W and society in a historical context. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Study of the theories of stage directing, the role of the director, Writing.

script analysis, actor objectives, composition, picturization, move-

ment, rhythm, action-choices, technical, aesthetic and stylistic TA111 Theatre Technology I

requirements. The course will also discuss analysis of directorial Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F

processes from casting to opening. The student will prepare a This is the first of a three-term sequence. This course is designed as

production prompt book of one-act plays. Course is prerequisite a survey of the stage crafts through lecture and concurrent lab. This

to directing projects (TA199A) staged by students. Proficiency first quarter discusses planning, building and rigging of scenery. Pro-

Needed: Reading, Writing. ficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Concurrent enrollment required

at least one credit of TA114, Technical Theater Workshop.

TA35P Directing Practicum

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/Sp TA112 Theatre Technology II

A continuation of the study of the theories of stage directing by Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

means of in-class practicum. Student may direct up to five assigned This is the second of a three-term sequence. This course is designed

scenes in TA142, Acting Fundamentals II, under guidance of instruc- as a survey of the stage crafts through lecture and concurrent lab.

tor. Student will meet with the instructor prior to acting class to This second quarter is introduction to scenic painting, properties,

review directorial preparations. Students in the Actor-Director and special effects. Prerequisite: Completion of TA111. Proficiency

program may substitute one term of TA35P for one of the required Needed: Reading, Writing. Concurrent enrollment required in at

TA199A special studies projects. Prerequisite: TA35 or consent of least 1 credit of TA114 or TA214.

instructor.

TA113 Theatre Technology III

TA40 Acting Before the Camera Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) This is the last of a three-term sequence. This course is designed

Analysis and practice of acting techniques for video/film, scripted as a survey of the stage crafts through lecture and concurrent lab.

and non-scripted performance. Awareness of camera shots, move- This final quarter covers theories and practices of theatre lighting

ment, marks, signals, audio pick-up. Usually offered in conjunction and sound. Prerequisite: TA112. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

with a television production class. Offered at irregular intervals. Writing. Concurrent enrollment required in at least 1 credit of

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. TA114 or TA214.



TA100 Introduction to Acting TA114A, TA114B, TA114C Technical Theatre Workshop,

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp First Year

This course introduces acting to non-theatre majors. Student will Credits 1,2,3 - maximum of 9 (3,6,9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

investigate various theories and techniques of acting. Emphasis on A practicum in technical theatre production. Training and practical

exercises for relaxation, physical and vocal warm-ups, trust, dis- experience in scenery construction and painting, lighting, sound,

cipline, freeing imagination and basic characterization. Proficiency properties and stage management. Content and specialized nature

Needed: Reading, Writing. of the workshop changes from quarter to quarter as different pro-

ductions are mounted. Courses may be repeated for a maximum

TA101 Appreciating Theatre of nine credits. This course is the stage technician’s equivalent of

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp TA153. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

This is an audience-based approach to theatre that enables students

to experience and appreciate the theatrical arts through attending TA121 Costuming



See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions



Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

A study of design theories, principles, and application for the

theatrical production. Students learn various periods of costume

Year

Credits 2 - maximum of 6 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

This course is the study of rehearsal and performance techniques

237

design, patterning, fabrics, cutting, fitting, and sewing. A study of line for children’s audiences. Rehearsal processes including blocking,

and form within the period and application, thereof, to particular memorization, character development, and public performance for

actors. Construction projects by students. Proficiency Needed: children. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, dependent upon audi-

Reading, Writing. tion and selection for role (chorus, support, or lead) or responsible

duties, e.g., stage manager, house manager, promotion director, etc.

TA141 Acting Fundamentals I Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

Understanding and applying fundamental acting techniques through TA198A, TA198B, TA198C Individual Studies: Ashland

the study of Stanislavsky and others. First of three-course sequence Credits 1,2,3 (1,2,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su

explores techniques and exercises, including monologues, non- Experiencing and appreciating the theatrical arts through the study

scripted and scripted scenes. Introduces scene-analysis, character- and attendance of summer productions in Ashland. Pre-reading of

ization. Designed for theatre majors or students with previous stage scripts, attending performances, discussions required. Historical

experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. and production elements, including the roles of playwrights, actors,

directors, designers to be considered in written critiques. Recom-

TA142 Acting Fundamentals II mended to theatre majors for essential background.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

This course is the study of applying fundamental acting techniques TA211 Scene Design

through intensive analysis of scenes for characterization, rehearsal Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

experiments and performances (generally five scenes). Prerequi- An examination of the function and process of set design for the

site: TA141 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, theatre, and the role of the designer in interpreting and reinforcing

Writing. the thematic content of the play. Projects are required. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA143 Acting Fundamentals III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp TA213 Stage Lighting Design

This course is the study of applying fundamental acting techniques Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

in preparing and performing auditions. Single and paired contrasting This course examines the function and process of lighting design and

monologues, cold-readings, video and audio voice overs, and musical the role of the designer and other stage technicians in its execution.

comedy songs. Preparation of resumes and photos. Prerequisites: Included are discussions pertaining to: available lighting equipment;

TA141 and TA142 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: systems and manufacturers; relative laws of physics pertaining to

Reading, Writing. electricity, color, and optics; elements of design; and the lighting

plot and instrument schedules. Projects are required. Offered at

TA144 Improvisation irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This course is the study of the techniques of improvisation for TA214A, TA214B, TA214C Technical Theatre Workshop,

continuing development of acting skills, confidence, and ability to Second Year

handle non-scripted (planned) situations. Specific techniques are Credits 1,2,3 – maximum 9 (3,6,9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

those applicable to role preparation and performance. Proficiency This is a continuation of first year Technical Theater Workshop

Needed: Reading, Writing. with increased responsibility and skill level in the use of tools.

Prerequisite: TA114A, TA114B, or TA114C. Proficiency Needed:

TA148 Movement for the Actor Reading, Writing.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This course is an introduction to the art of nonverbal communica- TA227 Theatrical Makeup

tion. Coursework will instruct student in the development of body Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

awareness and alignment, relaxation skills, and using the body to An analysis of the principles of stage makeup for performance with

create and communicate character. Proficiency Needed: Reading. direct application of techniques in a laboratory situation. This mate-

rial covers basic facial reinforcement, character and age, and fantasy

TA153A, TA153B, TA153C Theatre Workshops, First Year makeup design. The course also includes introduction to latex,

Credits 1,2,3 - maximum of 9 (3,6,9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp prosthetics, and wigs. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

This course is the study of rehearsal and performance techniques

to include blocking, memorization, character development, and TA241 Intermediate Acting Techniques: Styles

public performance. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, dependent Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

upon audition and selection for role (chorus, support, or lead) or This course is the study of theatrical acting styles through scene

responsible duties, e.g. stage manager, house manager, promotion preparation. Periods include Greek-Roman, Elizabethan, French-

director, etc. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Neoclassic, Restoration, Romantic-Victorian, Early Realism and

Contemporary. Prerequisite: TA143 or consent of instructor.

TA153D Theatre Workshop: Children’s Workshop, First Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.





The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





238 TA253A, TA253B, TA253C Theatre Workshops, Second

Year

Credits 1,2,3 - maximum of 9 (3,6,9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

lems. Prerequisite: TV110 or consent of instructor.



TV113 Television Applications

Continuation of TA153A, TA153B, TA153C. This course is the Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

study of rehearsal and performance techniques, to include blocking, An examination of the scope, impact and effect of television on

memorization, character development, and public performance. modern society. The roles of broadcasting, advertising and pro-

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, dependent upon audition and gram practices are considered. The effect of American television

selection for role (chorus, support, or lead) or responsible duties, on international programming is discussed. Investigation of new

e.g. stage manager, house manager, promotion director, etc. Profi- technologies and future delivery systems is included. Open to

ciency Needed: Reading, Writing. non-TV majors.



TA253D Theatre Workshop: Children’s Theatre, Second TV114 Television Applications Lab

Year Credits 3 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Production and directing using basic studio techniques; multiple

A continuation of TA153D, this course is a continuation of the study cameras, basic lighting and numerous crew positions. Introduction

of rehearsal and performance techniques for children’s audiences. to directing techniques, studio camera operation, patching/signal

Rehearsal processes include blocking, memorization, character flow, video switching and audio mixing in studio applications. The

development, and public performance for children. Prerequisite: student will set up and operate a multi-camera studio directing

Consent of instructor, dependent upon audition and selection for other students in simple productions. Prerequisite: TV112 or

role (chorus, support, or lead) or responsible duties, e.g., stage consent of instructor.

manager, house manager, promotion director, etc. Proficiency

Needed: Reading, Writing. TV115 Introduction to TV Scriptwriting

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W

(TV100 – TV236 are restricted to students in the Television Production This course serves as an introduction to the creation of scripts

Technology Program.) for live television and film productions. Through the use of pre-

visualization, outline and treatment, students will create their own

TV100 Critical Viewing scripts from concept to first draft. The course will also discuss the

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F positioning and marketing strategies used by producers to target

This course serves as an introduction to the basic narrative struc- audiences. In addition, students will learn the basics of script break-

tures apparent in fiction and non-fiction film and video. Students down, scheduling and other steps in the pre-production process.

will de-construct films and taped television programming into their Open to non-TV majors. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

component parts to explore how and why they work. The course

will evaluate the use of fiction and dramatic techniques as they TV116 Television News Reporting

are applied to non-fiction programming. In addition, students will Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

explore how these dramatic techniques are used to gain and retain An advanced scriptwriting course covering news and documentary

viewers among a mass audience. writing. Methods of gathering and presenting news and special fea-

ture material for electronic media applications. Includes discussion

TV110 Introduction to Television on pre-production planning research methods, development of

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F edit cue sheets and on-camera presentation. Prerequisite: TV115

An examination of television as a mass communication medium and or consent of instructor.

overview of applications for distribution and production of program

material. The introduction of technical and production terms and the TV120 Introduction to Cinema

exploration of fundamental video production techniques. Emphasis Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

will be placed on light, lens and camera. This course covers the history of cinema from the 1890’s until 1941.

Included are discussions of early film technology and narrative story

TV111 Television Production structures in cinema from Melies to Welles. This course serves

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W as the first in a series of three courses including: Introduction to

An introduction to the elements involved in the production of televi- Cinema, History of Television, History of Cinema II. Offered at

sion programs. An overview of composition, image juxtaposition irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

and sequence as they relate to program development. An in-depth

examination of post-production technique, equipment and studio TV121 History of Television

operations and an exploration of the edit decision making process. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

Prerequisite: TV110 or consent of instructor. This course covers the history of television from 1935 until present

day. Included are discussions of development of broadcast networks,

TV112 Television Production Lab the growth of no-broadcast technologies and evolution of program-

Credits 3 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W ming both commercial and “public”. The impact of this media outlet

Use of single camera systems in production with emphasis on lens in America’s living room, our culture and business will also be part

characteristics, movement and angles. With an emphasis on single of the discussion. This course is part of a series: Introduction to

camera style the student will be introduced to story telling, event Cinema, History of Television and History of Cinema II. Offered at

reporting and critical viewing for continuity and composition prob- irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.





See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions





TV122 History of Cinema II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

This course covers the history of cinema from 1941 to present

TV233 Television Directing Lab

Credits 4 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

This course deals with the overall process of studio production.

239

day. Included are discussions of film technology and narrative story Emphasis is placed on the role of the director in script development,

structures in cinema from Welles to Speilburg. To understand where crew selection, lighting, set design and the implementation of special

film is going in the millennium, you will need to understand how effects in the production of program material. Prerequisite: TV231

film has grown in the last quarter century. This course is part of or consent of instructor.

the series: Introduction to Cinema, History of Television, History

of Cinema II. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: TV234 Advanced Telecasting

Reading, Writing. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

Observation, analysis and criticism of student and professional video

TV225 Community TV Survival Techniques productions. Analysis of the shifts in visual production technologies,

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) the incorporation and common methods these new technologies

This course will focus on publicity and promotion techniques, the offer video producers. Recognition of acceptable production stan-

means of developing community support, and budget/proposal dards in broadcasting instructional and closed-circuit situations.

development, all of which can make access television an asset to the Prerequisite: TV232 or consent of instructor.

cable system. Topics covered include promotion/spot copywriting,

press release and promotion planning, grant writing and dealing TV235 Advanced Telecasting Lab

with alternative funding sources. An emphasis will be in the area of Credits 4 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

advocacy and developing community awareness of cable television

The student will complete a final project in video production. The

as a community information medium. Offered at irregular intervals.

conception and execution of a documentary or informational televi-

Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

sion program will incorporate the skills of a producer, director and

writer in accordance with national standards. Prerequisite: TV233

TV227 Community TV Career Preparation or consent of instructor.

Credits 1 ( Hrs/Wk)

Students will present and discuss observations and problems aris- TV236 Closed Circuit Systems

ing from their work experience. Emphasis will be in developing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

material from student’s course work for job search in the area of

This course will examination video uses and transmission techniques

community television. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite:

in education, industry and cable television. Closed-circuit, TV and

TV225. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

cable TV equipment, programming operations, engineering and

maintenance will be analyzed. Prerequisite: TV230 or consent of

TV230 Intermediate Video instructor.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

Electronic field production EFP/ENG is explored. Through writ- ***

ing exercises, students develop outlines, treatments, breakdown

sheets and examine various formats. Pre-production methods

are explained and the proper monitoring of video and audio levels

VT10 Special Project

in the field is emphasized. Basic waveform monitoring using the Credits 1-4 – maximum 12 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk per credit hour)

standard video oscilloscope is discussed. Prerequisite: TV113 or Individual study and project course for use by all professional-techni-

consent of instructor. cal students. The content of each course shall be determined upon

mutual agreement of student and instructor. Allows in-depth study

of standard curriculum materials or individualized application of

TV231 Intermediate Video Lab technical concepts. Maximum credits that can be applied toward

Credits 4 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F graduation will be 12, unless otherwise specified by the program.

Introduction to professional electronic field production. Through a Contact division for availability.

series of exercises, students will become familiar with pre-produc-

tion planning, advanced camera operation, designing and setting ***

portable lighting and location audio recording. Emphasis will be

on practical applications and performance of basic crew functions.

Prerequisite: TV114 or consent of instructor. WE280 Cooperative Education Internship

Credits 3,4,8,12 – maximum 12 (1 Lecture – 9,12,24,36 Lab

Hrs/Wk)

TV232 Television Directing

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

The role and responsibilities of the television director as interpreter

and his/her relationship to production staff. Style and execution of

a proposal-treatment, script, breakdown and budget is examined.

Prerequisite: TV230 or consent of instructor.









The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





240 This course is intended to provide students with learning experience

to support their course of study and/or career goal at whatever

level they enter Cooperative Education. Each co-op experience

WLD118 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

An introductory course that will begin with the oxy-fuel welding and

should provide opportunities to (a) develop marketable workplace cutting processes and progress into the GTAW welding and plasma

readiness skills, (b) apply classroom learning on-the-job, (c) gain arc cutting. Discussions will include correct welding procedures,

specific occupational skills through a live learning lab, and (d) begin setup and adjustment of welding equipment, and filler materials.

the career placement process. The course is available at three Concurrent enrollment in WLD119 is required.

different levels of difficulty ranging from level one for entry level

students beginning their career study, to level three for more ex-

perienced students who are interested in a particular occupational WLD119 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Lab

field. Students should see their advisers to identify the level that Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

meets their needs. Prerequisite Level I: Instructor permission is This course is the lab portion of WLD118. Lab activities will parallel

required. Student is interested in learning entry level career skill the theory discussion. The student will receive instruction in the

standards and in discovering how SCANS Basic Foundation Skills and welding and cutting of metals first with the oxy-fuel process and

Competencies are used on-the-job. Level 2: Instructor permission then with the gas tungsten processes. Welding techniques covering

is required. Student has identified a general program area of study, different joint designs, welding positions, and applications will be

or selected a major, or enrolled in a professional-technical program. covered. Concurrent enrollment in WLD118 is required.

In the opinion of the instructor and the job site supervisor, the

student possesses sufficient command of SCANS Foundation Skills WLD130 GMAW and Flux Core Arc Weld Theory

and Competencies to contribute to the job site. Level 3: Instructor Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

permission is required. Student has identified a general program area This course is an introduction to gas metal arc welding and flux core

of study, or selected a major, or enrolled in a professional-technical arc welding processes. Electrode filler materials, shielding gases,

program, and is, in the opinion both of the program instructor and machine setup and adjustment, and welding procedures are included.

the job site supervisor, able to contribute to the job site in a more Concurrent enrollment in WLD131 or WLD131A is required.

effective manner than is asked of level 2 students.

WLD131, WLD131A GMAW and Flux Core Arc Welding

(WLD110 – WLD153 are limited to students in the Welding Technol-

Lab

ogy (day) Program.)

Credits 4, 2 (12, 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

New students are placed at skill level. Instruction will be given in Gas

WLD110 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Metal arc welding (GMAW) and Flux Core arc welding (FCAW) with

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F various filler materials and machines, including machine setup and

This course is an introduction to arc welding processes and proce- minor repair. Concurrent enrollment in WLD130 is required.

dures. Fundamental knowledge, techniques, and manipulative skills

in the safe use of arc welding and related equipment. Concurrent en-

WLD132 Welding Metallurgy

rollment in WLD111 for day or WLD111A for evening is required.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W

This course is a study of the properties of ferrous and non-ferrous

WLD111, WLD111A Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab metals and alloys with an application to welding problems. Concur-

Credits 4, 2 (12, 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F rent enrollment in WLD133 is required.

Lab activities will parallel the material covered in the lecture

class. The students will be instructed in the safe use of shielded

WLD133 Welding Metallurgy Lab

arc welding equipment, oxy/acetylene flame cutting equipment

and related equipment and materials. Concurrent enrollment in Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W

WLD110 is required. This course is a practical application of lecture materials covering

properties of ferrous and non-ferrous metals and alloys. Microscopic

and macroscopic examinations of welds will be included. Concurrent

WLD114 Blueprint Reading for Welders enrollment in WLD132 is required.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

This course covers basic sketching techniques, oral communication

WLD134 Automated Manufacturing

and reading welding trade blueprints. Included will be dimensioning

practices, notes and symbols. Emphasis will be placed on developing Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W

an ability in reading detail drawings and communication skills. This course examines the automated methods used in processing

material for metal fabrication. Special emphasis is given to com-

puter controlled burning and CNC programming for automated

WLD116 General Welding I shape cutting.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

An introduction to welding safety, the shielded metal arc welding or

WLD150 Fabrication Practices

“stick” electrode process, the wirefeed processes (short circuiting

gas metal arc and the flux cored arc welding applications), and oxy- Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

fuel cutting processes. Students are taught basic manipulative skills An introduction to fabrication practices, use of tools (hand and

to weld mild steel in the flat and horizontal welding positions. power), jigs, fixtures, templates, and equipment maintenance.









See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions





The student will be instructed in the use of blueprints, layout

procedures, measurement, fitting of metal parts, joint design,

weld construction, and shop safety. Concurrent enrollment in

WLDX16 General Welding I

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

An introduction to oxy/acetylene welding, cutting and brazing

241

WLD151 is required. shielded metal arc welding and the wirefeed processes (GMAW

and FCAW). Students are taught basic manipulative skills to weld

WLD150B Blueprint Reading mild steel with emphasis on proper safety practices.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp

This course covers basic blueprint reading, welding symbols, notes WLDX17 General Welding II

and dimensioning practices used in the welding trade. Emphasis will Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk)

be placed on developing the ability in reading detail drawings. Continuation of WLDX16 with additional use of gas and electric

welding processes. Students are taught proper skills in handling

WLD151 Fabrication Practices Lab equipment with confidence and proper regard for safety. Emphasis

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp is on increasing welding skills in oxy/acetylene and electric arc

This course will be taken in conjunction with WLD150. The student welding. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: WLDX16 or

will put to practical use tools, layout principles, and blueprints consent of instructor.

related to fabrication of metal parts.

WLDX34 CNC Burning

WLD152 Welding Processes and Procedures Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk)

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introduction into Computer Numerical Control Burning using

Emphasis of this course will be on various welding applications, the Cartesian Coordinate Measuring System. Instruction is given

procedures, and interpretation of various welding codes. Instruc- on the use of Computer Aided Manufacturing software (CAM) and

tion will be given to prepare students for American Welding Society on a computer-controlled burning machine. Offered at irregular

(A.W.S.) Welding Certification. Prerequisite: A knowledge of basic intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

welding and welding skills. Concurrent enrollment in WLD153 is

required. WR90 Basic Writing Skills

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

WLD153, WLD153A Welding Certification Prep Lab WR90 is designed to give students practical writing skills. Students

Credits 4, 2 (12, 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp study paragraph organization, sentence structure, and punctuation.

This course includes welding of various metals using several welding They apply these skills as they organize and develop their ideas in

processes. Emphasis is on obtaining an A.W.S. Welding Certificate a logical order in well-supported paragraphs. Students revise their

in several processes. Prerequisite: A knowledge of basic welding and work to meet the course objectives, the primary objective being

welding skills. Concurrent enrollment in WLD152 is required. to raise the students’ writing skills to a level that permits them

to succeed in a transfer writing course. Placement into WR90 is

based on CPT scores, departmental tests, or instructor referral.

WLDX11 Inert Gas, TIG (Heli-Arc) Welding

Co-requisite: RD90 or higher.

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk)

Instruction will be given on the welding of ferrous and nonferrous

metals using the TIG processes. Discussions will include correct WR101 Workplace Communications I

welding procedures, setup and adjustment of welding equipment Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

and maintenance procedures. Offered at irregular intervals. Profi- Designed for students in professional/technical programs, WR101

ciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. helps students improve their ability to communicate effectively by

developing skills in preparing and presenting documents such as

resumes, letters, memos, short reports, instructions, and propos-

WLDX13 Inert Gas, MIG (Wire Feed) Welding

als. Prerequisite: Successful completion of WR90, or permission

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) from an ENL instructor, or suitable performance on the writing

Instruction will be given on the welding of ferrous and nonferrous placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing.

metals using the metal inert gas (MIG) processes. Discussions will

include correct welding procedures, setup and adjustment of weld-

ing equipment and maintenance procedures. Offered at irregular WR102 Workplace Communications II

intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

Designed for students in professional/technical programs, WR102

refines and expands on workplace communication skills introduced









The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Course Descriptions





242 in WR101. Activities may include interviews, group projects, re-

search in one’s field of study, and longer workplace writing and/or

presentation projects. Prerequisite: WR101. Proficiency Required:

a three-term sequence of composition. Students are asked to

write several themes or articles. They learn to focus their writ-

ing purposefully to a specific intended audience, to use specific

Reading, Writing. detail and examples, to use the technique of showing rather than

merely telling, to use the standard conventions of English, to use

WR115 Introduction to Expository Writing words exactly by avoiding wordiness, ambiguity, and unidiomatic

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp expressions. Prerequisite: WR115 with a grade of C or better, or

suitable performance on the writing placement test. Proficiency

This class introduces students to critical thinking, reading, and

Required: Reading, Writing.

writing at the college level. The primary focus of this course is on

writing short analytical essays based on readings, outside materi-

als, and, to a lesser extent, personal experience. Organization, WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking

use of details, sentence structure, and grammar also are stressed.

WR115 is a preparatory course for students who need to improve Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp

their writing skills before they begin the standard transfer college Through analysis of language and the study of the techniques of

composition sequence. Prerequisite: Suitable performance on the persuasion, this course emphasizes the power of words to shape

writing placement test, successful completion or WR90, or a grade opinions, attitudes, and behavior. Students explore the critical think-

of “C” or better in both ENL201R and ENL201W. Proficiency ing skills necessary to recognize logical fallacies and manipulative

Required: Reading, Writing. communication through the analysis of political rhetoric, commer-

cial media, and other materials. Students create arguments based

WR121 English Composition on analyses and supported by evidence and logic. Prerequisite:

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp WR121 with a grade of C or better. Proficiency Required: Read-

ing, Writing.

This course, important for all who wish to write, is the first in









See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

243









STUDENT INFORMATION







• Standards

of Academic

Progress

• Students

Rights

• Release of

Student

Information

Standards of Academic Progress



244 To assist students with accomplishing

academic goals, the college supports the

process of reviewing student’s academic

progress. All students who attempt 9 or

more credits per term will be reviewed.

Academic progress is defined as achieving a

term grade point average (GPA) of 2.00.

The Purpose of the Standard

To assist students with accomplishing his/her

educational goal by:

· Alerting the student and the college of

academic difficulties or deficiencies.

· Providing the opportunity for the college

to be of greater assistance to the student

in setting and achieving academic goals.

· Assisting the student in utilizing the facili-

ties and personnel of the college.

· Creating an atmosphere in which the

student may become successful in his/her Probation Steps to Appeal

pursuit of an education. Students are placed on Academic Proba- · Obtain a “Suspension Appeal” form from

tion if: the Academic Advising and Transfer Cen-

Academic Review and Referral ter.

· They earn a 1.49 GPA or lower for a

At the end of each term, the college reviews term · Meet with an academic advisor to create

the grade point average achieved by each an Appeal Plan (AP).

or

student who is enrolled in 9 or more credits.

If a student’s term GPA falls below 2.00, the · They achieve a GPA of 1.99 or lower for · The academic advisor will collect the

student is notified of their academic status two consecutive terms Suspension Appeal From and the Appeal

and referred to the Career Development Plan and forward the paperwork to the

Center for academic assistance. The fol- Students are strongly encouraged to meet Dean of Career Development Services

with an academic advisor to determine the or designee.

lowing statuses can be assigned:

1. Warning steps the student can take to raise their GPA · The Dean of Career Development

for the next term. The student’s academic Services, or designee, will review the

2. Probation status will be adjusted the following term paperwork and make a decision.

depending on their academic performance:

3. Suspension · The student will be informed as quickly as

· Academic Probation status is removed

if the student earns a 2.00 GPA for the possible of the decision and next steps.

See below for further details.

term.

Warning Appeal Decisions

Academic Suspension for one term is as- The Dean of Career Development Ser-

Students who achieve a term CPA between signed if the student does not earn a

1.50 and 1.99 are placed on academic vices or designee, will decide one of the

minimum of a 2.00 GPA for the term.

warning. following:



Students are encouraged to meet with an Suspension Appeal Approved - The student is expected

academic advisor immediately to determine Students are placed on Academic Suspen- to fulfill the expectations outlined in the

the steps the student can take to raise sion for one term if they earn a term GPA AP and is returned to academic probation

their GPA for the next term. The student’s of 1.99 or lower while they are on Academic status for one term. Note that if the student

academic status will be adjusted the fol- Probation. Before a student may resume does not fulfill the expectations of the AP,

lowing term depending on their academic coursework, they must meet with an adviser they may be suspended for one year.

performance: and create a plan to support satisfactory Appeal Denied - Student is suspended for

· Academic Warning status is removed if academic progress. Students may choose one term and must complete a plan with an

the student earns a 2.00 GPA for the to appeal their suspension. advisor before they will be allowed to enroll

term or higher the following term.

Suspension Appeals

· Academic Probation status is assigned if Students may appeal their suspension if they

the student does not earn a minimum of believe there are compelling reasons for

a 2.00 GPA for the term. reinstatement from suspension.

Student Rights

Student Rights and

Responsibilities 245

It is the policy at Mt. Hood Community

College that all persons, regardless of race,

color, religion, national origin, disability, sex-

ual identity, age, sex or any other status or

characteristic protected by applicable state

or federal law have access to higher educa-

tion. Mt. Hood Community College strives

to provide an environment that celebrates

the freedom to learn. In this commitment

to create a learning environment, MHCC’s

goal is to treat all students with fairness

and dignity. Students are guaranteed certain

rights as members of the college commu-

nity. Student rights and responsibilities are

defined by college policy and regulation, and

are available to students in the Office of the

Vice President of Student Development and Crime Awareness and Student Right-To-Know

Services (room AC 2369) or the Associated Campus Security The Student Right-To-Know Act of 1990

Student Government Office in the College requires each postsecondary institution

Center, and on the College website at www. Safety at Mt Hood Community College is a

priority. Students, staff and faculty are part- receiving federal funds to inform prospec-

mhcc.edu/academics/student_services/ss- tive students and current students about the

docs/student_rights.htm. ners with the College in creating environ-

ments that are safe and support learning.The graduation rate of its students. For schools

Campus Security Act of 1990 requires all that have student aid for athletes, the

information pertaining to student athletes

The Right of Freedom colleges to publicize campus crime statistics

and security measures. Specific information must also be categorized and presented by

from Harassment and is available on the college website at www. the ethnic background and gender of the

Discrimination mhcc.edu/academics/student_services/cam- student and by sport. Information about

pus_security.htm and is available through the graduation rates at Mt. Hood Community

Mt. Hood Community College is committed College is available on the MHCC website

to maintaining both a working and learning Office of the Vice President of Student De-

velopment and Services and the Admissions at www.mhcc.edu/academics/student_ser-

environment that is free of harassment vices/ssdocs/student_right_to_know.htm

and discrimination for all persons. Harass- and Registration Office. Direct questions to

the Vice President at 503-491-7317. or in the Office of the Vice President of

ment is defined as any conduct which has Student Development and Services and

the purpose or the effect of unreasonably the Admissions and Registration Office.

interfering with the physical or mental ac-

tivities of a student, employee, member of Student Code of Conduct Direct questions to the Vice President at

503-491-7317.

the college community or college visitor or Students enrolling at Mt. Hood Community

which creates an intimidating, hostile or of- College assume a responsibility to conduct College Smoking Policy

fensive environment. Harassment based on themselves in a manner compatible with Smoking on the Mt. Hood Community

such things as race, color, religion, national the college’s function as an educational College campus is prohibited indoors and

origin, disability, sexual identity, age, or sex institution. Although MHCC is dedicated outdoors under covered walkways except in

is prohibited. to an open, free society, there are actions designated areas. A brochure explaining the

All complaints of alleged harassment or dis- inappropriate in an institution of higher policy and showing areas on campus where

crimination are taken seriously and will be education. Incompatible actions are de- smoking is permitted is available in Admis-

investigated. Students may seek immediate fined through the Student Code of Conduct sions and Records, College Information

assistance from an instructor, counselor, staff which also outlines information on student Office, Campus Store, Health and Wellness

supervisor or the Vice President of Student disciplinary procedures. To obtain a copy Center, Vista Dining Room, Library Resource

Development and Services 503 491-7317. of the code, contact the Office of the Vice Center and St. Helens Room.

President of Student Development and

Services (room AC 2369), the Associated

Student Government Office in the College

Center, or the MHCC website at www.

mhcc.edu/academics/student_services/ss-

docs/Code_of_Conduct.htm.

Please Contact:

Dr. Debbie Derr, Vice President of Student

Development and Services.....503-491-7317

Release of Student

Information Disclosure

Statement

246 The following information is provided to inform you

of your privacy rights and the college’s responsibili-

ties with regard to your directory information and

Release of Information

Educational Records Policy

Directory Information Restriction

Mt. Hood Community College has chosen

to release limited Directory Information as

educational records. The college follows all ap- The Family Educational Rights and Privacy defined in the Family Educational Rights and

plicable state and federal laws and is committed to Act (FERPA) affords students certain rights Privacy Act (FERPA). The following informa-

preserving the confidentiality of your records. You regarding their education records. They tion is considered to by MHCC Directory

have three decisions to make. are: Information and will be released upon verbal

(1) Do you want the college to release limited direc- • The right to inspect and review the request to anyone:

tory information about you to anyone request- student’s records. The student may • Student’s current enrollment status,

ing? (This means that MHCC will verify if you are request to review his/her records by

currently enrolled — see Directory Information submitting a written request to the Office • Verification of certificate or degree

Restriction below for details.) If yes, you do of Admissions & Records or other school earned,

not need to do anything. If you have concerns official having custody of such records;

• Whether student is participating in of-

about release of limited directory information,

• The right to seek amendment of the stu- ficially recognized sports; and height and

see instructions below for requesting that this weight of members of athletic teams.

dents’ records that the student believes

information not be released.

are inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise

(2) Do you object to the college releasing your in violation of the student’s privacy rights. Students are employed in some areas of the

name, address, telephone number and certain Requests for amendment of records college as work study and student aide’s,

other information to military recruiters as re- must be in writing and must describe the and if any access to student records is given

quired under the Solomon Amendment? If you specific portions or specific record(s) the to them, they receive FERPA training and

request that this information not be released, student wishes to have amended, text or sign off on the institutional statement of

MHCC will not release to military recruiters or instructions as to the change desired, and understanding form that validates they have

other parties except as specified in this the reasons why the change is justified; had confidentiality training.

notification or upon written permission • The right to consent to disclosure of Exceptions to this limited release may include

from you. If you decide that you do not want personally identifiable information con- but are not limited to: (1) we may release

directory or Solomon information released, you tained in the student’s education records, alumni names and addresses to the Alumni

must complete the form, Request to Prevent except for when consent is not required Office for their communication with MHCC

Disclosure of Directory Information, avail- by FERPA. FERPA does not require a graduates. Alumni are defined as students

able in the Admissions & Records Office. student’s consent when disclosure is having graduated from MHCC whether

(3) Do you object to the college using and releasing to other school officials with legitimate currently enrolled or not, (2) we may re-

educational interests. A school official lease the names of students making the Vice

your Social Security Number (SSN) for state

is a person employed by the college in President’s and President’s Lists, Academic

reporting and other related activities? This an administrative, supervisory, academic

includes release of your SSN to the Internal or Athletic Honors/Awards, or informa-

or research, or support staff position; tion to hometown newspapers of students

Revenue Service so that you may take advan- a person or company with whom the

tage of benefits under the Taxpayer Relief Act attending the college, (3) student athletes

college has contracted or appointed

of 1997, which includes a tax credit on tuition as its agent; or a student serving on an may sign a special release of information

and eligible fees and/or interest deduction on official committee or assisting another form through the Athletic Department for

outstanding educational loans. Again, you will school official in performing the official’s the release of information regarding their

be given the opportunity to request that your tasks. A school official has a legitimate registration activity, grades and access to

SSN not be used or released at the time of educational interest if the official needs their permanent record by their coach or

registration. Please review the following Release to review an education record in order to the Dean of Health and Physical Educa-

of Information and decide your answer to the fulfill his/her professional responsibilities. tion/Athletic Director. They may also give

three previous questions. FERPA also allows colleges to disclose a permission to release academic records and

student’s directory information without pictures to coaches representing four year

consent, but the student may request colleges and to media representatives.

that his/her directory information not be

released. If the student wishes to make Directory Information for use within the

such a request, he/she must do so accord- college is permitted in accordance with

ing to procedures outlined in Directory FERPA guidelines; however, disclosure

Information Restriction (see below). within the college does not constitute in-

stitutional authorization to transmit, share,

• The right to file a complaint with the De- or disclose any or all information received

partment of Education, Family Compliance to a third party.

Office, concerning alleged failures by the

college to comply with the requirements

for FERPA.

What it means to restrict information

When you restrict the release of directory

information, the above information will not

Registration Tampering

Altering the registration records of another

student without that student’s permission is

social security number and consent to its use

is not required and if you choose not to do

so, you will not be denied any right, benefit,

247

be released. or privilege provided by law. You may re-

considered a violation of the student conduct

voke your consent for the use of your social

You will be required to present photo code. See MHCC Catalog and Student Guide

security number at any time by contacting the

identification or personal identification under Student Discipline.

Admissions & Records Office.

number (PIN) when you wish to inquire

about your own academic or registration

Solomon Amendment OCCURS and the college also may match

history. Information will not be provided Disclosure your social security number with records

to anyone, including persons who claim to from the following systems:

The Solomon Amendment requires by law

be you, parents, relatives, friends, other stu- that the college release: • State and private universities, colleges and

dents, or prospective employers, who may vocational schools, to find out how many

• student name, community college students go on with

wish to contact you or verify your status at

the college, without written authorization • address, their education and to find out whether

from you. community college courses are a good

• telephone number, basis for further education.

Restricted directory information is made

available where an emergency is involved, at • date of birth, • The Oregon Employment Department,

the direction of a subpoena or court order, which gathers information to help state

to MHCC staff and faculty with a legitimate • education level, and local agencies plan education and

educational need to know, or in other limited training services to help Oregon citizens

situations described in this notification. • academic major, and get the best jobs available.



Where and when to make your Directory • degrees received • The Oregon Department of Education to

Restriction request provide reports to local, state, and federal

upon request from recruiters of the branches governments. The information is used to

A Request to Prevent Disclosure of Directory of the US military. If you request that this learn about education, training and job

Information form is available in the Admis- information not be released, MHCC will not market trends for planning, research and

sions & Records Office. Complete the form, release to military recruiters or other par- program improvement.

including signature and date, and return ties except as specified in this notification or

it. Your request to place or remove the upon written permission from the student. • The Workers Compensation Division, to

restriction is effective no later than two (2) track the successful retraining of injured

working days after it is received. Use of Social Security workers.

Duration of the restriction Number Disclosure • The Oregon Department of Revenue

The restriction of information is permanent OAR 581-41-460 authorizes Mt. Hood Com- and collection agencies only for purposes

until you request, in writing, that it be re- munity College to ask you to provide your of processing debts and only if credit is

social security number. The number will extended to you by the college.

moved. The restriction will remain in place

even after you have stopped attending or be used by the college for keeping records,

• The National Student Loan Clearing-

have graduated from the college. doing research, aggregate reporting, and house for student financial aid processing

extending credit and collecting debts. Your and/or research on transfer.

Release of Grades and Course number also will be provided by the college

Evaluations to the Oregon Community College Unified • The Internal Revenue Service, to provide

The Student Records Policy prohibits publicly Reporting System (OCCURS), which is a required information related to the Tax-

disclosing grades linked to personal identi- group made up of all community colleges payer Relief Act of 1997.

fiers, such as names, student numbers, or in Oregon, the State Department of Com-

social security numbers. Grades may be munity Colleges and Workforce Develop- In addition, the college may release your so-

posted by using only the last four digits of ment and the Oregon Community College cial security number to business firms under

the student number, or the last six digits Association. OCCURS gathers information contract with the college for research, plan-

in large classes, and arranging the listing about students and programs to meet state ning and program development purposes. In

in either ascending, or descending order and federal reporting requirements. It also such cases, strict confidentiality is part of the

without names. (A&R needs to review this helps colleges plan, research and develop contractual agreement with the firm. Your

for applicability to MHCC.) programs. This information helps the col- number will be used only for the purposes

leges to support the progress of students listed above. State and federal law protects

The return of graded papers or other assign- and their success in the workplace and other the privacy of your records.

ments must also be accomplished in a manner educational programs. When conducting

that protects the identity of the student. The studies, MHCC will disclose your social

instructor is responsible for protecting the security number only in a manner that does

identity of the student. not permit personal identification of you

Grades and transcripts may not be released by individuals other than representatives of

to someone other than the student with- MHCC (or the organization conducting the

out the expressed written consent of the study for MHCC). By providing your social

student. security number, you are consenting to the

uses identified below. Provision of your

Executive Staff & College Board



248 Dr. Robert

M. Silverman

Dr. William

Becker

MHCC President Executive Vice

and Clerk of the President of

Board Administration









Vice Vice President

President of of Student

Instruction Development/

Vacant at printing Services

Vacant at printing









The Board of Education

The Mt. Hood Community College

District Board of Education consists of

Carol Brian

seven citizens of the school district, each Nielsen- Freeman

of whom is elected for a four-year term. Hood Zone 2

Any adult resident may run for election Zone 1

to the board, providing s/he meets certain

legal qualifications. Board members serve

without pay.







Cletus Sen. Bob

Moore Frank Morris

Zone 3 Shields Zone 5

Zone 4









Dr. Ron Dr. Ralph

Russell Yates

At-Large At-Large

Position 6 Position 7

Emeritus

Dr. Earl L. Klapstein (1966-1976)

Founding President, President Emeritus

BA, University of the Pacific, 1943.

249

MA, University of the Pacific, 1953.

EdD, University of Southern California, 1963.



Dr. Leo Marlantes (1966-1978)

Dean Emeritus

BS, University of Oregon, 1940.

MED, University of Oregon, 1953.

MdS, University of Florida, 1965.

EdD, Univeristy of Florida, 1966.



Dr. R. Stephen Nicholson (1976-1985)

President Emeritus

BA, Marion College, 1950.

MA, Syracuse University, 1956.

PhD, Michigan State University, 1971.



Dr. Robert Wesley (1972-1996)

Dean Emeritus

BS, Wilmington College, 1960.

MS, California State College, Long Beach, 1968.

PhD, Oregon State University, 1971.



Dr. Paul E. Kreider (1980-1996)

President Emeritus

ThB, Marion College, 1953.

MDiv, Nazarene Seminary, 1956.

MA, Butler University, 1957.

PhD, Michigan State University, 1967.

Professional Staff 2002–2003

250 AAS, JOHN E. (1988)

Instructor - Workforce Connections

MS, Mankato State University, 1979.

BOLESTA, RICHARD E. (1975)

Instructor - Chemistry

MS, Oregon State University, 1975.

BA, Augsburg College, 1967. BA, Shippensburg State College, 1971.



ABRAHAMS, NAOMI J. (1999) BONNER, ANN (1994)

Instructor - Sociology Instructor - Mental Health\Human Services

PhD, University of California, Santa Barbara, 1993. EdD, University of Sarasota, 1998.

MA, University of California, Santa Barbara, 1988. MA, University of Missouri, 1974.

BA, University of Massachusetts, 1986.

BOULDEN, SUSAN A. (1995)

ALLEN, LESLIE JOAN (1997) Instructor -

Instructor - Mental Health/Human Services Medical Assistant Program

MS, Portland State University, 1996. BSN, Oregon Health Sciences University, 1991.

BS, Florida Technical University, 1984. ADN, Umpqua Community College, 1977.

LPN, Umpqua Community College, 1976.

ARNOLD, JAMES C. (1998)

Instructor - Accounting BOX, PAUL J. (1998)

MBA, University of Portland, 1976. Instructor - ABE\GED

BA, University of Portland, 1974. MST, Portland State University, 1986.

BA, University of California, 1970.

BARDUHN, DAVE (1988)

Instructor - Music & Jazz Ensemble Director BRAYSON, MICHAEL L. (1994)

MM, Central Washington University, 1981. Instructor - Architectural/CAD/Engineering Technology

BM, Cornish Institute, 1980. BS, Oregon State University, 1980.



BARRA, GERRY M. (1991) BROADSWORD, DARYLE D. (1998)

Instructor - Literature & Composition Instructor - Health\PE\Women’s Basketball Coach

MA, Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1975. MSS, United States Sports Academy, 1990.

BA, Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1973. BS, Eastern Oregon College, 1978.

Graduate Studies, Portland State University.

BECKER, WILLIAM E. (1999)

Executive Vice President of Administrative Services BROOK, JACK R. (1990)

PhD, University of Michigan, 1972. Instructor - Science

MA, Central Michigan University, 1967. MS, Central Washington University, 1979.

AB, University of Michigan, 1965. BS, Oregon State University, 1977.

BS, Washington State University, 1974.

BEEBE, ANTHONY E. (2001)

Associate Vice President of Extended Learning & BRUSH, ROBIN A. (1992)

Instructional Technology Instructor - Business Education & Office Admin.

EdD, Oregon State University, 1996. MS, Portland State University, 1985.

MBA, California State University, Sacramento, 1988. BS, Eastern Oregon State College, 1976.

BBA, University of Oregon.

AA, Lane Community College. BRUYA, CHRISTOPHER M. (1995)

Instructor – Music

BENENATI, AURORA R. (1992) MM, Central Washington University, 1985.

Instructor - Spanish BA, Central Washington University, 1982.

MAT, Portland State Univeristy, 1991.

BA, Portland State University, 1989. BUROKER, ROBERT A. (1997)

AA, Mt Hood Community College, 1985. Instructor - Computer Education

MPA, City University, 1988.

BENVENUTI, WINIFRED (1999) MBA, City University, 1987.

Instructor - Mathematics BS, Marylhurst College, 1983.

MS, State University of New York, 1986. AA, Mt Hood Community College.

BS, Montana State University, 1970.

BUTTON, BRENDA (1973)

BLOOME, CHRISTINE A. (1992) Instructor - General Education Diploma

Health Education Counselor/Coordinator BA, Portland State University, 1977.

MS, University of Oregon, 1992.

BSN, Humboldt State University, 1986.

Professional Staff





BYERS-CONNON, SUZANNE F. (1988)

Instructor - ABE/GED

MS, Portland State University, 1998.

CRAM, STEPHANIE C. (2001)

Instructor - Psychology

MA, Lewis & Clark College, 1986.

251

BA, The Evergreen State College, 1990. BA, Portland State University, 1982.

AA, Mt Hood Community College, 1981. AS, Portland Community College, 1978.



CALDWELL, JOAN M. (1988) CURTIS, CATHERINE E. (1992)

Instructor - Forestry Instructor - Mathematics

MS, University of Minnesota, 1987. MA, Lewis & Clark College, 1981.

BS, Oregon State University, 1983. BS, Oregon State University, 1974.



CAMPBELL, JANET M. (1999) DALE, DAVID H. (2001)

Instructor - Political Science & Business Instructor - Nursing

PhD, Glasgow University, 1998. AA, Hibbing Community College, 1986.

MA,Victoria University, 1989. BA, Ambassador College, 1975.

BA, Bowdoin College, 1986.

D’ANGELO, C LYNN (1997)

CAMPBELL, RICHARD W. (1979) Instructor - Cosmetology

Instructor - English as A Second Language Cosmetology Instructor, Pacific School of Beauty, 1969.

MA, Portland State University, 1992. Cosmetologist, Pacific School of Beauty, 1960.

BA, Portland State University, 1977. Over Thirty Years Industry Experience.



CARLSON, CELIA I. (1998) DARROCH, LYNN A. (1989)

Instructor - English Instructor - Literature & Composition

PhD, University of California, 1995. MA, State University of New York at Stony Brook, 1970.

AM, University of Michigan, 1985. BA, Lewis and Clark College, 1969.

MA, Portland State University, 1984.

AB, Stanford University, 1978. DAVIS, LINDA (1972)

Instructor - Psychology

CARRIER IV, COURTLAND F. (1987) MA, University of Portland, 1971.

Instructor - Hospitality & Tourism Operations BA, Eastern Washington State College, 1970.

MPS, Cornell University, 1976.

BS, Oregon State University, 1974. DAWKINS, LAWRENCE D. (1972)

Instructor - Speech

CASEY, PATRICK D. (1999) MST, Portland State University, 1972.

Instructor - History BS, Portland State College, 1967.

MA, University of Portland, 1995. Advanced Study, South Dakota and Nebraska.

MA, University of Oregon, 1984.

BA, University of Notre Dame, 1979. DEMAROIS, PHILIP A. (2000)

Instructor - Mathematics

CEDAR, JANE B. (1984) PhD, University of Warwick, 1998.

Instructor - Physical Therapist Assistant Program MA, Eastern Michigan University, 1974.

MS, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1995. BS, Eastern Michigan University, 1972.

Certif., Mt Hood Community College, 1981.

Certif., Ohio State University, 1974. DEROEST, GARY E. (1999)

BA, Ohio State University, 1973. Instructor - Computer Education

MS, Oregon State University, 1988.

COHEN, ELIZABETH S. (2001) BS, Oregon State University, 1987.

Instructor - Chemistry

PhD, Cornell University, 1998. DETTMAN, CYNTHIA L. (1997)

BS, Harvey Mudd College, 1990. Counselor - Coordinator, Transitions

MSW, Portland State University, 1993.

COVELL, WILLIAM E. (1975) BA, Oberlin College, 1973.

Instructor - Mathematics

MS, Portland State University, 1987. DICKSTON, DOUGLAS S. (1992)

BS, Oregon State University, 1970. Instructor - Developmental Writing

MAT, Lewis and Clark College, 1982.

BA, University of California at Berkeley, 1969.

Professional Staff





252 DILLON, MICHAEL C. (1973)

Dean of Community and Workforce Development

MS, University of Oregon, 1972.

FOLEN, TERRY M. (1988)

Instructor - Health, Physical Education

MST, Portland State University, 1982.

BS, University of Oregon, 1971. BS, Portland State University, 1975.

Advanced Study, Portland State University.

FRANKS, LARKIN G. (1991)

DOHERTY, MARY M. (1998) Instructor - Travel & Tourism

Dean of Maywood Park Campus and Services MA, George Washington University, 1988.

MEd, Heritage College, 1988. BA, Southern Oregon College, 1972.

BA, Gonzaga University, 1968.

PhD Candidate, Gonzaga University. FREEMAN, KIMBERLY S. (1995)

Director of Workforce Development Programs

DONALDSON, T TROY (1992) BS, University of Oregon, 1986.

Instructor - Engineering Technology & CAD

BS, Oregon Institute of Technology, 1985. FROEHLICH, RONALD B. (1997)

AA, Oregon Institute of Technology, 1983. Instructor - Microbiology, Anatomy/Physiology

MST, Portland State University, 1980.

DORSTAD, MELODY (1994) BA, Eastern Washington University, 1968.

Instructor - Nursing

MS, Texas Women’s University, 1993. GARLINGTON, DAVID E. (2001)

BSN, University of Utah, 1976. Instructor - Business

ADN, St Marry’s Junior College, 1968. MBA, Willamette University, 1978.

BS, Metropolitan State College, 1974.

DUNLAP, JOSEPH H. (1998)

Dean of Instruction-Science and Industrial Technology GELDER, SUSAN M. (1999)

MBA, City University, 1982. Instructor - Developmental Ed.

BA, Whitworth College, 1972. MA, Portland State University, 1992.

BA, Portland State University, 1988.

ECKHARDT, PAUL D. (1999)

Instructor - Spanish GERBER, LINDA A. (1994)

M-TESL, Arizona State University, 1998. Dean of Instruction-Language & Literature

MA, Arizona State University, 1997. EdD, Portland State University, 1994.

BA, Kansas State University, 1988. MS, Portland State University, 1988.

BA, Portland State University, 1976.

ERNST, LINDA A. (1999)

Instructor - Coordinator Maywood Park Campus GIRSCH, MARY J. (1999)

MS, University of Central Florida, 1995. Instructor - Performing & Visual Arts

MAT, Emory University, 1973. MFA, University of Iowa, 1992.

MA, University of Iowa, 1990.

FASSEL, JOHN F. (1998) BM, Cleveland Institute of Music, 1972.

Instructor - Electronics

MS, Arizona State University, 1978. GORSEK, CHRISTOPHER S. (1997)

BS, Northern Arizona University, 1973. Instructor - Criminal Justice

MA, University of Oregon, 1992.

FAUST, DAVID N. (1998) BS, University of Oregon, 1989.

Instructor - Physics

MA, Stanford University, 1994. GRIFFIN, JANIE D. (2001)

MS, Stanford University, 1993. Instructor - Nursing

BS, University of California at San Diego, 1989. MN, Oregon Health Sciences University, 1979.

BSN, Oregon Health Sciences University, 1974.

FERRIN, DOUG T. (1998)

Instructor - Funeral Service Education GUBRUD-HOWE, PAULA (1993)

BA, Colorado State University, 1998. Instructor - Nursing

AA, Dallas Institute of Funeral Services, 1993. MS, Oregon Health Sciences University, 1993.

BS, Walla Walla College, 1980.

FISCHER, JOSEPH M. (1997)

Dean of Student Life HANNA, TODD D. (1998)

PhD, Oregon State University, 1990. Instructor - Fisheries

MEd, Oregon State University, 1980. MS, Montana State University, 1990.

BFA, Pacific Lutheran University, 1977. BS, Lake Superier State University, 1987.

Professional Staff





HARNLY, CYNTHIA SUE (1996)

Instructor - Health & Physical Education

MA, Texas Women’s University, 1986.

HOOVER, AMY L. (1998)

Instructor - Aviation\Pilot

BS, Texas Christian University, 1983.

253

BS, Ohio State University, 1979. AA, University of Centeral Florida, 1980.

MS, Oregon State University.

HARRISON CARSON, DARYL V. (2000)

Instructor - Theatre\Theatre Designer\Technical HOUCHEN, BRENDA C. (1999)

Director\Facility Manager Instructor - Business

MFA, University of Cincinnati, 1989. EdD, Washington State University, 1994.

BS, James Madison University, 1986. ME, University of Montana, 1985.

BS, Eastern Montana College, 1981.

HARTLINE, RONALD V. (1998)

Instructor - Machine Tool Tech IRWIN, URSULA L. (1989)

AS, Chemeketa Community College, 1978. Instructor - Literature & Composition

ASS, Chemeketa Community College, 1976. MA, San Francisco State University, 1985.

Certificate To Teach Composition, San Francisco State

HAUSS, ROBERT T. (2001) University, 1984.

Instructor - Mathematics BA, San Francisco State University, 1983.

MA, San Francisco State University, 1995.

BA, University of California, Santa Cruz, 1987. JACKSON, CHRIS M. (1997)

Instructor - Philosophy

HAZEN, TERESA C. (2000) MA, University of California, Riverside, 1992.

Librarian BA, University of California, Riverside, 1989.

MA, University of Arizona, 1995.

BA, Northern Arizona University, 1991. JOHANSON, PHILLIP D. (1993)

Director of Fiscal Operations

HECKMAN, MICHELLE C. (1983) BS, Portland State University, 1980.

Instructor - Computer Applications

MBA, University of Portland, 1978. JOHNSON, ELIZABETH A. (1998)

BA, University of Evansville, 1972. Counselor - Coordinator of Disability Services

MA, Chadron State College, 1991.

HEIDEMAN, CHRISTINE A. (1983) BA, Kearney State College, 1976.

Instructor - Occupational Therapy Assistant Program

MS, University of Oregon, 1990. JOHNSON, KLISSA H. (1996)

BS, University of New York, 1978. Instructor - Dental Hygiene

AAS, Erie Community College, 1970. BA, Idaho State University, 1979.



HICKS, GEORGE H. (1981) JOHNSON, WENDALL D. (1996)

Instructor - Respiratory Care Instructor - Welding

MS, Cal State Polytechnic University, 1980. BS, Washington State University, 1972.

BS, Cal State Polytechnic University, 1975.

AS, Mt San Antonio College, 1972. JONES, SUSIE M. (1999)

Instructor - Music, Jazz Band Director

HOEM, ERIC E. (1971) MM, University of Portland, 1989.

Instructor - Literature & Composition BME, University of Portland, 1981.

BA, University of Chicago, 1968.

Advanced Study, Portland State University. KAWASAKI, PAMELA T. (1998)

PhD Candidate, University of Washington. Instructor - Dental Hygiene

MBA, Portland State University, 1993.

HOLLAND, MELANIE A. (1999) BS, Oregon Health Sciences University, 1987.

Instructor - Developmental Education

MA, New York University, 1997. KENDALL, RUSS (2001)

BS, Cornell University, 1995. Instructor - Journalism / Photojournalism /

MA, Syracuse University, 1995.

HOLLERAN, KATHRYN T. (1998) BA, Boston University, 1982.

Instructor - Integrated Natural Resource Technology AA, Cape Cod Community College, 1980.

BS, Pennsylvania State University, 1979.

Professional Staff





254 KENNEY, WILLIAM A. (1994)

Instructor - Civil Engineering

MEd, University of Minnesota, 1994.

LOOMIS, CATHA J. (1990)

Instructor - Counselor

EdD, Northern Illinois University, 1992.

BS, Oregon Institute of Technology, 1991. MS, University of Oregon, 1975.

AAS, Portland Community College, 1981. BS, George Williams College, 1971.



KNOCKE, CHARLES L. (1988) LOVEJOY, GARY H. (1971)

Instructor - Entrepreneurship & Small Business Mgmt Instructor - Psychology

MBA, Columbia University, 1963. PhD, United States International University, 1976.

BA, Lawrence University, 1961. MRE, Fuller Theological Seminary, 1970.

MA, California State at Los Angeles, 1968.

KOHLER, GERALD W. (1999) BA, California State at Long Beach, 1965.

Instructor - Accounting

MBA, Marylhurst College, 2000. LOVELAND, JUANITA R. (1987)

BBA, Pacific Lutheran University, 1969. Instructor - Cosmetology

AA, Mt. Hood Community College, 1994.

KOLINS, CRAIG A. (1999) Diploma, Eugene Beauty School, 1964.

Dean of Enrollment Services Certified, Oregon Vocational Teacher’s Registration.

PhD, University of Toledo, 1999. Certified, Oregon State Board or Barbers & Hairdressers.

MEd, Northern Illinois University, 1989.

BA, Northern Illinois University, 1985. LYONS, JERRY J. (1996)

Instructor - Ford Asset

KUBINSKI, CHRIS D. (1999) MEd, Northern Montana College, 1993.

Instructor - ABE/GED Corrections BS, Western Montana College, 1983.

BSW, Charles Sturt University, 1995. Master Ford Certified.

Master ASE Certified.

LACKEY, LOLA M. (1999) 5+ years practical experience.

Instructor - Business Management GM Certified.

PhD, Saybrook Graduate Institute, 1999.

MBA, Seattle University, 1974. MAIER, CHRISTINA J. (1988)

BA, University of Washington, 1972. Instructor - Graphic Design

BFA, Arizona State University, 1980.

LAMBRECHT, MARK J. (2001)

Instructor - Automotive Technology MALCOM, WILLIAM S. (1990)

BT, Northern Montana College, 1991. Instructor - Funeral Science

AA, Mt Hood Community College, 1984.

LANDESMAN, SUSAN J. (1997) MEd, University of Utah, 1975.

Instructor - Biology, Anatomy & Physiology BS, University of Utah, 1971.

MS, California State Polytechnic University, 1986.

BS, California State Polytechnic University, 1983. MANEVAL, KEITH P. (1993)

Instructor - PE/Track Coach

LEE, MARCELLA (1993) MS, University of Nevada, 1993.

Instructor - Reading BA, California State University, Chico, 1985.

MA, University of N Colorado, 1979.

BA, University of N Colorado, 1975. MARTIN, PATRICIA E. (2001)

Dean of Career Development Services

LEONARD, KAREN A. (2000) PhD, University of Connecticut, 1995.

Instructor - Counselor MSEd, Indiana University, 1978.

MA, Slippery Rock University, 1997. BA, Wagner College, 1975.

MSW, University of Pittsburgh, 1981.

BS, University of Scranton, 1977. MARTINEZ, VALERIE WARD (1998)

Dean of Instruction-Business & Computer Technology and

LESH, WILLIAM A. (1999) Media Arts

Director of Regional Training MEd, University of Wyoming, 1987.

MEd, Oregon State University, 1975. BS, Montana State University, 1983.

BS, Oregon State University, 1973. Doctoral Candidate, University of Wyoming.

Professional Staff





MCAFEE, MICHAEL S. (1995)

Instructor - Mathematics

MS, Portland State University, 1992.

MORRIS, PAUL L. (1999)

Instructor - Computer Education

MA, Seattle Pacific University, 1977.

255

BS, University of Texas, 1990. BS, Seattle Pacific University, 1970.



MCCARTY, DOUGLAS J. (1989) MORROW, JONATHAN W. (2000)

Instructor - Astronomy/Planetarium Director Instructor - Literature & Composition

BA, Portland State University, 1970. MA, West Virginia University.

BA, Occidental College, 1967. BA, City of London Polytechnic, 1988.

18 Years, College Teaching Experience.

Advanced Study, Reed College. NEUFELD, HOWARD N. (1975)

Instructor - Drawing, Painting & Graphic Design

MCCLAREN, SUSAN D. (1992) MFA, Southern Methodist University, 1969.

Instructor - Business & Office Administration BA, Bethel College, 1966.

MST, Portland State University, 1988.

BS, Drake University, 1975. NIELSON, ROBERT C. (1999)

Instructor - PE\Head Basketball Coach

MCCORD, MALCOLM C. (1995) ME, Utah State University, 1990.

Instructor - Counselor BS, Brigham Young University - Hawaii, 1984.

MS, Oregon State University, 1987.

BS, University of Michigan, 1981. NYSTROM, JAMES P. (1998)

Instructor - Reading

MICHENER, STEVEN J. (1988) MA, Chapman College, 1980.

Instructor - Automotive Technology BA, Chapman College, 1972.

AA, Mt Hood Community College, 1983.

ASE Certified Studies toward BS. PARKER, JONATHAN A. (2000)

Dean of Instruction-Engineering, Computer Services and

MICKEY, STEPHEN L. (1993) Mathematics

Instructor - Art/Ceramics MEd, Texas Christian University, 1978.

MFA, University of Notre Dame, 1982. BEG, Texas Christian University, 1977.

MA, University of Wisconsin, 1980.

BA, University of Minnesota, 1966. PARMENTER, PATRICIA C. (1971)

Director of Auxiliary Services, Grants and Contract

MILES, MARIA E. (1997) MS, University of Portland, 1995.

Instructor - Mathematics BS, Portland State University, 1971.

MS, Perdue University, 1995.

BS, University of Portland, 1993. PERRY, SUSAN K. (1984)

Instructor - Counselor

MILLIKEN, ELIZABETH A. (2001) MEd, Lewis & Clark College, 1974.

Instructor - History BA, University of Oregon, 1968.

PhD, Cornell University, 1994.

MA, Cornell University, 1989. PETERSON, DIANE W. (1980)

BA, College of the Holy Cross, 1982. Instructor - Health & Physical Education

MS, University of Oregon, 1977.

MITCHELL, LEE H. (1996) BS, Carrol College, 1975.

Instructor - Biology

MS, University of Iowa, 1978. PHIPPS, ANNE (1999)

BA, Drew University, 1974. Instructor - Literature & Composition

MA, Portland State University, 1993.

MOHTASHAM, JAVID (1993) BA, Portland State University, 1989.

Instructor - Environ. Safety & Haz. Materials Mgmt.

PhD, Portland State University, 1989. PITONZO, BETH J. (2001)

MS, Cal State University, Fresno, 1984. Associate Vice President of Instruction

BS, Cal State University, Fresno, 1982. PhD, University of Nevada, Las Vegas, 1996.

BS, University of Nevada, Reno, 1988.

MORFITT, JACQUELINE D. (1993)

Instructor - Surgical Technology POLLY, TIMOTHY E. (1990)

RN, St Mary’s Hospital School of Nursing Education, 1960. Instructor - Manufacturing Technology

BS, Portland State University, 1990.

AA, Clatsop Community College, 1976.

Professional Staff





256 PORCH, PAUL A. (1984)

Instructor - Mathematics

MS, Portland State University, 1985.

SAITO, JOHN S. (2000)

Dean of Instruction-Allied Health, Health and Physical

Education

BA, Kalamazoo College, 1972. MPH, University of Hawaii, 1981.

BS, University of Hawaii, 1974.

PORTER, VERN E. (1981)

Instructor - Welding SAMMONS, ELIZABETH A. (1999)

MS, Oregon State University, 1978. Instructor - Literature & Composition

BS, Oregon Technical Institute, 1974. MA, Portland State University, 1989.

AAS, Oregon Technical Institute, 1964. BA, Seattle Pacific University, 1982.



PRESSMAN, COREY S. (1996) SCHEINMAN, THEODORE P. (1977)

Instructor - Sociology, Anthropology Instructor - Economics

MA, Washington State University, 1994. MA, University of Wisconsin, 1968.

BA, State University of New York, 1991. AB, Washington University, 1966.

Advanced Study, University of Oregon.

RICE, JOHN M. (1977)

Instructor - Speech SCHNELL, FREDERICK L. (1990)

MS, Boston University, 1961. Instructor - Health & PE

BS, Pacific Union College, 1958. MS, University of Wyoming, 1987.

BA, BS, Upper Iowa University, 1971.

RIKLI, PERRY M. (1987)

Instructor - English As Non-Native Language SCHOMMER, JOHN A. (1988)

MA, Portland State University, 1986. Instructor - Television Production Technology

BA, University of Nebraska, 1976. BS, Montana State University, 1976.



RINGLER, THOMASIN L. (1998) SCHULZ, NIKOLENE A. (2001)

Instructor - Sculpture Instructor - Engineering Transfer

MFA, University of Texas, 1991. MSE, University of Michigan, 1998.

BS, University of Wisconsin, 1986. BS, University of Washington, 1995.



ROBERTS, STEPHEN C. (1988) SEWALL, DANA (1978)

Instructor - Automotive Technology Instructor - Graphic Technology

BS, Oregon State University, 1985. BA, San Jose State University, 1971.

AS, Teacher Education, Rogue Community College, 1979.

AS, Auto Tech, Rogue Community College, 1977. SHANKLAND, REGINA T. (1993)

Additional Studies in Trade and Industrial Education.. Instructor - Mathematics

MS, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, 1992.

ROSS, ERRIC V. (1996) BS, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, 1990.

Instructor - Ornamental Horticulture

BS, Oregon State University, 1971. SHAVER, KATHERINE S. (2000)

MS, Oregon State University, 1968. Instructor - Nursing

BS, Oregon State University, 1964. MS, Oregon Health Sciences University, 1995.

BS, Johns Hopkins University, 1988.

ROTHI, KARI H. (2000) BA, Lone Mountain College, 1973.

Instructor - Mathematics

MST, Portland State University, 1999. SHERPA, JOYCE M. (1995)

BA, University of Oregon, 1989. Instructor - Chemistry

PhD, Duke University, 1991.

RUBINSTEIN, STEVEN C. (1998) BS, Pennsylvania State University, 1986.

Instructor - Health\PE\Outdoor Program\Aquatic Division

MS, Mankato State University, 1993. SHIELDS, PAMELA S. (1979)

BS, Guilford College, 1986. Instructor - Legal Secretary Program & Office Admin

MA, Portland State University, 1977.

RUSSELL, MICHAEL A. (1997) BS, Portland State University, 1976.

Instructor - Chemistry

PhD, Dartmouth College, 1995.

BS, Southern Oregon State College, 1990.

Professional Staff





SHRINER, WALTER M. (1999)

Instructor - Biology

PhD, University of California, Davis, 1995.

TSCHUY, ERIC W. (1987)

Instructor - French

PhD, University of Oregon, 1985.

257

MS, University of California, Davis, 1990. MA, University of Oregon, 1978.

MA, Indiana State University, 1987. BA, University of Oregon, 1977.

BA, Indiana State University, 1985.

TUCK, GARY L. (2001)

SIGALA, ALBERT M. (1997) Director of Human Resources

Director of Government Relations/PIO MAT, Lewis & Clark College, 1973.

BS, Northern Arizona University. AB, Harvard University, 1969.



SILVERMAN, ROBERT M. (2001) VALDIVIA, SHANNON S. (1998)

President Instructor - Speech & Forensics

PhD, University of California, Los Angeles, 1994. MA, Washington State University, 1996.

MS, University of California, Los Angeles, 1974. BA, Linfield College, 1992.

BA, University of Louisville, 1970. AA, Lower Columbia College, 1990.

AA, Cerritos College, 1968.

VAN DOVER, DEBBIE K. (2000)

SKELDING, SARA ANN (1997) Instructor - Physical Therapist Assistant Program

Instructor - Early Childhood Education M.Ed, Portland State University, 1997.

MA, Pacific Oaks/Pasadena, 1992. BA, University of Montana, 1981.

BA, Linfield College, 1962.

WALDRON, KATHLEEN H. (1987)

SLINGERLAND, PENNY A. (1979) Instructor - Counselor

Instructor - Mathematics MEd, University of Washington, 1974.

MALS, Reed College, 1974. BA, University of Colorado, 1969.

BA, Reed College, 1966.

WALLACE, DONALD G. (1997)

SMITH, DAIN E. (1982) Director of Facilities Management

Instructor - Distance Education BS, Southeastern Bible College, 1989.

PhD, Florida State University, 1993. Post Graduate Studies, Western Conservative Baptist

MS, Oregon State University, 1980. Seminary.

MDiv, Conservative Baptist Theological Seminary, 1979.

BS, Oregon State University, 1974. WALLERI, ROBERT DAN (1978)

Director of Research and Planning

SMITH, NANCY A. (1992) PhD, University of Hawaii, 1976.

Instructor - Biology Lab Instructor MA, University of Hawaii, 1973.

BS, Oregon State University, 1985. BA, University of Portland, 1971.

Graduate Studies, Portland State University.

WARR, ALISON (1991)

SNYDER, WILLIAM A. (1996) Instructor - Mathematics

Director of Computer and Telecommunications Services MS, Oregon State University, 1989.

BS, The Ohio State University, 1980. BS, Oregon State University, 1987.



SPIELMANN, DANA M. (1991) WATKINS, GREGORY C. (1999)

Instructor - Photography & Journalism Instructor - Respiratory Care

MA, Simon Fraser University, 1984. BS, Concordia University, 1999.

BA, Simon Fraser University, 1977. AA, Mt San Antonio College, 1979.

AA, Mt San Antonio College, 1978.

TODD, DAVID N. (1996)

Instructor - Micro Computer Application Program. Spec. WATKINS, ROBERT G. (1988)

PhD, Portland State University, 1997. Instructor - Journalism & Student Publications

MBA, University of Portland, 1979. MA, Northern Illinois University, 1975.

BA, Lewis & Clark College, 1968. BA, University of Pennsylvania, 1972.



TONG, TERESA H. (1993) WATTERS VALKOV, GEORGANNE (1999)

Instructor - Dental Hygiene Instructor - Design, Drawing & Painting

MS, University of Missouri, Kansas City, 1993. MFA, San Francisco Art Institute, 1992.

BS, Portland State University, 1987. BA, Marylhurst College, 1989.

AS, Sinclair Community College, 1976.

Professional Staff





258 WEAVER, DAPHNE A. (1992)

Instructor - Adult Basic Education

MAT, Lewis and Clark College, 1973.

YUKNAVITICH, LIDIA (2001)

Instructor - Literature & Composition

PhD, University of Oregon, 1998.

BA, University of Oregon, 1971. MA, University of Oregon, 1992.

BA, University of Oregon, 1989.

WESTPHAL, MAUREEN R. (1987)

Instructor - Nursing ZIMMER, RICHARD E. (1998)

MS, Loma Linda University, 1986. Instructor - Theater/Director

BS, College of St Teresa, 1975. MA, South Dakota State University, 1981.

BS, South Dakota State University, 1976.

WHITE, ELLEN G. (1987)

Instructor - Early Childhood Education

MA, California State University, Sacramento, 1983.

BA, Temple University, 1971.



WICKHAM, CAROLE L. (1994)

Instructor - Medical Records

MA, Lewis & Clark, 1993.

BA, Adams State College, 1985.

BA, Portland State University, 1985.



WILLIAMS, SARA E. (1994)

Instructor - Mathematics

MS, Oregon State University, 1994.

BS, Gonzaga University, 1991.



WISE, LARRY A. (1977)

Instructor - Psychology

PhD, University of Montana, 1973.

MA, University of Montana, 1972.

BA, Central Washington State College, 1968.



WOOD, KELLY M. (2001)

Instructor - Anatomy & Physiology

MS, California State University, Chico, 1997.

BS, California State University, Chico, 1993.

AA, Chabot College, 1991.



WOODSWORTH, TRACY L. (1994)

Instructor - Surgical Technology

BSN, Southern Oregon State College, 1979.

ADN, Lane Community College, 1974.



WORCESTER, THOMAS C. (1990)

Instructor - Biology & Fisheries Technology

MS, Oregon State University, 1979.

BS, Oregon State University, 1973.



WRIGHT, DAVID M. (1999)

Instructor - Literature & Composition

MA, University of Virginia, 1994.

BA, University of Michigan, 1990.



YOUNG, JEFFRYE L. (1989)

Instructor - Radio Broadcasting

MS, University of Oregon, 1972.

BS, University of Oregon, 1967.

Index

A

Absences ................................................................................................... 11

Academic Advising .................................................................................. 20

Chemistry (Transfer) ..................................................................30-31, 35

Chemistry-Business .......................................................................... 30-31

Child Care .......................................................................................... 24-25

259

Academic Calendar .............................................................. Inside cover Chiropractic College (Pre-Professional) ...................................... 30-31

Academic Regulations ........................................................................ 9-12 Chrysler CAP Automotive Program .................................................. 57

Accounting (Transfer) ............................................................................ 34 Civil Engineering Technology Program .........................................73, 74

Accounting Clerk Program ................................................................... 56 CLEP (College Level Examination Program) .............................. 10-11

Accounting Technology Program ......................................................... 55 CNA (Nursing Assistant) ...................................................................... 53

Accreditation ............................................................................................. 3 Co-Curricular Activities ........................................................................ 24

Adding Classes ........................................................................................... 7 College Center ........................................................................................ 25

Admissions and Registration ...............................................................5-9 College and Visitor Information ........................................................... 26

Adult Basic Education (ABE/GED) ................................................26, 28 Computer Applications Specialist Program................................. 64-66

Advanced Placement Program (APP) ........................................... 10-11 Computer Science (Transfer) ...................................................30-31, 36

Advanced Standing .................................................................................... 9 Continuing Education ........................................................................... 27

Cosmetology-School of Hair Design Program................................. 67

Advising and Counseling........................................................................ 20

Course Descriptions ................................................................... 125-242

Affirmative Action ..................................................................................... 2

Course Numbering System .............................................................. 9-10

Agri-Business...................................................................................... 30-31

Course Requirements ..........................................................................126

Agriculture .......................................................................................... 30-31

CPT (College Placement Test) ............................................................... 5

Alternative Credit .......................................................................10-11, 53

Credit for Coursework ........................................................................... 9

Anthropology ..................................................................................... 30-31

Criminal Justice Administration (Transfer) ............................30-31, 37

Apprenticeship ......................................................................................... 53

Aquatic Center ........................................................................................ 25

Architectural Engineering Technology Program ............................... 73 D

Art/Fine Arts ...................................................................................... 30-31 Degree Requirements ...................................................................... 13-19

Art Education..................................................................................... 30-31 Dental Hygiene (Pre-Professional) ................................................ 30-31

Art History ......................................................................................... 30-31 Dental Hygiene Program ....................................................................... 68

Dentistry (Pre-Professional) .....................................................30-31, 51

Associate of Applied Science Degree ........................................... 13-14

Developmental Education ...............................................................10, 27

Associate of Arts Degree (College Transfer) .............................. 15-16

Disability Services ............................................................................. 20-21

Associate of General Studies Degree ................................. 17-18, 120

Distance Education ................................................................................. 26

Astronomy ..............................................................................................218

Dropping a Class ....................................................................................... 7

Attendance ................................................................................................. 7

Audit Grading Option ............................................................................ 12

Automotive Technology Programs ................................................ 57-59 E

Aviation-Professional Pilot Programs ........................................... 60-61 Early Childhood Education Program ............................................ 69-70

Early Collegiate Opportunity (Jump Start College) ........................ 11

Awarded Funds (Financial Aid) ....................................................... 21-23

Economics........................................................................................... 30-31

Education (Transfer) ...................................................................30-31, 38

B Electronics Technology Program.......................................................... 72

Biochemistry (Transfer) .............................................................30-31, 35

Emergency Medical Technician ............................................................. 53

Biology (Transfer)........................................................................30-31, 32

Emeritus ..................................................................................................249

Biophysics ........................................................................................... 30-31

Engineering (Transfer) ................................................................30-31, 39

Board of Education MHCCD .............................................................248

Engineering Technologies (OIT) ..................................................... 30-31

Bookstore ................................................................................................. 25

English .................................................................................................. 30-31

Botany (Transfer) .................................................................................... 32

ENL (English as a Non-Native Language) .......................................... 26

Brickmasons ............................................................................................. 53

Enrolling ...................................................................................................... 5

Business/Industry-Based Education Program.................................... 62

Entomology ........................................................................................ 30-31

Business Administration (Transfer) .........................................30-31, 33

Entrance Requirements ....................................................................5, 8-9

Business Education ........................................................................... 30-31

Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Business Development Center ............................................................ 27

Management Programs ........................................................... 76-77

Business/eBusiness Marketing and Management Program ............. 63

Environmental, Health and Safety

Programs ........................................................................................ 78-79

C Environmental Sciences (Transfer) ..........................................30-31, 40

Campus Store .......................................................................................... 25 Equal Opportunity .................................................................................... 2

Cancellations .............................................................................................. 7 ESL (English as a Second Language) ..............................................26, 28

Career Planning Center......................................................................... 20 Even Start.................................................................................................. 28

Catalog Exceptions ................................................................................. 12 Extended Learning .................................................................................. 26

Center for Community and Workforce

Development .................................................................................. 27

Certificate Programs .............................................................................. 53

Certificate Requirements ...................................................................... 19

Challenge ............................................................................................ 10-11

260 F

Facility Use ............................................................................................... 26

I

IMPORT Automotive Program ............................................................. 59

Incompletes .............................................................................................. 12

Faculty............................................................................................. 250-258 Industrial Management ..................................................................... 30-31

Federal Student Aid Programs ....................................................... 21-23 Instructional Assistant Program ........................................................... 71

Fees .............................................................................................................. 6 Integrated Natural Resources Technology Program ................. 91-92

FERPA (Family Education Rights Act) ...................................... 246-247 International Education - Courses ....................................................124

Financial Aid ........................................................................................ 21-23 International Students ....................................................................5, 6, 21

Fine Arts (Transfer).....................................................................30-31, 41 International Studies................................................................ 30-31, 124

Fire Science Technology Programs ................................................ 80-81

Fisheries and Wildlife Science (Transfer) ...............................30-31, 42 J

Fisheries Technology Program .............................................................. 82 Journalism (Transfer) .................................................................30-31, 47

Ford ASSET Automotive Program ....................................................... 58

Foreign Languages ............................................................................. 30-31 K

Forest Resources (Transfer) .....................................................30-31, 43 K-Grade (Continuing) ............................................................................ 12

Forest Resouces Technology Program ............................................... 83

Foundation Scholarships ........................................................................ 23

Funeral Service Education Program .................................................... 84

L

L.P.N. Refresher ....................................................................................... 53

FWS (Federal Work Study Program) .................................................. 22 Late Registration ....................................................................................... 7

Legal Administrative Assistant (Recognition) ......................... 107-108

G Library Resource Center ...................................................................... 25

GED (General Education Development) .....................................26, 28 Limited Entry Professional Technical Programs ...............................8-9

General Education, MHCC Philosophy .............................................3-4 Loans .......................................................................................................... 22

General Education Requirements ..................................13, 15, 17, 120

General Science ...........................................................................30-31, 32 M

General Social Science ..................................................................... 30-31 Machine Tool Technology Program ...................................................... 93

General Studies in Science .............................................................. 30-31 Machine Tool Technology/

General Studies - Liberal Arts ........................................................ 30-31 Computer Numerical Control (Recognition) ......................... 94

Geography (Transfer) .................................................................30-31, 44 Manufacturing Technology (Transfer)............................................ 30-31

Geology (Transfer)......................................................................30-31, 45 Mathematics ....................................................................................... 30-31

Gerontology Program ............................................................................ 85 Mechanical Engineering Technology Program .............................73, 75

Glassworkers ........................................................................................... 53 Medical Assistant Program .................................................................... 95

Golden Age Program ................................................................................ 7 Medical Claims Analyst (Recognition) ................................................ 96

Grade Point Average .............................................................................. 12 Medical Office Coding (Recognition) ................................................. 97

Grading ...................................................................................................... 12 Medical Office Specialist Program ................................................. 98-99

Graduation Process ................................................................................ 19 Medical Receptionist (Recognition) ..................................................100

Grants ........................................................................................................ 22 Medical Technology (Pre-Professional) ......................................... 30-31

Graphic Design Program ....................................................................... 86 Medical Transcription Program ..........................................................101

Guided Studies........................................................................................... 5 Medicine (Pre-Professional) ......................................................30-31, 51

Mental Health/Human Service Programs ............................... 102-103

H Mission - MHCCD .................................................................................... 3

Health and Health Education ......................................................... 30-31 Microbiology ...................................................................................... 30-31

Health Care Administration............................................................ 30-31 MHCC Maywood Park Campus .......................................................... 28

Health Insurance ..................................................................................... 21 MHCCD Foundation ................................................................................ 4

Health Services ........................................................................................ 21 Music ................................................................................................... 30-31

High School Plus - Jump Start College ............................................... 11 Music (Special Studies Program) ........................................................121

History ................................................................................................ 30-31

History of MHCCD ................................................................................. 4 N

Horticulture Programs .................................................................... 87-88 Non-Traditional Credit .................................................................... 10-11

Hospitality and Tourism Management Program ......................... 89-90 Nursing Program ...................................................................................104

Hospitality and Tourism Management (Transfer) .................30-31, 46 Nursing (Pre-Professional) .............................................................. 30-31

Hotel, Restaurant and Tourism Management .............................. 30-31 Nursing Assistant (CNA) ...................................................................... 53

O

Occupational Extension Programs and Courses ............................53

Occupational Therapy (Pre-Professional) ...................................30-31

S

S Grade ..................................................................................................... 12

261

Scholarships .............................................................................................. 23

Occupational Therapy Assistant Program .......................................105 Self-Paced Learning Center (Maywood) ............................................ 28

Office Assistant Program ....................................................................106 Sheet Metal Technology Program ......................................................115

Office Management/Administrative Assistant Program ...... 107-108 Sheetmetalists .......................................................................................... 53

Office Software Specialist Program .................................................109 Small Business Management ................................................................ 27

Open Entry/Open Exit............................................................................ 7 Smoking Policy .......................................................................................245

Optometry (Pre-Professional) ......................................................30-31 Sociology ............................................................................................. 30-31

Oregon Transfer Degree ................................................................15-16 Special Studies Programs ............................................................ 120-123

Orientation ................................................................................................ 5 Speech ................................................................................................. 30-31

Outdoor Education (Recognition) ...................................................110 Sports ........................................................................................................ 25

Overloads .............................................................................................. 6, 9 Standards of Academic Progress..................................... 22-23, 24, 244

Step to Success ........................................................................................ 28

P Student Aid ............................................................................................... 22

Pass-Fail Grading Option....................................................................... 12 Student Rights ........................................................................................245

Peace Studies...................................................................................... 30-31 Student Fees ............................................................................................... 6

Performing Arts ............................................................................ 120-123 Student Services ................................................................................ 24-25

Personal Counseling .............................................................................. 20 Study Abroad................................................................................... 21, 124

Pharmacy (Transfer) ...................................................................30-31, 51 Surgical Techology Program ................................................................116

Phi Theta Kappa ....................................................................................... 11

Philosophy ........................................................................................... 30-31

Physical Education ............................................................................. 30-31

T

Table of Contents ..................................................................................... 1

Physical Therapist Assistant Program ................................................111 Talent Grants ........................................................................................... 23

Physical Therapy (Pre-Professional)............................................... 30-31 Tech Prep (2 + 2) .................................................................................... 53

Physics (Transfer) ........................................................................30-31, 48 Television Production Technology Program ....................................117

Placement Testing ...................................................................................... 5 Testing ........................................................................................................ 20

Planetarium ............................................................................................... 25 Theatre ................................................................................................ 30-31

Plumbers/Pipefitters ............................................................................... 53 Theatre Arts (Special Studies Program) .................................. 122-123

Political Science (Transfer) ........................................................30-31, 49 Tilesetters ................................................................................................. 53

President’s Honor Roll ......................................................................... 11 Trade and Industrial Technology Program .......................................118

Privacy Rights ................................................................................ 246-247 Training and Employee Development ................................................. 27

Professional Development .................................................................... 27 Transcript Evaluation .............................................................................. 10

Professional Photography Program ...................................................112 Transcripts ................................................................................................ 11

Professional Staff .......................................................................... 250-258 Transfer Center ....................................................................................... 20

Professional-Technical Education - Index .......................................... 54 Transfer Credits ...................................................................................... 10

Professional-Technical Education - Information ............................... 53 Transfer Problem Hotline...................................................................... 31

Proficiency Requirements ...................................................................126 Transfer Subject Areas .......................................................................... 30

Psychology (Transfer) .................................................................30-31, 52 Transitions Program/Center ................................................................. 21

Publications............................................................................................... 25 Tri-Met ....................................................................................................... 25

Tuition ....................................................................................................6, 23

R Tutorial Services ................................................................................23, 27

R.N. Refresher ......................................................................................... 53

R.N. Surgical Orientation ...................................................................... 53

Radio Broadcasting Program ..............................................................113

V

Veteran’s Services ............................................................................. 23-24

Reciprocity.................................................................................................. 6 Veterinary Medicine (Pre-Professional) .................................30-31, 51

Recognition Awards ................................................................................ 23 Vice President’s Honor Roll ................................................................. 11

Recognition of Completion ............................................................ 53-54

Records and Transcripts - FERPA ............................................. 246-247

Refunds ..................................................................................................7, 23

W

Waiting Lists ............................................................................................... 7

Registration .............................................................................................5-6

Welding Technology Program .............................................................119

Religious Studies................................................................................ 30-31

Withdrawal and Refunds ............................................................... 7-8, 23

Repeated Courses .................................................................................. 12

Withdrawal from College ............................................................. 7-8, 23

Residency Requirements ..................................................................... 6, 9

Workforce Connections ....................................................................... 28

Respiratory Care Program .................................................................114

Writing Courses .......................................................................... 240-242

Restricted Professional-Technical Programs ....................................8-9

Writing Placement .................................................................................... 5

Rho Theta.................................................................................................. 11

Right-to-Know .......................................................................................245

Z

Zoology (Transfer) ......................................................................30-31, 32